prointerior.fi
Ammattilaisille suunnattu projekti- ja tilasuunnittelun esitekirjasto mahdollistaa yritysten tuoteluetteloiden ja -esitteiden selaamisen verkossa painotuotteiden tapaan. Palvelussa on yli 55 000 esitesivua.

Tevella - Päiväkodin kalusteet Tevella - Päiväkodin kalusteet

Sivu 1


Ryhmätila 1 5 Ryhmätila 2 7 Ryhmätila 3 9 Päiväkodin kalusteet Ryhmätila 4 11 LEPOTILA 13 AISTIHUONE 15 AULATILAT 17 Sali 19 Mittakuvat 20 VÄRIKARTAT 23
Sivu 3


Hyvä arkkitehti, sisustussuunnittelija, tai päivähoidon ammattilainen Uudella kaluste-esitteellämme haluamme tarjota sinulle näkökulmia päiväkodin kalustamisen monipuolisessa ja haastavassa suunnittelutyössä. Rakennuksena päiväkodin elinkaari on pitkä ja tilojen käyttötarpeet vaihtelevat paljon. Tilojen kalusteiden liikuteltavuudella ja muunneltavuudella taataan sekä pienryhmien että isompien ryhmien sujuva toiminta, ja myös mahdollisuus lapsen ja aikuisen kahdenkeskisiin hetkiin. Varhaiskasvatuksen tavoitteena on rohkaista lasta kasvamaan aktiiviseksi toimijaksi yhdessä muiden kanssa. Lapset tutkivat ja oppivat leikkimällä. Päiväkoti tukee lapsen kehitystä tarjoamalla innostavat tilat leikkimiseen ja liikkumiseen, sekä myös lepäämiseen. Lapsella on tarve välillä rauhoittua ja vetäytyä jatkuvasta aistiärsykkeiden maailmasta. Akustiikka ja äänieristys ovatkin yhä enemmän huomioituina kalustusta suunniteltaessa. Tevellan laadukkaat ja ajattomat materiaalit ja ammattitaitoinen muotoilu takaavat ergonomisesti toimivat, kestävät ja monikäyttöiset kalusteet päiväkodin jokaiseen tilaan useiden vuosien ajan.
Sivu 4


“Oikein suunnitellut toimintatilat ovat viihtyisiä, toimivia ja turvallisia.”
Sivu 5


Ryhmätila 1 Hyvin suunnitellut toimintatilat ovat viihtyisiä, toimivia ja turvallisia. Kalusteiden ergonomisuus, kestävyys ja muuntelumahdollisuus takaavat onnistuneen päiväkotitoiminnan. Pyörälliset kalusteet on helppo siirtää kulloinkin tarvittavaan tilaan. Korkea Pro, 851250 5 Ryhmätila 1 Korkea Pro turvakaarella, 851250T Aino Pro, 851245 Korkea Pro käsinojin, 851250K Aino pöytä puolipyöreä halk. 120 cm, 843272 Tevella avolokerikko, 820030 Aino pöytä suorakaide 120x60 cm, 841272
Sivu 6


“Kalusteet ovat muotokieleltään pelkistettyjä ja mukailevat tämänhetkistä rakennettua ympäristöä.” MIKÄ kuva tähän ryhmätilasta !!! “Oikein suunnitellut toimintatilat ovat viihtyisät, toimivat ja turvalliset.”
Sivu 7


Ryhmätila 2 Kalusteet ovat muotokieleltään pelkistettyjä ja mukailevat tämänhetkistä rakennettua ympäristöä. Näin ne tarjoavat lapselle pienoismaailman, jossa voi harjoitella elämän eri osa-alueita. 140-sarjan pöytä suorakaide 120x60 cm, 840772 7 Ryhmätila 2 Haba monitoimivaunu H456100 Ella Laatikosto 15, 820135 Korkea 140, 851650 Korkea 140 käsinojin, 851650K
Sivu 8


“Kalusteiden pyöristetyt muodot pääsevät oikeuksiinsa niille valituissa paikoissa.”
Sivu 9


Ryhmätila 3 Kalusteiden kauniisti pyöristetyt muodot pääsevät oikeuksiinsa niille sopivasti valituissa paikoissa. Ergonomia ja esteettisyys ovat tärkeitä tekijöitä päiväkotikalusteiden suunnittelussa. Korkea 150, 851150 9 Ryhmätila 3 Korkea 150 turvakaarella, 851150T Ella laatikosto, 796721 Korkea 150 käsinojin, 851150K Aino pöytä suorakaide 125x75 cm, 841972 Aino pöytä puolipyöreä halk. 125 cm, 843972
Sivu 10


“Ainutlaatuinen, kotimainen koivu viehättää aina ja materiaalina se pääsee parhaiten oikeuksiinsa yksinkertaisissa muodoissa.”
Sivu 11


Ryhmätila 4 Ainutlaatuinen, kotimainen koivu viehättää aina ja materiaalina se pääsee parhaiten oikeuksiinsa yksinkertaisissa muodoissa. Laadukkaat Maria-kalusteet on tehty koivusta ja kestävistä laminaattipinnoista. 11 Ryhmätila 4 Maria pöytä puolipyöreä halk. 120 cm, 844272 Maria tuoli, 852050 Maria käsinojin, 852050+852050-K Maria turvakaarella, 852050+852050-T Maria pöytä suorakaide 120x60 cm, 842272 Maria aikuistuoli 852045 Kaisa lokerikko 3x3 796509, irtolaatikko 796501 ja pyörät 796502
Sivu 12


“Lapset saavat hyvin ansaitun lepohetken ja voivat vetäytyä oman pesän rauhaan. ”
Sivu 13


LEPOTILA 13 Lepohuoneessa ja turvallisessa sängyssä lapsen päivä ja aktiivinen toiminta pysähtyy hetkeksi. Lapset saavat hyvin ansaitun lepohetken ja voivat vetäytyä oman pesän rauhaan. LEPOTILA Haba kirjavaunu, H457040 Ella sarjasänky neljälle, 870204 Pilvi nojatuoli, 860012
Sivu 14


“Onnistuneella aistihuoneen kalusteiden suunnittelulla annetaan mahdollisuus lapsen herkkien aistien kehittymiselle.”
Sivu 15


AISTIHUONE Varhaiskasvatuksen eräänä tehtävänä on tarjota lapselle tila palautua ison ryhmän fyysisistä ja henkisistä vaatimuksista. Onnistuneella aistihuoneen kalusteiden suunnittelulla annetaan mahdollisuus lapsen herkkien aistien kehittymiselle. 15 AISTIHUONE H120369 H120204 H120389 H120390 H120150 H120393 H120394
Sivu 16


“Aulaan kokoonnutaan viihtymään, lukemaan ja kertomaan päivän jännittävimmät tarinat.”
Sivu 17


17 AULATILA Aulatilat ovat lapsen sosiaalisen elämän harjoittelun keskus. Aulaan kokoonnutaan viihtymään, lukemaan ja kertomaan päivän jännittävimmät tarinat. AULATILA Jättirengas WOW, 890350 KUIVAETEINEN Pukeutumisen harjoittelu sujuu ergonomiakalusteiden avulla. Samalla syntyy lapsen ja aikuisen välisiä kahdenkeskisiä opetus- ja keskusteluhetkiä. KUIVAETEINEN Ovaali pukemispenkki, 805950
Sivu 18


“Sali on motoristen aktiviteettien keskus ja siellä lapsi saa luvalla tyydyttää luonnollisen liikkumisen tarpeensa.”
Sivu 19


SALI 19 Sali on motoristen aktiviteettien keskus ja siellä lapsi saa luvalla tyydyttää luonnollisen liikkumisen tarpeensa. Oikeiden kalusteiden avulla voidaan motivoida lasta liikkumaan ja kehittymään kohti parempaa fyysistä ja sitä kautta myös henkistä hyvinvointia. Muissa tarkoituksissa sali toimii varhaiskasvatuksen ja usein myös ulkopuolisten tahojen kokoontumistilana. SALI Ella voimistelupenkki, 156100 Ella laulupenkki 130 cm 859318, 150 cm 859528 ja 170 cm 859737 Ella puolapuut lapsille, 157503 ja Ella isot puolapuut, 157504
Sivu 20


20 Korkea Pro Korkea 150 Korkea Maria mittakuvat 76 cm 50 cm 74 cm 50 cm 770 500 36 cm 49 cm 45 cm 48 cm 435 435 76 cm 74 cm 770 500 50 cm 50 cm 36 cm 49 cm 45 cm 48 cm 435 Aino Pro 435 74 cm 76 cm 50 cm 74 cm 50 cm 50 cm 770 450 44 cm 46 cm 42 cm 49 cm 45 cm 48 cm 430 530 74 cm Korkea 140 50 cm 74 cm 50 cm “Hyvää tuolia voidaan muunnella istujan iän ja koon mukaan.” 44 cm 46 cm 44 cm 46 cm
Sivu 21


21 208 cm 204 cm 195 cm 208 cm 120x60 cm Ø 120 cm 120x60 cm 120x60 cm MITTAKUVAT 208 cm 208 cm 208 cm 208 cm 268 cm 213 cm Ø 120 cm 209 cm Ø 125 cm 125x75 cm Ø 125 cm 330 cm 290 cm 213 cm 248 cm 160x80 cm 270 cm 180x80 cm “Pöytäryhmiä voidaan järjestellä tilan ja tarpeen vaatimusten mukaan.” 168 cm 168 cm
Sivu 23


LAMINAATIT, FORMICA COLORS 23 värikartat M3305 F2253 F3007 F3050 F5347 F5348 F7024 F7845 K1019 K1194 K1834 K2081 K3209 K3236 M6392
Sivu 24


Tevella Oy, Tampere myynti@tevella.fi ? www.tevella.fi

Tevella - HABA Quality Children's Furniture for Multiple Environments 2015/2016 Tevella - HABA Quality Children's Furniture for Multiple Environments 2015/2016

Sivu 1


TEVELLA HABA Quality Children‘s Furniture for Multiple Environments 2015/2016
Sivu 2


Children‘s Furniture for Today‘s Environments Habermaaß GmbH P.O. Box 1107 96473 Bad Rodach Germany Tel.: +49 9564 929 - 2446 Fax: +49 9564 929 - 662400 E-Mail: info@haba.de www.haba.de
Sivu 3


Contents ? Chairs · Tables page 6 - 70 Discovery Rooms page 71 - 114 Safety · Noise Control page 115 - 120 Cabinets · Shelving Creativity Rooms page 121 - 199 Platforms · Trapeze page 200 - 218 Padded Elements · Sofas page 219 - 282 Dramatic Play Elements page 283 - 306 Activity Systems page 307 - 342 Library page 343 - 350 Partition Walls · Wall Elements · Mirrors page 351 - 396 Wardrobe · Foyer page 397 - 422 Outdoor Play Structures page 423 - 468 Activity Systems page 469 - 494 Office Furniture page 495 - 506 Index page 507 - 511
Sivu 4


The name stands for quality, product reliability, and concern for our Environment Quality Anyone can talk quality. HABA can prove their compliance to the highest standards of quality: DIN EN ISO 9001 certificate. This certificate attests that we have successfully intro duced and use a quality control system for both our products and our processes, so that we can guarantee their consistent quality. With an ideal combination of inflammable fabric coverings and foam paddings we offer you furniture that meets modern German fire protection requirements. Padding is available in flame-retardant materials (CME) with 25% up charge. Detailed information on fire protection on page 200. Materials How should furniture for children be made? Rugged and long-lasting! The furniture that we create with the help of over 500 skilled workers in Bad Rodach, Germany is well prepared to survive the daily wear and tear it is subjected to in a child’s room or childcare center. They bear the GS label for “tested safety”. Children, parents and caregivers should get a lifetime of enjoyment out of their furniture. We guarantee the careful selection and processing of all materials. It doesn’t always have to be wood, however it must be child- friendly. We are open to new types of products and materials. We always make sure we offer our little customers materials manufactured in environmentally friendly ways. If other materials are used in production, we take care that they are also renewable raw materials and biologically degradable. Quality and Environmental Certificates Assembly required The safety glass in this catalog is conform to EN 12600. 10 Year Conditional HABA Warranty: HABA furniture is warranted against manufacturer defects for up to 10 years to the original purchaser. Warranty does not apply to normal use/ wear of the product or product abuse. Please contact our customer service department at 1-800-345-3480 for warranty questions or our complete warranty statement. 2 Safety All products from the GEMINO construction system and play units individually assembled for customers are GS tested and DIN EN 1176/1177 certified (German playground equipment safety standard). These guidelines set out the requirements for the construction, installation, and configuration of playground equipment, including safety distances and the required safety surfaces. The Öko-Tex Standard 100 certifies textiles that do not contain substances likely to endanger a person’s health. The certificate is only valid for one year and must be renewed annually after re-testing. This ensures that textile products are tested regularly for compliance with the permissible limits. Promoting sustainable forest management www.pefc.org * PEFC = Program for the Endorse ment of Forest Certification. The good of the organization is to improve sustainable forestry and the maintenance and ecological balance of forests.
Sivu 5


Environmental Protection The corporate family accepts its responsibility for the environment. This is why environmental protection has been an integrated part of our company policy for years. We were the first toy maker in Germany to pass the ecological audit, and we have been granted DIN ISO 14001 certification for environmental management. We actively protect the environment in all phases of production. We use environmentally-friendly processing methods and continue to improve our technology to protect people and the environment. We constantly calculate, evaluate, and minimize our use of materials. We use modern energy management for all forms of energy we use (pressurized air, electricity, and heat). All machines and in all buildings, always with the environment in mind. Wood is a natural product, one that imparts furniture with character, and a surface that is pleasing to all the senses. It is a renewable raw material, one that protects our natural resources. In our production we use mainly beech The HABA-buildings, the Leschenhof and Brauhof from the regional forestry industry. Our suppliers of beech wood are certified according to the PEFC, the certification system for sustainable forest management. Environmental protection will continue to play an important role in the future – for us, for our customers, for our children. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 3
Sivu 6


Veneer is We want you to enjoy our furniture for a very long time. This is why we select our raw materials very carefully and only use the highest quality beech and birch veneers. Wood has an excellent ecolo gical balance. Because wood is a piece of nature. A tree is one of the cornerstones of our ecological system. It protects the climate, binds carbon dioxide, and actively cleans the air in our atmosphere. The forest is home to many animals, habitat for plants, and a recreational oasis for people. With sustainable forestry, trees as resource are harvested in a way that protects the forest. In Germany at least one new tree grows for each tree that is removed - the forest stand is increasing. Veneer is an authentic material with the unmistakable look of wood. It imparts naturalness and a sense of security in a mechanized, increasingly tougher environment. The surface is pleasingly warm to the touch, which is why veneer lends a comfortable atmosphere to any room. Veneered furniture is significantly more long-lasting and retains its value better than furniture with imitation wood. The UV varnish is easy to clean and minor scratches and dents are easily concealed. Every piece of furniture made with veneer has an distinctive character. Just like every tree, every veneer is a unique piece of nature. Wood is a resource in every stage of its use. From the tree to wood material to furniture. Even after its useful life it still has value, because it‘s not only biodegradable but it also serves in thermal recycling as supplier of energy. Added value in every step. We use Real Wood to improve the quality of life & create a healthy room climate Plastic veneers / wood veneer A lot of furniture is labeled “beech finish”. This type of finish is not real wood, but a wood imitation that often cannot be distinguished from real wood. Using photochemical or other technical processes, a simulated wood grain is transferred to a plastic surface. You can only be sure you are getting real wood if you see the veneer label. Real Wood Veneer • surface made of wood • warm surface • biodegradable • long lasting and stable in value • renewable resource Plastic Veneer • surface plastic coated • cold surface • production and disposal harmful to the environment 4
Sivu 7


Genuine Wood with Unique Character! What is veneer? Veneer is a layer of wood cut or peeled off a tree trunk. In the process, the trunks are boiled for 48 hours to make the wood malleable, and the bark is removed. A log is then spun around its own axis against a cutter bar that sheers a thin continuous sheet of veneer off the log layer by layer. The roll of veneer is then separated into thin individual sheets. Veneer can be manu factured from more than 200 types of wood. Veneer allows for the most economical use of wood, a valuable resource. Enough veneer for the furniture for 16 bedrooms can be created from 1 m³ of wood! The shavings and other waste products from the manufacturing process are made into particle board or used in the production of energy. Veneer • is a completely natural product • is part of a healthy living environment • is long-lasting • is biodegradable • is sustainable Did you know: Plywood is also made of veneer. A wooden board made from a number of layers of veneer glued together is called plywood. Veneer Real wood Veneer Real wood Beech Birch Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 5
Sivu 9


? Chairs and Tables Chairs · Tables
Sivu 10


Seating Furniture Overview Kindergarten Toddlers Other Chairs Stools Chairs Stools Favorit Stool p. 11 move•upp Stool p. 30 Basic p. 30 Wooden Stool p. 30 Clover-Stool p. 30 Reversible Stool p. 31 Stool p. 33 Stool p. 35 Favorit p. 10 Favorit with footrest kiddo p. 14 move•upp p. 15 solit:sit p. 16 solit:sit A p. 19 Favorit p. 12 Favorit with footrest p. 11 p. 13 Favorit XL p. 13 Cushioned Bench p. 32 Favorit p. 10 Freddie p. 14 Play Bench p. 33 Bench p. 33 Play Bench p. 213 Armchair & Sofa Bench p. 35 p. 35 Favorit Stools p. 11 move•upp Stool p. 30 Basic p. 30 Wooden Stool p. 30 Clover-Stool p. 30 Stool p. 33 Favorit with footrest p. 10 Tobi p. 15 move•upp p. 15 Other solit:sit Roll p. 19 solit:sit Lift p. 19 Turn-around Bench Stackable Bench p. 31 p. 32 Armchairs Armchair Favorit p. 12 solit:sit p. 19 solit:sit A p. 19 solit:sit B p. 19 Stackable Bench p. 32 Cushioned Bench p. 32 Play Bench p. 33 Bench p. 33 Glides/casters Which glide/caster is best for which floor? Felt glides collect dirt over time, and this can damage the fl oor. We recommend changing them regularly. Plastic glides are more suited towards hard fl oors. However the enhanced plastic glides have much better glide properties than standard ones. Therefore, with linoleum or wooden fl oors we recommend enhanced plastic glides. 8 Type of glide/caster Parquet Laminate Natural/stone Tiles Mosaic Carpet Linoleum Wood Plastic glides x (x) (x) Felt glides x x x x x Enhanced plastic glides x x x Hard casters x x x Soft casters x x x x x
Sivu 11


Overview School Teacher Stools Chairs Favorit p. 10 Floor Chair p. 28 Baby-fedding chair p. 28 Wicker Armchair p. 28 move•upp-Stool Basic S. 30 Wooden Stool p. 30 Stool p. 33 p. 30 Turu-Sit ® S. 812 Chairs and Tables Favorit p. 10 move•upp p. 15 solit:sit Roll p. 19 solit:sit Lift p. 19 solit:sit p. 19 solit:sit A p. 19 solit:sit B p. 19 Geo p. 22 Benches Ratio p. 67 Logo p. 68 Stackable Bench p. 32 Bench without backrest p. 33 Adult / Object chairs Chairs Other Favorit p. 10 move•upp p. 15 Stools Atlanta p. 20 Favorit, padded p. 21 Resso p. 21 geo p. 22 Altro p. 22 Rocker Chair p. 22 move•upp Stool p. 30 Basic p. 30 Wooden Stool p. 30 In accordance with DIN EN 1729 since january 2007 The ideal seat and table heights Size chart of DIN EN 1729 Tables and chairs must be ergonomic – to meet the natural requirements of children. The DIN standard takes the body dimensions of children and young people into consideration in its seat and table heights. Chairs and tables marked with this icon are available from HABA for many heights. >> For every size Individuals Height Seat height Table height 31“ - 37“, 80 - 95 cm 8 ¼“, 21 cm 15 ¾“, 40 cm 36“ - 45“, 93 - 116 cm 10 ¼“, 26 cm 18“, 46 cm 42“ - 47“, 108 - 121 cm 12 ¼“, 31 cm 21“, 53 cm 46“ - 56“, 119 - 142 cm 13 ¾“, 35 cm 23 ¼“, 59 cm 53“ - 62“, 133 - 159 cm 15“, 38 cm 25 ¼“, 64 cm 58“ - 69“, 146 - 176.5 cm 17“, 43 cm 28“, 71 cm >> For every size 62“ - 74“, 159 - 188 cm 18“, 46 cm 30“, 76 cm 68“ - 81“, 174 - 207 cm 20“, 51 cm 32 ¼“, 82 cm 9
Sivu 12


Stacking Chair “Favorit” More than 1.5 Million sold Worldwide Select color options and glides, see page 13. Comfortable and sturdy 10 times bonded, 3 times curved beech wood backrest Rear chair leg / frame connector Extremely sturdy with dowel bonding, wood plug bonding and additional metal connection Front chair leg / frame connector The double dowel connection guarantees maximum stability 10 Year GUARANTEE Seat heights conforming to standards as per DIN EN 1729 GS tested Made in Germany Durable Bearing parts made of Solid beech wood Comfortable Ergonomically shaped seat made of 10 layers of bonded beech wood veneers with rounded front edge and a seat shell that tapers off towards the back Gentle to the floor doweled plastic glides. Even after years of use, no sharp edges Stacking Chair “Favorit” Solid beech wood; seat and backrest. Seat height 8 ¼”, 21 cm, seat depth 9 ½”, 23 cm, seat width 10”, 25 cm, chair width 30 cm 809310 Seat height 10 ¼”, 26 cm, seat depth 10”, 25 cm, seat width 10”, 25 cm, chair width 31 cm 809320 Seat height 12 ¼”, 31 cm, seat depth 10 ¾”, 27 cm, seat width 12”, 30 cm, chair width 36 cm 809330 10 Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm, seat depth 12”, 30 cm, seat width 13”, 32.5 cm, chair width 38 cm 809340 807025 Footrest height-adjustable in 3 increments. Footrest only available with 809340. (H 8 ¼”, 21, H 10 ¼”, 26, and H 12 ¼”, 31 cm) Seat height 15”, 38 cm, seat depth 13 ¾”, 34 cm, seat width 14”, 35 cm, chair width 16 ¼”, 41 cm 809350 Seat height 17”, 43 cm, seat depth 15”, 38 cm, seat width 15 ¾”, 39 cm, chair width 18 ¼”, 46 cm 809360 Seat height 18 ¼”, 46 cm, seat depth 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat width 16”, 40 cm, chair width 19“, 48 cm 809370 Seat height 20”, 51 cm, seat depth 18 ½”, 46 cm, seat width 17”, 43 cm, chair width 19 ¾“, 50 cm 809380 Replacement glides For all “Favorit” chairs and stools each 4 pieces. 802527 Plastic 802528 Felt 802529 Enhanced plastic For glides to fit different bases see p. 8
Sivu 13


Favorit chair 6 good reasons that will convince you of "Favorit" 1 ONE group of chairs for ALL applications Chairs and Tables Stool Stackable chair Armchair without side panels Armchair with side panels Armchair XL 2 3 4 5 Light as a feather The chairs shown are 13 ¾“, 35 cm tall and with a weight of 8 pounds, 3.5 kg; easy for children to pick up. Stackable The legs on the Favorit facilitate space-saving stacking. 6 Non-tip The slant back feet helps prevent tipping. Height-adjustable footrest The height-adjustable footrest is bolted to the chair legs on its sides. The foot panel can then be adjusted in 3 increments: This allows for three seat heights: 8 ¼“, 10 ¼“, 12 ¼“, 21, 26 and 31 cm. This way, chairs with a seat height of 13 ¾“, 35 cm can also be used for smaller children. Bag hook The rounded shape of the backrest allows for bags and backpacks. Stool “Favorit“ stackable Stackable Stool “Favorit” Solid beech wood; seat. 809610 H 8 ½“, 21 cm, Seat-ø 9 ½“, 24 cm 809620 H 10 ¼”, 26 cm, Seat-ø 9 ½“, 24 cm 809630 H 12 ¼“, 31 cm, Seat-ø 12 ¾“, 32 cm 809640 H 13 ¾”, 35 cm, Seat-ø 12 ¾“, 32 cm 809650 H 15”, 38 cm, Seat-ø 12 ¾“, 32 cm 809660 H 17”, 43 cm, Seat-ø 15 ¾“, 40 cm 809670 H 18 ¼”, 46 cm, Seat-ø 15 ¾“, 40 cm Select color options and glides on page 13. Front stool leg double dowel connection lines guarantee maximum stability in seven seat heights Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 11
Sivu 14


Armchair “Favorit“ Select color options and glides, see page 13. Quality Corner joint >> solid >> dovetailed >> softly rounded edges Armrest distance Armchair “Favorit“ Solid beech wood, seat and backrest. Seat height 8 ¼“, 21 cm, seat depth 9 ¼“, 23 cm, seat width 12 ¼“, 31 cm, armrest height 13“, 33 cm, chair width 15“, 38 cm 809210 809600 Safety restraint Armrest Chair “Favorit” Solid beech wood, seat and backrest. Seat height 10 ¼“, 26 cm, seat depth 10“, 25 cm, seat width 12 ¼“, 31 cm, armrest height 15 ¾“, 39 cm, chair width 15“, 38 cm 809220 809601 Safety restraint Seat height 12 ¼“, 31 cm, seat depth 10 ¾“, 27 cm, seat width 14 ¼“, 36 cm, armrest height 18 ¼“, 46 cm, chair width 17“, 43 cm 809230 10 Year GUARANTEE Seat heights conforming to standards as per DIN EN 1729 GS tested Made in Germany "Favorit" with Safety Post Seat height 8 ¼”, 21 cm, seat depth 9 ¼”, 23 cm, seat width 12 ¼”, 31 cm, armrest height 13”, 33 cm. 809216 chair width, 15”, 38 cm Solid beech wood, seat and backrest. Seat height 10 ¼”, 26 cm, seat depth 10”, 25 cm, seat width 12 ¼”, 31 cm, armrest height 15”, 38 cm, chair width 15”, 38 cm. 809226 Without footrest 809228 With footrest >> extra narrow Accessories Footrest For the seat height of 13 ¾“, 35 cm >> The height-adjustable footrest is tightly bolted to the chair legs on its sides. The foot panel can then be adjusted in height in 3 increments: This allows for three seat heights: 8 ¼“, 10 ¼“ and 12 ¼“, 21, 26 and 31 cm. This way, chairs with a seat height of 13 ¾“, 35 cm can also be used for smaller children. Safety Restraint with Post Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm, seat depth 12”, 30 cm, seat width 15”, 38 cm, armrest height , 20 ½“, 52 cm, chair width 17 ¾“, 45 cm 809240 Without footrest 807035 Footrest, height adjustable in 3 steps (8 ½”, 10 ½” and 12 ½”, 21, 26 and 31 cm). Footrest only available with 809240. Safety post on the seat shell Seat height 15“, 38 cm, seat depth 13 ½“, 34 cm, seat width 16 ¼“, 41 cm, armrest height 22 ½“, 57 cm, chair width 19“, 48 cm 809250 >> padded middle post as sliding stopper >> plug spring mechanism for easy installation Seat height 17“, 43 cm, seat depth 15“, 38 cm, seat width 18 ¼“, 46 cm, armrest height 25 ½“, 65 cm, chair width 54 cm 809260 Seat height 18 ¼“, 46 cm, seat depth 16 ½“, 42 cm, seat width 2 ¾“, 7 cm, armrest height 27 ¼“, 69 cm, chair width 55 cm 809270 12 >> easy to adjust and lock >> sliding stopper Safety restraint replacement padding Fits safety restraints on all “Favorit” chairs. Easy to replace thanks to Velcro tape. Robust fabric (100% polyester) removable, machine-washable, color: light blue. 4 ½” x 2 ½” x 1 ¾”, 110 x 60 x 40 mm 809619
Sivu 15


Favorit chair Armrest Chair “Favorit” with Side Panels Select color options and glides below. Chairs and Tables Armrest Chair “Favorit” with Side Panels Solid beech wood, seat and backrest. Seat height 8 ¼”, 21 cm, seat depth 9 ¼”, 23 cm, seat width 10”, 25 cm, armrest height 1 ¼”, 3 cm, chair width, 12 ½", 32 cm . Not stackable. 809410 809602 Safety restraint Side panels Prevent·children·from putting their legs through the sides. Seat height 10 ¼”, 26 cm, seat depth 10”, 25 cm, seat width 12 ¼”, 31 cm, armrest height 15 ½”, 39 cm, chair width 15", 38 cm 809603 Safety restraint Armrest Chair “Favorit” with Side Panels and Center post The center post acts as sliding stopper between the legs. It is easy to adjust and lock. Solid beech wood, seat and back. Seat height 8 ¼”, 21 cm, seat depth 9 ¼”, 23 cm, seat width 10”, 25 cm, armrest height 13”, 33 cm, chair width 12 ½", 32 cm Not shown. 809416 809602 Safety restraint Seat height 10 ¼”, 26 cm, seat depth 10”, 25 cm, seat width 12 ¼”, 31 cm, armrest height 15”, 38 cm, chair width15“, 38 cm 809426 809603 Safety restraint 809616 Seat insert (artificial leather, blue; removable, wipe-clean, machine washable) The seat insert reduces the size ofthe seat surface, allowing slimmer children a stable fi t. Armrest Chair XL for preschool table height of 23 ¼“, 59 cm Safety highchair “Favorit XL” Ideal for mixed age groups, so all children can sit together at one table. The seat height is the distance between footrest and seat. With side panels. Material: Solid beech wood, seat and backrest made of genuine beech wood. Seat height 8 ¼”, 21 cm, seat depth 9 ¼”, 23 cm, seat width 10”, 25 cm, chair width 12 ½", 32 cm 809510 Without post 809516 With post 809604 Safety restraint with post 8 ½"/10 ¼", 21/26 cm Seat height 10 ¼”, 26 cm, seat depth 10”, 25 cm, seat width 12 ¼”, 31 cm, chair width 15", 38 cm 809520 Without post 809526 With post 809605 Safety restraint with post 809616 Seat insert (artificial leather, blue; removable, wipe-clean, machine washable) How to order Mandatory Options Optional colors Glides Colors Plastic glide GLKU Felt glide GLFI Select type of glides. If not specified, we will deliver GLKU. Glide enhanced plastic GLVK WEIS White P657 Clear Blue GELB Yellow BLAU Blue MAIS Maize HEGR Light Green ORAN Orange GRUN Green ROT Red HBLA Light Blue Please select color options; Delivered in natural if color is not specified. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 13
Sivu 16


Daycare & Preschool chairs “Kiddo“ Chairs are stackable Easy to handle Preschool Chair “Kiddo” Although it is light weight, this chair for the little ones is tilt resistant. With grip holes in the backrest as well as the armrests, it can easily be moved. Corners and edges are rounded to prevent injuries. Genuine birch wood. Includes plastic glides. 475950 Seat height 8 ½”, 21 cm, seat width 10 ¾”, 27 cm, seat depth 9 ½”, 22.9 cm, chair width 12", 30 cm 475951 Seat height 10 ½”, 26 cm, seat width 12 ½”, 32 cm. seat depth 10”, 25 cm, chair width 12 ½”, 32 cm Only available with plastic glides. Non-tip, rounded edges Footrest “Freddie“ with a footrest – for mixed-age groups (table height of 23 ¼“, 59 cm) Seating cushion Mandatory Options Glides Glides plastic GLKU Gleiter felt GLFI Glide enhanced plastic GLVK If not specified we will deliver GLKU. Overview „Which glide for which floor?“ on page 8. “Freddie” Is ideal for mixed-age groups. It allows toddlers from 1 ½ years old to sit together with preschoolers at tables 23 ¼”, 59 cm -high. Genuine beech wood. Size: W 13 ½” x H 26” x D 16 ¾”, W 34 x H 66 x D 42 cm, seat height 8 ¾”, 22 cm, seat width 10 ¾”, 27 cm, seat depth 9 ¼”, 23 cm. Weight: 9 ¼ lb, 4.1 kg. 475960 without round bar 475961 with round bar Seat cushion Synthetic leather, light blue, robust foam RG 24/40. The upholstery is wipe-clean and can be machine washed at 86 ºf, 30 ºc. Size: approx. W 12” x H 10 ¼” x D 1 ¼”, W 30 cm x H 26 cm x D 3 cm 475965 14
Sivu 17


Chairs Stacking Chair Chairs and Tables Stacking Chair move-upp Backrest is a handy bag holder. Steel tube legs and curved wooden shape. Genuine birch wood, powder-coated steel tube in RAL 9006, aluminum. 475705 Seat height 8 ½”, 21 cm, seat depth 10 ¾”, 26.5 cm, seat width 11 ¾”, 29 cm, chair width 14 ¾”, 37 cm 475715 Seat height 10 ½”, 26 cm, seat depth 10 ¾”, 26.5 cm, seat width 11 ¾”, 29 cm, chair width 15“, 38 cm 475725 Seat height 12 ½”, 31 cm, seat depth 12”, 30 cm, seat width 12 ½”, 31 cm, chair width 16 ¾“, 42 cm 475735 Seat height 14”, 35 cm, seat depth 13 ¾”, 34 cm, seat width 13 ¾”, 34 cm, chair width 18 ½“, 47 cm 475745 Seat height 15”, 38 cm, seat depth 14 ¾”, 37 cm, seat width 14 ¾”, 37 cm, chair width 19“, 48 cm 475755 Seat height 17”, 43 cm, seat depth 17 ½”, 44 cm, seat width 16 ½”, 41 cm, chair width 21 ½“, 54 cm 475765 Seat height 18 ½”, 46 cm, seat depth 17 ½”, 44 cm, seat width 16 ½”, 41 cm, chair width 21 ¾“, 55 cm Select type of glides. Handy bag holder The sturdy, powder-coated frame consists of ¼“, 2 mm thick steel tube. Mandatory Options Glides Plastic glide GLKU For carpeting Felt glide GLFI For smooth surfaces Select type of glides. If not specified, we will deliver GLKU. Toddler Stool “Tobi” “Tobi” Solid beech wood, seat and backrest . W 14” x H 21 ¾” x D 14”, W 35 x H 54.5 x D 35 cm. Seat heights: W 8 ¾", 10 ¼", 12", W 22, 26, 30 cm. 800310 >> Provides for an ergonomic sitting posture >> Seat and backrest can be adjusted three ways (in 1 ½“, 4 cm increments) Mandatory Options Glides Plastic glide GLKU For carpeting Felt glide GLFI For smooth surfaces >> With safety bar and belt Select type of glides. If not specified, we will deliver GLKU. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 15
Sivu 18


with beech wood shell two-component design · flexible shell · high seating comfort · promotes good posture Book bag holder Quality Contruction Seat made of 10-layer glued beech molded plywood The sturdy frame is of 14 gauge, ½“, 2 mm thick steel tube Smooth waterfall design seat Protects table top edges. 10 Year GUARANTEE Seat heights conforming to standards as per DIN EN 1729 GS tested Made in Germany Tilt-resistant slip-on “long life” glides guarantee stability and minimum abrasion on all types of flooring. SOLIT:SIT WITH IMPACT RESISTANT PLASTIC SHELL, see page 18. 16
Sivu 19


solit:sit-chairs for table heights 30“, 76 cm Chairs and Tables adjustable seat height Skid Chair solit:sit® Swing Model A, natural Stackable. Incl. grip hole. C-shape that is open towards the front. Cantilever steel tube (1” x ¼”, 22 x 2.5 mm with a seat width of 12“, 30 cm and 13 ¾”, 35 cm and 1” x ½”, 25 x 2.5 mm with a seat width of 17”, 43 cm). Seat width 12”, 30 cm, chair width 14 ½”, 36 cm 178111 Seat height 10 ½”, 26 cm 178112 Seat height 12 ½”, 31 cm Seat width 13 ¾”, 35 cm, chair width 16”, 40 cm 178113 Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm 178114 Seat height 15”, 38 cm Seat width 17”, 43 cm, chair width 20 ½”, 51.5 cm 178115 Seat height 17”, 43 cm 178116 Seat height 18 ½”, 46 cm Skid Chair solit:sit® Swing Model B, natural Stackable. C-shape that is open towards the back. Cantilever steel tube (1” x ¼”, 22 x 2.5 mm). Seat width 13 ¾”, 35 cm, chair width 16 ½”, 41 cm 178123 Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm 178124 Seat height 15”, 38 cm Seat width 17”, 43 cm, chair width 19 ½”, 49 cm 178125 Seat height 17”, 43 cm 178126 Seat height 18 ½”, 46 cm Cantilever Chair solit:sit® with Adjustable Footrest, natural Stackable chair with grip hole and C-shape that is open towards the back. Cantilever steel tube (1” x ¼”, 22 x 2.5 mm). Footrest with light gray surface RAL 7035. Seat width 14”, 35 cm, chair width 19”, 48 cm, Total seat height 20 ¾”, 52 cm 178138 Seat height 12 ½” – 15”, 31 – 38 cm, Seat width 17”, 43 cm, chair width 20 ¼”, 51.5 cm, Total seat height 18 ½”, 46 cm 178139 Seat height 15” – 17”, 38 – 43 cm, with casters with feet Four-leg Chair solit:sit®, natural Stackable and sturdy four-leg design made of precision tube (1” x ½”, 22 x 2 mm). Seat width 12”, 30 cm, chair width 14 ½“, 36 cm 178101 Seat height 10 ½”, 26 cm 178102 Seat height 12 ½”, 31 cm Seat width 13 ¾”, 35 cm, chair width 19“, 48 cm 178103 Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm 178104 Seat height 15”, 38 cm Seat width 17”, 43 cm, chair width 22 ½“, 57 cm 178105 Seat height 17”, 43 cm 178106 Seat height 18 ½”, 46 cm Swivel Chair solit:sit®, height adjustable, natural Release lever for height adjustment. Aluminum star base with feet or casters. Seat width 14”, 35 cm, star base Ø 19 ½”, 49 cm 178171 Seat height 14” – 18”, 35 – 46 cm Seat width 17”, 43 cm, star base Ø 24 ¾”, 62 cm 178173 Seat height 16 ½” – 21”, 41 – 53 cm Swivel Chair solit:sit® Active, height adjustable, natural Release lever for height. Seat incline adjusts automatically to all directions for dynamic sitting (3-D seat dynamization). Description of the Active-Mechanism on page 18. Aluminum star base with feet or casters. Seat width 14”, 35 cm, star base Ø 19 ½”, 49 cm 178172 Seat height 14” – 18 ½”, 35 – 46 cm Seat width 17”, 43 cm, star base Ø 24 ¾”, 62 cm 178174 Seat height 16 ½” – 21”, 41 – 53 cm How to order Wood shell Select color of the wood shell and type of glides below. Mandatory Options NATU natural WEIS white GELB yellow MAIS maize ORAN orange ROT red HBLA light blue P657 clear blue BLAU blue HEGR light green GRÜN green Specify color of the seat shell. Natural is the standard. 1. Foot 2. Hard Caster 3. Soft Caster Felt Glide STFF Plastic Glide STFK For soft floors: ROLH For hard floors: ROLW Options for height adjustable chairs only. Glides Plastic glide GLKU For carpeting Felt glide GLFI For smooth surfaces Select the type of glides. If not specified, we will deliver GLKU. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 17
Sivu 20


with impact resistant plastic shell Two-component design · flexible shell · high seating comfort · promotes good posture Includes book bag holder The surface of the plastic shell consists of robust PP copolymer. Resists scratches and is easy to clean. Textured to prevent slipping The fiberglass reinforced core creates extreme durability. The sturdy frame is of 14 gauge, ½“, 2 mm thick steel tube Protects table top edges with plastic cover on bottom of the chair. 10 Year GUARANTEE Seat heights conforming to standards as per DIN EN 1729 GS tested Made in Germany Tilt-resistant slip-on “long life” glides guarantee stability and minimum abrasion on all types of flooring. Active-Design left & right Flexible Movement is healthy – even while sitting The seat shell adapts to movements and shifting of weight forward, back and to the sides. The different sitting angles activate the muscles and stimulate blood circulation. Due to the frequent change of the sitting position, postural deformities and backache is alleviated. up & down back & forth The durable rubber arrester allows quiet movement. 18
Sivu 21


solit:sit-chairs Chairs and Tables for table height of 30”, 76 cm adjustable seat height Skid Chair solit:sit® Swing Model A Stackable. C-shape that is open towards the front. Cantilever steel tube (1” x ¼”, 22 x 2.5 mm). With grip hole. Seat width 13 ¾”, 35 cm, chair width 15 ¾”, 40 cm 178013 Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm 178014 Seat height 15”, 38 cm Seat width 17”, 43 cm, chair width 20 ¼”, 51.5 cm 178015 Seat Height 17“, 43 cm 178016 Seat height 18 ¼”, 46 cm Skid Chair solit:sit® Swing Model B Stackable. C-shape that is open towards the back. Cantilever steel tube (1” x ¼”, 22 x 2.5 mm). With grip hole. Seat width 13 ¾”, 35 cm, chair width 15 ¾”, 41 cm 178023 Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm 178024 Seat height 15”, 38 cm Seat width 17”, 43 cm, chair width 20 ¼”, 49 cm 178025 Seat height 17”, 43 cm 178026 Seat height 18 ¼”, 46 cm Cantilever Chair solit:sit® with Adjustable Footrest Stackable. C-shape that is open towards the back. Cantilever steel tube (1” x ½”, 25 x 2.5 mm). Footrest with light gray surface RAL 7035. With grip hole. Seat width 13 ¾”, 35 cm, chair width 18 ¾”, 48 cm, Total seat height 20 ¾”, 52 cm 178038 Seat height 12 ¼” – 15”, 31 – 38 cm Seat width 17”, 43 cm, chair width 20 ½”, 51,5 cm, Total seat height 18 ¼”, 46 cm 178039 Seat height 15” – 17”, 38 – 43 cm with feet with casters Four-leg Chair solit:sit® Stackable. With grip hole and sturdy four-leg design made of precision tube (1” x ½”, 22 x 2 mm). Seat width 13 ¾”, 35 cm, chair width 19”, 48 cm 178003 Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm 178004 Seat height 15”, 38 cm, Seat width 17”, 43 cm, chair width 22 ½”, 57 cm 178005 S eat height 17”, 43 cm 178006 Seat height 18 ¼”, 46 cm Swivel Chair solit:sit®, height adjustable With grip hole and sturdy release lever for height adjustment. Aluminum star base with feet or casters. Seat width 13 ¾”, 35 cm, star base Ø 19 ½”, 49 cm 178071 Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm – 18 ¼”, 35 – 46 cm Seat width 17”, 43 cm, star base Ø 24 ¾”, 62 cm 178073 Seat height 16 ½” – 21”, 41 – 53 cm Swivel Chair solit:sit® active, height adjustable With grip hole and sturdy release lever to adjust height. Seat incline adjusts automatically all directions for dynamic seating (3-D seat dynamization). Aluminum star base with feet or casters. Seat width 13 ¾”, 35 cm, star base Ø 19 ½”, 49 cm 178072 Seat height 13 ¾” – 18 ¼”, 35 – 46 cm Seat width 17”, 43 cm, star base Ø 24 ¾”, 62 cm 178074 Seat height 16 ½” – 21”, 41 – 53 cm Select color of the shell and type of glides below. How to order Mandatory Options Plastic shell Glides P375 Light Green 1003 Yellow 2003 Orange 3000 Red 5015 Blue 7031 Gray Plastic glide GLKU Felt glide GLFI Select the type of glides. If not specified, we will deliver GLKU. 1. Foot 2. Hard Caster 3. Soft Caster Felt Glide STFF Plastic Glide STFK For carpeted floors: ROLH For hard floors: ROLW Options for swivel chairs only. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 19
Sivu 22


Multi-purpose chairs Select fabric options and glides. Can be connected using connection devices Ergonomically shaped wooden shell in beech or birch wood "Atlanta" modern stacking chairs in a material mix All models have a bell-shaped round steel tube frame with plastic glides to protect floors. The seat is an ergonomically formed beech shell. “Atlanta” chairs are ideal for meeting rooms. Armless chairs can be linked together securely to form fixed rows (row connectors sold separately on request). Up to 12 chairs can be stacked. - Total height: 34 ¾“, 88 cm - Chair width: 20 ¼“, 51 cm - Seat height: 18 ¼“, 46 cm - Seat depth: 22“, 56 cm - Seat width: 17 ¼“, 43.5 cm Sturdy round steel tube frame 10 - 12 pieces stackable plastic glides that are gentle on the floor Material Characteristics for Atlanta >> Flame retardant 20“ 51 cm Atlanta 1 Un-upholstered, with straight back and handle cut-out. 111075 20“ 51 cm Atlanta 2 Upholstered, with straight back and handle cut-out. 111076 20“ 51 cm Atlanta 3 Upholstered, with straight, perforated back. 111078 20“ 51 cm Atlanta 4 Un-upholstered, with straight, perforated back. 111077 >> Highly durable >> Shape-retaining properties >> Fabric won´t fade >> Easy clean-up >> Models with armrests on request 20“ 51 cm 20“ 51 cm 20“ 51 cm 20“ 51 cm Atlanta 5 Un-upholstered, with rounded, curved back and handle cut-out. 111484 Atlanta 6 Upholstered, with rounded, curved back and handle cut-out. 111486 Atlanta 7 Un-upholstered, with rounded, curved, and perforated back. 111488 Atlanta 8 Upholstered, with rounded, curved, and perforated back. 111490 Row connector For “Atlanta“-models 1 - 8 without armrests. 110061 not shown How to order Mandatory Options optional Fabric options for the chairs Glides Please specify wood CH 04 orange CH 07 red CH 11 blue Glides plastic GLKU Glides felt GLFI Glides enhanced plastic GLVK BUCH BIRK CH 13 green CH 19 gray CH 20 black If not specified we will deliver GLKU. Overview "Which glide for which floor?" on page 8. beech birch If not specified we will deliver in beech. 20
Sivu 23


Multi-purpose chairs "Resso" Modern stackable chairs All models are made of slender, extremely robust round steel pipe, with floor-friendly plastic or felt glides. Chrome frame with ergonomically-shaped beech seat shell. Available with or without upholstery. Up to 10 chairs can be stacked together. Models with armrests on request. - Total height: 35 ½“, 90 cm - Chair width: 20 ¼“, 51 cm - Seat height: 18 ½“, 47 cm - Seat depth: 15 ¾“, 40 cm - Seat width: 17“, 43 cm Ergonomically shaped wooden shell in beech wood Chairs and Tables floor-friendly plastic or felt glides Sturdy round steel tube frame “Favorit“ Teacher‘s chair 20“ 51 cm 20“ 51 cm 20“ 51 cm Resso, not upholstered 112170 Resso, upholstered seat 112172 Resso, seat and backrest upholstered 112174 20“ 51 cm 20“ 51 cm 20“ 51 cm Teacher’s chair-Lower Seat Height At long last there is a popular favorite chair for adults, too. To ensure that the teacher sits comfortably, while working with students the adult sitting height of 17 ¾”, 45 cm has been reduced by 4 ½”, 11 cm. Sitting height: 13 ¾”, 35 cm; depth: 17 ¾”, 45 cm; width: 15 ½”, 39 cm. Beech solid wood. 808045 Select color options and glides (page 13). Resso B, not upholstered 112220 Resso B, seat upholstered 112222 Resso B, seat and backrest upholstered 112224 “Favorit“ padded How to order E6 blue XT4 orange E8 black XT5 red Mandatory Options Synthetic leather upholstery color E9 red XT7 green E10 green XTREME fabric upholstery color XT9 blue E11 gray XT14 gray E16 white XT16 black Glides Glides plastic GLKU Gleiter felt GLFI Glide enhanced plastic GLVK If not specified we will deliver GLKU. Overview "Which glide for which floor?" on page 8. “Favorit“ Chair, upholstered Frame: solid Beech, clear finish. Seat and backrest upholstery are ergonomically designed to increase seating comfort. Seat height 18“, 46 cm, seat depth 16 ½“, 42 cm, seat width 16“, 40.5 cm. 809372 Select fabric options (page 222 - 226) and glides. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 21
Sivu 24


Multi-purpose chairs Four-leg chair geo Rocker Chair Stackable blue red Geo four-leg chair The front legs of this stackable chair are made of round steel and the rear legs are made of oval tubular steel. The large radius of the front seating edge supports good posture. The rounded back and the seating area are made of multiple-layer beech timber. Plastic covers for stacking. Seating width 13 ½”, 34 cm, -depth 15”, 38 cm, chair width 15 ½”, 39 cm 176057 Seating height 13 ¾”, 35 cm 176058 Seating height 15”, 38 cm Seating width 15”, 38 cm, -depth 16 ¾”, 42 cm, chair width 17”, 43 cm 176059 Seating height 17”, 43 cm 176060 seating height 18 ¼”, 46 cm 176061 seating height 20 ¼”, 51 cm Select frame color and glides on page 69. Rocker Chair With padded seat shell and steel tube frame. Frame color: silver pearl. Seat height 18 ¼“, 46 cm, seat width 15“, 38 cm, seat depth 15 ½“, 39 cm, overall height 36 ¼“, 92 cm, chair width 16 ½”, 42 cm. 092597 Blue 092598 Red 092599 Gray Only available with plastic glides. NEW! Four-leg chair OMEGA NEW! Four-leg chair ALTRO Four-legged Chair "Omega" Stackable, precision steel pipe frame, 1" x ¼", 22 x 2 mm, in RAL 9006 white aluminum. Seat height 18 ¼"/18 ½", 46/47 cm, seat width 17 ½", 44 cm. Chair width 20 ¼", 51 cm. Models with armrests on request. Without armrests 176490 without cushioning 176491 With seat cushion 176492 With seat/backrest cushion Specify cushion color and glide type below. Four-legged Chair "Altro" Stackable, round steel pipe frame, 1" x ¼", 22 x 2 mm, in RAL 9006 white aluminum. Seat height 18 ½", 47 cm, chair width 18 ½", 47 cm. 176065 Select cushion color and glide types below. How to order OMEGA + ALTRO Mandatory Options Optional colors XTREME-Stoffe CX03 Yellow CX04 Orange CX02 Red CX10 Red Violet CX06 Apple Green CX05 Green CX13 Light Blue CX01 Blue CX11 Turquoise CX15 Light Gray CX12 Gray CX07 Dark Gray CX08 Black Glides Plastic glide GLKU Felt glide GLFI Select the type of glides. If not specified, we will deliver GLKU. 22
Sivu 25


Pedestal Tables Pedestal tables Height-Adjustable & mobile Chairs and Tables Easy to see height adjustment. Height- Adjustable Height-adjustable pedestal Table Gas lift and 5 casters, smooth surface. Frame made of powder-coated tubular steel and tabletop made of genuine birch with Duropal surface. Pedestal-Ø 27 ¾”, 70 cm center column-Ø 2”, 5 cm, H 30 ½” - 46 ¼”, 77 – 117 cm. 176260 Ø 31 ½”, 80 cm 176261 Ø 39 ½”, 100 cm How to order Mandatory Options Table Top Please specify the desired table top surface. If not specified we deliver K243. Duropal ® W400 White KORA Orange KGEL Yellow G719 Green U068 Blue K188 Lightgray K177 Beech light K243 Birch Height-Adjustable This pedestal table can be used as a flexible work space or as a height-adjustable table in the cafeteria. Waiting room table A visual highlight in the adult waiting area. NEW! 68 - 98 cm 27” - 38 ¾” Table top made of 3/8“, 10 mm frosted glass Height-Adjustable Pedestal Table With telescoping leg and round base. This table is simple to adjust in 1”, 2 cm intervals. Simply lift and release the tabletop. It latches with a click. To lower the table, lift the tabletop up to the highest position and press it all the way down, then lift it back up to the desired height. Chrome round base, tabletop birch wood with Duropal ® surface. Ø 31 ½”, 80 cm, height adjustable of 27” - 38 ¾”, 68 - 98 cm. 466640 Select table top on page 57. Waiting Room Column Table Table top made of strong 10 mm frosted glass, powder-coated steel frame. Size: H 17 ¾" 45 cm, top Ø 23 ¾", 60 cm, foot plate Ø 19", 48 cm. 466650 RAL 9006 white aluminum 466651 Chrome Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 23
Sivu 26


Folding wall tables – practical and space-saving Experiment Experiment and building materials are easily accessed when you open the table leaf. Helps keep everything in reach. Tidying up is easy. Just put everything into the cabinet, close the leaf and you’re done. Grown-ups can easily pull down the table leaf and the content of the cabinet is protected from children’s curious hands when the table leaf is up. 59 ½“, 151 cm deep when opened Build Additional storage space in the lower area Only 15 ¾“, 40 cm deep when closed Learning Wall Mounted Fold-down Table Combined cupboard and table. The cupboard has 2 fixed shelves and 2 compartments with a lid. The table can be folded up or down as needed. GS certified and therefore completely safe. Includes hardware for wall attachment. Beech wood composite panel with Duropal surface (for more about the material see page 161). Size: table top length 47 ¼“, 120 cm x width 27 ¾“, 70 cm, cupboard width 29 ½“, 74,5 cm x height 49“, 124 cm. 184120 H 18 ¼”, 46 cm 184121 H 21”, 53 cm 184122 H 23 ¼”, 59 cm 184123 H 25 ½”, 64 cm 184124 H 28”, 71 cm Select table top below. Paint How to order Mandatory Options Duropal ® -Table surface Choose from the colors below W400 white KORA orange KGEL yellow U739 clear blue U068 blue G719 green K188 light gray K177 Beech light KSTB Beech “strips“ K243 Birch 24
Sivu 27


Folding Wall Tables Folding wall tables & benches Fold-down Table Locking mechanism is on the wall, and snaps in when the table is folded up. It can only be unlocked by an adult to fold the table down. The mechanism is GS tested and therefore completely safe. A side button locks the table leg. When the table is folded up there is space for other things. The underside of the table can also be made into a play area with the addition of a sensory panel (please order separately). Load capacity: max. 132 ½ lb, 60 kg. Beech real wood veneer, metal legs with plastic glides, powder-coated (RAL 9006). metal. Size: L 55 ¼“ x W 27 ¾“, L 140 x W 70 cm (table surface). Chairs and Tables 55 ¼“ x 27 ¾“ 140 x 70 cm Fold-down Table, round 184109 H 15 ¾“, 40 cm 184110 H 18 ¼“, 46 cm 184111 H 21“, 53 cm 184112 H 23 ¼“, 59 cm 184113 H 25 ¼“, 64 cm 184114 H 28“, 71 cm 184115 H 30“, 76 cm Select table top on page 24. 47“ x 27 ½“ 120 x 70 cm Fold-down Table, square 184129 H 15 ¾“, 40 cm 184130 H 18 ¼“, 46 cm 184131 H 21“, 53 cm 184132 H 23 ¼“, 59 cm 184133 H 25 ¼“, 64 cm 184134 H 28“, 71 cm 184135 H 30“, 76 cm Select table top on page 24. Stool on page 11. 10 Year GUARANTEE GS tested Made in Germany Folds flat against wall First loosen the latch… …then fold down. 105 x 35 cm 41“ x 13 ¾“ Fold-down Bench Matches all fold-down tables. The locking mechanism is on the wall, and snaps in when the bench is folded up. It can only be unlocked by an adult. If no seat is needed then it makes space for other things. The leg can be locked with a side button. GS tested and therefore completely safe. Beech wood composite panel with Duropal surface, metal legs with plastic glides, powder-coated (RAL 9006). Size: L 41 ½“ x W 14“, L 105.4 x W 35.4 cm (seating area), seat plate thickness ¾“, 17 mm. 184149 H 8 ½“, 21 cm 184150 H 10 ¼“, 26 cm 184151 H 12 ¼“, 31 cm 184152 H 14“, 35 cm 184153 H 15“, 38 cm 184154 H 17“, 43 cm 184155 H 18 ¼“, 46 cm Select bench top on page 24 Folds flat against wall Loosen the latch to fold down. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 25
Sivu 28


Folding Table & Trolley Folding table "tip top" >> with release lever under the table Folding Table "modo" The tabletop can be folded up using a simple mechanism with release lever. When not in use can be rolled away. Several tables can be nested into each other to save space. With four casters. Y-shaped steel tube frame with powder coating, 1”, 25 mm thick tabletop, with melamine resin coating on both sides. Available with ABS edge. H 28 ½" x D 27 ½", H 72 x 70 cm. 176999 W 55 ¼", 140 cm (not shown) 176198 W 63", 160 cm Select table top on page 69. Several tables can be nested into each other to save space. Folding table & Trolley "slide" Folding Table Sturdy frame with steel apron. Legs with plastic glides. Table has ¾”, 19 mm thick tabletop, with melamine resin coating on both sides. On the bottom it has stacking protection. H 28”, H 72 cm. Only available with ABS edge. 176200 W 47 ¼” x D 27 ½”, W 120 x D 70 cm 176201 W 55 ½” x D 27 ½”, W 140 x D 70 cm 176202 W 63“ x D 27 ½“, W 160 x D 70 cm 176203 W 47 ¼“ x D 32“, W 120 x D 80 cm 176204 W 55 ¼“ x D 32“, W 140 x D 80 cm 176205 W 63“ x D 32“, W 160 x D 80 cm Select table top, frame color and glides on page 69. saves space Stack up to 10 tables Table Transport Trolley Load capacity: 10 tables. 1”, 25 mm thick three-layer wood with melamine resin coating on both sides. Black metal frame. W 63” x D 27 ½”, W 165 x D 71 cm. 176290 26
Sivu 29


Folding & Pullout Tables Pullout table Chairs and Tables PULLOUT TABLE 63“/94 ½“ x 35 ½“ L 160/240 x B 90 METAL TABLE FRAME in 4 Options powercoated RAL 9006, gray Adjustable 23 ¼“- 30“, 59 - 76 cm GLIDES Caster MIX GLIDES Caster MIX Number 167820 167821 167830 167831 Select table top, table height and type of glides on page 64 - 65. Pullout table Expands from 39 ½”, 100 cm to 94 ½”, 240 cm. Tabletop 4 with HPL coating ½“, 1.2 mm thick. W 63/94 ½“ x H 35 ½“, 160/240 x H 90 cm. Only available with metal frame and Duropal. From 6 to 10 in the wink of an eye >> Pullout table offers space for up to 6 people in its initial size >> Pull out the panels and fold up the middle panel >> Space for up to 10 people Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 27
Sivu 30


Sitting holder for baby bottle Sit comfortably and practically Wipeable synthetic leather cover A Armrest is adjustable B Footstool Baby Feeding Chair A Relax on this softly upholstered chair with 4-way adjustable arm rest, and table, you can attach either on the left or right. Genuine birch, foam upholstering and hygienic synthetic leather cover. Seating height 15 ¾”, 40 cm, seating depth 23 ¾”, 60 cm. Overall dimensions: W 42 ¼” x H 33 ¼” x D approx. 29 ¾”, W 107 x H 84 x D approx. 75 cm. The footstool offers you additional comfort (please order separately). 102075 Select synthetic leather on page 227. Footstool B Genuine birch. W 19” x H 9 ¼” x D 19”, W 48 x H 23 x D 48 cm. 102077 Available with plastice glides Armchair for Nursery Floor chair with back support Rattan, with plastic glides. Total height 33 ½”, 85 cm, with 25 ”, 63 cm, depth 25”, 63 cm, seating height 17”, 43 cm. 102065 Floor Chair Sit comfortably on the floor with back support. The stackable chair is delivered unassembled, but is quickly and easily transformed into a practical seating option. Connect the metal frame and pull the fabric cover over it, and the chair is ready. Sturdy canvas of 100 % cotton, metal frame, seat surface of foam. Weight: 41 lbs, 1.9 kg. W 15“ x D 12 ¾“, W 42.5 x D 32 cm, backrest height 21 ¾“, 55 cm. 099938 Blue 099948 Red 28
Sivu 31


standing work places E D Wall Workspace A variable workstation that ad apts to your needs and saves space. The height of the folding table is ad justable to convert to a standing or sitting worktable. Fold the table up if more space is needed. Shelves and cabinets are easily attached to the pegboard, which has a metal surface and also serves as a pin board. Chairs and Tables Wall-Mounted Panel with Folding Table C Pegboard with folding table, height adjustable. Real wood - birch, tabletop HPL birch. W 38“ x H 78“ x D 1 ½ or 31 ½“ (table unfolded), W 96 x H 198 x D 4 or 80 cm (table unfolded). Mounting height 82 ¾“, 210 cm 473929 Shelf Attachment D Real birch wood. W 18 ½“ x H 10 “ x D 9 ¼“, W 46.5 x H 25.5 x D 23.5 cm. 473914 C Locker Attachment E Real birch wood. W 18 ½“ x H 15“ x D 11“, W 46.5 x H 38 x D 27.5 cm. 473915 practical hook Standing Worktable F with hook G Dynamic Workstation Teacher wall workplace Slightly tilt to move the table with two casters. The With 1 drawer, one compartment under the folding drawers and the cabinet are locked to protect contents. With 2 table hooks and 1 shelf. Birch wood. F 182080 Standing/rolling table, 2 drawers, cover, a pen tray and retainer bar. Birch. W 18 ½” x H 12 ¾” x D 17 ½”, W 46,4 x H 32,3 x D 44 cm. Tabletop 24“ x 24“, 60 x 60 cm, total height 41 1 door 473925 With the drawer and a lock ½“,105 cm. G 182082 Standing/rolling table, 1 drawer Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 29
Sivu 32


Stool Clover Stool stackable flexible glides Clover Stool The design of this three-legged stool offers maximum leg room for the respective table height. Seat of real beech wood, legs of solid beech wood. Seat-Ø 13 ½”, 34 cm, leg-Ø 2”, 50 mm. 808084 Height 8 ¼”, 21 cm 808085 Height 10 ¼”, 26 cm 808086 Height 12 ¼”, 31 cm 808087 Height 13 ¾”, 35 cm Only available with plastic glides The steel plate installed into the seat ensures a strong connection to the legs. Wooden Stool Stackable Stool Stackable Stool steel tube supports, ½”, 2 mm, serve as footrests Seat diameter: 13 ¾“, 35 cm 111655 Height 17“, 43 cm 111656 Height 18 ¼”, 46 cm Select glides. Wooden Stool, stackable Seat beech veneer and frame beech plywood; natural finish. Seat diameter: 11 ½“, 29.5 cm 111650 Height 8 ¼”, 21 cm 111651 Height 10”, 26 cm 111652 Height 12”, 31 cm 111653 Height 13 ¾“, 35 cm 111654 Height 15”, 38 cm Stackable Stool Genuine beech wood, powder-coated steel tube in RAL 9006, white aluminum, natural finish. Seat diameter 10 ¾”, 27 cm 475815 Height 8 ¼“, 21 cm 475825 Height 10 ½”, 26 cm 475835 Height 12 ¼”, 31 cm 475845 Height 13 ¾”, 35 cm 475855 Height 15”, 38 cm Seat diameter: 13 ¾”, 35 cm 475865 Height 17”, 43 cm 475875 Height 18 ¼”, 46 cm Stool “Basic“ Four footrests. This results in four different seat heights: 12 ¼“, 31 cm, 13 ¼“, 35 cm, 15“, 38 cm, 17”, 43 cm. Precision steel tube, epoxy resin powder coating, plastic parts are made of polypropylene (black, RAL 9005), seat made of real wood - beech, varnished. Seat Ø 13 ¼“, 35 cm, seat height 18 ¼”, 46 cm 176070 Mandatory Options Glides Plastic glide GLKU Felt glide GLFI Select the type of glides. If not specified, we will deliver GLKU. See page 8 for information on what glides work for which floor type. FAVORIT STOOL on page 11. 30
Sivu 33


Turn-around Furniture Set provides 3 or 4 seat heights Just flip it over seat height: 5”, 8 ½”, 10 ½” or 12 ½”, 12, 21, 26 or 31 cm Chairs and Tables Turn-around Stool Seat height: 5”, 8 ½”, 10 ½” or 12 ½”, 12, 21, 26, or 31 cm. The grip holes facilitate handling. W 12 ½” x H 12 ½” x D 10 ½”, W 31 x H 31 x D 26 cm. 128635 Turn-around Bench Seat heights: 5”, 8 ½” and 10 ½”, 12, 21, and 26 cm. The grip holes facilitate handling. Genuine birch wood. Dimensions: W 26 ¾” x H 12 ½” x D 10 ½”, W 67 x H 31 x D 26 cm. 128640 grip holes facilitate handling seat height 5“, 12 cm seat height 8 ½“, 21 cm seat height 10 ½“, 26 cm seat height 12 ½“, 31 cm Bench with 3 seat heights: 5”, 8 ½” and 10 ½”, 12, 21 and 26 cm Children‘s Corner Flexible and reversible furniture No matter how you turn the stool and the table – everything fits together. Two seat and table heights to choose when turned over. The stools are so lightweight that the children can turn them around on their own. Birch. Height 18“, 46 cm On the top space to paint or play on the bottom storage space. Height 15 ¾“, 40 cm When placed on edge, it’s a table for two Turn-around Stool Seat height: 5”, 8 ½”, 10 ½” or 12 ½”, 12, 21, 26, or 31 cm. The grip holes facilitate handling. W 12 ½” x H 12 ½” x D 10 ½”, W 31 x H 31 x D 26 cm. 128635 Roller bin The roller bin is sized so that it fits under the work surface when the turnabout table is turned upright. Includes 4 casters. W 23“ x H 15“ x D 13 ½“, W 66 x H 38 x D 34.5 cm. 128612 Reversible crib table Set up on end and its surface is cut in half and the table has a second height. 29 ¾” x 29 ¾”, 75 x 75 cm, height 15 ¾”, 40 cm or 18 ¼”, 46 cm. 128611 Preschool play table combination “Children‘s Corner“ Consists of 2 stools, 1 turnabout table, and 1 roller bin. 128621 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 31
Sivu 34


Play and Sitting Benches Steel frames provide stability 3 in a set Stackable bench made of birch, with roller boxes In 2 sizes to match the stackable benches Roller Boxes for Stackable Benches Each bench can fit 2 of the appropriate height roller boxes underneath. Each 1 piece. 121206 For H 14", 35 cm (item no. 121192), W 17 ¾" x H 10 ¼" x D 13", W 45 x H 26 x D 33 cm 121207 For H 17", 43 cm (item no. 121193), W 19" x H 13 ½" x D 13", W 48 x H 34 x D 33 cm Stackable Benches Single or as a set of 3 with three seat heights: 10 ¼“, 26 cm, 14“, 35 cm, 17“, 43 cm. Great for mixed-age groups. Benches can be nested together to save space. Real birch wood with powder-coated steel frame. 121191 W 37“ x H 10 ¼“ x D 13“, W 94 x H 26 x D 33 cm, 1 piece 121192 W 39 ½“ x H 14“ x D 13“, W 100 x H 35 x D 33 cm, 1 piece 121193 W 41 ¾“ x H 17“ x D 13“, W 106 x H 43 x D 33 cm, 1 piece 121190 Set of 3, seat heights: 10 ¼“, 14“ and 17“, 26, 35 und 43 cm Selcet glides (p. 13). Cushioned Benches Cushioned Bench in 2 widths Genuine birch wood with foamed padding (RG 40/45), synthetic leather cover and metal support beam. A Without backrest 121130 H10 ½”, 26 cm, seat depth 13 ¾”, 34 cm, seat width 31 ¾”, 80 cm 121131 H10 ½”, 26 cm, seat depth 13 ¾”, 34 cm, seat width 47 ½”, 120 cm 121132 H 14”, 35 cm, seat depth 16”, 40 cm, seat width 31 ¾”, 80 cm 121133 H 14”, 35 cm, seat depth 16”, 40 cm, seat width 47 ½”, 120 cm A B In two seat heights – for daycare and preschool B With backrest 121140 H 10 ½ ” 26 cm, seat depth 13 ¾”, 34 cm, seat width 31 ¾”, 80 cm, total height 20 ½”, 51 cm 121141 H 10 ½”, 26 cm, seat depth 13 ¾”, 34 cm, seat width 47 ½”, 120 cm, total height 20 ½”, 51 cm 121142 H 14”, 35 cm, seat depth 16”, 40 cm, seat width 31 ¾”, 80 cm, total height 26”, 66 cm 121143 H 14”, 35 cm, seat depth 16”, 40 cm, seat width 47 ½”, 120 cm, total height 26”, 66 cm Select synthetic leather (p. 227) and glides (p. 13). 32
Sivu 35


Play Bench – birch Play Bench made of beech with carpeted surface Chairs and Tables You have the choice stackable Tretford Natural Goat hair carpet Fabromont Easy care quality Colors, quantities and features on page 280/281. Play, Balance, Stack ... Rectangle bench Birch wood. Plastic glides included. You can combine this bench with the medium (820140) W 29 ¾“ x D 7 ½“ / 12“, W 75 x D 18 / 30 cm. or the small (820130) rolling cart. Height 12”, 30 cm for 121198 H 7 ¼“, H 18,5 cm pre-school. W 12” x D 18”, W 30.3 x D 45.5 cm. 121199 H 10 ¼“, H 26 cm 846910 Select glides (p. 13). Select carpet options (p. 280/281) and glides (p. 13). Rolling cart, small Beech wood real veneer. W 14“ x H 9“ x D 15 ½“, W 36 x H 23 x D 39.4 cm. 820130 W 14“, 36 cm 820140 W 29 ¼“, 74 cm Stools & Benches – stable, quality, beech! Select color option and glides (p. 13). Stool Can also be used as corner or middle element in combination with the benches. Real beech – wood. W 14 ¼“, 36 cm. 121165 H 10 ¼” x D 10“, H 26 cm x T 25 cm 121170 H 13 ¾” x D 14 ¼“, H 35 cm x D 36 cm 121235 H 17” x D 15”, H 43 x D 38 cm Bench without Backrest Real beech wood. 121155 W 32”, 80 cm, Seat height 10 ¼”, 26 cm, seat depth 11”, 28 cm 121150 W 39”, 100 cm, Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm, seat depth 13”, 33 cm 121225 W 47 ¼”, 120 cm, Seat height 17”, 43 cm, seat depth 15”, 38 cm C Bench with Back Real beech wood. 121045 W 31 ½“x H 19 ¾“ x D 12 ¼“, W 80 x H 50 x D 31 cm, seat height 10 ¼”, 26 cm, seat depth 8 ¼”, 21 cm 121050 W 39 ½“ x H 23 ¼“ x D 14 ¼“, W 100 x H 59 x D 36 cm, seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm, seat depth 11”, 28 cm D NEW! D C Corner Bench with Backrest Makes a corner bench when combined with benches item no. 121045 and 121050. Real beech wood. 121120 H 10 ¼“, 26 cm, depth 10“, 25 cm, W 38 ¾“, 98.3 cm, total height 20“, 50.6 cm 121125 H 14“, 35 cm, depth 12 ¾“, 32 cm, W 53 ¾“, 136.2 cm, total height 23 ¾“, 60.3 cm Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 33
Sivu 36


Safety Furniture - a well-rounded solution The corners of the shelves, tables, and stools have been rounded and outer edges have a soft padding. Furniture is perfect size and color to create an inviting play area. Artifi cial leather: Free of phthalate, OEKO-TEX® Standard 100 – product class 1 details after page 226. Foamed material padding Safety to the smallest detail Cross section of the side panel of the cabinet Extra soft, padded edges and sides sturdy genuine birch wood details on page 122/123. 34
Sivu 37


Safety Furniture Armchair Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. W 16” x H 14” x D 12”, W 40 x H 35 x D 30 cm, seat height 8”, 20 cm. 129052 light blue 129051 light green Stool Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. Ø 12” x H 8”, Ø 30 x H 20 cm. 129061 light green 129097 light blue Chairs and Tables Sofa Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. Dimensions: W 34 ¾” x H 14” x D 12”, W 88 x H 35 x D 30 cm, seat height 8”, 20 cm. 129055 light blue 129056 light green Bench Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. W 31 ¾” x H 8” x D 10”, W 80 x H 20 x D 25 cm. 129065 light blue 129066 light green Round Table Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. Ø 31 ¾” x H 14”, Ø 80 x H 35 cm. 129098 light blue 129071 light green Rectangular Table Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. W 31 ¾” x H 14” x D 16”, W 80 x H 35 x D 40 cm. 129075 light blue 129076 light green Square Table Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. W 31 ¾” x H 14” x D 31 ¾”, W 80 x H 35 x D 80 cm. 129080 light blue 129081 light green Saefty mirror Cabinet Two compartments. Safety mirror. Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. W 34 ¾” x H 23 ¾” x D 12”, W 88 x H 60 x D 30 cm. 129085 light blue 129086 light green Bookshelf Three compartments. Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. W 34 ¾” x H 23 ¾” x D 12”, W 88 x H 60 x D 30 cm. 129095 light blue 129096 light green Cabinet Five compartments. Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. W 34 ¾” x H 23 ¾” x D 12”, W 88 x H 60 x D 30 cm 129099 light blue 129091 light green Soft. Round. Safe. All edges on the outside have several layers of padding. The inside ends have been rounded off at an extra-large radius. Only available with plastic glides. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 35
Sivu 38


36 Tables
Sivu 39


42 Table forms – 8 Table heights – 2 Tabletop finishes – 14 Colors – different table legs. For toddlers, kindergarden, school, office and anywhere. Chairs and Tables 37
Sivu 40


Table combinations Curve Table Corner Table Third Circle Table 38
Sivu 41


Create Your Own Combination Chairs and Tables Third Circle Table Wave Table Half Circular Table Curve Table Trapezium Table Corner Table Pentagon Table 8 table heights The right seat and table height for every child The DIN EN 1729 takes into account the physical measurements of children, youth and adults in your specifi cations for seat and table heights. Since January, 2007, it has applied to all EU countries. Ergonomic seating requires tables and chairs which are adjusted for body height. The size table from DIN EN 1729 shows which table and seat heights are required for the respective body heights. Size chart of DIN EN 1729 Individuals height from – to Seat height Table height 31" - 37", 80 - 95 cm 8 ¼", 21 cm 15 ¾", 40 cm 36" - 45", 93 - 116 cm 10 ¼", 26 cm 18", 46 cm 42" - 47", 108 - 121 cm 12 ¼", 31 cm 21", 53 cm 46" - 56", 119 - 142 cm 13 ¾", 35 cm 23 ¼", 59 cm 53" - 62", 133 - 159 cm 15", 38 cm 25 ¼", 64 cm 58" - 69", 146 - 176.5 cm 17", 43 cm 28", 71 cm 62" - 74", 159 - 188 cm 18", 46 cm 30", 76 cm 68" - 81", 174 - 207 cm 20", 51 cm 32 ¼", 82 cm Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 39
Sivu 42


Special Tables Activity Table Anyone who needs to feed six hungry children at the same time, or supervise them while they eat, is very busy. Here is the "helping hand" they need: The U-shaped work table is designed in such a way that the teacher can sit on a roller stool and quickly move from place to place, or turn from one child to the other – during mealtimes and also when crafting or playing. Material Play Table The hobby and crafts tables are true powerhouses: Games and blocks, arts & crafts supplies, and even modeling clay can be stored in the center console. Everything is right where it‘s needed and is quickly and easily cleared away. Compartment internal dimensions: L 28 ½" x W 7" x H 6", L 72.2 x W 17.3 x H 15 cm. Floor Play Table Floor play tables in various shapes. Any of the 42 move•upp tables can be used as a floor play table when ordered with 10", 25 cm tall legs. 40
Sivu 43


Chairs and Tables This table comes from the room concept Discovery Rooms! Curious? See p. 96. Pentagon Table Five sides for a new perspective... These flexible, movable tables can be combined in a variety of ways, and liven up the room with organic structures. They have plenty of space for drawing, gluing, cutting ... They can be combined with each other or standard tables. Combining different heights creates a particularly attractive look. It is also an advantage for mixed-age groups. If large and small tables of differing heights are combined then they can be pushed together to save space. Octagonal Table Note, play zone: eight children can sit comfortably here to play, build or do puzzles: together or each on their own. There is 23 ¾", 60 cm of space available per table edge. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 41
Sivu 44


Tables Single table legs height adjustable Adjustable in ¾“, 2 cm increments: Just pull up the tabletop and listen for the clicking sound. Easy handling 7 ¾“, 20 cm Lowering the table is just as easy: pull the table top up to the maximum height, press it all the way down again, and then pull it up to the desired height. >> powder-coated in gray, RAL 9006 Metal Solid Wood >> powder-coated in gray, RAL 9006 >> Birch wood Choose from 4 legs with glides or 2 legs each with glides and 2 legs with locking casters. Choose from 4 legs with glides or 2 legs each with glides and 2 legs with locking casters. Glides Lockable Caster Felt glides for floors. Plastic glides for sturdy floors. Glides that adjust (up to ¾“, 2 cm) for uneven floors. Rounded ends protect floor. mobile Wheelchairs fit under tables without frames. >> every caster can hold a load of up to 220 lbs, 100 kg and is easily pivoted >> Stable locking brakes >> Quick and quiet >> Moves easily flexible and easy moving 42
Sivu 45


Metal table frames with 3 different table legs Chairs and Tables 1 2 Table legs in 7 heights Twist-adjustable table legs From 15 ¾”– 30”, 40 – 76 cm, powder coated aluminum, RAL 9006 Suited for preschool age to adult. Height-adjustable in 4 increments from 15 ¾” – 23 ¼”, 40 – 59 cm. For preschool, pre-K and daycare centers. >> height adjustable twist lock and locking stops. Glides Made of Felt or Plastic Glides made of felt for delicate floor surfaces. Glides made of plastic for sturdy floors. Adjustable glides with felt bottoms Glides with adjustable height (up to ¾”, 2 cm) for uneven floors. They protect the floors with their rounded ends. 3 Adjustable table legs Height adjustable in ¾”, 2 cm intervals from 23 ¼” – 30”, 59 – 76 cm with the unique adjustable system by HABA. For kindergarten, daycare center/school and adults. lowest height 23 ¼”, 59 cm maximum height 30”, 76 cm easy height adjustment in seconds stable bolted connection to the steel frame table heights conforming to DIN EN 1729-1 (size category 3 – 6 23 ¼” – 30”, 59 – 76 cm) smooth-rolling casters adjustable height glides 43
Sivu 46


Tables Quality Features for Birch Tables 10 Year GUARANTEE Tabletop made of genuine birch wood. More information on page 122/123. the table top Made in Germany >> Top made of linoleum or Duropal Original size: 1 ¼“, 29 mm thick >> 1 ¼”, 29 mm thick: warp-free and stable >> easy installation Birch Veneer move•upp tabletops are made of many glued layers of veneer. This guarantees stability. Sextuple connection and the mounting plate: Stable due to the thickness of the plate and the density of the material. Table top options Linoleum Duropal ® Sand L071 Orange L171 Green L132 Aqua Blue L422 Blue L479 White W400 Orange KORA Yellow KGEL Aqua blue U739 Blue U068 Green G719 >> sustainable raw materials >> light resistant and fire resistant >> cork content, absorbs noise Gray L058 >> 1.2 mm thick melamine resin surface >> high scratch and impact resistant >> resists wear and tear Light gray K188 Birch K243 >> naturally anti-static, sturdy and durable >> disinfectant and other cleaning agents will not harm top >> environment-friendly, biodegradable >> hygienic, anti-bacterial 44
Sivu 47


Safety furniture for the Little Ones Chairs and Tables Our safety furniture was developed especially for children under three years of age. The rounded corners (radius 3 ¼“, 80 cm) provide protection from injuries. METAL powercoated RAL 9006, gray SOLID WOOD lacquered WITH SINGLE LEGS Glides Casters Mix Glides Casters Mix 23 ¾“ x 23 ¾“, 60 x 60 cm Inside width Single legs 1. 15“, 38.0 cm number 451150 451151 451155 451156 1 1 Only available up to a height of 18 ½“, 46 cm. 31 ½“x 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm 1 1 Inside width Single legs 1. 23“, 58.0 cm number 451200 451201 451205 451206 47 ¼“ x 31 ½“, 120 x 80 cm number 451250 451251 451255 451256 2 1 Inside width Single legs 1. 38 ½“, 98.0 cm 2. 23“, 58.0 Select table top fi nish, table height and glides separately on page 57. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 45
Sivu 48


Tables HOW TO ORDER WITH SINGLE LEGS METAL powercoated RAL 9006, grey SOLID WOOD lacquered METAL height-adjustable 21H – 28 ¾“, 53 – 73 cm Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57. GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES SQUARE TABLES 31 ½ x 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm number 450000 450001 450005 450006 450010 1 1 Inside width Single legs 1. 23“, 58.0 cm 39 ½ x 39 ½“, 100 x 100 cm 1 1 number 450050 450051 450055 450056 450060 Inside width Single legs 1. 30 ¾“, 78.0 cm Light tables are not available in the USA. LIGHT TABLES 80 x 80 cm number 451400 451401 451405 451406 451410 1 1 Inside width Single legs 1. 22,8“, 58,0 cm 120 x 80 cm number 451450 451451 451455 451456 451460 2 1 Inside width Single legs 1. 38,8“, 98,5 cm 2. 22,8“, 58,0 cm 46
Sivu 49


HOW TO ORDER powercoated RAL 9006, grey METAL TABLE FRAME in 5 Options adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm twist-adjustable 15 ¾“ – 23 ¼“, 40 – 59 cm Chairs and Tables Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57. GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES SQUARE TABLES 31 ½ x 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm number 450020 450021 450030 450031 450040 1 1 Inside width Metal frame 1. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm 39 ½ x 39 ½“, 100 x 100 cm 1 1 number 450070 450071 450080 450081 450090 Inside width Metal frame 1. 35 ¼“, 89.2 cm Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 47
Sivu 50


Tables HOW TO ORDER WITH SINGLE LEGS METAL powercoated RAL 9006, grey SOLID WOOD lacquered METAL height-adjustable 21 – 28 ¾“, 53 – 73 cm Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57. GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES MATERIAL TABLE 47 ¼“ x 31½“, 120 x 80 cm number 450300 450301 450305 450306 450310 2 1 Inside width Single legs 1. 38 ¾“, 98 cm; 2. 23“, 58 cm RECTANGULAR TABLES 47 ¼ x 23 ¾“, 120 x 60 cm number 450100 450101 450105 450106 450110 2 1 Inside width Single legs 1. 38 ¾“, 98.0 cm; 2. 15“, 38.0 cm 47 ¼ x 31 ½“, 120 x 80 cm number 450150 450151 450155 450156 450160 2 1 Inside width Single legs 1. 38 ¾“, 98.0 cm; 2. 23“, 58.0 cm 55 ¼ x 27 ¾“, 140 x 70 cm number 450200 450201 450205 450206 450210 2 1 Inside width Single legs 1. 46 ½“, 118.0 cm; 2. 19“, 48.0 cm 63 x 31 ½“, 160 x 80 cm number 450250 450251 450255 450256 450260 2 1 Inside width Single legs 1. 54 ½“,138.0 cm; 2. 23“, 58.0 cm 48
Sivu 51


HOW TO ORDER powercoated RAL 9006, grey METAL TABLE FRAME in 5 Options adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm twist-adjustable 15 ¾“ – 23 ¼“, 40 – 59 cm Chairs and Tables Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57. GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES MATERIAL TABLE 47 ¼“ x 31 ½“, 120 x 80 cm number 450320 450321 450330 450331 450340 2 1 Inside width Metal frame 1. 43“, 109.2 cm; 2. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm RECTANGULAR TABLES 47 ¼ x 23 ¾“, 120 x 60 cm number 450120 450121 450130 450131 450140 2 1 Inside width Metal frame 1. 43“, 109.2 cm; 2. 19 ½“, 49.2 cm 47 ¼ x 31 ½“, 120 x 80 cm number 450170 450171 450180 450181 450190 2 1 Inside width Metal frame 1. 43“, 109.2 cm; 2. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm 55 ¼ x 27 ¾“, 140 x 70 cm number 450220 450221 450230 450231 450240 2 1 Inside width Metal frame 1. 51“, 129.2 cm; 2. 23 ½“, 59.2 cm 63 x 31 ½“, 160 x 80 cm number 450270 450271 450280 450281 450290 2 1 Inside width Metal frame 1. 58 ¾“, 149.2 cm; 2. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 49
Sivu 52


Tables HOW TO ORDER WITH SINGLE LEGS METAL powercoated RAL 9006, grey SOLID WOOD lacquered METAL height-adjustable 21 – 28 ¾“, 53 – 73 cm Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57. GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES TRAPEZIUM TABLES 47 ¼“ x 23 ¾“, 120 x 60 cm number 450400 450401 450405 450406 450410 2 3 1 Inside width Single legs 1. 35 ¼“, 89.4 cm; 2. 17 ½“, 43.9 cm; 3. 17 ½“, 44.0 cm 55 ¼“ x 27 ¾“, 140 x 70 cm 2 3 number 450450 450451 450455 450456 450460 1 Inside width Single legs 1. 42 ¾“, 108.1 cm; 2. 21 ¾“, 55.1 cm; 3. 18 ½“, 47 cm 63“ x 31 ½“, 160 x 80 cm 2 3 number 450500 450501 450505 450506 450510 1 Inside width Single legs 1. 50 ¼“, 127.7 cm; 2. 26“, 65.5 cm; 3. 22 ¼ “, 56.3 cm WAVE TABLES 47 ¼“ x 23 ¾“, 120 x 60 cm number 450550 450551 450555 450556 450560 1 2 Inside width Single legs 1. 38 ¾“, 98 cm; 2. 15“, 38 cm 47 ¼“ x 31 ½“, 120 x 80 cm 2 number 450600 450601 450605 450606 450610 1 Inside width Single legs 1. 38 ¾“, 98 cm; 2. 23“, 58 cm 50
Sivu 53


HOW TO ORDER powercoated RAL 9006, grey METAL TABLE FRAME in 5 Options adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm twist-adjustable 15 ¾“ – 23 ¼“, 40 – 59 cm Chairs and Tables Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57. GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES TRAPEZIUM TABLES 47 ¼“ x 23 ¾“, 120 x 60 cm number 450420 450421 450430 450431 450440 2 3 1 Inside width Metal frame 1. 41 ½“, 105.5 cm; 2. 20 ¼“, 51.8 cm; 3. 22“, 55.5 cm 55 ¼“ x 27 ¾“, 140 x 70 cm 2 3 number 450470 450471 450480 450481 450490 1 Inside width Metal frame 1. 49 ¼“, 125 cm; 2. 25“, 63.1 cm; 3. 23“, 58.3 cm 63“ x 31 ½“, 160 x 80 cm 2 3 number 450520 450521 450530 450531 450540 1 Inside width Metal frame 1. 57“, 145.0 cm; 2. 28 ¾“, 72.8 cm; 3. 27“, 68.5 cm WAVE TABLES 47 ¼“ x 23 ¾“, 120 x 60 cm number 450570 450571 450580 450581 450590 1 2 Inside width Metal frame 1. 43“, 109.2 cm; 2. 19 ½“, 49.1 cm 47 ¼“ x 31 ½“, 120 x 80 cm 2 number 450620 450621 450630 450631 450640 1 Inside width Metal frame 1. 43“, 109.2 cm; 2. 27 ¼“, 69.1 cm Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 51
Sivu 54


Tables HOW TO ORDER WITH SINGLE LEGS METAL powercoated RAL 9006, grey SOLID WOOD lacquered METAL height-adjustable 21 – 28 ¾“, 53 – 73 cm Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57. GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES ANGLE TABLE 47 ¼“ x 47 ¼“, 120 x 120 cm number 451750 451751 451755 451756 451760 1 2 Inside width Single legs 1. 38,5“, 98,0 cm 2. 15“, 38,0 cm CURVED TABLE L 47 ¼“, 120 cm, Narrow side 23 ¾“ wide, outer radius 47 ¼“ 1 2 3 Inside width Single legs 1. 17 ¼“ , 44,0 cm 2. 18 ¾“, 47,5 cm 3. 15“, 38,0 cm 5th leg included when ordering a set of 4 number 451700 451701 451705 451706 451710 THIRD-CIRCLE-TABLE L 68 ¼“, 173 cm, Narrow side 23 ¾“ wide, outer radius 39 ¼“ 5th leg included when ordering a set of 4 number 450350 450351 450355 450356 450360 3 2 1 Inside width Single legs 1. 31 ¼“, 79.1 cm; 2. 27 ¼“, 69.1 cm; 3. 15“, 38 cm HORSESHOE TABLE 63“ x 47 ¼“, 160 x 120 cm number 451100 451101 451105 451106 451110 3 1 2 Inside width Single legs 1. 54 ½“, 138 cm; 2. 31 ½“, 79.5 cm; 3. 37 ¾“, 95.8 cm FORMO TABLE 31 ½“ x 23“, 80 x 58 cm number 451300 451301 451305 451306 451310 3 2 1 Inside width Single legs 1. 23“, 58 cm; 2. 14“, 35.2 cm; 3. 19 ¼“, 48.7 cm 52
Sivu 55


HOW TO ORDER powercoated RAL 9006, grey METAL TABLE FRAME in 5 Options adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm twist-adjustable 15 ¾“ – 23 ¼“, 40 – 59 cm Chairs and Tables Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57. GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES ANGLE TABLE 47 ¼“ x 47 ¼“, 120 x 120 cm NOT AVAILABLE WITH METAL FRAME CURVED TABLE L 47 ¼“, 120 cm, NOT AVAILABLE WITH METAL FRAME THIRD-CIRCLE-TABLE L 68 ¼“, 173 cm, Narrow side 23 ¾“ wide, outer radius 39 ¼“ 5th leg included when ordering a set of 4 number 450370 450371 450380 450381 450390 1 3 2 Inside width Metal frame 1. 35 ½“, 89.6 cm; 2. 26 ¾“, 67.5 cm; 3. 19 ½“, 49.2 cm HORSESHOE TABLE 63“ x 47 ¼“, 160 x 120 cm NOT AVAILABLE WITH METAL FRAME FORMO TABLE 31 ½“ x 23“, 80 x 58 cm NOT AVAILABLE WITH METAL FRAME Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 53
Sivu 56


Tables HOW TO ORDER WITH SINGLE LEGS METAL powercoated RAL 9006, grey SOLID WOOD lacquered METAL height-adjustable 21 – 28 ¾“, 53 – 73 cm Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57. GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES CIRCULAR TABLE Ø 39 ½“, Ø 100 cm number 450800 450801 450805 450806 450810 1 1 Inside width Single legs 1. 21“, 53.4 cm Ø 47 ¼ cm, Ø 120 cm 1 number 450850 450851 450855 450856 450860 1 Inside width Single legs 1. 26 ¾“, 67.5 cm SEMI CIRCULAR TABLE Ø 47 ¼ cm, Ø 120 cm number 450900 450901 450905 450906 450910 3 1 2 Inside width Single legs 1. 38 ¼“, 96.7 cm; 2. 16 ¼“, 41.2 cm; 3. 16 ¼“, 41.3 cm HALF OVAL TABLE 31 ½“ x 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm number 451000 451001 451005 451006 451010 3 2 1 Inside width Single legs 1. 23“, 58 cm; 2. 18 ¼“, 46.3 cm; 3. 17 ½“, 44.2 cm WAVED ARCH TABLE 47 ¼“ x 29 ½“, 120 x 75 cm 2 4 3 1 Inside width Single legs 1. 40“, 101.8 cm; 2. 20 ¼“, 51.4 cm; 3. 20“, 50.8 cm; 4. 19 ¼“, 49.1 cm number 450650 450651 450655 450656 450660 OVAL TABLE 78 ¾ x 31 ½“, 200 x 80 cm 2 number 450950 450951 450955 450956 450960 1 Inside width Single legs 1. 45“, 114 cm; 2. 23“, 58 cm 54
Sivu 57


HOW TO ORDER powercoated RAL 9006, grey METAL TABLE FRAME in 5 Options adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm twist-adjustable 15 ¾“ – 23 ¼“, 40 – 59 cm Chairs and Tables Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57. GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES CIRCULAR TABLE Ø 39 ½“, Ø 100 cm number 450820 450821 450830 450831 450840 1 Inside width Metal frame 1. 24 ½“, 61.8 cm Ø 47 ¼ cm, Ø 120 cm number 450870 450871 450880 450881 450890 1 Inside width Metal frame 1. 30“, 76 cm SEMI CIRCULAR TABLE Ø 47 ¼ cm, Ø 120 cm 3 2 number 450920 450921 450930 450931 450940 1 Inside width Metal frame 1. 43“, 108.9 cm; 2. 20 ½“, 52.2 cm; 3. 18 ¾“, 47.3 cm HALF OVAL TABLE 31 ½“ x 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm 1 2 3 Inside width Metal frame 1. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm; 2. 23 ½“, 59.3 cm; 3. 19“, 47.7 cm number 451020 451021 451030 451031 451040 WAVED ARCH TABLE 47 ¼“ x 29 ½“, 120 x 75 cm 2 4 1 3 Inside width Metal frame 1. 44 ½“, 113.1 cm; 2. 24“, 61 cm; 3. 24 ¾“, 62.4 cm; 4. 22“, 55.9 cm number 450670 450671 450680 450681 450690 OVAL TABLE 78 ¾ x 31 ½“, 200 x 80 cm 2 number 450970 450971 450980 450981 450990 1 Inside width Metal frame 1. 45 ¾“, 116.0 cm; 2. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 55
Sivu 58


Tables HOW TO ORDER WITH SINGLE LEGS METAL powercoated RAL 9006, grey SOLID WOOD lacquered METAL height-adjustable 21 – 28 ¾“, 53 – 73 cm Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57. GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES TRIANGLE TABLES 44 ½“ / 31 ½“, 113 / 80 cm ONLY AVAILABLE WITH METAL FRAME 55 ¼“ / 39 ½“, 140 / 100 cm 2 number 450700 450701 450705 450706 450710 2 1 Inside width Single legs 1. 39“, 98.8 cm; 2. 27“, 68 cm PENTAGON TABLES 47 ¾“ x 43 ½“, 121 x 110 cm number 451600 451601 451605 451606 451610 5 4 1 2 3 Inside size Individual legs 1. 25", 63.0 cm; 2. 24 1/4", 61.0 cm; 3. 17 3/4", 45.0 cm; 4. 24 1/2", 62.0 cm; 5. 24 1/4", 62.0 cm 67 ¾“ x 48 ¼“, 172 x 122 cm 5 4 number 451650 451651 451655 451656 451660 1 2 3 Inside size Individual legs 1. 17 3/4", 45.0 cm; 2. 25", 63.0 cm; 3. 48 1/4", 122.0 cm; 4. 24 1/4", 61.0 cm; 5. 48 1/4", 122.0 cm OCTAGONAL TABLE 49 ¾“ x 49 ¾“, 126 x 126 cm number 451050 451051 451055 451056 451060 1 Inside width Single legs 1. 31“, 78.2 cm; 56
Sivu 59


HOW TO ORDER powercoated RAL 9006, grey METAL TABLE FRAME in 5 Options Adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm Twist-adjustable 15 ¾“ – 23 ¼“, 40 – 59 cm Chairs and Tables Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57. GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES TRIANGLE TABLES 44 ½“ / 31 ½“, 113 / 80 cm 2 2 1 Inside width Metal frame 1. 36 ¾“, 93.3 cm; 2. 25 ¾“, 65.1 cm number 450770 450771 450780 450781 450790 55 ¼“ / 39 ½“, 140 / 100 cm 2 number 450720 450721 450730 450731 450740 2 1 Inside width Metal frame 1. 48“, 121.6 cm; 2. 33 ½“, 85.1 cm How to order Mandatory Options Table Top Duropal ® Please specify the desired table top surface. If not specified we deliver K243. W400 White KORA Orange KGEL Yellow G719 Green U739 Clear Blue U068 Blue K243 Birch K188 Light Gray Linoleum L171 Orange L071 Sand L422 Light Blue L479 Blue L132 Green L058 Gray Table heights Please specify the desired table height. HO25 (10“, 25 cm) HO40 (16“, 40 cm) HO46 (18 ¼“, 46 cm) Only available with single legs and glides HO53 (21“, 53 cm) HO59 (23 ¼“, 59 cm) HO64 (25 ¼“, 64 cm) HO71 (28“, 71 cm) HO76 (30“, 76 cm) Glides Choose your glide design. If no glide design is specified, “GLKU“ will be delivered. plastic glides GLKU felt glides GLFI Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 57
Sivu 60


All purpose tables with frame / legs in beech or metal – in the table heights of 16” to 30”, 40 to 76 cm. Toddler Kindergarden School Staff Many Possibilities 58
Sivu 61


ALL PURPOSE TABLES Quality Characteristics The table surfaces >> extra-thick melamine resin coating can withstand everyday use >> rounded edges >> Easy to clean >> no moisture penetration >> Chemical resistant Chairs and Tables 1“, 20 mm thick 10 Year GUARANTEE The surfaces Made in Germany Duropal ® Beech plywood laminated white W400 orange KORA yellow KGEL aqua blue U739 laminated STAW Not available in the USA blue U068 green G719 Beech light K177 >> 1.2 mm extra-thick Duropal ® surface >> high abrasion, scratch and impact resistance Beech “strips“ KSTB light gray K188 >> Beech plywood laminated >> rounded edges >> coated surface >> 100% Recyclable Table Stability Floor saving An internal cross nut bolt and 2 threaded rods connect the table-legs to the corner piece and table-frame. Solid and long wearing. Strong double bolts draw table leg into the frame opening, for a solid, stable joint. Metal to metal connection. All tables are fitted with nonmarking, floor saving plastic glides. Helpful things Protects Rectangular Tables ... from dripping color, glue, and other messes when tinkering. The protective cover has rounded corners but is not cut proof. Made from semi-transparent, environmentally friendly Polypropelyne material. 027273 W 31“ x D 31“, W 79 x D 79 cm 027274 W 47“ x D 23 ¼“, W 119 x D 59 cm 027275 W 47“ x D 31“, W 119 x D 79 cm protects the table Table Legs, 4 pcs. Additional legs used to change height of existing tables only. Suitable for all HABA Duropal-tables. 180015 Height 16”, 40 cm 180025 Height 18”, 46 cm 180035 Height 20 ½”, 53 cm 180045 Height 23”, 59 cm 180055 Height 25”, 64 cm 180065 Height 27 ½”, 71 cm 180075 Height 30”, 76 cm Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 59
Sivu 62


All purpose tables with 4 different table legs 1 Solid Beech Wood Frames & Legs 2 Metal Frames & Legs From 15 ¾” – 30”, 40 – 76 cm. Suited for preschool age to adult. From 15 ¾” – 30”, 40 – 76 cm, powder coated aluminum, RAL 9006 Suited for preschool age to adult. 4 legs with glides 4 legs with glides Glides Made of Felt or Plastic with adjustable height Glides made of felt for delicate floor surfaces. Glides made of plastic for sturdy floors. 3 Twist-adjustable Table Legs Height-adjustable in 4 increments from 15 ¾” – 23 ¼”, 40 – 59 cm. Suited for preschool, pre-K and daycare centers. >> height adjustment using locking stops >> height adjustable from 15 ¾” – 23 ¼”, 40 – 59 cm >> height adjustment using screw lock and locking stops. 60 Adjustable glides with felt bottoms Glides with adjustable height (up to ¾”, 2 cm) for uneven floors. They protect the floors with their rounded ends.
Sivu 63


ALL PURPOSE TABLES 4 Adjustable Table Legs Height adjustable in ¾”, 2 cm intervals from 23 ¼” – 30”, 59 – 76 cm with the unique adjustable system by HABA. Chairs and Tables easy height adjustment in seconds stable bolted connection to the steel frame table heights conform to DIN EN 1729-1 (size category 3 – 6, 23 ¼” – 30”, 59 – 76 cm) mobile due to smooth-running casters adjustable height glides SAVE 10% ON All-purpose Table and Chair Sets For Kindergarten and Preschool Toddler Kindergarten Chair-Table Combination 10 Consists of 1 square table with Duropal® Light Birch, 2 Favorit stacking chairs and 2 Favorit chairs with armrests. Table: W 31 ½” x H 18 ¼“ x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 46 x D 80 cm, Chairs: Seat width 12 ¼“, 31 cm, seat height 10 ¼“, 26 cm, seat depth 10“, 25 cm, height of the armrests 15 ½”, 39 cm. 167948 with plastic glides 167988 with felt glides Chair-Table Combination 4 Consists of 1 square table with Duropal® Light Birch and 4 Favorit stacking chairs. Table: W 31 ½” x H 23 ¼“ x D 31 ½” ,W 80 x H 59 x D 80 cm, Chairs: Seat width 13”, 32.5 cm, seat height 14”, 35 cm, seat depth 12”, 30 cm. 167953 with plastic glides 167993 with felt glides Toddler Kindergarten Chair-Table Combination 9 Consists of 1 rectangular table with Duropal® Light Birch, 4 Favorit stacking chairs and 2 Favorit chairs with armrests. Table: W 47 ¼“ x H 18 ¼“ x D 31 ½”, W 120 x H 46 x D 80 cm, Chairs: Seat width 12 ¼“, 31 cm, seat height 10 ¼“, 26 cm, seat depth 10“, 25 cm, height of the armrests 15 ½”, 39 cm. 167949 with plastic glides 167989 with felt glides Chair-Table Combination 6 Consists of 1 rectangular table with Duropal® Light Birch and 6 Favorit stacking chairs. Table: W 47 ¼“ x H 23 ¼“ x D 31 ½”, W 120 x H 59 x D 80 cm, Chairs: Seat width 13”, 32.5 cm, seat height 14”, 35 cm, seat depth 12”, 30 cm. 167955 with plastic glides 167995 with felt glides Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 61
Sivu 64


HOW TO ORDER FRAME & LEGS OF BEECH WOOD powercoated RAL 9006, grey METAL TABLE FRAME in 5 Options adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm twist-adjustable 15 ¾“– 23 ¼“, 40 – 59 cm Select table top, height and type of glides on page 64/65. GLIDES GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES SQUARE TABLES 23 ¾“ x 23 ¾“, 60 x 60 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 18 ½“, 46.5 cm Metal Frame 1. 19 ½“, 49.2 number 167025 167020 167021 167030 167031 167040 1 1 31 ½“ x 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 26 ¼“, 66.5 cm Metal Frame 1. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm number 167075 167070 167071 167080 167081 167090 1 1 RECTANGULAR TABLES 31 ½“ x 23 ¾“, 80 x 60 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 26 ¼“, 66.5 cm; 2. 18 ½“ 46.5 cm Metal Frame 1. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm ; 2. 19 ½“, 49.2 cm number 167125 167120 167121 167130 167131 167140 2 1 39 ½“ x 19 ¾ “, 100 x 50 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 34 ¼“, 86.5 cm; 2. 14 ½“, 36.5 cm Metal Frame 1. 35 ¼“, 89.2 cm; 2. 15 ½“, 39.2 cm Only available to 18 ¼“, 46 cm Height. number 167175 167170 167171 167180 167181 167190 2 1 62
Sivu 65


ALLPURPOSE-TABLES HOW TO ORDER FRAME & LEGS OF BEECH WOOD powercoated RAL 9006, grey METAL TABLE FRAME in 5 Options adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm twist-adjustable 15 ¾“– 23 ¼“, 40 – 59 cm Chairs and Tables Select table top, height and type of glides on page 64/65. GLIDES GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES RECTANGULAR TABLES 47 ¼“ x 23 ¾“, 120 x 60 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 42“, 106.5 cm; 2. 18 ½“, 46.5 cm Metal Frame 1. 43“, 109.2 cm; 19 ½“, 2. 49.2 cm number 167225 167220 167221 167230 167231 167240 2 1 47 ¼“ x 31 ½“, 120 x 80 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 42“, 106.5 cm; 2. 26 ¼“, 66.5 cm Metal Frame 1. 43“, 109.2 cm; 2. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm number 167275 167270 167271 167280 167281 167290 2 1 55 ¼“ x 27 ¾“, 140 x 70 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 50“, 126.5 cm; 2. 22 ¼“, 56.5 cm Metal Frame 1. 51“, 129.2 cm; 2. 23 ½“ 59.2 cm number 167325 167320 167321 167330 167331 167340 2 1 63“ x 31 ½“, 160 x 80 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 57 ¾“, 146.5 cm; 2. 26 ¼“, 66.5 cm Metal Frame 1. 58 ¾“, 149.2 cm; 2. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm number 167375 167370 167371 167380 167381 167390 2 1 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 63
Sivu 66


HOW TO ORDER FRAME & LEGS OF BEECH WOOD powercoated RAL 9006, grey METAL TABLE FRAME in 5 Options adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm twist-adjustable 15 ¾“– 23 ¼“, 40 – 59 cm Select table top, height and type of glides below. GLIDES GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES ROUND TABLES Ø 31 ½“, 80 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 18 ¾“, 47.3 cm Metal Frame 1. 18 ¾“, 47.6 cm number 167575 167570 167571 167580 167581 167950 1 1 Ø 39 ½“, 100 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 24 ¼“, 61.5 cm Metal Frame 1. 24 ½“, 61.8 cm number 167625 167620 167621 167630 167631 167640 1 1 Ø 47 ¼“, 120 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 29 ¾“, 75.4 cm Metal Frame 1. 30“, 76 cm number 167675 167670 167671 167680 167681 167690 1 1 SEMI-CIRCULAR TABLE 47 ¼“ x 23 ¾“, 120 x 60 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 39“, 98.6 cm; 2. 20“, 50.6 cm; 3. 17 ¾“, 44.6 cm Metal Frame 1. 43“, 108.9 cm; 2. 20 ¾“, 52.2 cm; 3. 18 ¾“, 47.3 cm 2 1 3 number 167725 167720 167721 167730 167731 167740 How to order Mandatory Options Table Top Please specify the desired table top surface. Duropal ® W400 White KORA Orange KGEL Yellow G719 Green U739 Clear Blue U068 Blue K188 Light Grey K177 Beech light KSTB Beech “strips“ Beech real wood STAW rod-glued Not available in the USA. 64
Sivu 67


ALLPURPOSE-TABLES HOW TO ORDER FRAME & LEGS OF BEECH WOOD powercoated RAL 9006, grey METAL TABLE FRAME in 5 Options adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm twist-adjustable 15 ¾“– 23 ¼“, 40 – 59 cm Chairs and Tables Select table top, height and type of glides below. GLIDES GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES CASTERS MIX GLIDES TRAPEZIUM TABLES 47 ¼“ x 23 ¾“, 120 x 60 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 39“, 98.6 cm; 2. 20“, 50.5 cm; 2. 17 ¾“, 44.6 cm Metal Frame 1. 41 ½“, 105 cm; 2. 20 ¾“, 52.7 cm; 3. 19 ¼“, 48.5 cm 2 3 number 167425 167420 167421 167430 167431 167440 1 55 ¼“ x 27 ¾“, 140 x 70 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 47 ¼“, 120 cm; 2. 24 ¼“, 61.5 cm; 3. 21 ¾“, 55 cm Metal Frame 1. 49 ¼“, 125 cm; 2. 25“, 63.1 cm; 3. 23“, 58.3 cm number 167475 167470 167471 167480 167481 167490 2 3 1 63“ x 31 ½“, 160 x 80 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 54 ¾“, 138.7 cm; 2. 28“, 70.6 cm; 3. 25 ½“, 64.6 cm Metal Frame 1. 57 ¼“, 145 cm; 2. 28 ¾“, 72.8 cm; 3. 27“, 68.5 cm number 167525 167520 167521 167530 167531 167540 2 3 1 EXTENDING TABLE 63"/94 ½" x 35 ½", 160/240 x 90 cm Inside size metal frame 1. 50 1/2", 128.0 cm; 2. 22 1/4", 56.0 cm number ? 167820 167821 167830 167831 ? 2 1 Table heights Please specify the desired table height. Mandatory Options Glides Choose your glide design. If no glide design is specified, “GLKU“ will be delivered. HO40 (16“, 40 cm) HO46 (18 ¼“, 46 cm) HO53 (21“, 53 cm) HO59 (23 ¼“, 59 cm) HO64 (25 ¼“, 64 cm) HO71 (28“, 71 cm) HO76 (30“, 76 cm) plastic glides GLKU felt glides GLFI 65
Sivu 68


Building and Construction Table 4 Models – 3 Heights Building and Construction Table This table was designed especially for play with building blocks, and construction or experimenting. >> The 1 ½“, 4 cm high edge keeps everything on the table. >> Tabletop has a durable, noisereducing linoleum surface covering. >> Materials are stored in 4 or 2 material bin compartments for quick and easy access. >> 4 casters, two lockable, make the table mobile. >> Genuine beech veneer, linoleum surface covering. Material bins sold separately on page 181. 120977 Large surface for toddlers., W 47½“ x H 14 ½“ x D 31 ½“, W 120 x H 36.6 x D 80 cm Required material bins: 4 x 3 ¼“, 4 x 7.5 cm 120974 Small surface, low, W 32 ½“ x H 20 ¾“ x D 19“, W 82 x H 52.5 x D 48 cm bin compartments on 2 sides Required material bins: 4 x 3 ¼“, 4 x 7.5 cm + 2 x 6“, 2 x 15 cm 120973 Large surface, low, W 32 ½“ x H 20 3¾“ x D 32 ¼”, W 82 x H 52.5 x D 82 cm bin compartments on all 4 sides Required material bins: 8 x 3 ¼“, 8 x 7.5 cm + 4 x 6“, 4 x 15 cm 120979 Large surface, high, W 32 ½“ x H 34 ½“ x D 32 ½”, W 82 x H 87.6 x D 82 cm bin compartments on all 4 sides Required material bins: 8 x 3 ¼“, 8 x 7.5 cm + 12 x 6“, 12 x 15 cm Tub Table Without the table top the tub can be used. As well as various play materials, the tub can also be filled with water or sand. The tub table can also be quickly converted for breakfast or group work with the table top. No need to clean up! The table top can be put on without removing the materials from the tub. Table with Tub Insert and Lid A sand/water tub is hidden under the removable table top (lid). This means a normal table for drawing, crafting and playing can be made into a sand/water/mud play table in no time. Table top with Duropal surface and plastic tub, frame and legs either real beech wood or powder-coated metal (RAL 9006, white aluminum), depending on model. 31 ½" x 31 ½", 80 x 80 cm, tub W 31" x H 2 ½" x 31", W 78.3 x H 6 x D 78.3 cm. 167871 Wooden frame with 4 glides, H 18 ¼", 46 cm 167872 Wooden frame with 4 glides, H 23 ¼", 59 cm 167875 Metal frame with 2 casters and 2 glides, H 18 ¼", 46 cm 167876 Metal frame with 2 casters and 2 glides, H 23 ¼", 59 cm Select table top and type of glides (p. 64/65). With metal or wooden frame 66
Sivu 69


Classroom Desks & Chairs. Built to Last. German Quality Chairs and Tables Student workstations with ergonomic, height adjustable desks and chairs, drawing tables, and teacher workstations. Seat Ergonomic shape, made of 7-layer, naturally varnished beech plywood, rounded in the front. Fixed and adjustable seat heights. Backrest Ergonomic shape, made of 7-layer naturally varnished beech plywood Tabletop Three-layer quality particle board, melamine resin coating on both sides with additional overlay, 1“, 25 mm thick Storage Basket Powder coated in the color of the frame 10 Year GUARANTEE GS-tested Made in Germany Stacking Protection Transparent plastic glides on the bottom side of the seat supports PU Safety Edge Resistant to chipping Bag Hooks Tightly welded to the frame Flat-Oval Steel Tube Powder coated, W 2“ x H 1 ¼“ x D 1 /8“ W 50 x H 30 x D 2 mm Longlife Protective Glides Gentle to the floor, wear resistant, low noise. Stationary Plastic Glides Height adjustable of up to ½“, 15 mm Model Combination "ratio" Select height, frame color and type of glides (p. 69). Skid Chair “ratio” Seat width 13 ½”, 34 cm for seat height 12 ¼” – 15”, 31 - 38 cm, seat widths 15”, 38 cm for seat height 17” – 20”, 43 - 51 cm. 176020 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 Skid Desk “ratio” With 1 bag hook. W 27 ½” x D 21 ¾”, W 70 x D 55 cm. 176120 Without wire basket (not shown) 176121 With wire basket www.haba.de Double Skid Desk “ratio” With 2 bag hooks. W 51 ¼” x D 21 ¾”, W 130 x D 55 cm. 176122 Without wire basket (not shown) 176123 With wire basket 67
Sivu 70


"Logo" Model Combination There's a good reason that high standards are demanded for school tables and chairs: durability and ergonomics are very important. It is worth selecting a model carefully, as the ideal table-chair combination can benefit many generations of students. This table consists of a welded frame with scratch-proof, hard-wearing powder-coating and a melamine resin-coated table top with additional overlay (top layer). If desired with an additional wire basket under the table top for storage. The chair: The frame is made of stable precision steel pipe with 2 mm wall thickness, and has a scratch-resistant powder coating. Thanks to the enclosed steel rivets students can neither dismantle the wooden parts, which are made of 7-layered genuine beech wood, nor snag their clothing. The frame protects the front edge of the robust seating surface against mechanical damage. 10 Year GUARANTEE GS-tested Made in Germany Seat Ergonomically shaped, made of 7-layer natural finish real beech wood, rounded at the front, seat height dependent on model, in part height-adjustable Backrest Ergonomically shaped, made of 7-layer natural finish real beech wood Table top Three-layer quality chipboard, both sides with melamine resin coating and additional overlay, 1", 25 mm thick Bag hooks Firmly welded onto the frame Stacking protection Clear plastic protectors on the underside of the seat heightadjustable Flat oval steel pipe with tabletop supporting bracket stackable Long-life protective glides gentle on the ground, wear-resistant, low-noise and non-marring 68
Sivu 71


A B C D height adjustable Chairs and Tables Skid Base Chair “logo” A Sturdy stackable chair in 6 seat heights: From 12 ¼” – 20”, 31 – 51 cm. Seat width 13 ½”, 34 cm for seat heights of 12 ¼” – 15”, 31 - 38 cm, seat width 15”, 38 cm for seat heights of 17” – 20”, 43 - 51 cm. 176000 Select chair height, frame color and type of glides below. B Skid Desk “logo” The student desk is available with or without wire basket. Single Skid Desk “logo” With 1 bag hook. W 27 ½” x D 21 ¾”, W 70 x D 55 cm. 176100 Without wire basket (not shown) 176101 With wire basket Double Skid Desk “logo” (not shown) With 2 bag hooks. W 51 ¼” x D 21 ¾”, W 130 x D 55 cm. 176102 Without wire basket 176103 With wire basket Select table height, frame color, table top / table edge and type of glides below. How to order Single Skid Desk “logo”, height adjustable C Comes with 1 bag hook. W 27 ½” x D 21 ¾”, W 70 x D 55 cm. 176104 Without wire basket, size 2 - 4 176108 With wire basket, size 2 - 4 176117 Without wire basket, size 3 - 5 176118 With wire basket, size 3-5 176113 Without wire basket, size 4 - 6 176114 With wire basket, size 4 - 6 176105 Without wire basket, size 5 – 7 176109 With wire basket, size 5 - 7 Double Skid Desk “logo”, height adjustable Comes with 2 bag hooks. W 51 ¼” x D 21 ¾”, W 130 x D 55 cm (not shown) 176106 Without wire basket, size 2 - 4 176110 With wire basket, size 2 - 4 176112 Without wire basket, size 3 - 5 176119 With wire basket, size 3 - 5 176115 Without wire basket, size 4 - 6 176116 With wire basket, size 4 - 6 176107 Without wire basket, size 5 - 7 176111 With wire basket, size 5 - 7 Select frame color, table top / table edge and type of glides below. D Skid Base Chair “logo”, 176001 Order size 2 – 4, seat height 12 ¼ “ – 15”, 31 – 38 cm, seat width 13 ½ “, 34 cm 176004 Order size 3 - 5, seat height 13 ¾“ - 17“, 35 - 43 cm seat width 13 ½“, 34 cm 176003 Order size 4 - 6, seat height 15“ x 18 ½“, 38 - 46 cm, seat width 15“, 38 cm 176002 Order size 5 – 7, seat height 17” – 20”, 43 – 51 cm, seat width 15”, 38 cm Select frame color and type of glides below. Mandatory Options Chair & Table Heights Proper, ergonomic sitting means table and seat height are adapted to each other and to the body height of the student. The following table shows you which seat and table height corresponds to the body height of your students. With our height adjustable tables and chairs, you cover three table and seat heights with just one desk. The code colors serve as a guide for height adjustment. Medium Body Height Seat Height of the Chair Table Height Adjust Desk to Ordering Code 45"/ 114 cm 12 ¼"/31 cm 21"/53 cm 2 HÖH2 51 ½" / 131 cm 13 ¾"/35 cm 23 ¼"/59 cm 3 HÖH3 57 ½" / 146 cm 15"/38 cm 25 ¼"/64 cm 4 HÖH4 63 ½" /161 cm 17"/43 cm 28"/71 cm 5 HÖH5 68 ½" / 174 cm 18 ¼"/46 cm 30"/76 cm 6 HÖH6 75 ¼" / 191 cm 20"/51 cm 32 ¼"/82 cm 7 HÖH7 Frame Color (RAL) 1021 Rapeseed Yellow 3003 Ruby Red 5002 Ultramarine Blue 5014 Pigeon Blue 5023 Distant Blue 6004 Blue Green 6033 Mint Turquoise 7021 Black Gray 7035 Light Gray 8014 Sepia Brown 9005 Jet Black 9006 Aluminum E702 Metallic Gray Table Tops ABS-edge PU-edge P1FB Beech Wood P1ZW White Beech P1AL Light Gray P1WE White Price Group 1 – ABS-edge glued to the tabletop P2FB Beech Wood P2ZW White Beech P2AL Light Gray Price Group 2 – PU-edge attached to the Tabletop. Only available for tables with the dimensions 27 ½“ x 26“, 70 x 66 cm and 51 ¼“ x 26“, 130 x 66 cm. Glides Substructures for PC-table For Carpeting: plastic glides GLKU For Smooth Flooring: felt glides GLFI If no glide design is specified, GLKU will be deliverd. The substructures of the tables can be mounted left or right. If no substructure is specified, UBRE will be deliverd. UBRE UBLI substructures mounted right substructures mounted left Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 69
Sivu 72


PC-Table C A B Exclusive Webdesk PC table with folding cable channel A With a cable channel throughout ( W 7” x H 4 ¾”, W 17 x H 12 cm) over the entire width of the table. You can also fold up and close the cable channel. The sturdy four-leg frame made of tubular steel has a circular frame supporting the board made of tubular sectional steel. The legs have plastic glides for equalizing height. The tabletop is 1”, 25 mm thick and coated with melamine resin and has an additional overlay. With an ABS edge. H 28 ½” x D 31 ½”, H 72 x D 80 cm. Order drawers and CPU holder separately. 176214 W 47 ¼”, 120 cm 176215 W 55 ¼”, 140 cm 176216 W 63”, 160 cm Select frame color, table top and type of glides (p. 69). B Lockable Drawers for PC Desk Is mounted on the right of the frame. Has 1 top pullout with handle (H 2”, H 5 cm), 3 drawers with handle (H 6”, H 15 cm) and central locking. W 17” x H 21 ¼” x D 22”,W 43 x H 54 x D 56 cm. 176219 Select veneer top (P1FB, P1ZW, P1AL) and substructure (p. 69). C CPU Holder ... with divided rear panel and lockable safety bolt. For computers. W 10” x H 20” x D 19 ¾”, W 25 x H 51 x D 50 cm. Can be mounted on the right or on the left of the border frame. Includes hardware. 176218 Select veneer top (P1FB, P1ZW, P1AL) and substructure (p. 69). pullout cable duct cable channel hidden cable system security bolt for theft protection Metal CPU Holder Can be mounted on the right or the left of the border frame. Includes hardward and side bar. Metal, powder coated. Standing width: 7”- 10”, 18 - 25 cm, computer height: max. 17 ¾”, 45 cm. 176217 Select frame color and substructure (p. 69). Mobile PC Workstation H 25 ¼” – 32 ¼”, 64 – 82 cm easy height adjustment with turning knob solit:sit-CHAIRS start on page 16. Mobile PC Workstation “Studio” With 1 work surface (W 30 ½” x D 23 ¾”, W 100 x D 60 cm), 1 printer space (W 24” x D 17 ¾”, W 61 x D 45 cm), 1 computer space on the right (Width adjustable from 7” – 8 ¼”, 18 - 21 cm) and 1 keyboard pullout on roller guides with pullout lock (W 22 ½” x D 15”, W 57 x D 38 cm). Sturdy, stable frame made of powder coated steel tube with 4 casters, two locking. Height adjustment via turning knob. Work surface and storage spaces as well as the pullout are made of three-layer quality MDF (3/4”, 19 mm thick) with melamine resin coating on both sides. ABS edge. 176220 H 28 ½”, H 72 cm (non adjustable) 176221 height adjustable, H 25 ¼” – 32 ¼”, H 64 - 82 cm Select frame color and table top (p. 69). 70
Sivu 73


grow.upp – Discovery Rooms grow.upp – Discovery Rooms
Sivu 74


Room for Natural Learning A room with grow.upp furniture is the perfect addition to daily outings into nature. The room elements are consciously designed according to the laws of nature, which we recognize from our local landscapes. The look is characterised by softly curved angles and evolved structures to open up new possibilities and paths. The dynamic interior design offers many surprises. Children can discover something new every day. Grow.upp is a unique collection of furniture and play cabinets, where children feel comfortable and are creative. Strong contrasts were deliberately avoided in the color scheme with emphasis on harmony and aesthetics. In this way we have created a quiet zone in a world which is full of sensory overload. Grow.upp – an oasis in which being a child is simply natural. 72
Sivu 75


? grow.upp – Discovery Rooms Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 73
Sivu 76


Discovery Rooms! Educational Concept A Holistic Room Concept to Support the Development of Children Early childhood is a very important phase in human development. In the time from birth to age six a child develops more quickly and fundamentally in all areas of personality, than ever again in their later life. Perception, motor skills, cognition, emotion, social competence, and language development are essential building blocks for healthy child development, as is the building and strengthening of social relationships. However, this foundation doesn’t simply occur and develop. Children actively encounter the world from the very start: questioning, inquisitive and boldly making it “their own”. Depending on their average daily stay, many children spend at least 6,000-8,000 waking hours of their most important developmental phase in daycares and preschools. Silke Schönrade Sport science graduate (German Sport University Cologne) Consultant for interior design and room concepts in preschools Specialist author Freelance lecturer with a focus on: • Room design in daycares and preschools • Psychomotor function • Motor diagnostics • Language development 74
Sivu 77


grow.upp Concept This is where grow.upp comes in: with its design the furniture matches the diverse needs of children, picking up the educational benefit, facilitating the daily routine and supporting the educational work of the teachers. The new room concept challenges the children every day, encouraging them to fi nd their own creative solutions when playing. The interaction of thinking, acting and feeling supports the children’s development and learning processes. This concept supports a children‘s curiosity when exploring the room’s environment or pausing in the interesting retreat areas. Platforms, trapezoid cabinets, cubby hole caves, and angle and corner cabinets open up a true "movement paradise" for the children, which makes a variety of physical and perception experiences possible. This creates some relief for the teachers. The educational areas, play areas and retreat spaces can be used by many children. Depending on their individual needs they can retreat, occupy themselves, observe quietly or simply have a rest in one of the cubby hole caves. A stimulating and varied environment, in which three-dimensional experiences can be gathered, helps the inquisitive child learn about their world. Color Scheme The inspiration from nature can be found in the grow.upp selection of shapes and color. Gentle, subdued colors, which are close to nature, soothe the eyes and give positive visual stimuli. Carefully selected color accents – on the furniture as well as in the entire room – give children the stimulus required for their development. Colors create emotional reactions. They affect moods and contribute to a sense of well-being. The colors are perceived not only by the eyes but also by the entire body. They affect breathing, the pulse, the hormones, the nervous system and the brain. Grow.upp also pays attention to the different development-dependant perceptions of color: Children are provided with harmonious colors with few contrasts. Selected visual stimuli are given through play material, carpets and fabrics. The furniture for preschool children is also characterised by a harmonious color scheme. Selective contrasts emphasizes the clarity, order and structure of the room design. The new holistic grow.upp room concept meets all the requirements which are set for a flexible furniture for ages to six years. It makes simple and time-saving handling by the teachers possible, even when the room is spontaneously changed as part of children’s play. With these room concepts, individual solutions can quickly and simply be found in mixed-age groups. grow.upp – Discovery Rooms Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 75
Sivu 78


“I can see colorful light here!” “Hey! It’s getting bright in the cave!” “Climb up – and wheeeeeee slide down!” “I want to go through here!” – “Oh! I can go through here too!” “Move over, I want to sit under the leaves too!” “Nobody can see me but I can hear everyone …!” “I can’t make up my mind... Rest? Watch? Or crawl underneath...?” 76
Sivu 79


grow.upp Concept Discovery Rooms! DESIGN CONCEPT grow.upp – Discovery Rooms Organic Structures How the designers describe the grow.upp concept: Children can gather lots of experiences on an excursion into the forest or to the park. They can try things out, learn things. We asked ourselves: How can we design a group room which is equally exciting? What do the furniture, the colors, the light and the walls need to be like? “I’m going under!” – “I’m going over!” Simply imitating nature wasn’t our goal. We wanted to create its essence. We wanted the children and teachers to feel surrounded by this natural order, and to have a sense in the same way we feel connected with nature, while on hikes and walks. We considered this in the design and selection of colors: delicate green, brown and blue, supplemented with a few sparing accents in red and yellow. In this way the room is similar to the natural and timeless impressions given by our own familiar outdoors. The unusual geometry of the furniture reflects the fact that nature is constantly surprising us. Living shapes don’t follow the stiff, technoid aesthetic of our functionally oriented architecture. The tried and tested right-angled storage furniture (with optimal space utililzation) doesn’t just stand against the wall but rather, combined with the angled elements, grows through creativity. The room remains open as these naturescape “room dividers” are filled with experiences and have “fun” passages. The paths don’t always take the most direct line from A to B. Grow.upp offers various options to reach a destination. This encourages movement around the room. The widely distributed explorer spaces encourage independent play by the children. They have the opportunity to find many corners and angles, and to play throughout the room. Children can find spaces for retreat, for quiet observation or even for sleep. Grow.upp offers children an environment which suits their needs and stimulates their senses in ways that connect with nature. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 77
Sivu 80


Transfer Center for Neurosciences and Learning Scientific basis Interior Design Concepts Which are Close to Nature Offer Both Security and Stimulation Children need to feel at ease in their surroundings to ensure healthy development, to learn new things and to fi nd the courage to sometimes try things which are diffi cult. Child-oriented rooms should therefore be furnished in such a way that children experience a feeling of security, and at the same time find stimuli for their further development. These seemingly contradictory requirements for room design can be best fulfilled when we orient ourselves toward the natural environment. People – regardless of whether young or old – have an innate preference for natural environmental aspects: “natural“ and close-to-nature components of space and architecture conserve the cognitive and emotional resources of the children and adults. These components include sufficient daylight, green spaces, and plants in the room or on the building. For interior decoration design natural materials, such as wood, or an appropriate color scheme, and a division of the room into open, clearly arranged areas and protected areas for retreat, can help conserve resources. The relieving effect of such measures is relaxing to the children and adults. A secure area for retreat offers a basis for children to live out their natural curiosity and joy of discovery. Parents and caregivers, offer this “secure space”. Appropriately designed and color coordinated retreat spaces and cubby hole corners also offer the required emotional security. This is particularly important for younger children who are only just learning to regulate their emotions, e.g. insecurity and frustration. Well-designed rooms can support this learning process and the learning of independence, without overstimulation. If someone has a secure space which they can retreat to at any time, then they can occasionally venture out and take on new challenges. While with younger children familiarity represents important components for the feeling of security, with older children aspects such as order and clear arrangement become increasingly important.** Because children develop at different rates, and sometimes need more or less security depending on their mood or the demands placed on them, it makes sense to have opportunities for retreat available for children of every age. Dr. Petra Arndt Project management “Education Centre 3 - 10” Transfer Centre for Neurosciences and Learning (ZNL) University of Ulm * (From: Arndt, P. A. (2012). Brain, Cognitive strain and co-construction: Ressource-orientated creation of learning space. The Elementary School Journal. ** (Arndt, P. A. (2012). Design of Learning Spaces: Emotional and Cognitive Effects of Learning Environments in Relation to Child Development. Mind, Brain, and Education, 6(1), 41-48.) 78
Sivu 81


aluminium grey (121-159) antique green (121-130) Turmeric 30 Pine 120 grow.upp – Discovery Rooms Wall Color Coelin 60 Floor Color Sapphire 120 Curry 55 Palazzo 235 Palazzo 210 rocky brown (121-070) desert beige (121-098) Color Concept Discovery Rooms! Inspired by Nature – Harmonious Color Scheme For a color scheme, the effects of color and material play a decisive role. A successful result occurs when the material, color and light are specially matched to the respective room and its function. The focus should always be on the children, rather than the personal color preferences of individual decision makers. Younger children should have subtle colors in rooms where they stay for longer periods of time. Nature gives us a rich spectrum of harmonious color combinations, which can be inspirationally transferred to the interior concept. Natural color schemes awaken positive associations. They are perceived to be harmonious and give a sense of security. This is why our grow.upp concept is characterised by natural color tones. Both stimulating and regenerating color tones are used. All the materials and colors used in the grow.upp concept (wall color, floors, cabinets, artificial leather, fabrics and carpets) are optimally coordinated. Color decisions are facilitated with the consciously selected and beautifully clear color spectrum. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 79
Sivu 82


" From Old To New: With Little Transformation a Room to a nature scape BEFORE Room " AFTER 80
Sivu 83


Give already furnished rooms a new look – the grow. upp concept can help with this! You don’t need to give up the advantages of your current (storage) furniture: these can be supplemented well with the new grow. upp furniture. Two or three grow.upp cabinets are enough to give your existing room a new look, and to create new passageways. For a further transformation, other elements such as wall elements, platforms and carpets, can be added. This creates, a completely new atmosphere and sense of space. The natural and coordinated colors of the individual elements, including the matching wall color, ensure a harmonious atmosphere. grow.upp – Discovery Rooms BEFORE AFTER Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 81
Sivu 84


One Concept – Many Possibilities " The grow.upp room concept leaves no wish unfulfilled: Whether group or educational rooms, spaces for rest or movement, rooms for daycare or older preschool children – a solution can always be found for the variety and individuality in everyday educational needs. The furniture is designed in such a way that individual pieces can supplement already available items, or a completely new room concept can be planned with grow.upp. In light of the different age structures in one establishment, and their associated requirements, fl exibility in the furniture is important. " Silke Schönrade (CV see page 74) Group Room Up to 3 Years 500 sq ft, 50 m 2 ; max. 12 children 3 2 1 1 In these rooms the needs of the littlest ones are supported and at the same time their differing interests are considered. Movement and sensory-oriented furniture invite them to climb, slide and crawl. As well as this, grow.upp also offers daycare children spaces to retreat, play and discover. Wooden and sensory platforms (1) 1 of various shapes and heights encourage movement, and the cubby hole cave (2) 2 offers the littlest ones a protected space to observe from or retreat to. A corner cabinet with lookout (3) 3 makes children curious and invites exploration of the room. Color Scheme Floors: Linoleum Desert Beige Walls: Palazzo 235 Furniture: grow.upp cabinets and tables in natural birch 82
Sivu 85


grow.upp Concept Group Room 2-6 Years 500 sq ft, 50 m 2 ; max. 20 children 6 4 5 The group room is oriented toward the varying needs of children of various ages. Climbing and movement platforms, corners, hiding and sensation cabinets all invite them to play, to move around and to explore. Various table heights (4), 4 with appropriate chairs individually coordinated to the different body heights, offer separated seating for 20 children. The wall play shelf in the role play area (5) 5 inspires the children to play creatively. A separated play area (6) 6 for the littlest ones, with various educationally valuable furniture for exploring, movement and playing, enriches the room for the 2-6 year olds. grow.upp – Discovery Rooms Color Scheme Floors: Linoleum Rocky Brown Walls: Palazzo 210 Furniture: grow.upp cabinets and tables in natural birch and light green or blue, color coordinated individual elements Retreat Room 325 sq ft, 30 m 2 8 7 7 In the quiet and sensory room grow.upp makes it possible to flexibly create childfriendly retreat areas and niches, as well as rest and reading areas, with high quality educationally designed furniture, carpets and cushions. Wooden platforms (7) 7 with a solid base invite the children to rest rather than move about, and the children experience a variety of physical sensations. A leaf mobile (8) 8 in harmonious colors not only gives selected color impulses but also, with the slow and balanced movement, provides a sense of relaxation. Color Scheme Floors: Linoleum Antique Green Walls: Curcuma 30 Furniture: grow.upp cabinets in natural birch and light green, color coordinated individual elements Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 83
Sivu 87


Rooms for CHILDREN A space whose warmth brings security. The few soft color contrasts take into account the selective and not yet fully developed vision of children of daycare age. Accents are placed sparingly but deliberately. They draw attention to the explorer areas and thus offer children orientation within the room. The basic color mood of our grow.upp room also addresses this and creates a familiarity which offers the little ones support and security. Crawling is not a disadvantage – there is plenty to experience on all levels – but learning to walk is a rewarding goal. The children can independently make their way on a voyage of discovery or rest (even sleep) in one of the many angles and corners. grow.upp – Discovery Rooms 85
Sivu 88


Trapezoid Cabinets " These cabinets are not conventional storage furniture; they are places of discovery for children. With a total depth of 20 ½“, 52 cm, they are designed so that they extend out a little next to conventional cabinets. The safety edge radius of ¼“, 5 mm is safe for children. With trapezoid shape they create new structures, passages and niches in the room. The floors can be played on and are beveled so that marbles won’t roll off. The various contents of the cabinets offer visual, tactile or auditory sensory stimulation. Birch wood. " Quality Cabinets Birch wood. see page 122/123 10 year guarantee Safety edge radius: ¼“, 5 mm Made in Germany GS tested Side panels can be stained in colors Cushion Material: foam (RG 30/50), Cover: artifi cial leather, not removable, hard-wearing, washable and fl ame retardant. ÖKO Tex 100, product class 1. Lower surface: non-slip Leaf Curtain 140° 40° Top view of wide and narrow trapezoid cabinets Hard-wearing robust fabric (100% polyester netting, in part with foam insert) attachable and washable Narrowlow Width 25 ¼“ x height 27 ¾“ x depth 20 ½“, Width 64 x height 70 x depth 52 cm Trapezoid Nature Discovery Cabinet 2 solid shelves with drilled holes to decorate (e.g. with vases, branches etc.). Please order acrylic box (page 87) separately. 440110 1 Solid Floor without back wall. 440100 Acrylic Back Wall 440105 orange 440106 green 86
Sivu 89


Trapezoid Cabinets Narrow-high Width 25 ¼“ x height 37 ¼“ x depth 20 ½“, Width 64 x height 94 x depth 52 cm grow.upp – Discovery Rooms Acrylic Back Wall 440405 orange 440406 green Accessories for narrow trapezoid cabinets 2 Solid Floors without back wall. 440400 5 mirrors Safety mirror. 440420 Trapezoid Acrylic Box Offers plenty of storage space for toys and “explorer gear”. With 2 finger holes, acrylic front. Size: W 9 ½“ / 19 ½“ x H 5 ¾“ x D 5 ¾“ / 16 ¾“, W 24 / 53 x H 14 x D 14 / 42 cm, interior size: W 9 ¼“/19 ½“ x H 5 ¼“ x D 14 ¼“, W 23/49 x H 13 x D 36 cm. 440115 Trapezoid Seating Cushions The low cabinets have space for 15 pieces, the high ones for 25 pieces. 5 colors (2 green and 3 blue tones). Cover: robust fabric (100% polyester) with foam. Size: W 19 ¾“ / 10 ¼“ x H 1 ¼“ x D 14 ¼“, W 50/25.7 x H 2.8 x D 35.8 cm. 099150 5 pieces How to order! Select stain color for cabinet Select synthetic leather color for cabinet cushion HEGR Light Green P657 Watercolor Blue FA01 White If not otherwise specified we deliver natural. GRÜN Green AQBL Watercolor Blue 1028 Melon Yellow TBLA Turquoise ECRU Beige 7012 Taupe WEIS White Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 87
Sivu 90


Trapezoid Cabinets Wide-low Width 33 ½“ x height 27 ¾“ x depth 20 ½“, Width 85 x height 70 x depth 52 cm Open 440200 With Leaf Curtains front and back. 440210 With Floor Mirror To crawl through and experience exciting mirror effects. 440215 With Acrylic Back Wall 440205 orange 440206 green for wide-low cabinets see upon. Top piece (width 33 ½“ x height 27 ¾“, width 85 x height 70 cm) NEW! NEW! With every turn of the lever the hotplate changes from white (OFF) to red (ON) "Game Backdrop" Top Piece As a cabinet top piece or freely positioned elsewhere. The children decide what is played here. Whether doll's house, garage, landscape or ... each child can design the game backdrop themselves. Birch wood. W 28 3/4" x H 17 3/4" x D 14 3/4", W 72.7 x H 45 x D 37 cm. 025443 "Kitchen" Top Piece As a cabinet top piece or freely positioned elsewhere. Consists of a panel with a tap (with 2 turning knobs), a milled hotplate and a curtain. The hotplate can be turned "on and off" with a lever; it visually changed from a red disc to a black disc. Birch wood, curtain with Velcro. W 28 3/4" x H 9 1/2" x D 18", W 72.7 x H 23.6 x D 45.3 cm, curtain: W 28 1/2" x 24 3/4", W 72 x 62.5 cm. 025436 Mandala top piece Encourages children to sort materials into the divisions. Anyone who wants to can lay out a beautiful mandala with stones, chestnuts etc. in the central circle. As a cabinet top piece or freely positioned elsewhere. Birch wood. W 28 ¾“ x H 3“ x D 14 ¾“, W 72.7 x H 7 x D 37 cm. 440710 Tone Top Piece Strung with pentatonically tuned strings, with which children can very easily create harmonious tones. Can also be freely positioned and used as a musical instrument. Birch wood. W 28 ¾“ x H 3 ½“ x D 14 ¾“, W 72.7 x H 8.5 x D 37 cm, 6 steel strings. 440700 88
Sivu 91


Trapezoid Cabinets Wide-high Width 33 ½“ x height 37 ¼“ x depth 20 ½“, Width 85 x height 94 x depth 52 cm grow.upp – Discovery Rooms Open 440500 2 Solid Shelves 440502 With Acrylic Back Wall 440505 orange 440506 green Mirrors on the Sides To crawl through and for exciting mirror effects. Sides with 2 safety mirrors. 440520 With Leaf Curtains front and back. 440510 Sensory Leaves Sensory leaves 3x 100% polyester, 2x bells, 1x granules, 2x artificial leather with crinkle foil, 2x fleece (100% polyester), 2 elements made of 100% polyester with mirror. 440530 Cushion fits all wide trapezoid cabinets Cushion W 18 ½“/29 ¾“ x H 1 ¾“ x D 15 ¼“, W 47/75.5 x H 4 x D 38.5 cm. 098050 Select synthetic leather color (p. 87) Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 89
Sivu 92


For moments between sleep and waking, to get motivated, to refuel The cubby hole cave is suitable as a rest, retreat and even sleeping space. A child who wants to be alone for a while is safe and undisturbed behind the leaf curtain. At the same time the child is always in view from the outside. The child can watch what is going on outside through the net window – and decide for themselves if they want to stay in the cave or go out and participate again in the activities. A B This is how simple it is to equip the sound box and select the sound program. A Cubby Hole Cave including curtain W 38 ¼“ x H 27 ¾“ x D 24 ½“, W 97 x H 70 x D 62 cm. Access height approx. 7 ¼“, 18 cm. B Sound island including curtain Important: Use only battery-operated adio 440300 devices as the sound box does not have a cable. W 38 ¼“ x H 27 ¾“ x D 24 ½“, W 97 x H 70 x D 62 cm. Cushion for Cubby Hole Cave Access height approx. 7 ¼“, 18 cm. Sound box: W 9 ½“ W 36 ¾“ x H 2“ x D 19 ½“, W 93 x H 5 x D 49 cm. x H 3“/5 ¼“ x D 18 ½“, W 23,7 x H 7/13 x D 47 cm. 098060 440310 Select synthetic leather color (p. 87). “Is that a noise? Oh, the waves are crashing…!” Cushion for Sound Island Folding, with speaker cutout. Size: approx. W 36 ¾“ x H 2“ x D 19 ½“, W 93 x H 5 x D 49 cm. 098065 Select synthetic leather color (p. 87). 90
Sivu 93


grow.upp Cabinets Special Cabinets Retreat Cabinet W 38 ¼“ x H 37 ¼“ x D 21 ¾“, W 97 x H 94 x D 55 cm. Seat height (with cushion): 12 ¾“, 32 cm (15 ½“, 39 cm); lower shelf height 9 ½“, 24 cm. 440610 grow.upp – Discovery Rooms Cushion for Retreat Cabinet W 36 ¾“ x H 1 ¾“ x D 14“, W 93 x H 4 x D 35 cm. 098067 Select synthetic leather color (p. 87). Chill Bench Cabinet W 38 ¼“ x H 37 ¼“ x D 21 ¾“, W 97 x H 94 x D 55 cm. Seat height (with cushion): 12 ¾“, 32 cm (15 ½“, 39 cm); lower shelf height 9 ½“, 24 cm. 440620 Cushion for Chill Bench Cabinet Foam (RG 30/50), sides (RG 28/70). Bottom and side pieces with non-slip profile. W 36 ¾“ x H 23 ¼“ x D 3“, W 93 x H 59 x D 7.5 cm. 098068 Select synthetic leather color (p. 87). usable as a kids slide Movement Cabinet W 25 ¼“ x H 43“ x D 39 ½“, W 64 x H 109 x D 100 cm. Seat height: 15 ¾“, 40 cm. 440600 Cushion for Movement Cabinet W 23 ¾“ x H 2 ½“/1 ¼“ x D 20 ¾“/41 ¾“, W 60 x H 6/3 x D 52.5/106 cm. 098066 Select synthetic leather color (p. 87). Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 91
Sivu 94


Fascination with LIGHT CORNER CABINET Look through the viewing bubble exciting experiences with colored light Leaf curtain at the entry and exit Motion detector Corner Cabinet with Curtain and Viewing Bubble It doesn’t matter which of the two entries the children walk or crawl to the viewing bubble, with its exciting view. Can be set up freely in the room, not just in the corners. Space requirements: 43 ¾“ x 43 ¾“, 111 x 111 cm, H 40 ¼“, 102 cm. 440630 Corner Cabinet with Lighting incl. Curtain LED light (230 V power point) with motion sensor, portholes protected by safety glass. Cable (approx. 71“, 180 cm long). Space requirements: 43 ¾“ x 43 ¾“, 111 x 111 cm, H 40 ¼“, 102 cm. 440640 Not available in the USA. Cushion for Corner Cabinet 40¾“ x 40 ¾“, H 1“, 103 x 103 x H 2 cm. 098105 Select synthetic leather color (p. 87). 92
Sivu 95


grow.upp Corner Cabinets grow.upp – Discovery Rooms CORNER CUPBOARD Children can experience different color effects. Light Corner Cave Cupboard incl. Curtain Includes remote control with light switch. Numerous freely selectable color settings. Cable (length 180 cm). Space requirements: approx. 83 x 83 cm, H 148 cm. LED light (230 V power point). 440650 Not available in the USA. Color change function Cushion for Light Corner Cave Cupboard Size: approx. 31 ¼“ x 31 ¼“ x H 2“, 79 x 79 x H 5 cm. 098108 Select synthetic leather color (p. 87). Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 93
Sivu 96


Handles for Storage Furniture " move.upp storage cabinets can be visually connected to the overall grow.upp concept. We supply special handles for this purpose. You can choose between bar handles and button handles; a special highlight is offered with felt leaves for the handles. Note: the handles cannot be attached later! " Starting page 143. Drawer cabinet acrylic, item 433124 with button handles (GRU1) Hinged door cabinet, item 433105 with bar handle (GST1) Every move.upp cabinet is available with either bar handles (GST1) or button handles (GRU1). Simply select the cabinet from the move.upp catalog pages and specify the desired handles. Felt Leaves for Handles Small Felt Leaves Set For attaching under the button handles of move.upp cabinets. Each leaf has two colors (one side light green, one dark green). 100% pure new wool, two sewn together layers. 4“ x 3“ x 1 ¼“, 9.6 x 7 x 3 cm. 121325 2 pieces Large Felt leaves Set For attaching to the bar handles of move.upp cabinets. Each leaf has two colors (one side light green, one dark green). 100% pure new wool, two sewn together layers. 10 ¾“ x 3 ½“, 26.7 x 8.6 cm, thickness 1 ¼“, 3 cm. 121315 2 pieces How to order Select move.upp cabinet These can be found starting page 143. Select handle version If not otherwise specified we automatically deliver move.upp standard handles GST1 Bar handle GRU1 Button handle Note: the handles cannot be attached later 94
Sivu 97


grow.upp – Discovery Rooms Research Room Experiment, test, learn – in this educational space nothing should distract from the essential. Gentle blue and sandy beige create an atmosphere where peace and concentration prevail. The white table and discovery furniture are immediately recognised as special areas. The color scheme gives the space a functional character, fosters cognitive willingness to learn and helps the children get orientated. It is easier to remember rules – and in this way the potential for conflict is reduced. A variety of exhibits, specimens and samples from nature and everyday life can be stored here. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 95
Sivu 98


Tables of varying heights in mixed-age group rooms can be nested to save space Tables Quality 1 ¼“, 29 mm thick table top 10 year guarantee Real birch wood Assembly plate bolted together 6 times -> excellent stability Surface can be selected: linoleum (natural, renewable raw material) or Duropal ® (melamine resin surface) Legs either metal (powder-coated in RAL 9006 white aluminium) or solid wood (solid birch wood) SET UP EXAMPLES Chairs can be found on page 8/9. 96
Sivu 99


grow.upp Tables These flexible, movable tables can be combined in a variety of ways. They liven up the room with new structures. They can be combined equally well with each other or with standard tables. Matching chairs can be found in the catalog on page 8/9. Pentagon table small Pentagon table large Space requirements: 47 ¾“ x 43 ½“, 121 x 110 cm Space requirements: 67 ¾“ x 48 ¼“, 172 x 122 cm grow.upp – Discovery Rooms 31 ¾“, 80 cm 24 ½“, 62 cm 23 ¾“, 60 cm 17 ¾“, 45 cm small table 24 ½“, 62 cm 31 ¼“, 79 cm 24 ¼“, 61 cm 25“, 63 cm 32“, 81 cm 31 ¾“, 80 cm 24 ¼“, 61 cm 55 ¼“, 140 cm 48 ¼“, 122 cm large table 48 ¼“, 122 cm 25“, 63 cm 31 ¾“, 80 cm 17 ¾“, 45 cm 23 ¾“, 60 cm 31 ¾“, 80 cm 55 ¼“, 140 cm right angle Individual metal legs with glides Metal casters mix Easy-to-adjust legs 21"-28 ¾", 53-73 cm Individual wooden legs with glides Wooden legs with caster mix Small table 451600 451601 451610 451605 451606 Large table 451650 451651 451660 451655 451656 Select table top, table height and glides below. How to order. 1. Select table top Duropal ® If not otherwise specified we automatically deliver K243. W400 White G719 Green U739 Watercolor Blue K188 Light Grey K243 Birch Linoleum L422 Light Blue L132 Green L058 Grey L071 Sand 2. Select table height If not otherwise specified we automatically deliver 23 ¼“, 59 cm height. HÖ25 (10“, 25 cm) Only with individual legs and glides. No casters. HÖ40 (15 ¾“, 40 cm) HÖ46 (18 ¼“, 46 cm) HÖ53 (21“, 53 cm) HÖ59 (23 ¼“, 59 cm) HÖ64 (25 ¼“, 64 cm) HÖ71 (28“, 71 cm) HÖ76 (30“, 76 cm) 3. Select glide If not otherwise specified we automatically deliver GLKU. Plastic glide GLKU Felt glide GLFI Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 97
Sivu 100


>> AT OUR PARTITION WALLS THERE IS SOOOO MUCH TO DISCOVER << 98
Sivu 101


grow.upp – Discovery Rooms www.haba.de 99
Sivu 102


Partiton Walls "They can separate play worlds, or connect them by being playable on both sides. By going through the tunnel or the door children can go from one "world" into another. All "grow.upp" partition walls are either fi rmly connected to each other or connected via eyelets – and can also be combined with other daycare partitions. Their design and color scheme perfectly match the overall grow.upp concept. The use of various materials and elements, such as prisms, decorations, milling grooves and mirrors, make them very appealing. There is plenty to discover for children and they can gather lots of tactile, visual and motor skills experiences. Solid birch wood, ¾", 18 mm. " Crawl Tunnel Partition The hole leads to a softly padded tunnel. Solid birch wood, ¾", 18 mm, foam, fabric made of 80% polyester and 20% cotton. W 31 ½" x H 29 ¼" x D 3 ¼", W 80 x H 73.9 x D 8 cm, hole Ø approx. 19 ¾", 50 cm, tunnel length 23 ¾", 60 cm. Tunnel can be removed for washing. 440356 In a straight line between 2 partitions. Please additionally order 2 sets of eyelets, item no. 870881. The cubby hole cave is the perfect spot for one or more children to retreat and rest. In a corner between 2 partitions. Cave Partition A fun onion dome shape, made of fabric, with small mesh windows and a split curtain. An ideal retreat with the padded mat (please order separately). The cave can be set up on a straight partition or on a corner. Solid birch wood, ¾", 18 mm, metal rods, fabric made of 80 % polyester and 20 % cotton. W 54" x H 56 ½" x D 40 ¼", W 137 x H 143 x D 102 cm. 440360 025677 Mat (foam RG 25/40 with synthetic leather cover; H 4 ½", 11 cm) Select synthetic leather color (p. 87). 100
Sivu 103


Partition Walls grow.upp – Discovery Rooms Acrylic Glass Partition With colored prisms, acrylic glass pane, tree trunk decoration, peepholes, leaves and milled notches to trace with the fingers. Solid birch wood, ¾", 18 mm. W 31 ½" x H 31" x D 3 ¼", W 80 x H 78.3 x D 8 cm. 440350 Mirror Partition One side has a large safety mirror and tree decoration, the other tree decoration, prisms and small convex and concave mirrors. Solid birch wood, ¾", 18 mm. W 31 ½" x H 28" x D 3 ¼", W 80 x H 71.1 x D 8 cm. 440352 Colored Acrylic Glass Partition With 3 colored acrylic glass windows, colored prisms and milled notches. Solid birch wood, ¾", 18 mm. W 31 ½" x H 27 ¼" x D 3 ¼", W 80 x H 68.9 x D 8 cm. 440351 Net Partition With colored prisms and movable colored balls: in the spider's web and on the rods. Solid birch wood, ¾", 18 mm. W 31 ½" x H 28 ½" x D 3 ¼", W 80 x H 71.8 x D 8 cm. 440354 Bird Partition With tree decoration on one side, milled notches, leaf decorations and a movable bird on the other side, as well as colored prisms. The thick rope with sliding ring can be played with from both sides. Skill and dexterity are needed to push the ring through the hole to the other side. Solid birch wood, ¾", 18 mm. W 31 ½" x H 30 ½" x D 3 ¼", W 80 x H 77.4 x D 8 cm. 440353 Can only be opened by an adult Stones and Woodpecker Partition With real, rotating stones, colored prisms, milled notches, and a woodpecker which "works" its way from the top to the bottom on a tree trunk decoration. Solid birch wood, ¾", 18 mm. W 31 ½" x H 34" x D 3 ¼", W 80 x H 85.9 x D 8 cm. 440355 Door Partition The door has an acrylic glass window and colored prisms. It cannot be opened by the children but must be held up by an adult. Can only be for fixed installation between partitions (no eyelets). Solid birch wood, ¾", 18 mm. W 31 ½" x H 38" x D 3 ¼", W 80 x H 93.4 x D 8 cm. 440357 A B C Connecting Eyelets A Partition Walls are delivered without connecting eyelets. W 3 ½” x D 3 ¾”, W 8.7 x D 9.4 cm, ¾”, 1.8 cm thick. 870881 Set of 2 Connection Rod B For connecting partition walls at a flexible angle. Steel tube, powder-coated. Top ball made of beech. Height: 27”, 68.5 cm. 870884 Wall Connection Strip C To attach the partition walls to the wall. Height: 27”, 68.5 cm. 870880 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 101
Sivu 104


Solid Wood " The platforms are available in 3 different shapes, each in 3 heights, with or without a rolling drawer. When arranged in varying height they encourage movement, or be used as a play or building corner. If the platforms are decorated with cushions and covers they can serve as a retreat or Platforms cozy space. The unusual shape of the platforms makes it possible to arrange landscapes which grow into the room or structure it. The display case and material platforms also offer the children special experiences. Birch wood, Tretford carpet covering or Linoleum covering. " Quality Real birch wood (veneer) Corners made of solid birch wood Plastic glide 10 year guarantee Surface Tretford: hard-wearing, climate-regulating, anti-static, natural fi ber carpet Surface Linoleum: hygienic and anti-bacterial, wiped and disinfected, anti-static, elastic, low noise, from natural renewable resources. 102
Sivu 105


Platform Combinations Toddler Color scheme: subtle colors Birch wood, Tretford surface Toddler 6 A Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 79 ¾“ x 68“, 202,5 x 172,5 cm, height 4 ½“, 8 ¾“, 11, 22 cm. 470297 3 pieces Toddler 2 B Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 100 ½“ x 77 ¼“, 255 x 196 cm, height 4 ½“, 8 ¾“, 11, 22 cm. 470288 5 pieces Toddler 3 C Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 141 ½“ x 73 ¾“, 359 x 187 cm, height 4 ½“, 8 ¾“, 11, 22 cm. 470290 5 pieces Toddler 7 D Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 79 ¾“ x 77“, 202,5 x 195,5 cm, height 4 ½“, 8 ¾“, 11, 22 cm. 470298 5 pieces Toddler 8 E Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 79 ¾“ x 103 ¼“ 202,5 x 262,0 cm, height 4 ½“, 8 ¾“, 11, 22 cm. 470299 5 pieces B D A E C grow.upp – Discovery Rooms Preschool Color scheme: harmonious colors Birch wood, Tretford surface F Preschool 6 F Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 79 ¾“ x 68“, 202,5 x 172,5 cm, height 8 ¾“, 13“, 22, 33 cm. 470282 4 pieces G Preschool 3 Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 141 ½“ x 73 ¾“, 359 x 187 cm, height 4 ½“, 8 ¾“, 13“, 11, 22, 33 cm. 470291 7 pieces Preschool 2 H Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 100 ½“ x 51 ¼“, 255 x 196 cm, height 4 ½“, 8 ¾“, 11, 22 cm. 470289 6 pieces Preschool 7 J Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 79 ¾“ x 79 ¾“, 202,5 x 202,5 cm, height 8 ¾“, 13“, 22, 33 cm. 470283 5 pieces Preschool 8 K Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 79 ¾“ x 103“, 202,5 x 261,5 cm, height 8 ¾“, 13“, 22, 33 cm. 470284 5 pieces J G K H Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 103
Sivu 106


The solid wood platforms in heights 8 ¾“ and 13“, 22 and 33 cm are available either with or without a rolling drawer. On delivery this is always integrated in one of the 23 ¾“, 60 cm long platform sides (see illustration below), but can at any time be fitted into the other 23 ¾“, 60 cm side. Material description see page 102. right angle 23 ¾“, 60 cm 34 ¾“, 88 cm 35 ½“, 90 cm rolling drawer 23 ¾“,60 cm 17 ¾“ , 45 cm 35 ½“ , 90 cm 60 cm 35 ½“, 90 cm 16 ¾“ ,42 cm rolling drawer 23 ¾“,60 cm 10 ¾“, 27 cm 23 ¾“,60 cm rolling drawer 23 ¾“,60 cm 27 ¼“ 69 cm 45 cm Space requirements: 44 ½“ x 35 ¾“, 112.5 x 90.9 cm Space requirements: 35 ¾“ x 35 ¾“, 90 x 90 cm Space requirements: 32 ½“ x 29“, 82.5 x 73.5 cm Tretford-Carpet Height Height Platform A Platform B Platform C Platform without rolling drawer (completely closed sides) 4 ½“, 11 cm 470220 470230 470240 8 ¾“, 22 cm 470225 470235 470245 13“, 33 cm 470228 470238 470248 Platform with rolling drawer* 8 ¾“, 22 cm 470226 470236 470246 13“, 33 cm 470229 470239 470249 Select carpet color below. Linoleum-Covering Platform A Platform B Platform C Platform without rolling drawer (completely closed sides) Height Height 4 ½“, 11 cm 470340 470350 470360 8 ¾“, 22 cm 470345 470355 470365 13“, 33 cm 470348 470358 470368 Platform with rolling drawer* 8 ¾“, 22 cm 470346 470356 470366 13“, 33 cm 470349 470359 470359 Select linoleum color below. *Rolling drawer: Platform height 8 ¾", 22 cm: Outside: 20 ¾" x H 6" x 19"; 52.6 x H 15 x 48.1 cm Inside: 19 ½" x H 2 ¾" x 17 ¾"; 49 x H 6.7 x 44.5 cm Platform height 13", 33 cm: Outside: 20 ¾" x H 9 ¾" x 19"; 52.6 x H 24.7 x 48.1 cm Inside: 19 ½" x 18" x 17 ¾"; 49 x 17.7 x 44.5 cm Ramp Crawling or walking – the ramp ensures they get up and down safely. W 23 ¾“ x H 8 ¾“ x D 31 ¼“, W 60 x H 22 x D 78.8 cm 470255 Tretford carpet 470370 Linoleum covering Select surface color below. Platform-Clips For attaching·and securing foot-training platforms. 820861 2 pieces How to order Select Tretford carpet color Select Linoleum color T641 T622 T555 T601 T568 L422 L132 L071 L058 L171 104
Sivu 107


Solid Wood Platforms grow.upp – Discovery Rooms Display Case Platform Display Case Platform A, height 8 ¾“, 22 cm Bring nature indoors and discover it while playing – this ingenious platform, with exhibition space under the reinforced glass base, makes it possible. The pull-out drawer can be filled with various materials from nature, and then it’s time to observe. Drawer with rail system and lock. Rolling drawer size: W 19 ¾“ x H 5 ½“ x D 28 ¾“, W 50 x H 13,7 x D 73 cm, inside: W 18 ½“ x H 4 ½“ x D 27 ¾“, W 47 x H 11 x D 70 cm. Birch wood, Plexiglass. Space requirements: 44 ½“ x 36“, 112.5 x 90.9 cm, H 8 ¾“, 22 cm. 470275 Sensory Platform safety mirror cork Sensory Platform A With three different surfaces: the cork plate feels pleasantly warm, the mirror cold and smooth. And there is an exciting ridged pattern to discover on the structured wooden surface. Birch wood, cork, safety mirror. Space requirements: 44 ½“ x 35 ¾“, 112.5 x 90.9 cm. 470265 H 4 ½", 11 cm 470266 H 8 ¾“, 22 cm structured wooden surface Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 105
Sivu 108


Soft Foam Platforms "Platforms are available in 4 different shapes and in 3 heights. Combined with one another they become landscapes for playing, building or movement. If a platform (H 8 ¾“, 22 cm) is pushed up against the explorer sofa (p. 111) then its seating area is extended. Combined with more platforms it creates a large relaxation landscape. Foam core, covered either with CanvasBione fabric or synthetic leather. " Platform Combinations Material: foam core RG 28/70 Cover: CanvasBione fabric Daycare 10 Colors as shown. 3 pieces. Space requirements: 80“ x 68 ¼“, 203 x 173 cm, height 4 ½“, 8 ¾“, 11, 22 cm. 128720 Daycare 11 Colors as shown. 6 pieces. Space requirements: 115 ½“ x 88“, 293 x 223 cm, height 4 ½“, 8 ¾“, 13“,11, 22, 33 cm. 128730 Daycare 12 Colors as shown. 6 pieces. Space requirements: 103 ¼“ x 78 ¾“, 262 x 200 cm, height 4 ½“, 8 ¾“, 13“, 11, 22, 33 cm. 128740 Preschool 10 Colors as shown. 3 pieces. pace requirements: 80“ x 68 ¼“, 203 x 173 cm, height 8 ¾“, 13“, 22, 33 cm. 128725 Preschool 11 Colors as shown. 6 pieces. Space requirements: 115 ½“ x 88“, 293 x 223 cm, height 4 ½“, 8 ¾“, 13“, 17 ½“, 11, 22, 33, 44 cm. 128735 Preschool 12 Colors as shown. 6 pieces. Space requirements: 103 ¼“ x 78 ¾“, 262 x 200 cm, height 4 ½“, 8 ¾“, 13“, 17 ½“, 11, 22, 33, 44 cm. 128745 Single Elements right angle 23 ¾“, 60 cm 34 ¾“, 88 cm 23 ¾“,60 cm 35 ½“, 90 cm 35 ½“, 90 cm 35 ½“, 90 cm 27 ¼“, 69 cm 17 ¾“, 45 cm Space requirements: 44 ½“ x 35 ¾“, 112.5 x 90.9 cm 23 ¾“,60 cm 17 ¾“,45 cm 23 ¾“,60 cm Space requirements: 35 ¾“ x 35 ¾“, 90 x 90 cm 10 ¾“,27 cm 23 ¾“,60 cm 23 ¾“,60 cm Space requirements: 32 ½“ x 29“, 82.5 x 73.5 cm 17 ¾“,45 cm 13“,33 cm 17 ¾“,45 cm 17 ¾“,45 cm 17 ¾“,45 cm 17 ¾“,45 cm Space requirements: 26 ¾“ x 24 ¼“, 67.5 x 61.5 cm Height 4 ½“ 11 cm 8 ¾“ 22 cm 13“ 33 cm Platform A Platform B Platform C Platform D Synthetic leather 128680 128685 128690 128695 Fabric 128570 128575 128580 128585 Synthetic leather 128681 128686 128691 Fabric 128571 128576 128581 Synthetic leather 128682 128687 128692 Fabric 128572 128577 128582 106
Sivu 109


Soft Foam Platforms Quality High-quality, durable foam core with ideal density RG 28/70. Covers can be removed and are freely selectable: artifi cial leather (low flammability, ÖKO Tex 100, product class 1) or fabric cover (CanvasBione, low flammability, stain resistant) Removable underside made of nonslip fabric If desired, for a 25% surcharge, delivered completely covered in low flammability fabrics (CME). 8 ¾“, 22 cm grow.upp – Discovery Rooms 13“, 33 cm 4 ½“, 11cm How to order. Fabric or Artificial Leather Colors for Soft Foam Platforms Select CanvasBione fabric (stain resistant) Select artificial leather color CB02 Light Blue CB04 Light Green AQBL Watercolor Blue Grün Green 1028 Melon Yellow CB07 Yellow CB08 Brown-Beige TBLA Turquoise 7012 Taupe ECRU Beige Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 107
Sivu 110


The explorer sofa goes on a voyage of discovery: into the room, away from the wall. The platforms and sofa are also cozy space elements all on their own. Together they create wonderful comfortable upholstered landscapes. The backrest of the sofa is wide enough to sit on, and the soft foam platforms are light enough that they’re easy to move at any time. >> WE HAVE THE BIGGEST SOFA IN THE WORLD << 108
Sivu 111


109 grow.upp – Discovery Rooms
Sivu 112


Carpets Carpets to match the grow.upp room concept. Tracing the slight grooves in the carpets with your finger or big toe is an exciting tactile experience. Acrylic yarn (dyed yarn), H ½“, 10 mm, with fabric back, covered stitches. Note: new carpets can initially create fluff. Please vacuum regularly. Tundra Carpet 2 Piece Set Consisting of 2 x small tundra carpets. Space requirements: 44 ½“ x 36“ / 29 ¼“ x 32 ½“, 113 x 91 cm / 74 x 82.5 cm. 097100 Tundra Medium Carpet Space requirements: 66 ¼“ x 41“, 168 x 104 cm. 097101 Tundra Corner Carpet Space requirements: 91 ½“ x 83 ½“, 232 x 212 cm. 097102 River Delta Carpet 2 Piece Set Consisting of 2 x small river delta carpets. Space requirements: 44 ½“ x 36“ / 29 ¼“ x 32 ½“, 113 x 91 cm / 74 x 82.5 cm. 097105 Bean Bags River Delta Medium Carpet Space requirements: 66 ¼“ x 41“, 168 x 104 cm. 097106 C River Delta Corner Carpet Space requirements: 91 ½“ x 83 ½“, 232 x 212 cm. 097107 D A B Pebbles Cover made of velour, underside of robust fabric (100% polyester), separate lining with Styrofoam balls. Removable cover, with zipper, is washable at 86 °F / 30 °C. A 090395 small, fill quantity 20 l, Size: 19 ¾“ x 18 ¼“, 50 x 46 cm, H 11 ¼“, 28 cm B 090396 large, fill quantity 130 l, Size: approx. 29 ¾“ x 28 ½“, 75 x 72 cm, H 11 ¼“, 28 cm Anemone Chenille (100% cotton), cover and base made of hard-wearing robust fabric (100% polyester), separate lining with Styrofoam balls. Removable cover, with zipper, is washable at 86 °F / 30 °C. C 090397 small, fill quantity: 30 l. Size: Ø base 15 ¾“, 40 cm, Ø seat 14 “, 35 cm, H 14 “, 35 cm D 090398 large, fill quantity: 183 l, size: Ø base 23 ¾“, 60 cm, Ø seat 19 ¾“, 50 cm, H 17 ¾“, 45 cm 110
Sivu 113


Carpet/Sofa/Bean Bags grow.upp – Discovery Rooms Fabric Monochrome CB04 Light Green CB02 Light Blue CB07 Yellow CB08 Brown-Beige Two-tone CB50 CB51 CB52 Brown/Green Brown/Blue Brown/Yellow Synthetic Leather Monochrome GRÜN Green AQBL Watercolor Blue 1028 Melon Yellow 7012 Taupe Two-tone KL01 KL02 KL03 Grey/Green Grey/Blue Grey/Yellow Explorer Sofa Back and side parts brown/beige. Back has 5 mm MDF panel as reinforcement. Robust foam core (RG 35/55). Cover is removable and washable. Underside is covered with non-slip fabric. W 78 ¾“ x H 23 ½“ x D 31 ½“, W 200 x H 59.5 x D 80 cm. Seat width 45 ½“, 115 cm, height 9 ¼“, 23 cm, depth 16 ¾“/21 ¾“, 42/55 cm. 158385 Fabric 158390 Synthetic leather Select cover colores. Sofa Combination 1 E Consists of Explorer Sofa, item no. 158385, in brown/blue (CB 51) as well as the platforms item no. 128585 in light blue (CB02), item no. 128581 in brownbeige (CB 08) and item no. 128582 in light green (CB04). Fabric: CanvasBione, for colors see legend. Space requirements: approx. 104" x 92 ¼", 264 x 234 cm. 024679 E Sofa Sofa Combination 2 F Consists of Explorer Sofa, item no. 158385, in brown/green (CB 50) as well as 3 platforms: item no. 128581 in light green (CB04), item no. 128580 in brownbeige (CB 08) and item no. 128571 in light blue (CB02). Fabric: CanvasBione, for colors see legend. Space requirements: approx. 75 ¾" x 98 ¼", 250 x 228 cm. 024678 NEW! F Sofa Combination 3 G Consists of Explorer Sofa, item no. 158385, in brown/green (CB 50) as well as 4 platforms: item no. 128585 in light green (CB04), item no. 128581 in yellow (CB 07), item no. 128571 in brown-beige (CB08) and item no. 128582 in yellow (CB07). Fabric: CanvasBione, for colors see legend. Space requirements: approx. 101 ¾" x 104", 258 x 264 cm. 024677 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 G www.haba.de 111
Sivu 114


LEAF MOBILES Leaf Mobile Giant, gently turning, translucent, leaves in various sizes. It’s relaxing to lie under them and watch the constantly changing circles – and to start dreaming. Plastic poles, wooden balls, 5 polyester net fabric leaves. Space requirements: Ø approx. 90 ¾“, 230 cm. 122005 PLAY SHELVES C We reach through here! And the marble run hose fi ts through the openings too. A new route for the hose – it runs differently every day. A A D B It looks different every day! Are they bookshelves or doll tree houses? Giant marble runs or a stall for the wooden animals? These shelves are made for building and playing on. Change is welcome! The small shelf can be attached to the wall either vertically or horizontally. Wall Play Shelves With holes in the side pieces and shelves. Can be attached individually or combined. Birch wood, natural. Toys and Books are not included. A B C D 120551 small, W 26“ x H 16 ¾“ x D 9 ½“, W 66 x H 42 x D 24 cm, 1 recess 120553 medium, W 42 ¾“ x H 35 ½“ x D 12“, W 108 x H 90 x D 30 cm, shelf width: 18 ½“ x H 13“ x D 12“/10“, 47 x H 33 x D 30/25 cm, 4 recesses 120555 large, W 71 ½“ x H 71 ½“ x D 14 ¾“, W 181 x H 181 x D 37 cm, shelf width 31“ x H 14 ¼“ x D 13 ½“/11 ¾“/9 ½“, 78.5 x H 36 x D 34/29.5/24 cm, 6 recesses 120256 Hose for wall play shelves: plastic hose, Ø 2 ¾“, 6.5 cm, L 197“, 5 m 112
Sivu 115


Ceiling & Wall Elements TREE BACKREST Tree Backrest Perfect for simply leaning back a little now and then. Just to unwind or to have a look at some new reading material. Birch wood, natural; foam with synthetic leather cover. 7012 Taupe. Incl. fixing material. E F 121340 single 25“ x 7 ½“, 63 x 19 cm 121345 double 45 ½“ x 16“, 115 x 40.5 cm grow.upp – Discovery Rooms E F Refined Ceiling and Wall Elements WALL CANOPY Wall Canopy Playing, reading or relaxing the wall canopy holds its protective leaves above the children. Birch wood, natural. The leaves are removable, washable and made of robust fabric (100 % polyester). W 31 ¾“ x H approx. 78 ¾“ x D approx. 24 ½“, W 80 x H approx. 200 x D approx. 62 cm. 121330 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de
Sivu 116


Sensory elements Real Birch Wood Space requirements: approx 16 ¾“ x 16 ¼“, 42 x 41 cm A B C Color, small A For learning about different colors. 121108 Optical Discs, small B When the green disc is turned the small one also starts moving. In the process the small panel creates an exciting visual effect as it moves up and down. With 2 turning discs. 121101 Rainmaker, small C When the disc is turned the rainmaker starts to trickle, the leaves move in a circle and the mirror element encourages discovery of the surroundings. 121102 D E no finger pinching Space requirements: approx 32 ½“ x 24 ¼“, 82 x 61 cm F Cherry Stones, small D Encourages the children to move the cherry stones from one chamber to the other by turning the panel. Here the laws of gravity and centrifugal force can be seen, with the help of a slight acoustic effect. Promotion of fine motor skills. Birch wood; natural cherry stones. 121106 Gear Wheels, small E Here one thing follows the other: a 5 piece gear wheel mechanism to discover. 5 gear wheels, two of them with a crank. 121103 Ball Labyrinth, small F Anyone who gets the hang of it can skilfully manoeuvre the rubber ball through the labyrinth. Turning panel with Plexiglas. 121105 G Space requirements: approx 44 ¼“ x 24 ½“, 112 x 62 cm H Motor Skills, medium G Here a sensitive touch and a good sense of hearing are in demand! The five leaves are arranged in a fan-like design, and each leaf is filled differently (wooden beads, cherry stones, granulate, marbles, cotton wool and squeaker). If the green wheel is set in motion then the two white turning elements produce interesting noises. Children can turn various wooden shapes on the wooden thread. Promotes of fine motor skills. Birch wood, robust fabric. 121203 Mirror, medium H For self-awareness. Safety mirror. 121202 J 121217 Blackboard, large J K Mirror, large K For self-awareness. Safety mirror. 121216 114
Sivu 117


Noise Control Noise Control Toll free: 1-800-345-3480 www.gressco.com 115
Sivu 118


Noise Control Rest... ...promotes stress relief! ...has a positive impact on your health! - serenity, protection of the vocal cords, vitality, more relaxed ...positively impacts children! - alertness, sociability, motivation SonicLine – for optimal room acoustics Haba system solutions include various acoustically effective products, adapted to your individual requirements. We use space in rooms which is usually not used: ceilings and walls. Our noise control elements can be easily install in only a few hours. In order to significantly improve the acoustics in your room you will need around 50% of the floor area of the room in absorption material. You can find the respective surface specifications with the item numbers of our products. Wall Elements Acoustic Wall Elements Robust chipboard base with sound absorbing elements (2", 5 cm thick) and fabric covering. Total thickness: approx. 3", 7 cm. Simple, non-visible mounting with V-ledge and Velcro. 820082 W 31 ½" x 27 ¼", W 80 x H 69 cm 820083 W 31 ½" x 53 ¾", W 80 x H 136 cm 820084 W 31 ½" x 72 ½", W 80 x H 184 cm 820085 W 46 ¾" x 27 ¼", W 118.5 x H 69 cm 820086 W 46 ¾" x H 53 ¾", W 118.5 x H 136 cm Select fabric color below. Partitions When you visually separate an area you also ensure better acoustics at the same time. Acoustic partitions can be perfectly combined with all other Haba partitions. Acoustics Sound reducing element on both sides. Therefore it can also be noise. Use as a pin board. 820060 W 31 ½“ x H 53 ¾“, W 80 x H 136 cm 820070 W 31 ½“ x H 72 ½“, W 80 x H 184 cm 820061 W 46 ¾“ x H 53 ¾“, W 118.5 x H 136 cm Select fabric color below. Fabric selection for acoustic wall elements Wall Elements CX03 Yellow CX14 CX14 hellblau Bright blue CX04 Orange CX13 Light blue CX02 Red CX01 Dark blue CX10 Red purple CX11 Turquoise CX06 Apple green CX12 Light gray CX05 Dark green Fabric selection Partitions CX14 hellblau CX01 Dark blue CX06 Apple green 116
Sivu 119


Noise Control Basotect® ceiling and wall elements Noise Control Ceiling and Wall Elements Ceiling Cubes Acoustic Element Set With straight edges. Thickness: 2", 5 cm. Available in white or light blue. Basotect® melamine resin foam. 10 elements including hanging material and mounting instructions. A 900010 24 ¾" x 24 ¾", 62.5 x 62.5 cm, 10 pieces (= 42 sq. feet, 3.9 m 2 ) B 900012 49 ¼" x 24 ¾", 125 x 62.5 cm, 10 pieces (= 84 sq. feet, 7.8 m 2 ) C 900014 49 ¼" x 49 ¼", 125 x 125 cm, 10 pieces (= 168 sq. feet, 15.6 m 2 ) Select color below. Acoustic Cube Set The acoustic cubes – available in white or light blue – have straight edges. Hanging ceiling cubes have much higher values for sound absorption than flat ceiling elements, because the sound waves are absorbed from all sides. Basotect® melamine resin foam. 6 elements including hanging material and assembly instructions. D E F 900100 8" x 8" x 8", 20 x 20 x 20 cm, 6 pieces (= 51 sq. feet, 1.4 m 2 ) 900102 12" x 12" x 12", 30 x 30 x 30 cm, 6 pieces (= 114 ½ sq. feet, 3.2 m 2 ) 900104 15 ¾" x 15 ¾" x 15 ¾", 40 x 40 x 40 cm, 6 pieces (= 203 ½ sq. feet, 5.8 m 2 ) Select color below. Color selection Basotect All the advantages at a glance: CX14 WEIS hellblau white BLAU blue ? excellent acoustics – High-tech foam ? light – can be attached almost anywhere Prüf-Nr. 432300 DTI Dänemark Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 117
Sivu 120


Noise Control Abacustica® System – B1 fire protection certified The Abacustica® ceiling elements are made of Basotect® melamine resin foam by the company BASF SE. This absorbs sound with its open-pored structure. The netlike cell structure causes friction, causing sound to loses its energy. Ceiling and Wall Elements Acoustic Elements With straight edges. Thickness: 2", 5 cm. Color: light gray. Include adhesive and attachment instructions. 820030 L 24 ¾" x W 24 ¾", L 62.5 x W 62.5 cm, 10 pieces (= 42 sq. feet, 3.9 m 2 ) 820032 L 49 ¼" x W 24 ¾", L 125 x W 62.5 cm, 10 pieces (= 84 sq. feet, 7.8 m 2 ) 820034 L 49 ¼" x W 49 ¼", L 125 x W 125 cm, 10 pieces (= 168 sq. feet, 15.6 m 2 ) Do it yourself: Acoustic suspended ceilings are both more expensive and require more effort. Simple installation which you can do yourself is naturally much less than construction. All the advantages at a glance: ? excellent acoustics ? extremely light – can be attached almost anywhere 118 ? low flammability – fire class B1 in accordance with DIN 4102 Prüf-Nr. 432300 DTI Dänemark Adhesive Attach panels
Sivu 121


Noise Control Ecophon® System – A2 fire protection certified Noise Control Ceiling panels Ceiling and Wall Elements Sound Absorber Solo Square Hanging ceiling panels have much higher values for sound absorption than flat glued ceiling elements. Sound waves are absorbed from all sides. Coated glass fibers. Color: white. Includes fastening materials (16 anchors and 16 cords) and installation instructions. In packages of 4 pieces (= 62 sq. feet, 5.76 m²). 900060 white, 4 pieces 900061 colored, 4 pieces Specify color Sound Absorber Master B Elements with beveled edges. They are attached with Ecophon adhesive. Coated glass fibers. Size: 23 ¾" x 23 ¾" x 1 ¾", 60 x 60 x 4 cm. In packages of 10 pieces (= 38 ¾ sq. feet, 3.6 m²). Includes Installation instructions. 900050 white 900051 colored Specify color below Sound Absorber Super G-B Beveled edge, impact resistant elements. They are attached with Ecophon adhesive. Coated glass fibers. Color: white. Size: 23 ¾" x 23 ¾" x 1 ¾", 60 x 60 x 4 cm. In packages of 10 pieces (= 38 ¾ sq. feet, 3.6 m²). 900055 Ecophon Adhesive For items 900050, 900051, 900055. The glue is ready to use and dries clear. As listed in the installation instructions, leftover adhesive can be used, for example, as strong craft adhesive. Fire-protection class A2. 900070 10 liters All the advantages at a glance: Color selection for Ecophon elements Ceiling & Wall Elements MIRO misty rose PUOL pure olive SISA silent sand ? excellent acoustics – 100% recycled glass fibers with excellent absorption values ? humidity-resistant – retain their shape with a permanent relative humidity of up to 95% at 86 °F, 30 °C VADR vanilla dream VODU volcanic dust ? extremely robust – can also be used in public areas (Material Super G–B) ? non-flammable – fire class A2 in accordance with DIN EN ISO 1182 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 119
Sivu 122


Noise Control " First and foremost the grow.upp sound insulation elements serve to reduce the noise level, but they are and can do more: their natural shapes are reminiscent of the sun, the full moon or clouds. Mounted on the ceiling or wall they incorporate seamlessly into the overall grow.upp concept. Sound insulation is generally of considerable importance as a high noise level tends to prevail in rooms where many children gather. If Round Element in white, light gray or blue Sets available include 6 various sized round elements, and are suitable for many room sizes. the room also has poor acoustics then it will inevitably lead to the stress factor of noise. With the simple mounting of our sound absorbers you can easily banish the stress factor of noise from rooms. The various round sound insulation elements not only improve the acoustics but also improve the appearance of the room. The working environment and everybody’s well-being are positively influenced by these new elements. " Example layout for the 325 sq ft, 30 m 2 set Round element A Diameter 48 ½“, 123 cm Height 2 ½“, 6 cm Round element B Diameter 48 ½“, 123 cm Height 2 ½“, 6 cm Round element C Diameter 32 ½“, 82 cm Height 3 ¼“, 8 cm Round element D Diameter 32 ½“, 82 cm Height 2 ½“, 6 cm Round element E Diameter 17 ¾“, 45 cm Height 4“, 10 cm Round element F Diameter 9 ¼“, 23 cm Height 4 ¾ “, 12 cm 31“, 78.27 cm 31“, 78,27 cm Acoustic Ceiling Sets Note: The acoustic elements can also be attached to the wall. We advise against affixing the relatively light elements within the reach height of children. Room size 200 sq ft, 325 sq ft, 425 sq ft, 500 sq ft, 650 sq ft, 750 sq ft, 20 m 2 30 m 2 40 m 2 50 m 2 60 m 2 70 m 2 Consisting of 1x round element A, 2x round element B, 4x round element C, 2x round element D, 6x round element E, 8x round element F. 1x round element A, 2x round element B, 5x round element C, 3x round element D, 10x round element E, 12x round element F. 2x round element A, 2x round element B, 8x round element C, 3x round element D, 11x round element E, 12x round element F. 4x round element A, 3x round element B, 9x round element C, 3x round element D, 9x round element E, 17x round element F. 4x round element A, 3x round element B, 9x round element C, 3x round element D, 15x round element E, 22x round element F. 5x round element A, 4x round element B, 13x round element C, 5x round element D, 17x round element E, 19x round element F. light gray 820100 820101 820102 820103 820104 820105 white 820400 820401 820402 820403 820404 820405 blue 820600 820601 820602 820603 820604 820605 120
Sivu 123


Cabinets · Shelving Creativity Rooms Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
Sivu 124


- Cabinet System Genuine birch timber veneer = naturally good quality. Warm and comfortable! We use veneer from genuine timber for most of our furniture. Wood has an excellent ecological balance and a tree is one of the basic foundations of our ecological system. It protects our atmosphere, bonds carbon dioxide and actively purifies the air. Our wood comes from sustainable forestry that maintains woodlands. At least one new tree has to be planted for each tree we use. Our wood is given the PEFC seal (Program for Recognizing Forest Certification Systems). Raw materials are processed with a low level of energy and its entire material is used: the chips and other residues are pressed into particleboard or used for generating energy. Wood has a high value even after it is no longer used because it is a supplier of energy in thermal utilization. Its combustion is designated CO 2 neutral because only as much carbon dioxide is released as the tree took in ahead of time. Förderung nachhaltiger Waldwirtschaft www.pefc.de Obtaining and using veneer is highly efficient because approximately 300 m 2 of furniture surface can be obtained from one log 2.4 meters long and ½ meter in diameter. Advantages of veneer • Genuine wood • Natural appearance • Warm surface • Durable • Biologically friendly • Renewable raw material • Healthy room atmosphere Laminate = wood imitation Laminate is not genuine wood, but an imitation. It is often visually difficult to distinguish its imitation surface from genuine wood. Sometimes terms used are wood design, wood appearance and wood decoration foil. All of these designations are an imitation surface. • imitation of the natural wood grain from plastic • manufactured with a high level of energy • cold surface 122
Sivu 125


? Genuine birch timber = unmatched stability. Warm and comfortable! Chairs and Tables Our move-upp range of shelves and of other furniture are manufactured with these two genuine wood boards Veneer board Also known as multiplex board, it is manufactured from a whole series of veneer wood layers glued crossways. Wood core plywood Its core consists of glued solid timber ledges. The uppermost layer forms a high-quality genuine veneer wood. Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms The major feature of these genuine birch timber boards over particleboard (consisting of chips in various sizes pressed in several layers) and MDF boards (consisting of pressed sawdust) is the fact that they have unmatched strength. The technical links within the cabinet are substantially stronger and hold longer. That comes from • gluing the solid timber dowels in the veneer wood boards, • anchoring the hinges Hardware connections achieve enormous • anchoring the mounting boards for casters and legs strength in the veneer wood board Our move-up range of shelves survives several generations of children effortlessly. This is why we can give you a 10-year guarantee without hesitation. } Surface sealing = environmentally friendly Our high-quality veneers are only sealed with carefully selected lacquers. Naturally, we only use water-based lacquers free of solvents. The advantage of water-based lacquers • Free of solvents • Environmentally compatible • Non-fading • Conforms to fire-protection German class B1 (flame resistant) • Surfaces successfully tested in conformity with DIN 68861, Part 1 B (i.e., the surfaces were brought into contact with various substances such as water, butter and disinfectant, etc. and there was no change after a specified penetration period) Toll Tel.: free: +49 1-800-345-3480 9564 929-2446 www.gressco.com www.haba.de 123
Sivu 126


- Cabinet system Mobile Furniture - Flexible Spaces is a flexible furniture program that offers solutions for a wide range of requirements. With move·upp you can outfit any room: from a preschool room with a corner for crawling toddlers, to a group room with research and creativity centers, to a classroom, or even a recreational room. The move·upp line features wall cabinets and shelf units with plenty of storage space to keep organized. Select from almost 100 models. Ideal as room dividers, and useful storage areas. Top Quality Casters >> Each caster has a load capacity up to 220 lbs (100 kg) >> Quiet movement of furniture >> Easy to roll and swivel >> Convenient operation of parking brake and secure locking; the brake fixes the caster and the rotational axis >> Grooved step surface >> Floor-saving, non-staining, and abrasion-proof >> Long-lasting >> Permanent, sturdy bolted connection to bottom plate - no wobbling. Original Size 4“, 10 cm 124
Sivu 127


Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer Quality Features Cabinet, front panels, and adjustable shelves of solid wood panels (woodcore plywood), thickness 5/8“, 17 mm, birch veneer, solid wood edge bands Handles of powder-coated metal, silver-gray Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms >> for drawers >> for doors >> Back panels of birch plywood, thickness ½“, 12 mm; slotted and keyed into the body. >> Drawers with solid metal glides sound absorbing soft-close system with self-closing >> Stopper: with rubber gasket for quiet closing of doors. >> Metal hinges with 180° opening angle, highly durable, wearresistant, space-saving hinges for more free interior space, height adjustable (+ -) ¾“, 2 mm >> Metal shelf supports grip into the milled out recesses of the adjustable shelf. 10 Stain colors for Cabinet Fronts and Material Bins 10 Year GUARANTEE WEIS White GELB Yellow MAIS Maize ORAN Orange ROT Red Birch Real Wood More information on page 122/123 GS tested P657 Clear blue HBLA Light Blue BLAU Blue HEGR Light Green GRÜN Dark Green Made in Germany >> All stain colors are available as an option, also for the cabinet line in beech wood Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 125
Sivu 128


- Learning through Experience Learning Through Experience The modular system move.upp furniture impresses! The well thought out modular system makes flexible usage of the base cabinets possible with unique learning elements. You have the choice of 6 top pieces and 11 mountable elements (page 132/133). These can either be used individually or in combination with the move. upp base cabinets. The arrangement can be changed at any time for playing, learning, creative work or experimenting. • Add-on Element • The guide sleeve of durable plastic is permanently connected to the base cabinet. A bolt connection holds the attachable elements securely in place. • Attachable Element • Base Cabinet 126
Sivu 129


Water and Sand With the sturdy plastic tub, a simple shelf is quickly transformed into an exciting play table that allows wonderful experiments with water and sand. This gives your little charges the chance even during the cold weather seasons to gain basic experiences. Playing with water and sand stimulates the senses and promotes creativity and motor skills. In addition, sand has a calming effect. Children learn while playing, the differences between solid and liquid materials. They discover that figures can be shaped from moist sand, and that they can leave traces behind in the sand. And just by filling materials from one container to another they learn about the relationship between size and volume. 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. Mehr dazu GS-tested auf Seite 853. Made in Germany Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms • low base cabinet with tub top piece • medium base cabinet and tub top piece Dexterity Element Light Box • low base cabinet and motor skills top piece Children can grasp inter-relationships in play. Small cars can be moved forward and backward, balls can be pushed back and forth, and bars can be moved in a circle. When turned, the colorful wooden disks produce patterns, small metal disks make cheerful sounds, and brushes tickle the fingers. By touching and moving the elements, the children develop tactile perception, eye-hand coordination, and concentration. • medium base cabinet and light box top piece Here the children can get to the bottom of things in the truest sense of the word. The light box top piece makes it possible to do exciting light experiments, and view X-ray images of plants or animals. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 127
Sivu 130


- Learning through Experience Dramatic Play Children love to replay everyday situations. Just like the play store, the kitchen offers children unlimited possibilities to recreate events and situations they have experienced. To identify with other people and copy their gestures and language requires an exact study of roles and behavior. The doll‘s kitchen has always been a popular backdrop for such role play. Our module quickly transforms a simple shelf into a workstation for aspiring cooks. A sink for washing dishes and two cooking burners are integrated in the kitchen module and the “Curtain“ module is perfect for a play cafeteria. The fabric wall with the colorful appliques turns the cabinet into a laundry machine / dish washer combination. • medium base cabinet with kitchen top piece and top piece element • The kitchen top piece (p. 132) also works without a base cabinet. The "mirror/whiteboard" top piece offers plenty of space for role play – whether theater, hairdresser or school. Children can slip into which ever role they like. And even though it's just a game, the children learn many valuable lessons for life. By experimenting with letters and numbers on the whiteboard, the abstract world of mathematics and writing becomes more understandable and concrete. • medium base cabinet with mirror/whiteboard top piece 128
Sivu 131


10 Year GUARANTEE Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. Mehr dazu GS-tested auf Seite 853. Made in Germany Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms • medium base with element trees Fabric Bin page 149. • low base cabinet with garage top piece Playing is much more than just a fun way to spend time. While playing, children learn about their environment and develop social skills. The creative interaction with staging areas that offer much free space trains the imagination and abstract thinking. All of the play backdrops feature bright cheerful colors and allow for all types of creative play. • low base cabinet with castle top piece Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 129
Sivu 132


- Learning through Experience 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123 Mehr dazu GS-tested auf Seite 853. Made in Germany Forming ... With the top pieces children can see the cubes, pyramids, balls and cylinders at eye level. This helps them train their logical and mathematical reasoning, as well as their spatial awareness. • low base cabinet with sorting top piece (p. 132) Showcase Guaranteed to capture attention. What is displayed in the showcase hardly matters – just the fact that they are behind acrylic panels and inaccessible to little hands makes the exhibits fascinating. So even the smallest children can view the discoveries, works of art, or personal treasures. • Ideal for patterns with natural materials • Two medium base cabinets with showcase accessory (p. 132) and decoration arch top piece (p. 133) 130
Sivu 133


Library Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer • Here bookworms can find books well organized – both vertically or horizontally. Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms • medium base cabinet with book box top piece • low base cabinet with marble run top piece (with bell) • low base cabinet with music top piece Ball track set Marble runs are fascinating at any age, and have an almost magical appeal. The children send the marbles running down over and over again. It doesn't matter if it's only the marbles moving on this top piece or if there are also sounds – it's just fun to watch the marble roll, or, in this case, with a marble run which can be played with from both sides, to run after it. World of Sound Little musicians can train their sense of rhythm and sound perception. Tones and first melodies can be produced by hitting the 7 pentatonic musical tubes. The tubes can be played with a mallet or with building blocks. When removed from the unit, the tubes can be knocked together to produce tones. Eight little bells produce different sounds when hit with the mallet. Triangles and cymbals can also be attached on the hooks. The shelf has plenty of storage space for more musical instruments such as drums, rattles, or castanets. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 131
Sivu 134


Cabinet system Bottom Cabinet W 36 1 /2“ x D 15“, W 92,5 cm x D 38 cm DESCRIPTION OF THE BOTTOM CABINETS on page 126 Bottom Cabinet H 12 ½”, 32 cm. Please select a cabinet base. 432500 Bottom Cabinet 1 shelf insert. Half-height back panel. H 21“, H 53 cm. 432511 Bottom Cabinet 1 adjustable shelf. H 21”, 53 cm. 432510 Birch back panel 432541 Mirror back panel 432540 Whiteboard back panel The SORO base can not be used. Select a cabinet base (p. 144). Accessories for Bottom Cabinets Tub Accessory Color: blue. H 3 ¾” x D 15 ¼”, H 10 x D 39.5 cm. 432600 Book Bin 2 removable dividers. H 7” x D 14 ¾”, H 17 x D 37.5 cm. 432606 Showcase Accessory With acrylic top. H 3 ¼” x D 14 ¾”, H 8.5 x D 37.5 cm. 432601 Kitchen H 3” x D 14 ¾”, H 7.5 x D 37.5 cm. Water faucet approx. 4“, 10 cm. 432608 Stackable Element, Sorting Box Carpeted bottom. With 2 sorting bars and 16 geometric shapes. H 5 ¼“ x D 14 ¾“, H 13 x D 37.5 cm. 432638 Light Box With acrylic panels. Incl. connection cable with plug. For 220 V. H 3 ½” x D 14 ¾”, H 8.5 x D 37.5 cm. Not available in the USA. 432648 Attachments for Bottom Cabinets • back Marble Run Element With cork layer in the catcher basket and 4 wooden marbles. Size: H 13 ¼“ x D 5“, H 33.2 x D 12.5 cm. 432651 Farm H 13 ¾” x D 7 ¾”, H 35 x D 20 cm. 432612 Trees H 17” x D 1”, H 43.5 x D 3 cm. 432613 132
Sivu 135


Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer Motor Activity, small With 6 cars, 10 turntables, 5 tone bells, bent wire with 6 beads, 5 rollers, round bar with cord and brush. H 15“ x D 3“, H 38 x D 7.5 cm. 432641 Element, Garage H 15 ½“ x D 12“, H 39 x D 30 cm. 432644 Knight‘s Castle H 21 ¼" x D 15 ½", H 53.5 x D 39 cm. 432652 Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms Curtain With 100% cotton fabric. H 30 ½” x D 6”, H 77 x D 15 cm. 432633 Kitchen Wall Unit With 100% cotton fabric. H 30 ½” x D 2 ¼”, H 77 x D 6 cm. 432632 Mirror/whiteboard element With 4 wooden hooks and tray. Size: H 30 ½" x 4", H 77 x D 10 cm. 432650 Musical With 7 musical pipes, 8 musical bells, 1 mallet, and hook for triangle. H 21 ¼“ x D 10“, H 69.3 x D 25 cm. 432639 Decorating Arch H 34” x D 6 ¾”, H 86 x D 17 cm 432635 Hanging Rack for Wooden Spoons For the kitchen wall unit (432632). W 11“ x H 4 ¼“ x D 4 ¼“, W 28 x H 11 x D 11 cm. 473763 See on page 128. 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123 Mehr dazu GS-tested auf Seite 853. Made in Germany Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 133
Sivu 136


Room Concepts 1 Tables and chairs from p. 8 Partitions from p. 354 "Lara" children's apartment from p. 288 Stool on p. 266 Play mats from p. 232 Group room 1 to 3 year olds A permanent, clear division of the room helps children orient themselves. Group rooms with separated areas for playing, building, reading, drawing and eating are ideal. The various play areas and materials foster individual abilities and interests, as well as the children's independence. The impact of rooms is made up of individual aspects: characteristics such as arrangement, acoustics, light, colors and materials. Optimal design Partition cabinets and partitions divide the room into individual areas, offer storage space and appeal to the senses with their many details. Another, higher play level is created with the system, which inspires movement. Depending on space available, the system can be adjusted or expanded as required. The seating and floor play area, with a cozy carpet and colorful stools, is an ideal spot for the morning circle. This is where everyone sings, makes music and discusses the day's schedule. In the building corner sound insulation is provided with a carpet. The mirror fosters spatial awareness. The play benches are excellent construction sites. If required, this space can easily be transformed into a dress-up or reading corner. 1 Movement corner Gemino + creates extra space within a room with the second level (from page 308). It's all about movement! 134
Sivu 137


2 3 1 Shelving system "Rudolfo" on page 154 Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms Wall marble run on page 382 Group rooms in preschool 2 Higher play area From the ground to up high - and the mirrors offer plenty of perspectives... (p. 215). Children need something reliable to orient themselves in space and time. Recurring rituals, fixed procedures, the structuring of the room – all of this gives them a sense of stability and security. Clear structure in a room, and clearly arranged materials makes it easier for the children to use them with a sense of purpose, and to make decisions based on their own interests. All structures and arrangements of rooms must however always remain adjustable and changeable. Children should be given the opportunity to participate in the design of a room with their interests and needs. As well as a rest area to dream, cuddle and read, there should also be a creative and learning area for drawing, playing in the mud, crafting, building and experimenting. A play area and plenty of open space. This can be redesigned whenever required, e.g. by putting all the tables together quickly or rolling them to the side. This creates space for a seated circle or movement games etc. Anywhere that children play, frolic, sing and laugh ... will be noisy. This is completely normal. Good room acoustics are needed so that this doesn't become a problem. This isn't nearly as difficult as it might seem. Wall and ceiling elements, or even partitions, can separate particularly loud areas. More about sound insulation from page 116. Make the best use of your rooms. 3 Curved cabinets Versatile and combinable cabinets with differing colors. More from page 138. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 135
Sivu 138


1 /2“, 5-mmrounded edges 10-year guarantee Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123 Safety Furniture for Toddlers Made in Germany Specialty cabinets Crawl through 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123 GS-tested Made in Germany Mats from page 232 Toddler Crawl-through Cabinet Crawling in on the left, taking a right turn, through the cabinet, and voilà, here we go. One safety mirror, center with rear panel and 1 shelf. Available with glides only. W 49 ½” x H 17 ½” x D 15”, W 125 x H 44 x D 38 cm. 435050 Order the material bins on page 149 136
Sivu 139


Safety Furniture These cabinets are just the right height for children. The grip holders on the front sides provides stability and support. Our safety furniture does not have any sharp corners or edges. Everything is safe with a ½“, 5 mm radius. Birch wood Open shelf 1 fixed shelf. W 36 ¾“ x H 23 ¾“ x D 16 ½“, W 92.7 x H 59.5 x D 41 cm. A 457160 Without mirror B 457161 With mirror A Semi-open shelf, low C It is intended for playing and storing things. Of course, you can keep books and toys in it when the drawer is closed. One side open to crawl through. The other side closed to store books and toys. W 36 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“ x D 16 ½“, W 92.7 x H 39.8 x W 41 cm. 457163 B Toy cabinet D 1 open drawer, 1 box drawer – ideal for building blocks and other odds and ends, but also a great doll bed. W 25 ½” x H 15 ¾” x D 16 ¼“, W 64 x H 39.8 x D 41 cm. 457162 with safety mirror Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms Safety roller wagon For storing building blocks or books and more – the side walls are construced almost to the floor so that they almost completely cover the casters. Children cannot put their hands under the wagon. W 21 ½“ x H 12“ x D 15“, W 54 x H 30 x D 38 cm. E 128700 Without divider F 128710 With divider C D E F no finger trapping Wall elements from page 366 Discovery Rooms! on page 71 Long Shelf Unit Without casters, W 73 ¾“ x H 17 ½“ x D 15“, W 187 x H 44 x D 38 cm Birch wood and birch veneer. 435105 Order material boxes on page 149 and select the base (Soro, Sofu or Sotf) on page 144. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 137
Sivu 140


- Cabinet system Low Quadrant Cabinets for Toddlers 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123 GS-tested Made in Germany The brightly colored acrylic back panels allow the light to shine through, and sunlight provides fascinating effects. Naturally, they coordinate well together, but with their colorful acrylic panels they also look great alone. Ideal placement is in the center of the room, so the light can shine through from all sides. Examples of combinations: 138
Sivu 141


Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer Quadrant Unit H 17 ½“ (without casters) x D 15”, H 44 (without casters) x D 38 cm. Inner radius 24 ¾“, 62.7 cm, outer radius 39 ¾“, 100.8 cm. 439005 Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms Low Curved Units - W 39 1 /2“ x H 17 1 /2“ x D 15“, W 100 x H 44 x D 38 cm Acrylic·Inside·Radius Acrylic on the inner radius 1 center panel, 2 solid shelves. Inner radius 24 ¾“, 62.7 cm, outer radius 39 ¾“, 100.8 cm. 439840 Acrylic·Outside·Radius Acrylic on the outer radius 1 center panel, 2 solid shelves. Inner radius 24 ¾“, 62.7 cm, outer radius 39 ¾“, 100.8 cm. 439845 Metal·Inside·Radius Perforated metal on the inner radius 1 center panel, 2 solid shelves. Inner radius 24 ¾“, 62.7 cm, outer radius 39 ¾“, 100.8 cm. 439850 Metal·Outside·Radius Perforated metal on the outer radius. 1 center panel, 2 solid shelves. Inner radius 24 ¾“, 62.7 cm, outer radius 39 ¾“, 100.8 cm. 439855 Low Shelving Units - W 37 1 /2“ x H 17 1 /2“ x D 15“, W 92,5 x H 44 x D 38 cm Distance between the shelves 7 ½", 19.5 cm With 1 insert shelf. Adjustable shelf in 1 ¼“, 3.2 cm increments. 432005 1 shelf insert and 6 supply bins. Inner dimensions of bins: W 10 ¾“ x H 5 ½“ x D 13“, W 27 x H 14 x D 33 cm 432006 drawers in natural finish With 1 shelf. 432305 door in natural finish Low Shelving Units - W 49 1 /2“ x H 17 1 /2“ x D15“, W 125 x H 44 x D 38 cm 2 center walls, 3 shelf inserts. 435005 Fabric bins order separately, (p.149) 2 center walls, 3 shelf inserts and 10 supply bins. Inner dimensions of bins: W 6 ¼“/10 ¾“ x H 5 ½“ x D 13“, W 16/27 x H 14 x D 33 cm. 435010 drawers in natural finish 2 center walls, with 3 shelves. 435305 door in natural finish Please select a cabinet base on page 140. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 139
Sivu 142


- Cabinet System Curved Cabinet with Acrylic or Perforated·Metal·Front 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123 GS-tested Made in Germany W 39 ¾“ x H 31 ¼“ x D 15“, W 100.8 x H 79 x D 38 cm; Inner radius 24 ¾“, 62.7 cm. Outer radius 39 ¾, 100.8 cm. Acrylic Inside Radius Acrylic on the inner radius. 1 center panel, 4 solid shelves. 439860 Acrylic Outside Radius Acrylic on the outer radius. 1 center panel, 4 solid shelves. 439865 Metal Inside Radius Perforated metal on the inner radius. 1 center panel, 4 solid shelves. 439870 Metal Outside Radius Perforated metal on the outer radius. 1 center panel, 4 solid shelves. 439875 Base options and accessories at additional charge. How to order Base Options Quadrant untis and curved units are only available with locking casters (SOTF) or casters mix (SORO). 2 casters/ 2 locking SORO Mandatory Options 4 locking casters SOTF Perforated metal/ acrylic Please select color. RAL 3000 RAL 1028 RAL 5017 Red ROT Orange ORAN Yellow GELB Light Green HEGR Blue RAL 9006 BLAU Clear TRAN Options Linoleum-surfaces Green L132 Blue L479 Orange L171 Light Blue L422 Sand L071 Gray L058 By default we deliver in natural birch wood. 140
Sivu 143


Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer Quadrant Cabinets with Acrylic or Perforated·Metal·Front Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms W 56 ¼“ x H 31 ¼“ x D 15“, W 142.4 x H 79 x D 38 cm; Inner radius 24 ¾“, 62.7 cm. Outer radius 39 ¾“, 100.8 cm. Acrylic Inside Radius Acrylic on the inner radius. 1 center panel, 4 solid shelves. 439225 Acrylic Outside Radius Acrylic on the outer radius. 1 center panel, 4 solid shelves. 439125 Metal Inside Radius Inner arc perforated metal. 1 center panel, 4 fixed shelves. 439205 Metal Outside Radius Outer arc perforated metal. 1 center panel, 4 fixed shelves. 439105 Quarter Circle Counter Select Base Options and color of perforated metal/acrylic. total height 40“, 101 cm Quarter Circle Counter with Attachment Perforated plate or Acrylic on the outside radius. With 4 insert shelves: Genuine birch and linoleum top. W 61 ½“ x H 35“ (with casters H 40“) x D 22 ½“, W 155.8 x 88.5 (with casters H 101 cm) x D 57 cm, inner arc 21“, 53,2 cm, outer arc 43 ½“, 110,3 cm. 439935 Acrylic·front 439905 Perforated metal Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 Select Base Options and color of perforated metal/acrylic. www.haba.de Quarter Circle Counter with Attachment Perforated plate or Acrylic on the inside radius. With 4 insert shelves: Genuine birch and linoleum top. W 43 ½“ x H 35“ (with casters H 40“) x D 22 ¾”, W 110 x H 88.5 (with casters H 101 cm) x D 57 cm, inner arc 21“, 53,2 cm, outer arc 43 ½“, 110,3 cm. 439945 Acrylic·front 439915 Perforated metal 141
Sivu 144


- Cabinet system Wall Units Colored doors/drawers available at additional charge, see page 144. Identification Signs on page 423. 10 Year GUARANTEE move-upp Wall Unit 1 Includes material bins: 20 x 471605. W 85 ¾” x H 36 ½” x D 15”, W 217.5 x H 91.5 x D 38 cm. 439977 Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123 GS-tested Made in Germany Cabinet Height 36 ¼“, 91.5 cm Material bins with perforated metal on page 149. move-upp Wall Unit 11 Includes rolling bins. W 73” x H 36 ½”, D 15”, W 185 x H 91.5 x D 38 cm 439979 Please order separately material bins (471205 and 471305) with perforated metal insert (page 149). Roller bin cabinet 2 roller bins. W 37“ x H 36“ x D 15“, W 92.5 x H 91.5 x D 38 cm. 433030 roller bins in natural finish Rolling Cart Birch, natural. W 16 ¾“ x H 11 ¾“ x D 14“, W 42 x H 29,5 x D 35 cm. Colors available at an up charge. Natural is standard. 471550 natural 142
Sivu 145


W 37“ x H 31“ x D 15“, W 92.5 x H 79 x D 38 cm Select a cabinet base on page 144. Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer W 15“, 38 cm Distance between the shelves 7 ½", 17.5 cm Quarter-Circle Cabinet 2 shelves. 433050 Only available with Sobi base. Shelving Unit With half-height back panel and 3 adjustable shelves in 1 ¼“, 3.2 cm increments. 433003 Shelving Unit With 3 adjustable shelves in 1 ¼“, 3.2 cm increments. 433005 Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms Shelving Unit 3 adjustable shelves in 1 ¼“, 3.2 cm increments. Colorful Acrylic back wall. 433019 Shelving Unit 3 shelves and 12 supply bins. Inner dimensions of bins: W 10 ¾“ x H 5 ½“ x D 13“, W 27 x H 14 x D 33 cm. 433012 drawers in natural finish Shelving Unit 1 center panel, 6 shelves. 433011 Shelving Unit 4 shelves. 433004 Shelving Unit 4 shelves and 15 supply bins. Inner dimensions of bins: W 10 ¾“ x H 4 ½“ x D 13“, W 27 x H 11 x D 33 cm. 433015 drawers in natural finish Property Unit 5 shelves, with 12 wooden box drawers. Inner dimensions of bins: W 10 ¾” x H 2 ¾”, D 13”, W 27 x H 6 x D 33 cm. 433510 drawers in natural finish Property Unit 5 shelves, with 15 wooden box drawers. Inner dimensions of drawers: W 10 ¾” x H 2 ¾”, D 13”, W 27 x H 6 x D 33 cm 433515 drawers in natural finish Property Unit 7 shelves, with 24 wooden box drawers. Inner dimensions of drawers: W 10 ¾” x H 2 ¾”, D 13”, W 27 x H 6 x D 33 cm. 433505 drawers in natural finish Wave-Design Sliding-Door Shelving Unit with 3 shelves. 433305 door in natural finish 2-Door Unit with 2 Shelves 2 shelves. Please note: Material boxes do not fit behind doors. 433105 doors in natural finish Drawer Cabinet 8 drawers. 433123 Only available with base or legs to ensure safety against tilting. Drawer Cabinet 8 acrylic drawers. Drawer inner dimensions: W 17” x H 7”, D 13”, W 43.7 x H 18.1 x D 33 cm. 433124 Only available with base or legs to ensure safety against tilting. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 143
Sivu 146


- Cabinet system Cabinet Units, W 49 ½“ x H 31“ x D 15“, W 125 x H 79 x D 38 cm Optional colored doors/drawers available at additional charge. Please select a cabinet base below. Shown with SORO casters. For other bases see below. Shelving Unit 1 center wall, 6 shelves, acrylic back, alternating openings. 4 x in the front and 4 x in the back. 436006 Order the material bins (p. 149). Shelving Unit with 6 shelves. 436005 Shelving Unit 1 center wall, 6 shelf inserts and 16 supply bins. Inner dimensions of bins: W 10 ¾“ x H 5 ½“ x D 13“, W 27 x H 14 x D 33 cm. 436016 drawers in natural finish Shelving Unit 2 center walls, 9 shelf inserts. 436605 Order the material bins (p. 149). Wave-Design Sliding-Door Shelving Unit 2 center walls, 9 shelves. 436305 door in natural finish Property Unit 1 center panel, 10 shelves, 20 wooden box drawers. Inner dimensions of bins: W 10 ¾” x H 2 ¾”, D 13”, W 27 x H 6 x D 33 cm. 436510 drawers in natural finish Property Unit 1 center panel, 14 shelves, 28 wooden box drawers. Inner dimensions of bins: W 10 ¾” x H 2 ¾”, D 13”, W 27 x H 6 x D 33 cm. 436505 drawers in natural finish How to order Base Options Mandatory Options The base is 2“, 5 cm high, the casters and legs are 5“, 12.5 cm high. You have 4 choices: 1 Base SOBI 2 casters 2 locking SORO 4 Square legs SOFU 4 locking casters SOTF By default we deliver in natural. WEIS White ROT Red HBLA Light Blue GELB Yellow GRÜN Dark Green P657 Clear Blue Optional Accessories Color options - Doors/Drawers/Material bins ORAN Orange HEGR Light Green Lock for Hinged doors On request and for additional cost we will deliver the "Hinged Doors" with a lock. DSS1. MAIS Maize BLAU Blue Handle version If not otherwise specified we deliver metal handles GME1. for pivoting doors for drawers GME1 metal, powdercoated, silver gray Handles from the grow.upp concept (see p. 94) GRU1 Button handle Solid wood GST1 Bar handle Solid wood Note: the handles cannot be attached later. 144
Sivu 147


Cabinet Units, W 37“ x H 51“ x D 15“, 92,5 x H 130 x D 38 cm Colored doors/drawers available at additional charge, see page 144. Please select a cabinet base (page 144). Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer Chairs Schränke and Tables Regale Wall unit 3 W 73” x H 36”/56” x D 15”, W 185 x H 91.5/142.5 x D 38 cm 439963 Shelving Unit with 4 adjustable shelves and 1 fixed shelf, half-height back panel. 434005 Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms Shelf Cabinet 1 fixed shelf, 4 adjustable shelves, continous back panel. 434010 2-Door Unit 2 doors, 3 shelf inserts, half-height back panel. Note: material bins do not fit behind the doors. Available only with base or legs to ensure safety against tipping. 434105 doors in natural finish Door Cabinet 2 doors, 3 adjustable shelves, continous back panel. Note: material bins do not fit behind the doors. Available only with base or legs to ensure safety against tipping. 434110 doors in natural finish Hinged Door Cabinet 2 doors, 5 shelf inserts, continuous back panel. Note: material bins do not fit behind the doors. Available only with base or legs to ensure safety against tipping. 434140 door in natural finish Portfolio Cabinet for 30 Binders 2 fixed shelves, continuous back panel. Note: material bins do not fit behind the doors. Available only with base or legs to ensure safety against tipping. 434116 without doors 434115 doors in natural finish Material Cabinet 8 drawers, 1 fixed shelf, 1 adjustable shelf, half-height back panel. Only available with base or legs to ensure safety against tipping. 434133 drawers in natural finish Material Cabinet 8 acrylic drawers, 1 fixed shelf, 1 adjustable shelf, half-height back panel. Only available with base or legs to ensure safety against tipping. 434134 drawers in natural finish Wave-Design Sliding-Door Shelving Unit with 4 shelves and 1 fixed shelf, half-height back panel. 434305 door in natural finish Student Cubby Cabinet 24 cubby bins, 1 fixed shelf and 8 adjustable shelves, half-height back panel. 434510 drawers in natural finish Material Cabinet 8 drawers, 1 fixed shelf, 1 adjustable shelf, continous back panel. Available only with base or legs to ensure safety against tipping. 434123 drawers in natural finish Material Cabinet 8 acrylic drawers, 1 fixed shelf, 1 adjustable shelf, continous back panel. Available only with base or legs to ensure safety against tipping. 434124 drawers in natural finish Wave Pattern Sliding Door Cabinet 1 fixed shelf, 4 shelf inserts, continuous back panel. 434315 door in natural finish Student Cubby Cabinet 24 wooden box drawers, 1 fixed shelf and 8 adjustable shelves, continous back panel. 434505 drawers in natural finish Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 145
Sivu 148


- Cabinet system Cabinet Units, W 49 ¼“ x H 51“ x D 15“, W 125 x H 130 x D 38 cm Colored doors/drawers available at additional charge, see page 144. Please select a cabinet base page 144. move•upp-Cabinet Wall 12 Space requirements: W 98 ½” x H 56 ¼” x D 15”, W 250 x H 142.5 x D 38 cm. Please order material bins separately. 439986 Shelving Unit with 12 adjustable shelves and 3 fixed shelves. 437005 Wave-Design Sliding-Door shelving unit with 12 adjustable shelves and 3 fixed shelves. 437305 door in natural finish >> Sliding doors are very practical, as there is no danger of accidents when they are opened or kept open. Wave-Design Sliding-Door shelving unit with 12 adjustable shelves and 3 fixed shelves. 438805 door in natural finish Shelving Unit with 12 adjustable shelves and 3 fixed shelves. 438005 Wave-Design Sliding-Door shelving unit with 12 adjustable shelves and 3 fixed shelves. 438305 door in natural finish Shelf Cabinet 2 doors, 11 adjustable shelves, full-width back panel. Note: material bins do not fit behind the doors. Only available with base or legs to ensure safety against tipping. 438105 doors in natural finish 146 Shelf Cabinet with 12 adjustable shelves and 3 fixed shelves, full-width back panel and 20 material boxes. Box measurements: W 6 ¼“/10 ¾“ x H 5 ½“ x D 13“, W 16/27 x H 14 x D 33 cm. 438020 drawers in natural finish Sliding-Door Shelving Unit with mirror, with 12 adjustable shelves and 3 fixed shelves. 438905 door frame in natural finish
Sivu 149


Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer Tall Cabinets, W 36 ½“ x H 72“ x D 15“, W 92.5 x H 182.5 x D 38 cm Colored doors/drawers available at additional charge, see page 144. Base (SOBI) included. Note >> The high cabinets on this page must be secured to a wall. Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms Tall Shelf Cabinet 1 fixed shelf, 5 adjustable shelves. 431005 move.upp Wall Unit 5 Space requirements: W 109 ¼“ x H 72“ x D 15“, W 277.5 x H 182.5 x D 38 cm. 439983 Tall Shelf Cabinet 1 center wall, 2 fixed shelves, 6 adjustable shelves. 431006 Tall Cabinet 2 doors, 8 drawers. 431113 Tall Shelf Cabinet 2 doors, 3 fixed shelves, 3 adjustable shelves. 431111 Tall Cabinet with Drawers 8 drawers, 2 adjustable shelves. 431121 Tall Cabinet with 4 Doors 2 fixed shelves, 4 adjustable shelves. 431108 Doors and drawers natural finish. Color options p. 144. 33,5 cm 13 ¼“ 43,7 cm 17 ¼“ Tall Cabinet with 5 Doors 5 cubby compartments, 5 open compartments. Locks included. 431150 Tall Cabinet with Double Door 2 doors, 1 fixed shelf, 5 adjustable shelves. 431105 Tall Cabinet with Double Door 2 doors, 1 fixed shelf, 5 adjustable shelves. 431110 Tall Cabinet 4 doors, 1 fixed shelf, 5 adjustable shelves. 431107 Student Cubby Cabinet 5 lockable compartments. W 15 ½” x H 72” x D 15”, W 39.4 H 182.5 x D 38 cm. 431151 left opening door 431152 right opening door Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 147
Sivu 150


- Cabinet system Shelf System Single elements Shelf Frame H 56“ x D 15“, H 142.5 x D 38 cm. 440000 Adjustable Shelf W 36 ½“ x D 15“, W 92.7 x D 38 cm. 440020 Fixed Shelf W 36 ½“ x D 15“, W 92.7 x D 38 cm. 440010 Cross-Brace for W 36 ½”, 92.5 cm. 440030 Shelf combination 1 Includes 24 material bins (471605). W 112 ½” x H 56” x D 15”, W 289.9 x H 142.5 x D 38 cm 439980 Note >> To ensure the stability of the shelving units, you need three fixed shelves each - one of them for the top and one for the bottom. As well as one cross-brace. solit:sit chairs start on page 16 Move-upp Shelf Combination 2 W 112 ½“ x H 56 ¼“ x D 15“, W 286 x H 142.5 x D 38 cm. 439981 148
Sivu 151


Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer Customizable Material Bins >> Design labels and insert them behind the acrylic front For Personalized Labels The labels made of sturdy paperboard (250 g/m 2 ) have a hole in the center and are suitable for material bin (471115). They can be designed individually by the children for their personal bins. 10 ½” x 4 ½”, 26.4 x 11.2 cm. 092309 100 pieces Customizable Material Bins The roomy bin has ample storage for paper, books, or materials in DIN A4 format. Custom-designed owner labels (092309, please order separately) can be inserted behind the acrylic front by simply unbolting the handle. Solid birch wood, acrylic. W 11 ½” x H 6” x D 15”, W 29 x H 15 x D 38 cm. 471115 Shelving Unit (433005) on page 143 Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms Fabric Bins Material Bins Material Bin with Acrylic Insert Solid wood – birch ply. W 7“ x H 6“ x D 15“, W 18 x H 15 x D 35 cm. 471400 only in natural Wooden box drawers Solid wood – birch ply. W 11 ½“ x H 2 ¾“ x D 15“, W 29 x H 7 x D 35 cm. 471605 Material Bin with Acrylic Insert Solid wood - birch ply. W 11 ½“ x 5 ½“ x D 15“, W 29 x H 15 x D 35 cm. 471500 only in natural Fabric Bin 2 sizes. Light as a feather, but sturdy, due to plastic inserts in the bottom and the sides. Fabric handles on two sides make it easy to pull the bins out of compartments and to transport them. If the bins are not needed, they can be folded flat. Material: Cordura®. H 6“ x D 13“, H 15 x D 33 cm. 471585 W 7 ¼“, 18 cm, red 471586 W 7 ¼“, 18 cm, blue 471587 W 7 ¼“, 18 cm, yellow 471588 W 7 ¼“, 18 cm, green 471580 W 11 ½“, 29 cm, red 471581 W 11 ½“, 29 cm, blue 471582 W 11 ½“, 29 cm, yellow 471583 W 11 ½“, 29 cm, green Material Bin Solid wood – birch ply. W 7“ x H 6“ x D 15“, W 18 x H 15 x D 35 cm. 471005 Material Bin Solid wood - birch ply. W 11 ½“ x D 15“, W 29 x D 35 cm. 471615 H 4 ¾“, 12 cm (not shown) 471105 H 6”, 15 cm Material Bin with Perforated Metal Insert Solid wood - birch ply. W 7“ x H 6“ x D 15“, W 18 x H 15 x D 35 cm. 471205 Material Bin with Perforated Metal Insert Solid wood - birch ply. W 11 ½“ x H 6“ x D 15“, W 29 x H 15 x D 35 cm. 471305 Please specify color of perforated metal (page 140). How to order Color options for colored material bins By default we deliver in natural birch wood. WEIS White HBLA Light Blue GELB Yellow P657 Clear Blue MAIS Maize BLAU Blue ORAN Orange HEGR Light Green Optional Accessories ROT Red GRÜN Dark Green Floor Saver Bottom surface for all material boxes protects the cupboards and reduces noise. Floor Saver TSTR. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 149
Sivu 152


- Cabinet system Tall Cabinets, W 36 ½" x H 72" x D 23 ½", W 92.5 x H 182.5 x D 60 cm Colored doors available at additional charge, see page 144. Base (SOBI) included. 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. Mehr dazu GS-tested auf Seite 853. Made in Germany Wall unit 10 W 109 ½” x H 95 ½” x D 23 ¾”, W 277,5 x H 242.5 x D 60 cm. 439972 Tall Cabinet with Double Door 2 doors, 4 adjustable shelves. 431160 Tall Cabinet with Double Door 2 doors, 1 center wall, 2 fixed shelves, 6 adjustable shelves. 431161 Tall Cabinet with Double Door 2 doors, 1 fixed shelf, 7 adjustable shelves. 431162 Drawing and Puzzle Cabinet 2 doors, 7 roll-out shelves, 3 fixed shelves. 431200 Doors and drawers natural finish. Color options p. 144. Craft Material Cabinet 2 doors, 3 roll-out shelves, 5 fixed shelves. 431210 150 Rolling Cart Material Cabinet 2 doors, 1 fixed shelf, 2 adjustable shelves, 2 rolling carts. Please order material bins separately (page 181). 431220 Gymnastics Cabinet 2 doors, 3 roll-out shelves, 2 fixed shelves. 431180
Sivu 153


Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer Top Cabinets, W 36 ½“ x D 23 ½“, W 92.5 x D 60 cm Colored doors available at additional charge, see page 144. Base Cabinets, W 36 ½“ x H 33“ x D 23 ½“, W 92.5 x H 84 x D 60 cm Only available with base (SOBI) Top Double Door Cabinet 2 doors, 1 adjustable shelf. H 23 ½”, 60 cm. 431900 Document Top Cabinet 7 adjustable shelves. H 39”, 99 cm. 439507 Top Double Door Cabinet 2 doors, 1 adjustable shelf. W 36 ½” x H 23 ¾” x D 15”, W 92.5 x H 60 x D 38 cm. This top cabinet is suitable only for use with bottom cabinets with a base. 432900 Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms Document Cabinet 5 adjustable shelves. 439500 Double Door Cabinet 2 adjustable shelves. 439520 Document Cabinet 6 drawers. 439511 Hanging Cabinets, W 36 ½“ x H 17 ½“ x D 15“, W 92,5 cm, H 44 cm, D 38 cm Even more storage space! The two hanging cabinets can be attached to the wall at exactly the height which is practical for you. If desired the cabinets can also be attached lower so that the children can access belongings. safe storage and more space for play move.upp-Tables on page 36. with sliding doors and handle shell Wall Cabinets With one shelf insert. Wood panel with birch veneer. Birch wood. 432990 Open Cabinet 432991 With 2 sliding doors, natural finish Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 151
Sivu 154


- Cabinet system Cabinets and Rolling Walls HANGING BOXES on page 395 . Please note Cabinets with “rolling cabinet doors” offer storage space plus one or more functional elements; such as a corkboard or a hook and loop board. Cabinets for Rolling walls Rolling walls >> You need one set of end-caps per cabinet. End-Cap for Sliding Rail 473699 2 pieces Shelf unit W 36 ¾“ x H 60“ x D 18 ½“, W 93 x H 152.3 x D 47 cm. 473695 Shelf unit W 49 ¼“ x H 60“ x D 18 ½“, W 125 x H 152.3 x D 47 cm. 473694 Rolling Element for Boxes Birch real wood veneer. W 37“ x H 57“, W 93 x H 144.5 cm. 473650 Rolling Element with Mirror Base is made of birch real wood veneer, with safety glass. W 37“ x H 57“, W 93 x H 144.5 cm. 473670 Rolling element with whiteboard Base is made of birch real wood with magnetic whiteboard coating. W 36 ¾“ x H 57“, W 93 x H 144.5 cm. 473640 152
Sivu 155


10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer Back Mehr dazu GS-tested auf Seite 853. Made in Germany Front Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms Library Display Presenting Reading Materials Displaying books motivates children to browse and read. Shelves on the back hold more books, magazines, CD’s, or games. With 4 locking casters. Birch, powdercoated metal parts. W 36 ½” x H 38 ½” x D 19”, W 92.5 x H 98 x D 48 cm. 457040 MORE LIBRARY FURNITURE on page 344. Theme Wagon Theme Wagon The theme wagon offers lots of space for materials, e.g. instruments, and can be used in many different areas. Front has deeper shelves, the back small bore holes for attaching storage containers or brackets. Different accessories are available for the four movable dividers. Birch wood. W 39 ½“ x H 43 ½“ x D 19“, W 100 x H 110 x D 48 cm. 456101 Front functional from both sides! Back Shelf Insert With acrylic edge. W 35 ¼“ x D 4“, W 89 x D 10 cm. 473323 >> Useable as Art and Crafts, Music, Book, Therapy, Activity Carts Buttons Made of birch and metal. 473310 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 153
Sivu 156


154 Rudolfo shelf units can be combined in any number of ways to fit any room. And if the demand for storage space increases, the shelf units can grow right along with your needs.
Sivu 157


Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer Shelf Unit Rudolfo This shelving system features colored acrylic back panels and versatile options. The basic and add-on shelves can be combined depending on how much room is available or how much storage space is needed. Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms Straight-line or curved shelf walls can be created. Colored acrylic back panels are especially attractive. By using different heights - in rooms with sloped ceilings - interesting effects can be created. If space requirements change, the shelving can be easily rearranged or expanded, and additional acrylic back panels or shelves can be installed. Thanks to a depth of 13 ¾“/35 cm and flexible arranging of the shelves, books and binders can also find a good home here. Rudolfo Shelf Combination 9 Includes 5 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 86 ½“ x H 55 ¼“ x D14“, W 219.2 x H 140 x D 35 cm. 122189 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 155
Sivu 158


Rudolfo shelf combinations are ideal room dividers. The colored acrylic back panels add great accents. Rudolfo Shelf Combination 10 Includes 5 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 69 ¼“ x H 71“ x D 14“, W 175.7 x H 180 x D 35 cm. 122190 Shelf combination must be secured to a wall. Quality and Functional Features: 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. Made in Germany Side panel: Genuine Birch veneer Thickness: ¾“, 17mm 16 ½ “, 41,8 cm The acrylic pack panels are ¼“, 3 mm, thick and can be installed from the front or the back. Additional acrylic back panels available in various colors. To ensure the stability of the shelving system, one acrylic back panel per shelf unit is always included as standard. Additional adjustable shelves available; height adjustable in increments of 1 ½“, 3.2 cm Additional adjustable shelves available Fixed shelves Genuine Birch veneer Thickness: ¾“, 17 mm Base shelf unit, straight, H 70 ¾“, 180 cm, includes bottom shelf with 2 base panels, 3 fixed shelves, 1 adjustable shelf and 1 acrylic back panel Add-on shelf unit, straight, H 55 ¼“, 140 cm, includes bottom shelf with 2 base panels, 2 fixed shelves, 1 adjustable shelf and 1 acrylic back panel Add-on shelf unit, curved, 45°, H 37 ½“, 95 cm, includes bottom shelf with 2 base panels, 1 fixed shelf, and 1 adjustable shelf Note: To ensure stability of shelving system, please follow our installation instructions. 156
Sivu 159


Genuine Wood Panel Rudolfo-Combinations: with Real Birch Veneer Rudolfo Shelf Combination 1 Includes 2 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 35“ x H 19 ¾“ x D 14“, W 88.7 x H 50 x D 35 cm. 122180 Rudolfo Shelf Combination 2 Includes 3 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 35“ x H 37 ½“ x D 14“, W 88.7 x H 95 x D 35 cm. 122181 Rudolfo Shelf Combination 3 Includes 4 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 83 ½“ x H 37 ½“ x D 14“, W 212 x H 95 x D 35 cm. 122183 Rudolfo Shelf Combination 4 Includes 4 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 129 ¼“ x H 37 ½“ x D 14“, W 328 x H 95 x D 35 cm. 122184 Rudolfo Shelf Combination 5 Includes 4 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 69 ¼“ x H 55 ¼“ x D 14“, W 175.7 x H 140 x D 35 cm. 122185 Rudolfo Shelf Combination 6 Includes 4 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 69 ¼“ x H 71“ x D 14“, W 175.7 x H 180 x D 35 cm. 122186 Rudolfo Shelf Combination 7 Includes 6 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 69 ¼“ x H 71“ x D 14“, W 175.7 x H 180 x D 35 cm. 122187 Rudolfo Shelf Combination 8 Includes 8 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 103 ¼“ x H 71“ x D 14“, W 262.2 x H 180 x D 35 cm. 122188 Shelf combination must be secured to a wall. Shelf combination must be secured to a wall. Shelf combination must be secured to a wall. Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms Rudolfo Individual Components: Rudolfo Shelf, H 19 ¾“, H 50 cm Incl. bottom shelf with 2 plinth panels, 1 fixed shelf and 1 acrylic back panel. Genuine birch. D 14“, 35 cm. 122150 Base shelf unit, W 18“, 45.2 cm 122160 Add-on shelf unit, W 17 ¼“, 43.5 cm Rudolfo Shelf, H 37 ½“, H 95 cm Incl. bottom shelf with 2 plinth panels, 1 fixed shelf, 1 adjustable shelf and 1 acrylic back panel. Additional back panels (122175) available separately. Genuine birch. D 14“, 35 cm. 122151 Base shelf unit, W 18“, 45.2 cm 122161 Add-on shelf unit, W 17 ½“, 43.5 cm Rudolfo Shelf, H 55 ¼“, H 140 cm Incl. bottom shelf with 2 plinth panels, 2 fixed shelves, 1 adjustable shelf and 1 acrylic back panel. Additional back panels (122175) available separately. Genuine birch. D 14“, 35 cm. 122152 Base shelf unit, W 18“, 45.2 cm 122162 Add-on shelf unit, W 17 ¼“, 43.5 cm Rudolfo Shelf, H 71“, H 180 cm Incl. bottom shelf with 2 plinth panels, 3 fixed shelves, 1 adjustable shelf and 1 acrylic back panel. Additional back panels (122175) available separately. Genuine birch. D 14“, 35 cm. 122153 Base shelf unit, W 18“, 45.2 cm 122163 Add-on shelf unit, W 17 ¼“, 43.5 cm You can mix and match acrylic colors when ordering the individual components. Rudolfo Add-on shelf units, curved, 45° Includes bottom shelf with 2 shelf panels. Genuine birch. Outer radius 40 ¼“, 102 cm, inner radius 27 ¾“, 70 cm, D 14“, D 35 cm. Note: Can only be installed together with base or add-on shelf unit. 122165 H 19 ¾“, H 50 cm, 1 solid shelf 122166 H 37 ½“, H 95 cm, 1 adjustable shelf, 1 solid shelf 122167 H 55 ¼“, H 140 cm, 1 adjustable shelf, 2 solid shelves 122168 H 71“, H 180 cm, 1 adjustable shelf, 3 solid shelves How to order Mandatory Options Color options for acrylic back panel Acrylic Back Panel In 5 colors. For free design of shelving starting at H 37 ½“, 95 cm. Acrylic, ¼“, 3 mm thick. 16 ½“ x 16 ½“, 41.5 x 41.5 cm. 122175 Indicate color. Adjustable Shelf Genuine birch, ¾“, 17 mm thick. 122176 Rectangular, W 16 ¾“ x D 12 ¾“, W 42 x D 32 cm 122177 Curved, outer radius 44 ¼“, 102 cm, inner radius 27 ¾“, 70 cm, D 14“, D 35 cm All shelf units and shelving combinations on this page are delivered unassembled. Red Orange Yellow Light Green Blue Clear ROT ORAN GELB HEGR BLAU TRAN Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 157
Sivu 160


Robust, versatile, combinable, and suitable for use everywhere: in Daycares and kindergartens, in after school settings, in break rooms … this is Forminant, our cabinet and shelving program. Versatile individual elements in various heights, special-purpose cabinets and library furniture offer endless possibilities. Shelf units, material bins, and cabinet fronts are available in 10 colors. You can combine them individually or choose one of the many wall units, room dividers, and shelf combinations. Shelf Combination 1 Includes 2 rolling carts. Space requirements: W 100 ¼“/117 ¼“ x H 33“/73 ½“ x D 16 ¾“, W 254.2/297.6 x H 83.6/186.6 x D 42.5 cm. 509600 Fabric bins sold separately (page 179). 158
Sivu 161


Cabinet and Shelving Made of Genuine Beech Veneer 10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms Mehr dazu GS-tested auf Seite e 853. Made in Germany Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 159
Sivu 162


Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer Overview of Quality: A K C B H D E L F J G M A B C D Back Panel ½“, 8 mm thick, strong, grooved around the body Body made of ¾“, 19-mm thick 3-ply plywood with genuine beech veneer 3-mm solid wood edge bands protect the furniture. Easy-access metal handles in 4 designs F G H Material thickness ¾“, 19 mm doors and drawers Drawer side panel with strong metal sides; quiet soft-close system with self-retraction The cabinet top is set & glued onto sides. K L Metal hinge with 180° opening angle. Highly durable, wear-resistant, spacesaving hinge for more free interior space; height adjustment ± 1 /8“, 2 mm Metal shelf support locks into the milled grooves of the adjustable shelves and prevent the shelves from being pulled out. E Solid wood base prevents swelling from mopping water. J Leveling screws to compensate for uneven floors (± 3 /8“, 10 mm) M Stops: with rubber ring for quiet closing of the doors. 160
Sivu 163


Cabinets and Shelving Genuine beech timber veneer = naturally good quality. Warm and comfortable! We use veneer from genuine timber for most of our furniture. Wood has an excellent ecological balance and a tree is one of the basic foundations of our ecological Förderung nachhaltiger Waldwirtschaft www.pefc.de system. It protects our atmosphere, bonds carbon dioxide and actively purifies the air. Our wood comes from sustainable forestry that maintains woodlands. At least one new tree has to be planted for each tree we use. Our wood is given the PEFC seal (Program for Recognizing Forest Certification Systems). Obtaining and using veneer is highly efficient because approximately 300 m 2 of furniture surface can be obtained from one log 2.4 meters long and ½ meter in diameter. Raw materials are processed with a low level of energy and its entire material is used: the chips and other residues are pressed into particleboard or used for generating energy. Wood has a high value even after it is no longer used because it is a supplier of energy in thermal utilization. Its combustion is designated CO 2 neutral because only as much carbon dioxide is released as the tree took in ahead of time. Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms The advantages of veneer • genuine wood • natural appearance • warm surface • durable • biologically degradable • renewable raw material • healthy room atmosphere Beech Real Wood Veneer We use Beech Real Wood Veneer for our Forminant-Program: Surface Sealing We use carefully selected water-based varnish for our Forminant-Program: >> Ecological >> Durable >> Wear-resistant >> Unique appearance >> Hygienic and easy-care >> Solvent-free, water-based stains >> Corresponds to fire safety category German Standards B1, flame resistant >> Surfaces tested successfully according to German Standards DIN 68861 Part 1 B: Surfaces were tested against various substances such disinfectants and cleaning agents. 10 Wood Stain Colors 6 Acrylic Panel Colors for fronts and material boxes for cabinet backs WEIS White GELB Yellow MAIS Maize ORAN Orange ROT Red GELB Yellow ORAN Orange ROT Red P657 Clear Blue HBLA Light Blue BLAU Blue HEGR Light Green GRÜN Green HEGR Light Green BLAU Blue TRAN Clear Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 161
Sivu 164


Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer Partition Combinations Daycare Toddler Closet Combination 1 Fabric bins in 2 widths on page 179. Toddler Closet Combination 1 Space Requirements: W 80 ½“/121 ½“ x H 25 ½/42 ½“ x D 16 ¾“, W 204.4/308.4 x H 64.5/107.8 x D 42.5 cm. 509700 Please order fabric bins seperately on page 179. 10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161. GS tested Made in Germany Shelf Combination 4 Includes 4 rolling carts. Space requirements: W 102 ¼“/102 ¼“ x H 25 ½/42 ½“ x D 16 ¾“, W 259.6/259.6 x H 64.5/107.8 x D 42.5 cm. 509603 Shelf Combination 4 Shelf Combination 3 Shelf Combination 3 Includes 2 material boxes. Space requirements: W 113“ x H 25 ½“/ 41 ¾“ x D 19 ½“, W 286.8 x H 64.5/105.8 x T 49.5 cm. 509602 Shelf Combination 2 Shelf Combination 2 Includes 2 material boxes and 1 cart. Space requirements: W 60“ x H 25 ½“/ 37“ x D 19 ½“, W 151.8 x H 64.5/94 x D 49.5 cm 509601 162
Sivu 165


Cabinets and Shelving Partition Combinations Partition 1 Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms Partition 1 Includes 4 acrylic material boxes and 2 material boxes. Space requirements: W 73 ¾“ x H 33“/41 ¾“ x D 19 ½“, W 186.8 x H 83.6/105.8 x D 49.5 cm. 509650 Partition 4 Partition 4 Includes 4 acrylic material boxes and 32 material boxes. Space requirements: W 94 ¼“/ 67 ¼“ x H 33“ x D 15 ¾“, W 239.4/170.4 x H 83.6 x D 39.4 cm. 509653 Partition 5 Partition 5 Incl. 12 acrylic material bins. Space requirements: W 90 ¾“x H 33“/ 48 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 230 x H 83,6/122 x D 39,4 cm. 509654 Partition 6 Partition 6 Incl. 20 privacy compartments. Space requirements: W 106 ¼“/ 67 ¼“ x H 33“ x D 15 ¾“, W 269,4/170,4 x H 83,6 x D 39,4 cm. 509655 Partition 7 Partition 7 Incl. 2 acrylic material bins and 4 material bins. Space requirements: W 101 ¾“/ 91 ¾“ x H 33“/ 48 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 258 / 233 x H 83,6/122 x D 39,4 cm. 509656 Please order fabric bins seperately on page 179. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 163
Sivu 166


Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer Cabinet-Shelf Combinations Shelf Combination 6 Shelf Combination 7 Shelf Combination 6 Includes 1 rolling cart. Space requirements: B 56 ½“ x H 33“/ 41 ¾“ x T 19 ½“, B 143.4 x H 83.6/105.8 x T 49.5 cm. 509605 Shelf Combination 7 Includes 1 rolling cart. Space requirements: W 43 ½“ x H 33“/ 41 ¾“ x D 19 ½“, W 110.4 x H 83.6/105.8 x D 49.5 cm. 509606 Shelf Combination 8 Shelf Combination 9 Shelf Combination 8 Includes 6 material boxex. Space requirements: W 42 ¾“ x H 33“/ 41 ¾“ x D 19 ½“, W 108.4 x H 64.5/105.8 x D 49.5 cm. 509607 Shelf Combination 9 Includes 2 material boxes. Space requirements: W 60“ x H 33“/ 44 ¾“ x D 19 ½“, W 151.8 x H 83.6/113.2 x D 49.5 cm. 509608 Shelf Combination 10 Shelf Combination 11 Shelf Combination 10 Includes 2 material boxes. Space requirements: W 73 ¾“ x H 33“/ 41 ¾“ x D 19 ½“, W 186.8 x H 83.6/105.8 x D 49.5 cm. 509609 Shelf Combination 11 Includes 4 material boxes and 3 rolling carts. Space requirements: W 70“ x H 33“/ 41 ¾“ x D 19 ½“, W 177.4 x H 83.6/105.8 x D 49.5 cm. 509610 164
Sivu 167


Cabinets and Shelving Shelf Combination 12 Shelf Combination 14 Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms Shelf Combination 12 Includes 2 material boxes. Space requirements: W 92 ½“ x H 56 ½“/ 68 ¼“ x D 16 ¾“, W 234.6 x H 143.2/172.8 x D 42.5 cm. 509611 Shelf Combination 14 Space requirements: W 43 ½“ x H 33“/ 65 ¼“ x D 19 ½“, W 110.4 x H 83.6/165.4 x D 49.5 cm. 509613 Shelf Combination 13 Shelf Combination 13 Includes 1 rolling cart. Space requirements: W 43 ½“ x H 33“/ 65 ¼“ x D 19 ½“, W 110.4 x H 83.6/165.4 x D 49.5 cm. 509612 Shelf Combination 25 Shelf Combination 25 Includes acrylic roller bins. Space requirements: W 106“ x H 33“/ 68 ¼“ x D 19 ½“ , W 269 x H 83,6/172,8 x D 49,5 cm. 509652 Please order fabric bins seperately on page 179. Shelf Combination 15 Shelf Combination 21 Shelf Combination 15 Includes 12 material boxes and 2 rolling carts. Space requirements: W 93 ¾“ x H 56 ½“ x D 15 ¾“, W 238 x H 143.2 x D 39.4 cm. 509614 Shelf Combination 21 Includes 4 material boxes and 1 rolling cart. Space requirements: W 60“ x H 33“/ 65 ¼“ x D 19 ½“, W 151.8 x H 83.6/165.4 x D 49.5 cm. 509620 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 165
Sivu 168


Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer Cabinet and Shelf Combinations Shelf Combination 16 Shelf Combination 16 Space requirements: W 83“ x H 33“/ 68 ¼“ x D 16 ¾“, W 210,4 x H 83,6/172,8 x D 42,5 cm. 509615 Please order fabric bins seperately on page 179 Shelf Combination 17 Shelf Combination 17 Includes 3 rolling carts. Space requirements: W 43 ¼“/ 56 ¾“ x H 33“/ 68 ¼“ x D 19 ½“, W 109.5/144 x H 83.6/172.8 x D 49.5 cm. 509616 Shelf Combination 18 Shelf Combination 18 Includes 2 rolling carts. Space requirements: W 60“ x H 33“/ 68 ¼“ x D 19 ½“, W 151.8 x H 83.6/172.8 x D 49.5 cm. 509617 Shelf Combination 20 Shelf Combination 20 Includes 2 rolling carts. Space requirements: W 93 ¾“ x H 68 ¼“ x D 19 ½“, W 238 x H 172.8 x D 49.5 cm. 509619 Shelf Combination 19 Shelf Combination 19 Includes 2 rolling carts. Space requirements: W 92 ¾“ x H 65 ¼“ x D 19 ½“, W 235.6 x H 165.4 x D 49.5 cm. 509618 166
Sivu 169


Cabinets and Shelving 10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161. Label Holders For placing on the shelves. Magnetic strips (073014) are suitable as labels. Metal. 7“ x 9 ¼“, 16 x 24 cm. 120343 GS tested Made in Germany Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms solit:sit-chairs on page 17. >> Example of 4 tall shelf cabinets (Item No. 508901 on page 176). Wall unit 3 Shelf Combination 23 Wall unit 3 Includes 12 privacy compartments. Space requirements: W 96“ x H 33“ x D 15 ¾“, W 243,8 x H 83,6 x D 39,4 cm. 509752 Shelf Combination 23 Includes 9 material boxes. Space requirements: W 121 ¼“ x H 71 ¾“ x D 15 ¾“, W 308 x H 182 x D 39.4 cm. 509622 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 167
Sivu 170


Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer Shelves for Playing 10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161. Wall Decorations from page 366. Mehr dazu GS-tested auf Seite 853. Made in Germany >> available with or without mirrored back >> with high rounded top edge for first time walkers front back with mirror Periscope Cabinet Cabinet 2 shelves. H 25 ½“ x D 15 ½“, H 64.5 x D 39.4 cm. 508050 W 25 ¾“, W 65 cm, without mirror 508160 W 39 ½“, W 100 cm, without mirror 508051 W 25 ¾“, W 65 cm, with mirror 508161 W 39 ½“, W 100 cm, with mirror >> Crawl through the cabinet for an exciting discovery >> For exciting explorations magnet elements on page 363. Periscope Cabinet with magnet board If a child stretches a hand in front of the mirror, it appears as if by “magic” on the other side. The angled mirrors in the periscope cabinet make it possible to try out all kinds of combinations. Children can even crawl through the cabinet and look through the bubble on the top with its curved acrylic pane. The cabinet has shelves on both sides. With safety mirror and magnet board. W 78 ¾“ x H 32“ x D 23 ½“, W 200 x H 81 x D 60 cm. 525231 168
Sivu 171


Cabinets and Shelving Base Cupboards for Daycare W 25 ¾" x H 25 ½" x D 15 ¾", W 65 x H 64,5 x D 39,4 cm Please select handle options below. Quarter Circle Cabinet 1 shelf. W 15 ¾“, W 39.4 cm. Only suited for fixed installation between the cabinets. Not available with casters. 508000 Shelf Cabinet 1 shelf. 508001 Shelf Cabinet 2 shelves. 508002 Double-Door Cabinet 1 shelf. Material bins do not fit behind the doors. Doors in natural finish. 508004 Sliding Door Cabinet 1 shelf. Material bins do not fit behind the doors. Doors in natural finish. 508005 Cabinet only available with shown handles. Caster Shelf 1 shelf, 1 fixed shelf and 1 rolling cart. 508006 natural rolling cart 508003 acrylic rolling cart Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms W 39 ½" x H 25 ½" x D 15 ¾", W 100 x H 64,5 x D 39,4 cm Shelf Cabinet 2 shelves. 508100 Double-Door Cabinet 1 shelf. Material bins do not fit behind the doors. Doors in natural finish. 508102 Sliding Door Cabinet with 1 shelf. Material bins do not fit behind the doors. Doors in natural finish. 508103 Cabinet only available with shown handles. Caster Shelf 1 shelf, 1 fixed shelf and 2 rolling carts. 508107 natural rolling cart 508104 acrylic rolling cart Wide Materials Cabinet With 6 acrylic drawers. Drawers in natural finish. 508106 Shelf Cabinet 2 shelves, back board with mirror. 508101 Partition 8 Includes acrylic material bins and roller bins. Space requirements: W 80 ½“/ 120“ x H 25 ½“ x D 15 ¾“, W 204,4/304,4 x H 64,5 x D 39,4 cm. 509657 Please order fabric bins seperately on page 179. Shelf Cabinet, Alternating Openings Open compartments: 5x in the front, 4x in the back. Compartments in natural finish. 508105 How to order for your Mandatory Options Handles Please select handle options. By default we deliver metal handle (B306). Length: B306, B328, B300, B317: 4 ½“, 11.4 cm. B306 B328 B300 B317 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 WEIS white ROT red HEGR light green -Base Cupboards Optional Accessories Colors for colored fronts, and material bins Please select color options; Natural is the standard; Colors available at additional upcharge. GELB yellow HBLA light blue GRÜN dark green MAIS maize P657 clear blue ORAN orange BLAU blue www.haba.de Lock for hinged doors On request and for additional cost we will deliver the hinged doors with a lock. (DSS1) Casters Height for cabinets to 33", 83,6 cm. Each carter holds 112 lbs, 200 kg. Casters can also be mounted later. Casters are non locking. 4 casters LARO 169
Sivu 172


Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer Base Cupboards in 3 Widths W 15 ¾“ x H 33“ x D 15 ¾“, W 39.4 x H 83.6 x D 39.4 cm Please select handle options, page 169. Quarter-Circle 2 shelves. Not available with casters. Only suited for fixed installation between cabinets. 508210 Semi-Cupboard 2 shelves. 508211 Half-Cabinet 1 door, 2 shelves. Material bins do not fit behind the door. 508212 Door opens to left Half-Cabinet 1 door, 2 shelves. Material bins do not fit behind the door. 508213 Door opens to right W 25 ¾“ x H 33“ x D 15 ¾“, W 65 x H 83.6 x D 39.4 cm Bookcase, open 1 shelf. 508300 Bookcase, open 2 shelves. 508301 Bookcase with acrylic back board 1 shelf. 508320 Bookcase with acrylic back board 2 shelves. 508319 Please select acrylic color, page 140. Please select acrylic color, page 140. Double-Door Cabinet 2 shelves. Material bins do not fit behind the doors. 508313 W 31“, 78.8 cm 508405 W 39 ½“, 100 cm Caster Shelf 1 shelf, 1 fixed shelf and 1 rolling cart. 508315 acrylic rolling cart 508316 natural rolling cart Materials Cabinet 8 drawers. 508317 Drawers, natural 508314 Drawers, acrylic Cabinet with 8 material boxes 3 shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm. 508310 Boxes natural Cabinet with 8 acrylic material boxes 3 shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm. 508311 Acrylic boxes available only in natural. Cubby Cabinet with 16 boxes 7 shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 2 ¼“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 5,5 x D 33 cm. 508312 Boxes natural W 39 ½“ x H 33“ x D 15 ¾“ , W 100 x H 83.6 x D 39.4 cm Wide bookcase, open 1 shelf. 508400 Wide bookcase, open 2 shelves. 508401 Wide Bookcase, open 3 shelves. 508402 Wide bookcase, open 5 shelves. 508403 Wide Bookcase, open 1 center panel, 4 shelves. 508429 Double-Door Cabinet 2 shelves. Material bins do not fit behind the doors. 508405 Wide Material Cabinet With 8 drawers, natural. 508424 Wide Material Cabinet With 8 acrylic drawers. 508417 Shelf Cabinet, with Alternating Openings Open compartments: 5x in the front, 4x in the back. Compartments in natural finish. 508418 Colored doors, drawers and material boxes available at additional charge, p. 169. 170
Sivu 173


Cabinets and Shelving W 39 ½“ x H 33“ x D 15 ¾“, W 100 x H 83.6 x D 39.4 cm Please select handle options, page 169. 39 ½“, 83.6 cm Shelf Cabinet with Shelves 1 solid shelf, 2 drawers, 3 adjustable shelves. 508420 drawers natural Wide bookcase, open 9 adjustable shelves, 1 solid shelf, 2 middle walls. 508404 Door/Shelf Cabinet Both the shelf and inside door there are 2 shelves each. Material bins do not fit behind the doors. 508407 Door right (not shown), W39 ½“, 100 cm 508406 Door left, W 39 ½“, 100 cm Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms Shelf/Drawer Cabinet 4 drawers, 2 shelves. 508425 Drawers natural, left 508426 Drawers natural, right Shelf/Drawer Cabinet 4 acrylic drawers, 2 adjustable shelves. 508411 Drawers natural, right 508410 Drawers natural, left Door/ Drawer Cabinet 1 door, 4 drawers, 2 adjustable shelves. Material bins do not fit behind the door. 508428 Door on the right, drawers natural Door/ Drawer Cabinet 1 door, 4 drawers, 2 adjustable shelves. Material bins do not fit behind the door. 508427 Door on the left, drawers natural Door/ Drawer Cabinet 1 door, 4 acrylic drawers, 2 adjustable shelves. Material bins do not fit behind the door. 508409 Door on the right, drawers natural Door/ Drawer Cabinet 1 door, 4 acrylic drawers, 2 adjustable shelves. Material bins do not fit behind the door. 508408 Door on the left, drawers natural Base Cabinet, Open 1 adjustable shelf, 1 fixed shelf. 508430 Seating cube with seat hight 14“, 35 cm sold separately, see page 267. Caster Shelf 1 adjustable shelf, 1 fixed shelf and 2 rolling carts. 508423 natural rolling carts 508419 acrylic rolling carts Shelf Cabinet 3 shelves on the left-hand side 5 adjustable shelves. 508421 Bookcase with 4 material bins 5 adjustable shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm. 508422 Boxes natural Cupboard with 12 Material Boxes 3 shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm. 508412 Boxes natural Cupboard with 16 Material Boxes 3 shelves. Box measurements: W 8“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 20 x H 15 x D 33 cm. 508413 Boxes natural Cupboard with 12 Acrylic Material Boxes 3 shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm. 508414 Acrylic boxes available only in natural. Cupboard with 16 Acrylic Material Boxes 3 shelves. Box measurements: W 8“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 20 x H 15 x D 33 cm. 508415 Acrylic boxes available only in natural. Property Cupboard with 24 Boxes 7 shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 2 ¼“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 5.5 x D 33 cm. 508416 Boxes natural Quarter-Circle Cabinet H 33“ x D 15 ½“ H 83.6 x D 39.4 cm back panel at inner radius Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 Quarter-Circle Cabinet 4 shelf inserts. Inner back panel. outer radius 36“, 91.1 cm, inner radius 20 ½“, 51.7 cm. 508450 Partition 7 Includes 2 acrylic material bins and 4 wood material bins. Space requirements: W 101 ¾“/ 91 ¾“ x H 33“/ 48 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 258 / 233 x H 83,6/122 x D 39,4 cm. 509656 Material boxes sold separately, see page 149. www.haba.de 171
Sivu 174


Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer Top Cabinets W 39 ½“ x D 15 ¾“, W 100 x D 39.4 cm 10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161. Mehr dazu GS-tested auf Seite 853. Made in Germany Please select handle and color options (page 169). H 23 ½“, H 59.6 cm H 23 ½“, H 59.6 cm Top Cabinet, open 1 shelf. 508701 Top Cabinet, with Double Doors 1 shelf. Material boxes do not fit behind the doors. 508702 doors in natural finish MATCHING BASE CUPBOARD on page 170. H 38 ¾“, H 98.0 cm H 38 ¾“, H 98.0 cm H 15 ¼“, H 38.4 cm Top Cabinet, open 1 shelf. 508700 Top Cabinet, open 2 shelves. 508703 Top Cabinet with Double Doors 2 doors, 2 shelves. Material boxes do not fit behind the doors. 508704 doors in natural finish Wall Cupboards Functional attachments >> place on a table to organize supplies Creative Functional Top With 4 adjustable shelves, 1 stand for holding brushes and scissors. One shelf as a paper compartment. W 39 ½“ x H 11 ½“ x D 15 ¾“, W 100 x H 29.5 x D 39.4 cm. 509570 Wall cupboards 1 insert shelf. W 39 ½“ x H 23 ½“” x D 15 ¾“, W 100 x H 59.6 x D 39.4 cm. 508720 open 508721 with 2 doors in natural finish >> small library Book Top With 4 shelves for books or magazines. W 39 ½“ x H 9“ x D 15 ¾“, W 100 x H 23 x D 39,4 cm. 509571 172
Sivu 175


Cabinets and Shelving Property Cabinets W 51 ½“ x H 33“ x D 15 ¾“, W 131 x H 83.6 x D 39.4 cm >> all boxes are larger than DIN A4. Please select options of material boxes (p. 178/179). Property Cabinet with 16 Compartments 12 shelves. 508500 Property Cabinet with 32 Compartments 28 shelves. 508501 Property Cabinet with 20 Boxes 4 fixed shelves, 16 inserted shelves, 20 boxes. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 2 ¼“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 5.5 x D 33 cm. 508502 boxes in natural finish Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms Property Cabinet with 28 Boxes 28 shelves, 28 property boxes and 4 paper compartments. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 2 ¼“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 5.5 x D 33 cm. 508503 boxes in natural finish Property Cabinet with 32 Boxes 28 shelves, 32 property boxes. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 2 ¼“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 5.5 x D 33 cm. 508504 boxes in natural finish Property Cabinet with 16 Boxes 12 shelves, 16 property boxes. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm. 508505 boxes in natural finish Please order large identification signs separately on page 422. Practical Room Dividers W 55 ½“ x H 33“ x D 15 ¾“, W 140 x H 83.6 x D 39.4 cm Please select options of material boxes (p. 178/179). Partition, open 6 narrow and 2 wide shelves. 508602 Partition with 8 Material Boxes 6 narrow and 2 wide shelves, 8 material boxes. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm. 508603 boxes in natural finish Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de Partition with Shelves 4 narrow and 3 wide shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ or 13“ x H 6“ or 8“ x D 13“, W 27.5 / 33 x H 15 or 19.8 x D 33 cm. 508600 without material boxes 508601 with 6 material boxes in natural finish Please order storage bins separately on page 178. 173
Sivu 176


Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer Medium high cabinets W 25 ¾“ x H 48 ½“ x 15 ¾“, W 65 x, H 122 x D 39.4 cm 10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161. Mehr dazu GS-tested auf Seite 853. Made in Germany Select handle and color options (page 169). Wall unit 4 Incl. 4 acrylic material bins. Space requirements: W 51 ¼“ x H 48 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 130 x H 122 x D 39,4 cm. 509753 Bookcase, open 5 shelves. 508800 Double-Door cupboard 3 shelves. Material boxes do not fit behind the doors. 508801 doors in natural finish Bookcase 4 shelves, 1 solid shelf. Back board below from wooden, acrylic above. 508819 Select acrylic color (p. 140). Two door cupboard with acrylic back board 3 shelves. Arylic above and wooden panel below. Material bins do not fit behind the doors. 508818 doors in natural finish Select acrylic color (p. 140). Portfolio Cabinet, open 2 shelves. 508813 Portfolio Cabinet with 2 doors 2 shelves. Material bins do not fit behind the doors. 508814 doors in natural finish Cabinet with 8 Material Boxes 5 shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm. 508810 boxes in natural finish Cabinet with 8 Acrylic Boxes 5 shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm. 508811 Acrylic boxes can only be delivered in natural. Cabinet with 16 Property Boxes 9 shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 2“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 5.5 x D 33 cm. 508812 boxes in natural finish Book Cabinet perfect as Room Divider see page 346 for MORE BOOK SHELVES >> Back >> Front Book Cabinet 3 face-out shelves to present books, magazines and games. 3 open shelf compartments. Beech wood. W 39 ½“ x H 35 ¾“ x D 19“, W 100 x H 91 x D 48 cm. 525600 Without Casters 525601 With Casters (not shown) Use from both sides. 174
Sivu 177


Cabinets and Shelving Organization Cabinets for Daycare and School Material boxes (509375) sold separately (page 178). 48 ½“ 122 cm 37“, 93,6 cm Bookbag Cabinet With 5 bookbag compartments and 10 small storage compartments for bicycle helmets or personal belongings, etc. W 64 ¾“ x H 36 ¾“ x D 15 ¾“, W 165 x H 93.2 x D 39,4 cm. 509530 Material boxes sold separately on page 178. Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms Tom IDENTIITY SIGNS on page 422. Image shows 2 Cabinets Property Cabinet 14 shelves. W 25 ¾“ x H 48 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 65 x H 122 x D 39.4 cm. 509520 Student Cubby Cabinet For 6 students: for each student 1 compartment for binders, 1 open shelf, and 1 cubby for personal belongings. Material boxes do not fit behind the doors. W 39 ½“ x H 48 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 100 x H 122 x D 39.4 cm. 509510 without doors 509511 with doors in natural finish Select handle options (p. 169). Folding Cupboard 3-piece with built–in compartments Folding Cupboard 2-piece 32 ½“, 83 cm 39“, 99 cm When ordering please note: wooden materials boxes fit in all folding cabinets. The materials boxes (509380) for arranging materials in your cabinet can be found on page 178. Folding cabinet, 3-piece, with built-in compartments Everything is stored away when closed and well organized when it is open. Casters make it easy to open and close the cabinet. Dimensions closed: W 31 ½“ x H 39“ x D 31 ½“, W 80 x H 99 x D 80 cm and open: W 63“ x H 39“ x D 15 ¾“, W 160 x H 99 x D 40 cm. 124700 Folding Cupboard With 6 adjustable shelves, this cabinet offers plenty of storage space. The 4 lockable casters for easy opening and closing make it useful anywhere in the room. Closed W 33“ x H 32 ½“ x D 31 ½“, W 84 x H 83 x D 80 cm. Open W 65“ x H 32 ½“ x D 15 ¾“, W 166 x H 83 x D 40 cm. 509560 Wooden material boxes and plastic material boxes sold separately on page 178/179. Plastic material boxes sold separately on page 179. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 175
Sivu 178


Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer High Cabinet W 39 ½“, H 71 ¾“, D 15 ¾“,W 100, H 182, D 39,4 cm Please select handle options, page 169. 10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161. GS tested MATCHING NAME TAGS on page 422. Made in Germany Wall unit 5 Incl. 24 privacy compartments. W 78 ¾“ x H 71 ¾“ x D 15 ¾“, W 200 x H 182 x D 39,4 cm. 509754 Note >> The high cabinets on this page must always be secured to a wall (see assembly instructions). High Cabinet 2 fixed shelves, 3 shelves. 508900 High Shelf Cabinet 1 center divider, 8 shelves. 508901 High Cabinet with Drawers 2 shelves, 8 drawers. 508913 drawers in natural finish High Cabinet with Acrylic Drawers 2 shelves, 8 acrylic drawers. 508907 Portfolio Cabinet 2 solid shelves, 2 adjustable shelves and 2 open cases. 508911 open 508912 with doors (not shown) Portfolio Cabinet 24 privacy compartments (not shown, 509385, p. 178; please order separately). 2 solid shelves, 8 shelves. 508910 Shelf/Double-Door Cabinet 2 doors, 4 adjustable shelves, 1 fixed shelf. Material boxes do not fit behind doors. 508903 doors in natural finish High Cabinet with Double Doors 4 adjustable shelves (2 inside, 2 on the top). Material boxes do not fit behind doors. 508902 doors in natural finish Width 15 ¾" 39,4 cm High Cabinet with Double Doors 2 fixed shelves, 3 adjustable shelves. Material boxes do not fit behind the doors. 508904 doors in natural finish High Cabinet with Double Doors 8 adjustable shelves, middle wall. Material boxes do not fit behind the doors. 508905 doors in natural finish High Cabinet with Double Doors 4 adjustable shelves. Material boxes do not fit behind the doors. 508906 doors in natural finish Property Cabinet with Locks 5 lockable cabinet compartments. Doors in natural finish. 508908 doors on right-hand side (not shown) 508909 doors on left-hand side 176
Sivu 179


Cabinets and Shelving Shelf System 1 Note >> To ensure the stability of the shelving units, you need two fixed shelves each - one for the top and one for the bottom as well as one cross-brace. 5 Adjustable and re-configurable 2 4 Components Shelf Frame Width: 15 ¾”, 39.4 cm. 509205 H 25 ½“, 64.5 cm (not shown) 509206 H 33”, 83.6 cm 509207 H 56 ½“, 143.2 cm 509208 H 71 ¾“, 182 cm Round Gable 509215 For W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm; W 16 ½“ x H 13 ¼“ x D 16 ¾“, W 41.4 x H 33.6 x D 42.5 cm 509216 For W 25 ¾“, 65 cm; W 26 ½“ x H 18 ¾“ x D 16 ¾“, W 67 x H 47.4 x D 42.5 cm 3 6 Shelf Combination 22 Includes 1 rolling cart and 6 material boxes. Space requirements: W 93 ¾“ x H 33“/ 56 ½“/71 ½“ x D 16 ¼“, W 238 x H 83.6/143.2/182 x D 39.4 cm. 509621 Shelf Back Panel Height: 33“, 83.6 cm, thickness: ¾”, 1.6 cm. 509450 for W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm 509451 for W 25 ¾“, 65 cm 509452 for W 39 ½“, 100 cm Shelf Roof Piece 509225 For W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm; 17 ¾” x H 10 ½” x D 19 ½“, W 44.5 x H 26.2 x D 49.5 cm 509226 For W 25 ¾“, 65 cm; W 27 ¾“ x H 13 ¼“ x D 19 ½“, W 69.9 x H 33.6 x D 49.5 cm 1 2 3 Fixed Shelves With shelf connectors. H ¾“ x D 15 ¼”, H 2 x D 38.4 cm. A B C D E Solid beech wood shelf frame in 4 heights and in 10 stain colors or natural With 33", 83.6 cm tall shelf back wall in 3 widths Rolling drawer in 2 heights and 3 widths 509240 W15 ¾“, 39.4 cm 509241 W 25 ¾“, 65 cm (not shown) 509242 W 39 ½“, 100 cm 509243 Quarter circle, W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm 509244 Quadrant ring bottom 90°, 22”, 55.7 cm 509247 eighth ring bottom, 45° Shelf Insert With shelf connectors. H ¾” x D 15 ½”, H 2 x D 38.4 cm. F 509460 W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm 509461 W 25 ¾“, 65 cm G 509462 W 39 ½“, 100 cm Cross-Brace H For stabilization of the shelves. H ¼” x D ¾”, H 0.5 x D 2 cm. 2 pieces. 509320 for W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm 509321 for W 25 ¾“, 65 cm 509322 for W 39 ½“, 100 cm Shelf Base H 2 ½” x D 15 ¼”, H 6.5 x D 38.4 cm. J 509310 W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm 509311 W 25 ¾“, 65 cm K 509312 W 39 ½“, 100 cm 4 Height-adjustable by 1", 2 cm 5 6 The drill holes make it possible to adjust the shelves by 1 ½", 3.2 cm increments. Beech wood shelf base in 3 widths A C E F H J B D G K Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms Rolling Cart, low With swivel casters. H 12 ¼” x D 12 ¾”, H 31 x D 32 cm. 509410 W 12 ¾“, 32.4 cm for shelf W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm 509411 W 23“, 58 cm for shelf W 25 ¾“, 65 cm 509414 W 18 ¼“, 45.8 cm for shelf W 39 ½“, 100 cm Rolling Cart, high With swivel casters. H 16” x D 12 ¾”, H 40.6 x D 32 cm. 509412 W 12 ¾“, 32.4 cm for shelf W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm 509413 W 23“, 58 cm for shelf W 25 ¾“, 65 cm 509415 W 18 ¼“, 45.8 cm for shelf W 39 ½“, 100 cm Rolling Cart, Acrylic, low With swivel casters. H 12 ¼“ x D 12 ¾“, H 31 x D 32 cm. 509420 W 12 ¾“, 32.4 cm for shelf W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm 509421 W 23“, 58 cm for shelf W 25 ¾“, 65 cm 509424 W 18 ¼“, 45.8 cm for shelf W 39 ½“, 100 cm Rolling Cart Acrylic, high With swivel casters. H 16” x D 12 ¾“, H 40,6 x D 32 cm. 509422 W 12 ¾“, 32.4 cm for shelf W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm 509423 W 23“, 58 cm for shelf W 25 ¾“,65 cm 509425 W 18 ¼“, 45.8 cm for shelf W 39 ½“, 100 cm Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 Please select handle options, page 169. www.haba.de 177
Sivu 180


Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer Material and Property Boxes For Cabinets and open Shelves W 15 ¾“, 25 ¾“ and 39 ½“. 39.4; 65 and 100 cm. Material boxes can be safely stacked! The runners on the side mean that all material and property boxes on this page can be stacked, without there being any danger of slipping. For width 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm For width 25 ¾“ or 39 ½“, 65/100 cm For width 39 ½“, 100 cm For width 25 ¾“ or 39 ½“, 65/100 cm Materials Box Stackable. W 13 ¾“ x H 8“ x D 13 ¾“, W 35 x H 20.8 x D 35 cm. Inner-measurements: W 13“ x H 7 ½“ x D 13“, W 33 x H 19.8 x D 33 cm. 509380 Property Box Stackable. W 11 ½“ x H 2 ½“ x D 13 ½“, W 29.5 x H 6,5 x D 35 cm. Inner-measurements: W 11“ x H 2 ¼“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 5.5 x D 33 cm. 509385 Materials Box Stackable. W 8 ½“ x H 6 ½“ x D 13 ½“, W 22 x H 16 x D 35 cm. Inner-measurements: W 8“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 20 x H 15 x D 33 cm. 509370 Materials Box Stackable. W 11 ½“ x H 6 ½“ x D 13 ½“, W 29.5 x H 16 x D 35 cm. Inner-measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm. 509375 For width 39 ½“, 100 cm For width 25 ¾“ or 39 ½“, 65/100 cm ROLLING CART on page 177. NAME PLATES on page 422. 10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161. Materials Box with Acrylic Front Stackable. Acrylic panes on 1 side. W 8 ½“ x H 6 ½“ x D 13 ½“, W 22 x H 16 x D 35 cm. Inner-measurements: W 8“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 20 x H 15 x D 33 cm. 509390 Acrylic boxes can only be delivered in natural. Materials Box with Acrylic Front Stackable. Acrylic panes on 1 side. W 11 ½“ x H 6 ½“ x D 13 ½“, W 29.5 x H 16 x D 35 cm. Inner-measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm. 509395 Acrylic boxes can only be delivered in natural. Mehr dazu GS-tested auf Seite 853. Made in Germany How to order for your Colors for Material Boxes Select color options; Natural is the standard; Colors available at additional upcharge. WEIS White HBLA Light blue GELB Yellow P657 Clear blue MAIS Maize BLAU Blue ORAN Orange HEGR Light green ROT Red GRÜN Green -Material and Property Boxes Optional Accessories Floor Saver Bottom surface for all materials boxes protects the cupboards and reduces noise. Floor Saver TSTR. 178
Sivu 181


Cabinets and Shelving ... to design your own Personalized Labels Made of sturdy paperboard (250 g/m²) have a hole in the center and are suitable for material bin 509860. They can be designed individually by the children for their personal bins. 10 ½” x 4 ½”, 26.4 x 11.2 cm. 092309 100 pieces Material box This spacious box has enough space to easily contain paper or books. Stackable. Self-designed identity·cards (092309, please order separately) can be inserted into the acrylic front just by twisting off the grip. Solid beech, acrylic. W 11 ½“ x H 6“ x D 15“, W 29 x H 15 x D 35 cm. 509360 Shelving Unit (508402) on page 170. Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms Fabric bins Material boxes Fabric Bin In 2 sizes. Light as a feather, but sturdy, due to plastic inserts in the bottom and the sides. Fabric handles on two sides make it easy to pull the bins out of compartments and to transport them. If the bins are not needed, they can be folded flat. Cordura®. H 6“ x D 13“, H 15 x D 33 cm. 471585 W 7 ¼“, 18 cm, red 471586 W 7 ¼“, 18 cm, blue 471587 W 7 ¼“, 18 cm, yellow 471588 W 7 ¼“, 18 cm, green 471580 W 11 ½“, 29 cm, red 471581 W 11 ½“, 29 cm, blue 471582 W 11 ½“, 29 cm, yellow 471583 W 11 ½“, 29 cm, green Plastic box, height 3”, 7.5 cm Outer-measurements: W 12 ¼“ x L 14 ¾“, W 31.2 x L 37.5 cm. Inner-measurements: W 10” x D 14 ¾”, W 28.5 x D 34.5 cm. 526300 transparent 526301 blue 526302 red (not shown) Plastic box, height 6”, 15 cm Outer-measurements: W 12 ¼“ x L 14 ¾“, W 31.2 x L 37.5 cm. Inner-measurements: W 10” x D 14 ¾”, W 28.5 x D 34.5 cm. 526200 transparent 526201 blue (not shown) 526202 red Storage Box Braided sea-weed with solid wire frame. Outer-measurements: H 6 ½“ x D 14“, H 16 x D 35 cm. Inner-measurements: W 8“ or 10 ¾“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 20 or 27 x H 15 x D 33 cm. 471571 W 8 ¾“, W 22 cm (not shown) 471570 W 11 ½“, W 29 cm Sort and roll storage boxes Rolling sorting box With 6 compartments and 4 locking casters. Beech real wood veneer. W 32“ x H 9“ x D 21 ½“, W 81.2 x H 22.8 x D 54 cm. 125587 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 179
Sivu 182


Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer Self–configurable Material Cabinet 41“, 104.2 cm 18“, 45.7 cm Order plastic material boxes separately, see page 181. Examples material boxes. 31“, 78.1 cm Optional casters found on page 169. Material Cabinet With 4 sets of 8 rails. W 27 ½“ x H 30 ¾“ x D 18“, W 70 x H 78.1 x D 45.7 cm. 509100 Material Cabinet With 4 sets of 8 rails and 2 shelves. W 41 ¼“ x H 30 ¾“ x D 18 ¾“, W 104.2 x H 78.1 x D 45.7 cm. 509102 Material Cabinet With 6 sets of 8 rails. W 41 ¼“ x H 30 ¾“ x D 18“, W 104.2 x H 78.1 x D 45.7 cm. 509101 Material Cabinet With 8 sets of 8 rails. W 54 ½“ x H 30 ¾“ x D 18“, W 138.3 x H 78,1 x T 45,7 cm. 509103 Self–configurable Large Material Cabinet W 39 ½“ x H 71 ¾“ x D 23 ½“, W 100 cm x H 182 cm x T 60 cm Examples Choose size, color and number of boxes depending on your needs. Supply Cabinet With 4 sets of 14 rails, 3 fixed shelves and 5 shelves. 508958 180
Sivu 183


Cabinets and Shelving Self–configurable Rolling Cabinets Order plastic material boxes separately, see below. 18“, 45,7 cm 41 ¼“, 104,2 cm 30“, 75,7 cm Mobile Material Cabinet With 4 casters, 2 locking and 6 sets of 6 rails. W 41 ¼“ x H 30“ x D 18“, W 104.2 x H 75.7 x D 45.7 cm. 509120 Choose size, color and number of boxes depending on your needs. Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms Rolling Bin With 4 casters, 2 locking, 2 sets of 8 rails and 2 ½“, 6 cm deep shelf. W 14 ¼“ x H 34 ¾“ x D 19 ¼“, W 36 x H 88 x D 49 cm. 509122 Rolling Cabinet for Material Bins With 4 casters, 2 locking and 8 sets of 6 rails. W 54 ½“x H 30“ x D 18“, W 138.3 x H 75.7 x D 45.7 cm. 509121 Rolling Cabinet for Material Bins With 2 center dividers, 3 shelves, 4 casters, 2 locking and 4 sets of 13 rails. W 41 ¼“ x H 56 ¼“ x D 18“, W 104.2 x H 142.4 x D 45.7 cm. 509123 Rolling Cabinet With 2 center dividers, 9 shelves, 4 casters, 2 locking. W 41 ¼“ x H 56 ¼“ x D 18“, W 104.2 x H 142.4 x D 45.7 cm. 509124 Sturdy Plastic Material boxes in 4 heights and 6 colors Material: Polypropylene, chemically resistant Ribs reduce the friction on the work surface Optional ¼“, 2.4 mm wall thickness for durability cutout in front allows inside view The strong ½“, 12 mm side borders are streng thened with cross web – solid and resistant Nothing Goes Missing Especially for keeping small items or dust-sensitive materials. For material bins with dimensions W 12 ½“, x D 17“, W 31.2 x D 42.7 cm. Material: Polypropylene, chemically resistant. 051281 Cover for material boxes Plastic Material Box Height 3 ¼”, 7.5 cm Outer measurement: W 12 ¼“ x D 16 ¾“, W 31.2 x D 42.7 cm. Inner measurement: W 11 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 28.6 x D 39.7 cm. 051180 red 051181 blue 051182 yellow 051183 transparent 051171 orange 051172 bright green Plastic Material Box Height 6”, 15 cm Outer measurement: W 12 ¼“ x D 16 ¾“, W 31.2 x D 42.7 cm. Inner measurement: W 11 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 28.6 x D 39.7 cm. 051184 red 051185 blue 051186 yellow 051187 transparent 051173 orange 051174 bright green Plastic Material Box Height 9”, 22.5 cm Outer measurement: W 12 ¼“ x D 16 ¾“, W 31.2 x x D 42.7 cm. Inner measurement: W 11 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 28.6 x D 39.7 cm. 051158 red 051159 blue 051164 yellow 051165 transparent 051175 orange 051176 bright green Plastic Material Box Height 12”, 30 cm Outer measurement: W 12 ¼“ x D 16 ¾“, W 31.2 x D 42.7 cm. Inner measurement: W 11 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 28.6 x D 39.7 cm. 051188 red 051189 blue 051190 yellow 051191 transparent 051177 orange 051178 bright green Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 181
Sivu 184


Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer Space Saving Cupboards W 39 ½“ x H 72“ x D 24“, W 100 x H 182 x D 60 cm Select handle options on page 183. Example on how to equip the cabinets ... ... as tool cabinet .. as creativity cabinet Identification Signs on page 422. 21“, 53.5 cm 16 ½“, 42 cm Property Box, stackable For cupboard depth 24“, 60 cm. W 16 ½” x H 4 ½” x D 21”, W 42 x H 11.2 x D 53.5 cm. 509365 Extra Shelves for cupboards 24“, 60 cm deep Materials Cabinet 4 shelves. 508950 doors in natural finish Material Cabinet 8 shelves. 508951 doors in natural finish Shelf for Cabinets Fits with all space saving cupboards W 39 ½“, 100 cm. 509472 Materials Cabinet 8 shelves and center divider. 508952 doors in natural finish 182 Cabinet for Maps and Puzzles 3 shelves and 8 rolling shelves. 508953 doors in natural finish Material Cabinet with 2 rolling wagons The rolling wagons can be outfitted with material boxes and rolled to the work space. The shelf has an added edge of 2 ½“, 6 cm making it extra deep. Cabinet with 3 shelves. 508954 doors in natural finish Material boxes sold separately. See page 181.
Sivu 185


Cabinets and Shelving 10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161. Mehr dazu GS-tested auf Seite 853. Made in Germany A B Select handle options below. Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms Music Cabinet A 1 shelf, 4 removable rolling shelves with safety stop. 3 shelves. 2 slot strips for hanging up as many as 14 mallets. Arrange shelves in any order or height. Internal box dimensions W 11“ x H 3 ¾“ x D 20 ½“, W 27.5 x H 9.5 x D 51.5 cm. 508956 doors in natural finish Work Material Cabinet B 5 full-width shelves and 3 roll-out shelves that can extend as much as 17 ¾“, 45 cm (with push-in glides and safety catch). Arrange shelves in any order and height. 508957 doors in natural finish C D Gymnastic Cabinet C 2 shelves, one with a strip for retaining balls, 2 removable rolling shelves with adjustable compartment partitions; 1 removable rolling shelf with hoop holder bolted on the bottom and strip with 12 hooks; 2 slit strips for hanging up as many as 14 exercise pins. Supports on the doors for a maximum of 12 exercise rods. All of the rolling shelves run on push-in glides with a safety catch. 508955 doors in natural finish Media Cabinet D The cabinet is large enough to hold a complete media unit and can be moved easily on its four locking casters. 3 shelves and 1 drawer (lock included). W 27 ¾“ x H 56 ¼“ x D 24“, W 70 x H 143 x 62 cm. 509580 doors in natural finish Delivery without equipment. How to order Handles Mandatory Options Please select handle options. By default we deliver metal handle (B306). Length: B306, B328, B300, B317: 4 ½“, 11.4 cm. -Space Saving- and High Cupboards Optional Accessories Colors for colored fronts, and material bins Please select color options; Natural is the standard; Colors available at additional upcharge. WEIS white GELB yellow MAIS maize ORAN orange Lock for hinged doors B306 B328 B300 B317 ROT red HEGR light green HBLA light blue GRÜN dark green P657 clear blue BLAU blue On request and for additional cost we will deliver the hinged doors with a lock. (DSS1) Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 183
Sivu 186


Quality furniture with beech real wood veneer 10 Year GUARANTEE Seat heights conforming to standards as per DIN EN 1729 Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161 Built-in Cupboards W 39 ½“ x H 23 ½“ x D 23 ¾“, W 100 x H 59.6 x D 60 cm Wall unit 2 Space requirements: W 118 ¼" x H 95 ¼" x D 23 ¾", W 300 x H 241.6 x D 60 cm. 509751 GS tested Made in Germany Combination The top piece cupboard fits on paper storage units and the double-door cabinet. Cabinet, open 3 shelves. 509020 Double-Door Cabinet 1 shelf. 509021 doors in natural finish Specify desired handles (p. 183). Top-mount Cabinet, open Center divider, 8 shelves. W 39 ½” x H 38 ¾” x D 23 ¾”, W 100 x H 98 x D 60 cm. 509023 Base Cupboard W 39 ½“ x H 33“ x D 23 ¾“, W 100 x H 83.6 x D 60 cm Paper Cabinet Base 6 open shelves. 509000 509472 additional shelf Double-Door Cabinet 2 shelves. 509001 doors in natural finish Specify desired handles (p. 183). Colored doors and drawers available for upcharge, p. 183. Paper Cabinet 6 drawers. 509002 D 23 ¾“, D 60 cm 509003 D 27 ¾“, D 70 cm Specify desired handles (p. 183). Paper Storage Insert Fits into the drawers of item no. 525150 and item no. 580401. With adjustable inserts. 525100 Wall Shelving in 3 widths Wall Shelf in 4 Widths Select the desired width or combine several shelves with each other. Beech wood veneer. H 10 ¼“ x D 8 ¾“, H 26 x D 22 cm. 120667 W 23 ¾“, 60 cm 120668 W 31 ½“, 80 cm 120669 W 47“, 120 cm 184
Sivu 187


Creativity Room Stable hinges Stable frame made of solid beech wood Space-saving folds up for storage Bar locks the two sides in position both sides are height adjustable Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms Plastic cord prevents easel from opening up unintentionally Tray with two extra deep holders for cups Washable painting surface Easy for teachers to adjust Tray can be removed for cleaning For Younger and Older Children The two working surfaces are independently adjustable. Children from 2 - 6 years of age can work together at the same time. The plastic trays have two extra-deep holders for water cups and room for art supplies, such as crayons, brushes, etc. The trays are removable for washing. When not in use the easel folds up for spacesaving storage. Beech wood, plastic-coated painting surface. W 27 ½“ x H 57“ x D 30“, W 70 x H 90 -138 x D 75.8 cm. 127781 Space-saving Easel This easel allows little artists to paint on both sides and folds up easily for storage. Beech wood with washable painting surfaces made of white plastic. The plastic trays for painting utensils each have 2 cup holders and can be removed for cleaning. W 27 ¾” x H 41” x D 14”, W 70 x H 104 x D 35 cm, painting surface W 27 ¾” x H 24 ½”, W 70 x H 62 cm. 127625 Easel It grows with the child! 3 to 12 year old children can draw on this easel together. Both drawing boards can be adjusted to the right height, completely independent of each other. The plastic trays offer space for art utensils and are removable for cleaning. The easel can be folded to save space. Beech wood, washable white plastic painting surfaces. Size: W 25 ¾" x D 14", W 70 x D 35 cm, H adjustable from 43 ½" - 62", 110 - 157 cm (painting surface upper edge); drawing surface 27 ¾" x 24 ½", 70 x 62 cm (up to DIN A2). 127635 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 185
Sivu 188


Mirror-Easel Draw the reflection Mirror surface Easel and mirror in one Easel is placed on the ground where children can sit on the mirror surface and paint to their heart's content. They can paint either on a piece of paper or directly on the mirror surface. When hung on the wall with the included hanging rack the easel is also a giant wall mirror. The children can see their reflection in the mirror and paint on it. Birch wood frame, safety mirror. L 47 ¼" x W 31 ½" x H/D 3", L 120 x W 80 x H/D 7.4 cm. Delivery includes hanging rack for wall mounting. Cup holder not included. 127782 Floor easel Combination-Easel For wall mounting or freestanding Giant drawing area 21" x 35 ½", 53 x 90 cm Holders for paint and water cups Transformative artist Plywood birch hanging rack, easel made of waterproof lacquered real wood, holder made of plastic. W 23" x H 43 ½", W 58 x H 110 cm, drawing area 21" x 35 ½", 53 x 90 cm. 074233 Combination easel 074234 Hanging rack, L 45 ½" x W 1 ¾" x D 1", L 115 x W 4.0 x D 2.4 cm My-Kim brush The brush handle is thick and easy to hold. This means that ridges and structure can be added to the picture. The round felt head makes it easy to paint. It can also be exchanged and washed. Size: approx. 8", 20 cm long. 074238 186
Sivu 189


Paper roll holder Space for more children 79“, 200 cm Suitable for any age Giant Easel Many children can paint along this 78 ½” long easel. With 3 removable, washable plastic trays and one storage shelf. Birch wood; plastic-coated, washable painting surface. W 78 ½“ x H 48 ½“ x D 10 ¼“, W 200 x H 123 x D 26 cm, painting surface 78 ½” x 39 ½“, 200 x 100 cm. 127761 39 1 / 2 “, 100 cm Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms CREATIVE WALL on page 393. Multi-Easel Ages 2 to 12 Height adjustable Stable A C B Different Easels Configurations For children ages 2 - 12. Can be combined with connecting bolts. Each individual easel is heightadjustable. Each easel features a plastic tray with space for 2 cups. Beech wood frame with washable painting surfaces made out of plastic. Dimensions of each easel: W 21 ½ “ x D 13 ¾“, W 70 x D 35 cm; height-adjustable from 43 ½“ – 63”, 110 - 160 cm; painting surface 21 ½ “ x 24 ½“, 70 x 62 cm. A B C 127791 3-pieces 127792 4-pieces 127793 6-pieces Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 187
Sivu 190


Wall Easel Drawing Wall Wall Easel With washable drawing surface of white plastic and plastic tray for brushes and other utensils. The tray can be removed for cleaning. Frame made of birch wood. Includes mounting materials. W 27 ½“ x H 28“ x D 9“, W 70 x H 71 x D 22.5 cm; drawing surface W 27 ½“ x H 24 ½, 70 x 62 cm. 127957 Drawing Wall Insert paper roll, fasten paper underneath the rails and pins. And once the sheet is filled, just rip it off or roll the paper further down for a long mural. Beech wood, back panel made of hard fiber board. Plastic tray for painting utensils and 2 clamping rails Hardware included. W 27“ x H 47“, W 68 x H 119 cm. 120002 Set of Clamps Plastic. Colors based on availability. 133056 40 pieces Paper Roll Holder Large Paper Roll Holder Wall Holder for Paper Rolls ... with paper cutter. A metal rail ensures neat paper tearoff. Beech wood. For paper rolls use item no. 072078. W 26 ¾“ x H 5 ½“ x D 4 ¼”, W 68 x H 14 x D 11 cm. 072079 Simply Grand Paper rolls of up to 41“, 104 cm in width can be placed in this paper holder. With paper cutter. Birch wood. W 45“ x H 11 ½“, W 114 x H 28.5 cm. Hardware included. 120008 Large Paper Roll Holder (paper roll item no. 072078 sold below) Drawing Paper Rolls for Wall Holder Wood-free, white drawing paper, 87 yds, 80 g/sqm. Roll width: approx. 20“, 50 cm. 072078 55 yds, 50 m Large Paper Roll The 36“, 91.4 cm wide roll is wide enough that children can lie down on the paper and have a life-sized outline of their body traced. Pulp-free, white, 87 yds, 80 g/sqm. Length: 54 yds, 50 m. 072929 55 yds, 50 m 188
Sivu 191


Creativity Room Guardians of order Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms Craft wall shelf Glue, paint, brushes, pens – everything is clearly arranged and easily accessible. The shelf even has two compartments for sheets of paper, and a holder for paper rolls. Birch wood. W 59 ¼" x H 26" x D 8 ½", W 150 x H 66 x D 21.5 cm. 129517 "Crafting boy" paper trays For formats up to 19 ¾" x 27 ¾", 50 x 70 cm Fold out "Crafing boy" paper trays Everything is well arranged in the 4 compartments: odds and ends, snippets and sheets up to a size of 19 ¾" x 27 ¾", 50 x 70 cm. The "crafting boy" helps artists out by storing the contents in a compartment-like, color-sorted and easily accessible manner. Birch wood. W 33 ¼" x H 23" x D 6 ½", W 84 x H 58 x D 16 cm. 129519 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 189
Sivu 192


Mobile Easel Center Space for storing and painting utensils includes 6 drying grids, removable from both sides Shelf 4 casters, 2 locking Age 2 and up For 2 children at the same time Combination Easel and Drying Station Space for drawing paper, drying grids and white painting surface. The deep shelves each hold 2 cups securely and offer space for brushes and other items. The drying grids slide in or out from either side. The shelf unit next to the drying grids has an adjustable shelf insert. With 4 casters, 2 locking. Birch wood, plastic. W 21 ½“ x H 44 ½“ x D 32 ¼“, W 70 x H 113 x D 81.5 cm. Working height: 21 ¾“, 55cm. 2 years and up. 470722 4 casters, 2 locking Grids can be pulled out and are easy to clean 3 heights C B A Mobile picture drying wagon Picture drying wagon in 3 heights Wagon has large and sturdy casters 2 of them lockable. Grids can be pulled out and are easy to clean. Tubular steel or steel wire, galvanized, rack made of MDF in beech decoration. W 37 ¼“ x D 23 ¾“, W 94 x D 60 cm. Unassembled (with assembly instructions). A B C 152983 10 drying grids, H 33 ½“, 84.5 cm 152984 10 drying grids, H 33 ½“, 84.5 cm (white rack mate, not shown) 152979 15 drying grids, H 40 ¾“, 103 cm 152980 25 drying grids, H 60 ¼“, 153 cm 190
Sivu 193


Dry Paintings Moveable Drying Frame For paper 11 ¾“ x 16 ½“,29.7 x 42 cm Room for 25 shelves or Painting boards (Order separately) D Picture Drying Rack Includes 15 shelves Wall mounted For paper up to 11 ¾“ x 16 ½“, 29.7 x 42 cm When folded together only 3", 7 cm deep E Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms Fold out picture dryer The 15 shelves are hung in to dry pictures. If the frame is not needed then it folds up nice and small on the wall. Without the grid the frame is only 3", 7 cm deep. Includes fastening materials and 15 shelves. Wood, metal. Size folded out: W 19 ¾" x H 44 ¼" x D 17 ¾", W 50 x H 112 x D 45 cm. 152975 Painting board for drying frames Table drying frame F Metal drying frame Pictures that are still wet can be dried on the 20 grids (19 ¾“ x 15 ½“, 50 x 39 cm) without physical contact. Metal. 31 ¼“ x 15 ½“, 79 x 50 cm. 159641 Moveable drying frame without grids D This frame has room for 25 drying grids or painting boards. Pedestal made of solid beech, side walls made of genuine birch. W 19 ¼“ x H 33 ½“ x D 13 ¼“, W 48.5 x H 85 x D 33.5 cm. 151810 Drying grid for drying frames E For use with Drying frame 152379 and 151810. Powder-coated metal. Color: red. 19” x 13”, 48 x 33 cm. 152380 1 piece 152646 5 pieces Painting board for drying frames F Fits both 152379 and 151810. With small sliding stoppers on the underside. MDF, with white coating on both sides. W 19“ x D 13“, W 48 x D 33 cm. 152653 1 piece 152654 5 pieces Wooden drying frame Easily transported with the wide handle. Unit includes 10 grids. Side components made of birch wood; order additional grids for maximum capacity. Frame measures: Approximately W 20” x H 16 ½” x D 14 ¾”, W 51 x H 42 x D 37.5 cm. 152379 191
Sivu 194


Craft Cart Real Birch Wood Craft Carts Arts & Craft Cart 33 1 / 2 “, 84,7 cm 43“,110 cm Back MATERIAL BOXES on page 181 Craft Wagon There is plenty of space here for paper, paints and brushes. Underneath there is a compartment for DIN A2 format paper, at the back there are 3 compartments, at the front 5 vertical paper compartments (DIN A3 format) and space for material boxes (order separately, see page 181). On the top there are 8 material compartments with adjustable divisions. With 4 casters, 2 locking. Birch wood. W 43 ½" x H 33 ½" x D 23 ¾", W 110 x H 84.7 x D 60 cm. 470720 Studio Cart Back with 4 small compartments 10 Year GUARANTEE 32 1 / 4 “, 81,5 cm Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. Made in Germany 23 1 / 2 “, 60 cm 27 1 / 2 “, 70 cm Studio Cart Four open shelves from front to back hold different sizes of paper. For example, in formats up to DIN A3 format; 2 x 6 rails for sliding supply bins and 4 smaller compartments behind the supply bins (order separately on p. 181). Six height-adjustable top compartments with ample space for paints, brushes and water cups. Four casters, two locking, make the cart mobile or stationary. Birch wood. W 21 ½“ x H 32 ¼“ x D 23 ¾“, W 70 x H 81.5 x D 60 cm. 470721 192
Sivu 195


Creativity Creativity Cart A 2 sizes 4 solid-stop caster B 26 3 / 4 “ , 67 cm 34“, 86 cm C Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms Mobile Creativity Cart With 2 or 3 side compartments, 2 or 3 plastic material bins (approx. 18“ x 19“, 45.7 x 48.2 cm, H 3 ½“, 8.4 cm) and a rack on top - ideal for paint bottles. Birch wood. W 23“ x D 20 ¼“, W 58.6 x D 51.4 cm. A B 470711 H 26 ½“, 67 cm 470712 H 34”, 86 cm Flat Drawer for DIN A3 format C Outer measurement: W 18” x H 3 ¼ x D 19”, W 45.7 x H 8.4 x D 48.2 cm. Inner measurement: W 15 ¾” x H 3 ¼” x D 16 ½”, W 40 x H 8.4 x D 42 cm. 051196 red 051197 blue 051198 yellow 051169 green Paper Cart Theme Wagon 4 casters, 2 locking 7 staggered partitions Back with 4 casters, 2 locking drilled holes 43 ½“, 110 cm Front Can be used on both sides! Back 30“, 76 cm 15“, 38 cm Theme Wagon The theme wagon offers space for materials, e.g. instruments, and can be used in many different areas. Front has deeper shelves, the back small bore holes for attaching storage containers or brackets. Different accessories are available for the four movable dividers. Birch wood. W 39 ½“ x H 43 ½“ x D 19“, W 100 x H 110 x D 48 cm. 456101 Paper Cart This paper cart allows easy-access to paper, cardboard or pictures. With 7 removable dividers and 4 casters, 2 lockable. Birch wood. W 30“ x H 26“ x D 15“, W 76 x H 65.5 x D 38 cm. 525200 Shelf Insert With acrylic edge. W35 ¼“ x D 4“, W 89 x D 10 cm. 473323 Buttons Made of birch and metal. 473310 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 193
Sivu 196


Order seperately material bins (page 178). Studio Cart Artists wagon Store art utensils neatly and organized. 3 removable material boxes (W 11 ¾" x H 3" x D 14", W 29.5 x H 7 x D 35 cm) and one variable insert for brushes and scissors. If desired the two pigeon holes at the top can be divided into smaller compartments with 2 dividers each. 2 frontto-back shelves, 2 smaller shelves next to the material boxes (D 14", 35 cm) and 2 small compartments (D 8 ½", 21 cm) on the back of the boxes 2 locking casters. Beech wood veneer. W 32" x H 30" x D 23 ¾", W 81 x H 76 x D 60 cm. 125586 Artists wagon 32¾“, 60 cm 32“, 81 cm 3 material boxes MATERIAL BOXES on page 178. Folding cabinet, 3-piece Easily and compactly folded; everything is stored in a small space 39“, 99 cm Folding cabinet, 3-piece, with built-in compartments Closed everything is neatly stored away and tidied up – and can even be padlocked. Opened, everything is clearly displayed. Closed: W 32“ x D 32“ x H 39“, W 80 x D 80 x H 99 cm. Opened: W 63“ x D 16” x H 39“, W 160 x D 40 x H 99 cm. Folding cupboard with materials boxes fitted with 4 materials boxes (shown here), 820790 and 3 materials boxes, 820810. More details on materials boxes see page 178 and 181. 124700 When opened everything is accessible Note Matching wooden materials boxes (509380) on page 178 and plastic boxes on page 181. 194
Sivu 197


Storage Multi Use Wagon A B + 2 x Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms Quickly expanded with hanging boxes = Multi Use Wagon A Removable insert tray for paint brushes. Made of solid beechwood and beech veneer wood. Casters. W 29” x H 25” x D 15 ½”, W 74 x H 63.9 x D 39.4 cm. 820160 Hanging boxes for multi-rolling drawer B This practical box, which can be hung on either side, creates even more space for craft materials, painting utensils etc. Beech wood veneer. Size: W 8" x H 23 ¼" x D 14 ¼", W 20 x H 58.6 x D 36 cm. 820165 1 piece Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 195
Sivu 198


Not available in the U.S.A. Little Researchers Big Experiments Year GUARANTEE Product Advantages >> Easy to wipe down surfaces >> Shelves with lots of storage space: tools are easy to find and quick to tidy away >> 4 casters, 2 of which can be locked, make the play center flexible and stable >> The pivoted load arm with 2 hooks allows you to hang items where they‘re needed: • 1 hook is directly above the experiment basin: ideal for sand art, for example • 1 hook is set away from the workbench: suitable for floor experiments such as using the pulley Integrated elements encourage them to experiment swiveling load arm removable experiment basin light box corner mirror Little Researchers Just the place for getting to the bottom of things - the mobile research lab fits through any door and can turn any room into a research room. Alongside its many practical features, the 4 levels of the lab offer plenty of space for storing away experiment materials. Easy to clean surfaces, stainless steel pipes, 4 casters, 2 locking. Ø 34 ¾”, 88 cm, workbench height 26 ½”, 67 cm, total height 55 ¼”, 140 cm. 120807 Note: not suitable for children aged under 3 Long hose/ chain pose risk of strangulation. Note: use must be fully supervised at all times additional storage space in lower section store away to save space only 15 ¾“, 40 cm deep when folded up Everything is ready to go on the Learning Wall Mounted Folding Table (59 ½", 151 cm deep when folded out) Learning Wall Mounted Folding Table Combined cupboard and table. The cupboard has 2 fixed shelves and 2 compartments with a lid. The table can be folded out or away as required. Includes items needed to secure the folding table to the wall. Beech real wood veneer. Table top length 47 ¼”, 120 cm x width 27 ¾”, 70 cm, cupboard width 29 ½”, 74,5 cm x height 49”, 124 cm. 184120 H 18 ¼“, 46 cm 184121 H 21“, 53 cm 184122 H 23 ¼“, 59 cm 184123 H 25 ¼“, 64 cm 184124 H 28“, 71 cm Select table surface (p. 24) 196
Sivu 199


Not available in the U.S.A. Research The Research Tower - Mobile research corner drawers magnetic board and hook plug sockets mirror cabinet Year GUARANTEE blubb blubb Nothing inspires children more than the chance to explore their environment and solve the mysteries of daily life. The reason? Their innate curiosity and virtually insatiable thirst for knowledge. What could be better than carrying out their own scientific and technical experiments? Children can even acquire knowledge during their experiments that will form the basis for careers later in life. Neurological studies have shown that these ages are often the time when the foundations for an interest in technology and math are formed. The Researcher Tower offers an opportunity for little researchers of today to become the scientists, technicians and engineers of tomorrow! Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms transparent central panel light boxes adjustable ramp lockable casters 170 cm, 67” A space saving deisgn, with lots of features to explore When completely opened up and folded out, the Research Tower offers lots of space to experiment. With the tables folded up, the unit can be stored into the corner to save space, taking up a lot less room than other children’s research labs with comparable levels of equipment. The lab also fits through doorways, so it can be moved from room to room at any time. Its numerous features inspire curiosity and awake the desire to discover the world. The Research Tower offers almost unlimited opportunities for exciting scientific projects. All of the work surfaces are 26 ½”, 67 cm high and designed for preschoolers. Other heights are available on request. The tower has a standard 230 V mains plug. W 47 ¼” x H 67” x D 27 ¾”, W 120 x H 170 x D 70 cm (108 ¾”, 276 cm when folded out), inclined plane: L 35 ½” x W 8 ¾”, L 90 x W 22 cm. 120804 Research Tower Product Advantages comes with lots of storage space and occupies a small space when assembled >> easy to wipe down surfaces >> foldout tables on opposite sides >> acrylic panel partition: so you can keep an eye on the little researchers at all times and the children can see each other at work. >> integrated light boxes for experiments >> 2 vertical mirrored surfaces, one of which folds out, and 1 transportable mirror (safely stored away in the lower drawer) >> lots of drawers and shelves for storage: research tools are quick to find >> integrated inclined plane (can be set at 5 different inclinations) >> 2 magnetic boards for learning about this invisible force >> 2 hooks for hanging pulleys, tubing… >> 2 child-safe power sockets for connecting electric devices like electron microscopes >> 4 casters, 2 lockable Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 197
Sivu 200


Exploration Center MATERIAL BOXES on page 181 Example Combinations Exploration Center A, with magnifying bridge and experimentation frame light box Not available in USA. Exploration Center water with water/sand attachment Product Advantages >> Stand-up working height for preschool children >> Can be adjusted to the available space >> Lockable casters >> Experiment frames that are within reach >> Allows for experiments on light, optics, magnetism, water and sand Not available in USA. >> Models can be connected using the experiment frames and have a water-resistant HPL surface Exploration Centers A and B, with triangular work plate, shelf attachment and magnifying bridge Exploration Center A, experimentation frame light box, magnifying bridge, Exploration Center B and shelf attachment Not available in USA. 198
Sivu 201


Exploration Center Button stops on the upper edge of the Exploration Centers make it possible to attach work plates or experimentation frames for different combinations. Four levels with 1 ¾”, 4 cm height difference each (bowl transparent contrary to image shown) Exploration Center A Takes up little space yet offers lots of space for all types of experiments. The center can be equipped with plastic trays or different frames. The needed frame is attached on top and the frames that are not needed are slipped into one of the 5 bays. The four casters make it easy to move the center quickly aside or to the next room. Solid beech, laminate beech. W 33 ¼“ x H 25 ½“ x D 34“, W 84.8 x H 65 x D 86 cm. Order trays and frames separately. 120943 Exploration Center B Can be used individually or connected via work plates to the two other Exploration Centers (120943 and 120945). Beech wood, top edge made of water-resistant HPL. Equipment: 6 button stops, 4 casters, on both sides 2 x 4 guide rails for material bins (order bins separately, p. 178), 1 shelf and one fixed shelf. W 35“ x H 25 ½” x D 35“, W 88.4 x H 65 x D 88.4 cm. 120944 Exploration Center Water Transparent water basin with four levels (height difference in each case 1 ½”, 4 cm) is enough space for all kinds of water experiments. For emptying the basin, a bucket can be placed into the cut-out drain. The little intermediate shelf is a practical storage space for materials. With 6 button stops and 4 casters. Water-resistant HPL, basin made of rigid PVC. W 35“ x H 27“ x D 35“, W 88.4 x H 68.7 x D 88.4 cm. 120945 Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms Attachments Magnifying Bridge With two magnifying glasses (Ø 2“ and 4“, 5 and 10 cm) and 5 colored prisms. Side parts made of polyethylene, bottom of acrylic glass. W 28 ½“ x H 10“ x D 7”, W 72 x H 25 x D 18 cm. 111437 Water/Sand With bore holes for hoses and funnels as well as 2 rolling hooks for buckets and canisters. It fits on top of the Exploration Center water and all of the experimentation frames. Powder coated metal, polyethylene skids. W 29 ¼“ x H 18 ¼“ x D 15 ½“, W 74 x H 46 x D 39 cm. 111433 Shelf Hoses and other devices can be hung up or laid down. Fits on top of the Exploration Center water and all of the experimentation frames. Powder coated metal, polyethylene skids. W 29 ¼“ x H 20“ x D 15 ½“, W 74 x H 51 x D 39 cm. 111436 Experiment Tray Plastic tray is for experiments involving water, sand, and similar materials. W 31 ½“ x D 31 ½“, W 80 x D 80 cm, H approx. 2”, 5 cm. 120930 Metal Frame Metal frame is for experiments involving magnets. Solid beech frame. W 31 ½“ x D 31 ½“, W 80 x D80 cm, H approx. ¾“, 2 cm. 120935 Cork Frame Cork panel is used for nails, pins, and to build circuits. Cork is also a great sound asorbing material. Solid beech frame. W 31 ½“ x D 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm, H approx. ¾“, 2 cm. 120936 Mirror Frame Fascinating experiments with mirrors and different materials will keep children busy for hours and promote imagination. Solid beech frame. W 31 ½“ x D 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm, H approx. ¾“, 2 cm. 120937 Experimentation Frame Light Box Here, children can get to the bottom of things and see. With fluorescent tubes as well as 3 m of cable with switch. Acrylic plate, plastic frame. 31 ½“ x 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm, H 6 ¾“, 17 cm. 120938 Not available in USA. Work Plate Square Attachment for the Exploration Centers A and B as well as for connecting the Exploration Centers. Sits on the button stops. HPL, white. W 31 ½“ x D 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm. 120947 Work Plate Triangle For connecting the Exploration Centers at an angle, it sits on the button stops. Plate can be stored in the Exploration Center A. HPL, white. Side length 31 ½“, 80 cm. 120946 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 199
Sivu 202


Foam Platforms • Combinable • Promotes balance and dexterity • Can be reconfigured any time into a new activity landscape • Develops various basic abilities: crawling, balancing • Requires different types of motion These platforms make the landscapes even more varied and interesting. Feel tactile elements with hands and feet Discover mirror images in the platform landscape 200
Sivu 203


Platforms · Trapeze Platforms
Sivu 204


Wall decorations from page 367. Wall mirror on page 385. Tactile wall fixtures from page 371. Platform landscape 2 Space requirements: 173 ¼” x 31 ½”, height 4”/9 ¼”, 440 x 80 cm, H 10/23 cm. 128352 6 pieces Platform landscape 3 Space requirements: 110 ¼” x 31 ½”, H 8”/13” , 280 x 80 cm, H 20/33 cm. 128353 5 pieces Platform landscape 4 Space requirements: 94 ½” x 63”, H 8”, 240 x 160 cm, H 20 cm. 128354 4 pieces Platform landscape 5 Space requirements: 189” x 94 ½”, H 8”/13”, 480 x 240 cm, H 20/33 cm. 128355 9 pieces Platform landscape 6 Space requirements: 94 ½” x 63”, H 8”/15 ¾”, 240 x 160 cm, H 20/40 cm. 128356 5 pieces Platform landscape 7 Space requirements: 157 ½” x 31 ½”, H 8”/13”, 400 x 80 cm, H 20/33 cm. 128357 5 pieces Platform landscape 8 Space requirements: 94 ½” x 94 ½”, H 4”/8”, 240 x 240 cm, H 10/20 cm. 128358 9 pieces Platform landscape 9 Space requirements: 94 ½” x 94 ½”, H 8”/15 ¾”, 240 x 240 cm, H 20/40 cm. 128359 9 pieces 202
Sivu 205


Overview Select synthetic leather color. Foam platforms Square/Rectangle 128139 W 31 ½” x H 4” x D 15 ¾”, W 80 x H 10 x D 40 cm 128138 W 31 ½” x H 4” x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 10 x D 80 cm 128214 W 31 ½” x H 8” x D 15 ¾”, W 80 x H 20 x D 40 cm 128215 W 31 ½” x H 8” x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 20 x D 80 cm 128216 W 31 ½” x H 15 ¾” x D 15 ¾”, W 80 x H 40 x D 40 cm 128217 W 31 ½” x H 15 ¾” x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 40 x D 80 cm Rectangle with reflective foil W 31 ½” x D 31 ½”, W 80 x D 80 cm. 128227 H 8“, 20 cm 128228 H 15 ¾“, 40 cm PREMIUM QUALITY ?? Quality platforms for many generations of children. 1 Hygienic surface The surface is wonderfully tactile. The robust synthetic leather cover is hard-wearing, washable and flame retardant. Öko Tex 100, product class I (see page 226). Podeste Trapeze Wedge 128132 W 31 ½” x H 4” x D 15 ¾”, W 80 x H 10 x D 40 cm 128134 W 31 ½” x H 4” x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 10 x D 80 cm 128133 W 31 ½” x H 8” x D 15 ¾”, W 80 x H 20 x D 40 cm 128224 W 31 ½” x H 8” x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 20 x D 80 cm 128218 W 31 ½” x H 15 ¾” x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 40 x D 80 cm Simple wave 128245 W 15 ¾“ x H 8“ x D 31 ½“, W 40 x H 20 x D 80 cm 128246 W 31 ½“ x H 8“ x D 31 ½“, W 80 x H 20 x D 80 cm 128247 W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“ x D 31 ½“, W 40 x H 40 x D 80 cm 128248 W 31 ½“ x H 15 ¾“ x D 31 ½“, W 80 x H 40 x D 80 cm Dip 128143 W 31 ½” x H 8” x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 20 x D 80 cm Quarter-circle Leg length 31 ½”, 80 cm 128144 H 4”, 10 cm 128221 H 8“, 20 cm 128223 H 15 ½”, 40 cm Rectangle with haptic circles Each piece has circles made from green fabric, reflective foil, and fleecy fabric with crackling foil beneath. W 31 ½” x D 31 ½”, W 80 x D 80 cm. 128225 H 8“, 20 cm 128226 H 15 ¾“, 40 cm Stairs 128145 W 31 ½” x H 4“/8“ x D 15 ¾”, W 80 x H 10/20 x D 40 cm 128146 W 31 ½” x H 4“/8“ x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 10/20 x D 80 cm 128220 W 31 ½” x H 8“/15 ¾“ x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 20/40 x D 80 cm Platform hill 128140 W 31 ½” x H 4“/9” x D 15 ¾”, W 80 x H 10/23 x D 40 cm 128142 W 31 ½” x H 4“/9“ x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 10/23 x D 80 cm 128141 W 31 ½“ x H 8“/13“ x D 15 ¾“ W 80 x H 20/33 x D 40 cm 128219 W 31 ½” x H 8“/13” x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 20/33 x D 80 cm 2 3 2 Solid mat core – no sinking! The mat core is made of high-quality RG 25/60 foam (= creating density – an important mark of quality. Your feet won‘t sink into our extra solid foam, meaning children won‘t trip over edges. 3 Slip-safe The rubberized underside with its high-grip honeycomb structure means the platforms won‘t separate. Year GUARANTEE 1 Platforms How to order Synthetic leather color Mandatory Options Optional Base body available with 1021 Buttercup yellow GRÜN Green 1028 Melon yellow HEGR Light green MAND Mandarin 6017 May green ERDB Strawberry AQBL Watercolor blue 3000 Fire red 5012 Light blue ECRU Ecru 5017 Traffic blue 7012 Taupe TBLA Turquoise CME upholstery that has been made entirely out of flame-retardant materials (subject to a 25 % additional charge). Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 203
Sivu 206


Platforms – solid beech wood • in 2 sizes and 3 heights • interchangeable • develop spatial cognition • train sense of balance • improve body control • the range of materials stimulates sense of touch • dimensions perfectly tailored to children’s requirements 204
Sivu 207


Platforms W 15 ¾“, H 4 ½“ W 39.4 cm, H 11 cm Platform combination 4, small Carpeted with: Tretford T555 sand, T622 light green and T601 brown and mirror platform made of safety glass. Space requirements: approx. W 77 ¾” x H 4 ½” x D 46 ¾”, W 197 x H 11 x D 118.5 cm. 846607 6 pieces Platform combination 1, small Carpeted with: Tretford T622 light green and T555 sand and mirror platform made of safety glass. Space requirements: approx. W 93 ¼” x H 4 ½” x D 15 ¾”, W 236.5 x H 11 x D 39.4 cm. 846609 6 pieces Platforms Platform combination 3, small Carpeted with: Tretford T517 blue, T641 watercolor blue and T516 dark blue. Space requirements: approx. W 62 ¼” x H 4 ½” x D 31 ¼”, W 158 x H 11 x D 79 cm. 846606 6 pieces Platform combination 2, small Carpeted with: Tretford T641 watercolor blue and T555 sand. Space requirements: approx. W 62 ¼” x H 4 ½” x D 31 ¼”, W 158 x H 11 x D 79 cm. 846610 5 pieces Platform combination 5, small With L071 sand and L123 green linoleum surface and mirror platform made of safety glass. Space requirements: approx. W 62 ¼” x H 4 ½” x D 15 ¾”, W 158 x H 11 x D 39.4 cm. 846608 4 pieces HABA quality 10 Year GUARANTEE ¼”, 5-mm safety edge exceptionally secure dowel joints Linoleum surface practical carry handle 3 platform surfaces • hygienic and anti bacterial particularly suitable for toddlers • wipe-clean and easy to disinfect • anti-static • soft and quiet • made from naturally renewable raw materials dimensionally stable thanks to interlocking sheets of solid beech wood >> does not warp Tretford carpet • hard-wearing particularly suitable for preschool and school • heat-regulating and dust-binding • anti-static • Natural fi ber carpet, more information on p. 280 All of the colors the materials are available in can be found on p. 211. Solid Beech Wood Made in Germany Fabromont carpet • extremely robust, durable and hard-wearing particularly suitable for preschool and school • suitable for allergy sufferers • UV-resistant and lightfast • anti-static • Kugelgarn carpet, more information on p. 281 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 205
Sivu 208


Sensory panels on page 374 onwards. NEW! Platform Combination 13 Carpeted with: Tretford T555 sand, T622 light green, T601 brown and T641 watercolor blue and mirror platform made of safety glass. Real birch wood, Tretford surface. Space requirements: 77 ¾” x 124 ¼”, H 4 ½”/8 ¾”/14 ¼” , 197 x 315.5 cm, H 11/22/36 cm. 846485 7 pieces Quadrant Unit NEW! Square Platform NEW! Platform combination 4 quadrant units with L071 sand linoleum surface. Size of each platform: 31 ¼” x 31 ¼”, H 4 ½” and 8 ¾” , 78.8 x 78.8 cm, H 11 and 22 cm. 846488 4 pieces Platform Combination 17 Carpeted with: Tretford T622 light green and featuring a rolling drawer Space requirements: 31 ¼” x 31 ¼”, H 8 ¾”, 78.8 x 78.8 cm, H 22 cm. 846486 2 pieces Corner Mirror NEW! This product comes from the discovery rooms (on page 102). Discovery Rooms! Platform Combination 14 Mirror platform and 2 wall mirrors. Space requirements: 31 ¼” x 31 ¼”, H 8 ¾”, 78.8 x 78.8 cm, H 22 cm. 846487 3 pieces 206
Sivu 209


Sensory panels on page 374 onwards. Platform Combination 10 Carpeted with: Tretford T517, wave platform T516 and cave platform of heavy duty glass. Space requirements: 108” x 93 ¼”, 274.2 x 236.4 cm. 846498 9 pieces Up and down, over ramps and steps – all of these help to improve balance. The manhole is especially thrilling for little explorers. Platforms The varied movement course features troughs, ramps and mounds. Platform Combination 3 Carpeted with Fabromont F 165 red. Space requirements: 139“ x 62“, H 8 ¾“/14 ¼", 354.6 x 157.6 cm, H 22/36 cm 846491 7 pieces Reinvent spaces with this functional combination – shown here with a small bridge and grotto. Platform Combination 8 Carpeted with Fabromont F 164 blue. Space requirements: 108“ x 62“, H 8 ¾“/25“, 275.8 x 157.6 cm, H 22/63.4 cm 846496 4 pieces Platform Combination 6 Carpeted with Tretford T 555 sand, cave and mirror platform with safety glass. Space requirements: 93“ x 93“, H 8 ¾”/17 ½”, 236.4 x 236.4 cm, H 22/44.2 cm. 846494 8 pieces Manhole cover and tunnel platforms featuring an "underground" crawlspace and safety glass to walk on. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 207
Sivu 210


Platform Combination 11 With Tretford T622 light green carpet surface and step mirror platform made of safety glass. Space requirements: 62 ¼“ x 46 ½“, H 8 ¾“, 157.6 x 118 cm, H 22 cm. 846499 3 pieces The mirrored steps create fascinating mirror images when using and building on them. Platform Combination 15 Carpeted with: Tretford T566 dark green and T622 light green, step mirror platform made of safety glass and featuring a rolling drawer. Space requirements: 77 ¾” x 62 ¼”, H 8 ¾”, 197 x 158 cm, H 22 cm. 846489 5 pieces Platform Combination 16 Carpeted with: Tretford T622 light green, T555 sand and T601 brown and step mirror platform made of safety glass. Space requirements: 124 ¼” x 31 ¼”, H 8 ¾”/14 ¼” , 315 x 79 cm, H 22/36 cm. 846490 5 pieces Platform Combination 17 Carpeted with: Tretford T641 watercolor blue, T555 sand, T601 brown and 2 rolling drawers. Space requirements: 124 ¼” x 62 ¼”, H 17 ½”, 315 x 158 cm, H 44.2 cm. 846439 8 pieces Platform Combination 18 Carpeted with: Tretford T517 light blue, T641 watercolor blue and mirror platform and step mirror platform made of safety glass. Space requirements: 140 ¼” x 31 ¼”, H 8 ¾”/25” , 356 x 79 cm, H 22/63.4 cm. 846466 5 pieces 208
Sivu 211


Building Platforms Everything in one handy place: a large, flat, raised surface. These make for an ideal building site – children love simply playing on the floor. The platforms form a relatively safe base for construction and creative endeavors can be left standing a bit longer. Children can continue their buildings piece by piece or just play with them over and over again. Use alone or combine with other platforms 10 Year GUARANTEE ¼”, 5-mm safety edge Solid Beech Wood Made in Germany Platforms A B C Platforms Ramps on page 210. Step Corner Platform A Corner Platform, small 2 materials boxes (item no. 509375, p. 178, please order separately) fit underneath the platform. Solid beech wood. W 34“ x H 8 ¾“ x D 34“, W 86 x H 22 x D 86 cm. 846255 Carpet surface 847255 Linoleum surface Select carpet or linoleum color (p. 211). Corner Platform, Large B 2 rolling drawers (item no. 846272, please order separately) fit underneath the platform. Solid beech wood. W 74 ¼“ x H 8 ¾“ x D 74 ¼“, W 188 x H 22 x D 188 cm. 846305 Carpet surface 847305 Linoleum surface Select carpet or linoleum color (p. 211). Rolling Drawer C For the corner platform (item no. 846305 and 847305). Beech real wood veneer. W 28 ¼“ x H 6 ¾“ x D 30 ¼“, W 71.3 x H 16.6 x D 76.5 cm, box inner size: W 19 ½“ x H 5“ x D 28 ¾“, W 49.1 x H 12.5 x D 72.5 cm. 846272 Great Value Beech Platforms Quality >> Dimensionally stable thanks to solid, laminated beech wood, 1“, 20 mm thick >> Exceptionally secure dowel joints >> Lots of arrangements and combinations possible Play Bench W 31 ¼“ x H 12“ x D 15 ¾“, W 78.8 x H 30 x D 39.4 cm. 847600 Trapezoid Bench W 46 ½“/31 ¼“ x H 12“ x D 13 ½“, W 117.5/78.8 x H 30 x D 34 cm. Leg length 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm. 847610 Square Platform W 31 ¼“ x H 12“ x D 31 ¼“, W 78.8 x H 30 x D 78.8 cm. 847620 Rolling Drawer Matches the play bench (item no. 847600) and the square platform (item no. 847620). Beech real wood veneer. W 28 ¾“ x H approx. 8“ x D 13 ½“, W 73 x H approx. 20 x D 34 cm. 847625 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 209
Sivu 212


Versatile Solid Beech Wood Platforms with Carpet or Linoleum covering Small platforms W 15 ¾", H 4 ½" x D 15 ¾", W 39.4 x H 11 x D 39.4 cm • Extra-small platforms for smaller children • Can be moved by the children • Please separately order platform brackets to connect together • With floor glides Select carpet or linoleum options on page 211. 10 Year GUARANTEE NEW! Ramp Carpet 846565 Linoleum 847565 Square Platform Carpet 846570 Linoleum 847570 Quadrant Unit Platform Carpet 846575 Linoleum 847575 with Carpet or Linoleum covering Solid Beech Wood Made in Germany Trough Platform Carpet 846585 Hill Platform Carpet 846590 Mirror Platform 846580 Platforms Select carpet or linoleum options on page 211. Low Rectangular Platform W 15 ¾” x D 31 ¼”, W 39.4 x D 78.8 cm. Carpet 846450 H 4 ½“, 11 cm 846100 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm Low Square Platform W 31 ¼” x D 31 ¼”, W 78.8 x D 78.8 cm. Carpet 846451 H 4 ½“, 11 cm 846130 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm Low Square Platform W 31 ¼” x D 31 ¼”, W 78.8 x D 78.8 cm. Carpet 846365 H 8 ¾“, 22 cm High Square Platform W 31“ x H 18“ x D 31“, W 78.8 x H 44.2 x D 78.8 cm. Carpet 846150 H 17 ½ “, 44 cm Triangular Platform W 31 ¼” x L 42 ¾”, W 78.8 x L 108 cm. Carpet 846454 H 4 ½“, 11 cm 846420 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm Linoleum 847450 H 4 ½”, 11 cm 847105 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm Linoleum 847451 H 4 ½”, 11 cm 847130 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm Linoleum 847365 H 8 ¾“, 22 cm Linoleum 847150 H 17 ½ “, 44 cm Linoleum 847454 H 4 ½”, 11 cm 847420 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm Low Rectangular Platform Ramp W 15 ¾” x D 31 ¼”, W 39.4 x D 78.8 cm. Carpet 846452 H 4 ½“, 11 cm 846110 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm Low Square Platform Ramp W 31 ¼” x D 31 ¼”, W 78.8 x D 78.8 cm. Carpet 846453 H 4 ½“, 11 cm 846120 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm High Square Platform Ramp W 31 ¼” x D 31 ¼”, W 78.8 x D 78.8 cm. Carpet 846457 H 4 ½” and 8 ¾”, 11 and 22 cm 846140 H 8 ¾” and 17 ½”, 22 and 44.2 cm Wave Platform W 46“ x D 31 ¼”, W 116.6 x D 78.8 cm. Carpet 846480 H 17 ½ “, 44 cm Quadrant Unit Platform Size: 31 ¼“ x 31 ¼“, 78.8 x 78.8 cm. Carpet 846475 H 4 ½“, 11 cm 846216 H 8 ¾“, 22 cm Linoleum 847452 H 4 ½”, 11 cm 847110 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm Linoleum 847453 H 4 ½”, 11 cm 847120 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm Linoleum 847457 H 4 ½” and 8 ¾”, 11 and 22 cm 847140 H 8 ¾” and 17 ½”, 22 and 44,2 cm Linoleum 847475 H 4 ½“, 11 cm 847216 H 8 ¾“, 22 cm 210
Sivu 213


in 3 Heights The Original! Select carpet or linoleum options below. Platforms Trough Platform W 31 ¼” x H 8 ¾” x D 31 ¼”, W 78.8 x H 22 x D 78.8 cm. Carpet 846170 Hill Platform W 31 ¼” x D 31 ¼”, W 78.8 x D 78.8 cm. Carpet 846455 H 4 ½” and 10“ , 11 and 25 cm 846160 H 8 ¾” and 14 ½”, 22 and 36 cm Bridge Platform, Low Can be combined with the low square platforms and the ramp platforms. W 46 ¾” x H 25“ x D 31 ¼”, W 118.2 x H 63.4 x D 78.8 cm. Carpet 846190 Linoleum 847190 Tunnel-Platform Combine with the manhole platform to create a real “subterranean crawling-system”. W 31 ¼” x H 17 ½” x D 31 ¼”, W 78.8 x H 44.2 x D 78.8 cm. Carpet 846280 Linoleum 847275 Manhole Platform W 31 ¼” x H 17 ½” x D 31 ¼”, W 78.8 x H 44.2 x D 78.8 cm. Carpet 846180 Linoleum 847180 Platforms can be used on their own or with other platforms Platforms Cave Platform with Safety-Glass With safety glass-plate, can be walked on. W 31“ x H 8“ x D 31“, W 78.8 x H 44.2 x D 78.8 cm. 846225 Square Mirror Platform Mirror made of safety-glass, can be walked on. W 31 ¼” x D 31 ¼”, W 78.8 x D 78.8 cm. 846456 H 4 ½“, 11 cm 846220 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm Mirror Step Platform Excellent for three-dimensional building. Can be integrated with other platforms or used individually. Steps with safety mirror can be walked on. W 31 ¼“ x H 8 ¾“ x D 15 ¾“, W 78.8 x H 22 x D 39.4 cm, step height 4 ½“ and 4 ¼“, 11.2 and 10.8 cm, step depth 7 ¾“, 19.7 cm. 846465 Step W 31 ¼“ x H 8 ¾“ x D 15 ¾“, W 78.8 x H 22 x D 39.4 cm; step height 4 ½“ and 4 ¼“, 11.2 and 10.8 cm, step depth 7 ¾“, 19.7 cm. Carpet 846445 Linoleum 847445 Rolling Cart for 846365 and 847365 W 30” x H 5 ¾” x D 28 ¾”, W 76.1 x H 14.1 x D 73.2 cm. 846235 Rolling Cart for Platform 846150 W 28 ¾” x H 14“ x D 30“, W 73 x H 35 x D 76 cm (with casters). 846210 Platform Slide Can be combined with platform elements of height 17 ½“, 44.2 cm (except cave platform, 846225). W 15 ½“, 39.4 cm x integrated length 31“, 78.8 cm. 846270 Platform clamps For fixing the platform, e.g. for a running course. 820861 2 pieces Teppich-Farbe angeben! Linoleum-Farbe How angeben! to order 1. Select yout platform. 2. Select the desired surface type 3. Enter the desired carpet or linoleum color Mandatory Options Tretford-Carpet – Product quality and advatages on page 280 T555 T568 T585 T570 T641 T517 T516 T622 T566 T601 Product quality and Fabromont-Carpet – advantages on page 281 Linoleum – Product quality and advantages on page 205 orange sand green light blue blue gray F355 F111 F165 F164 F019 L171 L071 L132 L422 L479 L058 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 211
Sivu 214


Play Trapeze – for kindergarten and school The Original! 10 Year GUARANTEE ¼”, 5-mm safety edge Solid Beech Wood Integrated handles Made in Germany Quality >> Step is 1“, 2,5 cm thick, laminated wood >> 12 dowels per side >> Very stable >> Can be combined with play bench Select carpet options on page 211. stackable Play-Trapeze Bench A With carpet surface. H 12”, 30 cm W 48“ or 30“ x D 16 ½“, W 122 or 76 x D 42 cm. 846730 A B Play-Trapeze Bench H 16 ½”, 42 cm W 52” or 32 ½” x D 18”, W 132 or 82 x D 46 cm. 846740 Play-Trapeze-Rolling-Cart B Beech wood veneer. 4 large floorsaving casters. W 45“ or 30“ x H 8“ x D 10“, W 114.6 or 75.6 x H 20 x D 35.8 cm. 846510 Sample combinations Combined with the play bench 212
Sivu 215


Trapeze Play Bench Can be combined with the play trapeze Rectangle bench C With carpeted surface. The play bench can be supplemented with the medium roller cart (Item 820140) or 2 small roller carts (Item 820130). Height 12“ , 30 cm for Daycare W 32” x D 18”, W 80.3 x D 45.5 cm. 846930 Height 16 ½“ , 42 cm for School W 35 ½“ x D 20 ½“, W 90 x D 52 cm. 846920 Platforms Select carpet options on page 211. Rolling Cart, small D Two fit under the play bench. Item no. 846910/846920. W 14“ x H 9“ x D 15 ½“, W 36 x H 23 x D 39.4 cm. 820130 natural Rolling Cart, medium Fits under the play bench. Item no. 846910/846920. W 29“ x H 9“ x D 15 ½“, W 74 x H 23 x D 39.4 cm. 820140 natural C D Platforms Stepped-Trapeze NEW! Stepped platform With carpet covering. Beech wood. H 15 ¾“ x D 24“, H 39.4 x D 60.4 cm, step height 8“, 19.7 cm, step depth 12“, 30.2 cm. Note: corners require one left and one right element. E F G 846710 90° corner left, W 56“, 142 cm 846720 90° corner right, W 56“, 142 cm 846725 Straight element, W 44“, 111.5 cm Select carpet options on page 211. • Easy to combine • Solid Beech with carpet covering • Easily transported with the integrated handles • Many possible uses, such as stage, seating island or corner bench F E G The versatile play Benches as break zone ... or seating island Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 213
Sivu 216


Birch platforms "Arc" Platform Select linoleum surface below. mit Teppich- oder Linoleumbelag A E C These platforms have got it right: Against the wall, in the corner, or free-standing, they are seating and play areas. When combined with rolling drawers, they offer plenty of storage space for toys and building materials. A "Arc" Corner Platform Left C "Arc" Platform Left E "Arc" Platform End Piece free-standing B "Arc" Corner Platform Right D "Arc" Platform Right "Arc" Platform + 2 x End Piece “Arc“ Corner Platform Back completely closed. Has space for 2 rolling drawers (470330). Birch wood with linoleum surface. W 63“ x H 12“ x D 19“, W 160 x H 30 x D 48.2 cm. A B 470320 Left arc 470325 Right arc “Arc“ Platform Back completely closed. Has space for 3 rolling drawers (470330). Birch wood with linoleum surface. 94 ½“ x 47 ¼“, 239.5 x 120 cm, H 12“, 30 cm, seat depth 25 ¾“, 65 cm. C 470310 Left arc D 470315 Right arc “Arc“ Platform End Piece E Can only be set up with item 470310 and 470315. Birch wood with linoleum surface. W 13“ x H 12“ x D 25 ¾“, W 32.5 x H 30 x D 65 cm. 470319 Rolling Drawer Fits under the platform and is the ideal storage space for seating cushions, building blocks etc. Birch wood. W 15 ½“ x H 10“ x D 17 ¾“, W 39 x H 25 x D 45 cm. 470330 How to order Linoleum – Product quality and advantages on page 205. Mandatory Options sand orange green light blue blue gray L071 L171 L132 L422 L479 L058 214
Sivu 217


Birch Platforms Step Platform Select linoleum surface (p. 214). Platforms Podeste Trapeze Platform step In three heights: 4 ½“, 8 ¾“ and 13“, 11, 22 and 33 cm. The platforms can be nested together, set up as stairs or used individually for seating, playing and building. Birch wood with linoleum covering. Choose linoleum on page 214. 470010 W 23 ¾“ x H 4 ½“ x D 19“, W 60 x H 11 x D 48 cm 470011 W 23 ¾“ x H 8 ¾“ x D 21 ½“, W 60 x H 22 x D 54 cm 470012 W 23 ¾“ x H 13“ x D 23 ¾“, W 60 x H 33 x D 60 cm Save the Set 470015 Platform step set, 3-piece (1 each H 4 ½“, 11 cm, H 8 ¾“, 22 cm, H 23 ¾“, 33 cm) Play Platform Play platform landscape PLAY HOUSES from page 307. Platform Play Area With Wheeled Container This 13 ½“ high play area with light green linoleum is great for slightly older children. Two drawers create additional storage room. Birch. Age: 3 years and over. Platform height: 13 ½“, 34 cm. Total height: 13 ½“, 34 cm. Space requirements: 74“ x 74“, 188 x 188 cm. 259013 Pushed together Play platform landscape With pull-out roller platform. It fits precisely into the large platform, to save space. When pulled out it can be used as a small step. Weight of the children activated hold mechanism which means that the platform cannot roll away. Wavy edges represent the landscape, areas shaded in blue are lakes or ponds. Birch. W 30 ¾“ (pulled out: 46 ¾“) x H 12“ x D 30 ¾“, W 78 (pulled out: 118.5) x H 30.4 x D 78 cm. 470150 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 215
Sivu 218


Graduated Platforms for Kindergarten and School Lounging Area • In 2 Heights and 6 linoleum colors • Combine two different heights to create a multi-leveled place to play, build, sit, or climb • Rolling boxes slide under the platforms and can be used to store toys • Firmly bolted Platform combination: 2x Low combinations and Fold-up Mat (see page 248) Stage Meeting Place Platform combination: 2x low and 2x high square platforms, 2x large and 2x low rectangle platforms, Material bins and rolling bins and panels Platform combination of four low quadrant landings Construction Site 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. Made in Germany Platform Combinations consisting of 2 low square platforms, 2 high square Platforms, 2 large rectangular Platforms and one low rectangular Platform + rolling bins and supply bins + panels 216
Sivu 219


Elevated Platforms Please specify linoleum surface below Low Square Platform W 30“ x H 11 ¾“ x D 29 ½“, W 75 x H 29.5 x D 75 cm. 470508 Linoleum Low Rectangle Platform W 59“ x H 11 ¾“ x D 29 ½“, W 150 x H 29.5 x D 75 cm. 470518 Linoleum Platforms Right Quarter-Circle Platform, low W 59“ x H 11 ¾“ x D 29 ½“, W 150 x H 29.5 x D 75 cm. 470548 Linoleum Left Quarter-Circle Platform, low W 59“ x H 11 ¾” x D 29 ½“, W 150 x H 29.5 x D 75 cm. 470538 Linoleum High Square Platform W 29 ½“ x H 23 ¼“ x D 29 ½“, W 75 x H 59 x D 75 cm. 470608 Shelf sold separately, please call for pricing. High Rectangle Platform W 59“ x H 23 ¼“ x D 29 ½“, W 150 x H 59 x D 75 cm. 470618 Shelf sold separately, please call for pricing. Platforms Platform Connector 2 connectors with screws. 470695 Panel H 9 ½“, H 23.5 cm. 470692 narrow, W 26 ½“, 67.5 cm (not shown) 470693 large, W 56 ¼“, 142.5 cm Material Box, Birch wood. W 13“ x H 7 ½“ x D 28“, W 32.5 x H 21 x D 71.5 cm. 470691 Material Box with Casters Birch wood. W 25 ½“ x H 8 ¼“ x D 28“, W 65 x H 21 x D 71 cm. 470690 Quality Genuine birch wood Linoleum-Covered Top Steel Frame • 1“, 24 mm thick • Robust and easy-care • With linoleum surface light blue L 422 • Robust • Quiet • Hygienic and easy to clean • Powder-coated RAL 9006 aluminum • Sturdy and durable How to order Linoleum Mandatory Options Intermediate Shelf Optional Accessories orange sand green light blue blue gray Enter NATU for shelf (please note extra charge) L171 L071 L132 L422 L479 L058 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 217
Sivu 220


Giant Platform The giant platform as a stage. Can also be used as seating or playing surface Giant Platform Each side has handle holes for easy transport. In one corner of the platform there is a hole for inserting a rod (e.g. to hold curtains). The weight of the platform ensures that it stays in place. Additional securing is not required. Top only available in blue linoleum, underside with plastic floor glides, side parts made of real birch wood. 51 ¼“ x 51 ¼“, 17 ¾“, 130 x 130 cm; 45 cm height. (easy to assemble). Please order rods separately. (699921). 699920 93 ½“, 237 cm Rod for Giant Platform The metal rod can be inserted into a hole in the giant platform. At the top end the rod has a wooden ring with 4 holes for attaching ropes or similar objects. L approx. 93 ½“, 237 cm, Ø 1 1/3“, 3.5 cm. 699921 1 piece Play and Storage Platform Platform Behind the flap covers with magnetic latches and airholes, guide bars are hidden to pull out and store padded elements. Birch wood. W 59 ¼“ x D 25 ½“, W 150 x D 64.2cm. A 470060 for 1 cushioned mat, H 7 ¼“ H 18.5 cm B 470061 for 2 cushioned mats, H 13 ½“, H 34.1 cm Select linoleum surface. A B Mandatory Options Linoleum Surfaces ... as a sleeping platform on page 279 orange L171 sand L071 green light blue L132 L422 blue L479 218
Sivu 221


Stopper Küche Platforms Padded Elements Sofas Padded Elements · Sofas
Sivu 222


Blue & Brown Bright, fresh blue has a calming and relaxing effect. It represents security and harmony, reduces agitation and fatigue, and is ideal for quiet rooms. We recommend gentle brown as a harmonious supplement to support the effects of blue tones. The earthy color is warm, restrained and gives a feeling of security and comfort. Birch and beech woods match both colors. Pure Duropal® Watercolor blue Fabrics Gilde uni Watercolor blue Color Surfaces White Watercolor blue Stain colors Linoleum Light blue Birch Beech Watercolor blue Carpet Gilde Watercolor blue Brown spots Gilde uni Brown Gilde Brown dots Watercolor blue Synthetic leather Watercolor blue Colors – every person perceives them differently. Some prefer them bold and bright, others prefer soft, restrained tones. But no matter what our preferences or favorite colors are, colors influence our mood. This also means that moods can be created with certain colors. A fact that should be taken into consideration when planning interior decoration. The color design of rooms should be well thought out and coordinated with their function. The color harmony of all elements in the room is important: walls, ceiling, window frames, doors, floor, furniture, blinds, carpets, pillows etc. A color tone is never perceived on its own but rather in combination with the surrounding colors. This means that one color can complement another one, increase its effect or soften it. Children tend to like strong colors. Wood types 220
Sivu 223


Color Harmony Green & Gray In this combination gray is the neutral, calming color. On its own it can be a little dreary. But with a second color – in our color scheme this is green – the gray is livened up and looks elegant. At the same time gray underlines the cheerful, natural and calming effect of the fresh spring green tones. Furniture or flooring made of birch or beech wood is also the perfect complement to these two colors. Padded Elements Sofas Harmony Linoleum Gray Fabrics Gilde uni Light green However, to protect them from sensory overload, it makes sense to design the color scheme of rooms to be more restrained. Colorful accents can be set with small areas: e.g. with just one wall, a carpet or brightly colored cushions. Both color concepts are harmonious with well-coordinated colors. Both combinations give the rooms a bright, friendly look. Duropal® Green Surfaces Linoleum Green Gilde Light green Gray dots Gilde uni Gray White Gilde Gray Light green dots Stain colors Birch Light green Synthetic leather Beech Wood types Green Carpet Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 221
Sivu 224


Woven Fabrics >> >> Fabric Group 2 flame resistant quality Exclusive HABA-Designs Fabric Gilde Benefits >> material 100 % polyester, Trevira CS >> woven motifs >> weight: approx. 344 g/m 2 >> flame retardant – in conformity with DIN 4102 B1 and CAL 117 >> non-fading and sturdy >> non-pilling >> abrasion resistance: 20.000 abrasion runs >> 10-year guarantee 86 P GSGR Gilde sheep bright green GVBL Gilde bird blue Washing Symbols 86 Machine wash at temperature 86 suggested by manufacturer Easy to clean - delicate wash No chlorine bleach Tumble dry Tumble dry recommended Do not tumble dry GKBL Gilde gravel blue GVTR Gilde bird turquoise P Do not chemical dry clean Chemical dry clean Do not iron Cool iron only PES Polyester PAN Polyacryl CO Cotton CS flame resistant GKTR Gilde gravel turquoise GPBL Gilde dots dark blue 222
Sivu 225


Fabrics GGEL Gilde uni yellow GIGR Gilde yellow, red dots GORA Gilde uni orange GIOT Gilde orange, turquoise dots GROT Gilde uni red GIRG Gilde red, yellow dots GHEG Gilde uni bright green GHGP Gilde bright green, grey dots Padded Elements Sofas GGRÜ Gilde uni green GIGB Gilde green, blue dots GTÜR Gilde uni turquoise GITO Gilde turquoise, orange dots GAQB Gilde uni aqua blue GIBR Gilde aqua blue, brown dots GBLA Gilde uni blue GIBG Gilde blue, green dots GGRA Gilde uni grey GGRP Gilde grey, bright green dots GBRA Gilde uni brown GIAQ Gilde brown, aqua blue dots Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 223
Sivu 226


Woven Fabrics >> Exclusive HABA-Design Fabric Dronero >> Fabric Group 1 Benefits >> 31 % polyester, 69 % polyacrylic >> Weight: approximately 229 g/m² >> Non-fading, tearproof and sturdy >> Non-pilling >> Abrasion resistance: 24.000 abration runs >> 10-year guarantee UBLA uni blue UGRÜ uni green UROT uni red 30°C 86°F P Fabric Gonia >> Fabric Group 1 FÜDB Feet dark blue FÜDG Feet dark green Benefits >> 55 % polyester, 45 % polyacrylic >> Weight: approximately 255 g/m² >> Non-fading, tearproof and sturdy >> Non-pilling >> Abrasion resistance: 26.000 abration runs >> 10-year guarantee 30°C 86°F P FÜRO Feet red FÜGE Feet yellow 224
Sivu 227


Fabrics Fabric CanvasBione Benefits >> 100% polyester >> Weight: approximately 471 g/m² >> Stain resistant >> Fabric Group 2 flame resistant quality >> Breathable >> Flame retardant - in conformity with DIN 4102 B1und B2 PN EN 1021-1 (cigarette test) Stain Resistant >> Sturdy >> Non-fading >> Non-pilling >> Abrasion resistance: 96.000 abrasion runs >> 10-year guarantee >> does not soak in >> simply wipe off >> clean again 30°C 86°F Padded Elements Sofas CB07 yellow CB06 orange CB05 red CB04 bright green CB02 light blue CB08 brown beige CB03 dark green CB01 dark blue CB09 grey brown Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 225
Sivu 228


Öko Tex >> Our standard: class-1 quality >> class I Textiles and textile toys for infants and toddlers >> class II Textiles with direct large surface skin contact >> >> class III Textiles with or without only small-surface skin contact class IV Decoration materials Our synthetic leather is certified according to Öko-Tex standard 100 and product class 1. The pollutant tests according to the Öko-Tex standard 100 are geared towards the purpose of textiles: the more intensive skin contact, the greater the requirements. We distinguish 4 product classes. There are substantial differences in terms of pollution with the Öko-Tex seal. The strictest requirements apply to infants and toddlers, thus meeting product class 1 standards. In this class, for example, only 16 mg of formaldehyde is permitted per kilogram, while for product class 2, 75 mg/kg is acceptable. For chromium class 2 allows twice the levels of class 1, and for phencyclidine the levels are ten times higher. You should only use class I products with synthetic leather with toddlers. Textiles should be flame retardant. Our synthetic leather meets both requirements. You can find more information at www.oeko-test.com. Woven Fabrics >> Compare - it‘s worth the quality Printed fabrics The motifs are printed onto a basic single-color fabric with printed fabrics. This means that the printing inks are on the fabric surface. This method can never be as permanent and resistant as with a sewed-in motif. Printed fabrics run Printed fabrics bleach Printed fabrics wear quickly Woven textile fabrics Woven textile fabrics are made of dyed yarns. Which means that the motifs are woven in. Therefore, the color resiliency is substantially greater with yarn-dyed fabrics than with printed fabrics. This is the reason why HABA only uses woven textile fabrics. Woven textile fabrics are abrasion-resistant, wich means that they do not run Woven textile fabrics are resistant to fading Woven textile fabrics are stable and durable and therefore long lasting 226
Sivu 229


Fabrics Synthetic Leather AQBL Aqua blue 5012 Light blue 5017 Traffic blue TBLA Turquoise Benefits HEGR Bright Green GRÜN Green 6017 May Green >> 100% polyester, fabric with PVC coating >> Approximately 615 g/m 2 >> Free of phthalates and certified by ÖKO test Standard 100, product class 1 Padded Elements Sofas >> Hygienic wipe off with water and synthetic leather cleaner >> Can easily be disinfected >> Comfortable – pleasant, soft, especially good for infants and toddlers WEIS White ECRU Ecru-beige 7012 Grey Brown >> Flame retardant – in conformity with EN 1021-1 >> Robust – stands up to vigorous use >> Abrasion resistance: 50,000 abrasion runs >> Fade·resistant 1021 Canola Yellow 1028 Melon Yellow MAND Mandarine >> Color tones match the HABA wood stains >> 10-year guarantee 86 P ERDB strawberry red 3000 Firehouse Red Care instructions Please use mild cleanser for synthetic leather resiliency. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 227
Sivu 230


Foams >> Seating comfort for any need Many of our cushions and upholstered furniture are made out of foam. Beneficial characteristics are soft, sturdy, air-permeable, flexible and long lasting. In information on the material you will find abbreviations such as RG 26/40 – what does that mean? Example: RG 26/40 For Daycares / Kindergartens Space weight (RG) in kilogram per cubic meter The higher the number, the heavier the element Compression hardness The higher the number, the more solid the foam. Standard Quality RG 26/40: >> Easy to carry >> Good seating comfort Premium Quality RG 25/60: >> Easy to carry >> Dimensionally stable >> Durable For School /After-school Various foam qualities with a higher level of space weight and compression hardness (such as RG 40/45) >> Heavy and robust elements with a solid core are long lasting and durable. We use the highest quality foam for our products. Making them optimally suited for the high demands of daycare, preschool and school. How to order Mandatory Options Color Combinations You decide which cover your padding will have. Choose from different covers, most of which are flame-retardant. An overview and the features of all covers on Page 222 - 227. Optional Accessories CME Specify the name CME. For an additional charge, padding is available in highly flame-retardant materials (CME). 228
Sivu 231


Cozy Corners Padded Elements Padded Elements Sofas Sofas Room Decorations aus einem Stück gefertigt Reading Nook RG 26/40 foam (= space weight – an important quality feature), with two-colored synthetic leather covering (with zipper, removable) whole bottom with anti-slide profile. Height at entry and for the entire seating area 3 ¼”, 8 cm; total height 14”, 35 cm. A B C D E 55 ¼“ x 55 ¼“, 140 x 140 cm 098965 red/blue 098968 ecru/mandarine 098966 may green/green 098967 light blue/aqua blue 098969 strawberry red/ecru 71“ x 71“, 180 x 180 cm A 023325 red/blue B 098944 ecru/mandarine C 023326 may green/green D 023327 light blue/aqua blue E 098945 strawberry red/ecru A B C D E Other color combinations available at your request for an additional 10% up charge. Synthetic colors are on pages 227. Benefi ts • For infants: entry close to the ground for toddlers • Stationary: underside with antislip profi le • Hygienic: one-piece construction easy to keep clean easy to wipe off and can be disinfected • Comfortable: pleasantly soft synthetic leather cover that is fl ame retardant and free of phthalates (Öko-Tex 100 certifi ed product class 1). More synthetic leather benefi ts on page 227). Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 229
Sivu 232


Cuddly Retreats Flower Blossom A C B 23 ½“, 59 cm A 3“,7 cm A Peaceful Spot for Resting An ideal place for looking at picture books, resting or playing. Synthetic leather covering, not removable, foam core (RG 30/45). Diameter at top 54”, 137 cm, at bottom 35 ¾”, 90 cm, height 23 ½”, 59 cm. A B C 023335 red/orange/melon 023336 light green/melon/yellow 098653 melon/yellow/mandarine Flower Island D E Flower Island D Cozy getaway. It can also be rounded out with the soft floor mat (023340) or the Blossom seating sack (137466). Foam RG 24/40, May green synthetic leather cover, underside with anti slip coating. Inside 35 ½“, 90 cm, outside 55 ¼“, 140 cm, wall height 12“, 30 cm. 023338 Select synthetic leather on page 227 F Floor Mat E For use on its own or inserted into the “Flower Island.“ Foam RG 24/40, synthetic leather covering with anti slip bottom. Diameter 35 ½”, 89 cm, height 2 ¾”, 6 cm. 023340 Select synthetic leather on page 227 Beanbag Seat Blossom F Styrofoam balls (54 liters), foam insert (H 2 ¾”, H 6 cm), covering of outdoor fabric (100% polyester), removable and washable. Beanbag diameter 35 ¾”, 90 cm, outer diameter 51 ½”, 130 cm. 137466 “Wave“ Sofa G in 2 Sizes H “Wave“ Sofa The wave shape means legs can be comfortably stretched out. Foam core RG 25/40, cover is removable and washable, underside with non-slip profile. G 2-seater Size: W 31 ½“ x H 23 ¼“ x D 36“, W 80 x H 59 x D 91 cm, backrest height approx. 15 ½“, 39 cm, seat height approx. 8“, 20 cm, seat depth approx. 20 ½“, 52 cm 094075 Fabric group 1 or 2 094076 Synthetic leather H 3-seater Size: W 47 ¾“ x H 23 ¼“ x D 38“, W 121 x H 59 x D 96 cm, backrest height approx. 15 ½“, 39 cm, seat height approx. 8“, 20 cm, seat depth approx. 20 ½“, 52 cm 094077 Fabric group 1 or 2 094078 Synthetic leather Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additional charge for fabric group 2. 230
Sivu 233


J Sample cover: edging Gilde uni light green, seat Gilde light green with gray dots (GZGR), fabric group 2 Padded Elements Sofas Cozy Corners Cubby Hole – cozy and spacious J Young and old can stretch out to their heart‘s content: to rest, cuddle, read books or tell stories... The entry on the sides is extra-low for the little ones. For the older ones there is a high backrest. Covers made with zip, removable and washable; RG 25/40 foam (= density – an important quality feature. Base plate (1 ¾“, 4 cm thick) completely with non-slip profile. 67 ¾“ x 67 ¾“, 172 x 172 cm, back height 23 ¼“, 59 cm, height at entry 3 ¼“, 8 cm. 023328 Fabric group 1 or 2 023334 Synthetic leather Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additional charge for fabric group 2. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 Combinations in 2 Colors: Fabric group 2 GZGR light green/light green with gray dots Synthetic leather KZGR may green/green GZBL aqua/aqua with brown dots KZBL light blue/aqua www.haba.de Benefi ts • Strong: foam core (see product for the RG statement = space weight – an important quality feature) • Sitting area cover: Synthetic leather or fabric cover (quality descriptions from p. 222.) • Wide range of colors: other combinations available for an additional charge • Comfortable: Soft and fl ame retardant synthetic leather free of phthalates (Öko-Tex 100 product class 1 certifi ed). Perfect for infants and toddlers. • Safe: available with fl ame retardant materials (CME) for an additional charge. • Durable: removeable covers washable at 30 °C/ 86 F. 231
Sivu 234


Crawling Mats Wall Decorations on page 366 Special sizes on request. Example combinations of wave mats Little ones can practice tumbling. Select synthetic leather on page 227. The mountain peak trains their sense of balance. Ideal For The Little Ones Mat core consists of high-quality composite foam RG 120. Synthetic leather cover has a slip-resistant bottom with a textured finish that prevents the mats from slipping. Height: 1”, 26 mm. Please, indicate the color in your order. If color is not indicated, we will only deliver in RAL 5012 Light Blue. 023374 19 ¾” x 19 ¾”, 50 x 50 cm 023376 39 ½” x 19 ¾”, 100 x 50 cm 023379 39 ½” x 39 ½”, 100 x 100 cm PREMIUM-QUALITY ?? • Durable: high strength, very strong composite foam core from compressed foam fl akes RG 120 • Absolutely certain: very good damping characteristics, no injuries • Slip resistant: mats all over with stable braking, all-round sealed anti-slip base, which is fi xedly connected to the foam core. • Comfortable: pleasantly soft and fl ame retardant artifi cial leather free of phthalates (Öko-Tex 100 product class 1 certifi ed) • Hygienic: easy to wipe off and disinfect 023381 78 ¾” x 39 ½”, 200 x 100 cm 023383 39 ½” x 39 ½”, 100 x 100 cm 023386 Wave, 78 ¾“ x 39 ½“, 200 x 100 cm, H 2,6/23 cm Storage Box Soft toys, blankets or toys can be in this box. Foam core RG 28/70, removable artificial leather cover, underside with non-slip profile. W 19 ¾“ x H 4“ x D 19 ¾“, W 50 x H 25 x D 50 cm. 022914 232
Sivu 235


for Toddlers Crawling Mats It doesn't matter if they are arranged along a wall or in the middle of the room – the 12 ¼", 31 cm high edge protects and creates a sense of security. PREMIUM QUALITY ?? • Robust and long lasting: Sturdy foam core with the ideal compression hardness of RG 25/60 (= space weight – an important quality feature). These crawling mats create ideal islands of calm. They create an undisturbed play area or resting corner which can be as large and colorful as you like. Edging is so sturdy that it can stand alone and does not have to border on a wall. Padded Elements Padded Elements Sofas Sofas Room Decorations • Safe: Can be ordered with fl ame retardant materials (CME) for an additional 25% up charge. Select synthetic leather on page 227. Example combinations Square without armrest 35 ½” x 35 ½”, 90 x 90 cm. Mat thickness: 2 ½”, 6 cm. 023355 Square with armrest 35 ½” x 35 ½”, 90 x 90 cm. Armrest height: 12 ¼”, 31 cm. Armrest depth: 5 ¾” – 7 ¾”, 14 – 19.2 cm. Mat thickness: 2 ½”, 6 cm. 023356 Square with armrest at right angles 35 ½” x 35 ½”, 90 x 90 cm. Armrest height: 12 ¼”, 31 cm. Armrest depth: 5 ¾” – 7 ¾”, 14 – 19.2 cm. Mat thickness: 2 ½”, 6 cm. 023358 Trapezoidal shape 71” x 35 ½”, 180 x 90 cm. Armrest height: 12 ¼”, 31 cm. Armrest depth: 5 ¾” – 7 ¾”, 14 – 19.2 cm. Mat thickness: 2 ½”, 6 cm. 023359 Rectangle without armrest 71” x 35 ½”, 180 x 90 cm. Mat thickness: 2 ½”, 6 cm. 023360 Rectangle with a short armrest 71” x 35 ½”, 180 x 90 cm. Armrest height: 12 ¼”, 31 cm. Armrest depth: 5 ¾” – 7 ¾”, 14 – 19.2 cm. Mat thickness: 2 ½”, 6 cm. 023361 Rectangle with an armrest on the right-hand side 71” x 35 ½”, 180 x 90 cm. Armrest height: 12 ¼”, 31 cm. Armrest depth: 5 ¾” – 7 ¾”, 14 – 19.2 cm. Mat thickness: 2 ½”, 6 cm. 023367 Rectangle with an armrest on the left-hand side 71” x 35 ½”, 180 x 90 cm. Armrest height: 12 ¼”, 31 cm. Armrest depth: 5 ¾” – 7 ¾”, 14 – 19.2 cm. Mat thickness: 2 ½”, 6 cm. 023369 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 233
Sivu 236


Snoezelen – Journey of the Senses The Snoezelen Options Highest level of comfort for individual requirements The good value system for Snoezelen beginners 234
Sivu 237


Relaxation & Sensory Experience in a White Room Snoezelen is a method of finding rest and relaxation, and is gaining significance and acceptance. It is well known that children are exposed to a multitude of distractions in their everyday life. As part of their development, they learn how to deal with all of these environmental influences. A Snoezelen room, with selected furnishing elements, can create new opportunities and strategies for children, teachers and parents. The social environment is very important for healthy growth. It should be varied, and offer opportunities for individual development. Children experience new things every day and use their senses to explore the environment. They hear, taste, see, smell and touch. Situations should be created in which they can take "time out" for themselves. A Snoezelen room is a sanctuary. In it the stimuli are filtered, so that everyday impressions can be processed in a peaceful and relaxed atmosphere. This type of retreat can also be useful for teachers and parents, as well as the children themselves. It allows problems or fears to be addressed and discussed more productively in a well designed environment. Padded Elements Sofas A Snoezelen room doesn't just offer rest and relaxation. It is a multi-functional room, and also offers the opportunity to have new experiences. A prerequisite is that the equipment is well designed, and oriented toward the needs of the children. The use of elements such as light, water, items of furniture and wall decoration can achieve a specific desired mood. At the Humboldt University in Berlin we have done many projects with preschool and primary school children, which promote awareness and focus attention and concentration. Snoezelen is ideal for children who need developmental support. In Snoezelen rooms we find the time to devote ourselves to the child, listen to them and give them our trust. We would like to see many more children be able have these experiences with a Snoezelen room at their school. Prof. Dr. Krista Mertens Humboldt University Berlin Institute for Rehabilitation Sciences 235
Sivu 238


Highest level of comfort for individual needs The deLana System – Customized Quality! ? Tailor-made Solutions Special requirements need special solutions: we individually coordinate and tailor-make deLana for your space and requirements. Customized production always available on request. ? Special Niches We help you make the most of your space: with custom-fit and specially manufactured cushions, your niche can become a cozy retreat which invites dreaming and relaxing. Custom made items are not a problem because the robust upholstered furniture is made on location in Germany. 236
Sivu 239


Highest level of comfort for individual needs Wall Mats & Wall Mirrors ? Various combination options ? Firmly bolted to the wall ? Various widths ? Adjustment to spatial conditions ? Curved frieze ? Installation behind the wall mat ? Light and delicate shapes ? Corner wall mirror made of safety glass Wall Mats for Water Beds Water Bed Headboard Mat System, width 63", 160 cm The headboard mat is firmly bolted to the wall at a distance of approx. 1 ¼", 30 mm. Indirect lighting can be installed here. Bed width: 63", 160 cm, height 38 ¼", 97 cm 158023 headboard mat with mirror 158022 headboard mat without mirror (not pictured) Select synthetic leather color on page 243. Padded Elements Sofas Upholstered Headboard Mat for 39 ½", 100 cm wide water beds Carrier material: ¾", 15 mm thick plywood. W 39 ½" x H 38 ¼" x D 3", W 100 x H 97 x D 7 cm. Delivered disassembled. 158307 with mirror frieze 158306 with wood frieze, natural finish Wall Mats & Wall Mirrors Wall Mat, upholstered Width 25 ¾", 65 cm, height 38 ¼", 97 cm. 158028 with mirror frieze 158029 with frieze, white finish 158653 with wood frieze, natural finish Component Width 5 ¾", 14.6 cm, height 38 ¼", 97 cm. Is needed for platform ends left and right. 158034 mirror 158086 birch, white finish 158087 birch, natural finish Wall Mirror Full mirror. Width 25 ¾", 65 cm, height 38 ¼", 97 cm. 158089 with beech edge, white finish 158091 with beech edge, natural finish Wall Mat, upholstered Width 23", 58 cm, height 38 ¼", 97 cm. Can also be used in a corner. 158081 with mirror frieze 158082 with frieze, white finish 158083 with wood frieze, natural finish Wall Cover (not pictured) Size: 78 ¾" x 1 ¾", 200 x 4 cm. Must be individually tailored to the wall. 158052 3-layer panel, decor, white 158282 birch, natural finish Wall Mirror Full mirror. Width 23", 58 cm, height 38 ¼", 97 cm. 158092 with beech edge, white finish 158093 with beech edge, natural finish Wall Mat, upholstered Width 21 ½", 54 cm, height 38 ¼", 97 cm. Is needed for the wave platform. 158030 with mirror frieze 158031 with frieze, white finish 158655 with wood frieze, natural finish Corner wall mirror made of safety glass Full mirror. Width 48 ½", 123 cm, height 38 ¼"/49", 97/124 cm. 158014 with beech edge, white finish 158088 with beech edge, natural finish Wall Mirror Full mirror. Width 21 ½", 54 cm, height 38 ¼", 97 cm. 158094 with beech edge, white finish 158095 with beech edge, natural finish Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 237
Sivu 240


Highest level of comfort for individual needs Seat and Lounge Platforms & Floor Mats with seat height of 17" and 21", 43 and 53 cm, ground cushions, height 6", 15 cm, with nonslip base Select synthetic leather color on page 239. B A B C D Lounge Platform A W 77" x D 51 ¼", W 195 x D 130 cm. 158801 seat height 17", 43 cm 158802 seat height 21", 53 cm 099672 ground cushion (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm Medium Platform B W 51 ¼" x D 25 ¾", W 130 x D 65 cm. 158804 seat height 17", 43 cm 158805 seat height 21", 53 cm 099673 ground cushion (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm Large Platform C W 51 ¼" x D 51 ¼", W 130 x D 130 cm. 158807 seat height 17", 43 cm 158808 seat height 21", 53 cm 099674 ground cushion (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm Small Platform D W 25 ¾" x D 25 ¾", W 65 x D 65 cm. 158810 seat height 17", 43 cm 158811 seat height 21", 53 cm 099675 ground cushion (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm Platform End left W 57 ¼" (62") x D 40 ¾", W 145 (157) x D 103 cm. 158813 seat height 17", 43 cm 158814 seat height 21", 53 cm 099676 ground cushion left (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm Platform End right W 57 ¼" (62") x D 40 ¾", W 145 (157) x D 103 cm. 158816 seat height 17", 43 cm 158817 seat height 21", 53 cm 099677 ground cushion right (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm Quadrant Unit Platform W 25 ¾" x D 25 ¾", W 65 x D 65 cm. 158819 seat height 17", 43 cm 158820 seat height 21", 53 cm 099678 ground cushion (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm Crescent Platform Ø 51 ¼", 130 cm. 158831 seat height 17", 43 cm 158832 seat height 21", 53 cm 099679 ground cushion (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm Quadrant Unit Platform Ø 51 ¼", 130 cm. 158822 seat height 17", 43 cm 158823 seat height 21", 53 cm 099682 ground cushion (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm Corner Platform W 51 ¼" x D 51 ¼", W 130 x D 130 cm. 158834 seat height 17", 43 cm 158835 seat height 21", 53 cm 099683 ground cushion (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm Wave Platform W 72 ½" x D 40 ¾", W 184 x D 103 cm. 158837 seat height 17", 43 cm 158838 seat height 21", 53 cm 099684 ground cushion (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm 238
Sivu 241


The Haba Water Bed Can be combined with the cushion ranges + HEADBOARD MAT on page 237. Water Bed The water bed is available in two standard sizes (78 ¾" x 39 ½", 200 x 100 cm and 86 ¾" x 63", 220 x 160 cm), and the heights 17" and 21", 43 and 53 cm. It has a 11 ¼", 28 cm tall, non-stabilized (BS 0) free flow water core. The 240 W Carbon safety heating is adjustable from 79 - 95 °F, 26 - 35 °C. The water core lies in a wide and solid foam tub, which is built with a seating edge (cold foam RG 35/60) and covered with a safety film. The white artificial leather cover can be removed with a zip. The bed can be supplemented with appropriate wall mats. It can be accessed from all sides with a lifting device. 158080 water bed, W 39 ½" x L 78 ¾", W 100 x L 200 cm, seating edge width 3", 7.5 cm (not pictured) seating edge width 3", 7.5 cm (not pictured) 158012 water bed, W 63" x L 86 ¾", W 160 x L 220 cm, seating edge width 4", 10 cm (not pictured) seating edge width 4", 10 cm (not pictured) Specify artificial leather color (see below). Specify seat height. Not available in USA. 38 ¼“, 97 cm (42 ¼“, 107 cm) ? Lifting device accessible ? Free flow water core, 11 ¼", 28 cm thick ? Wide foam seating edge Padded Elements Sofas Order options for your platforms, wall mats and water beds Color selection Needed (required information) Number of water columns Optional (optional information) WEIS White 1021 Buttercup yellow 1028 Melon yellow 2004 Pure orange AQBL Watercolor blue GRÜN Green W115 = 1 water column Ø 6", 15 cm W215 = 2 water columns Ø 6", 15 cm W120 = 1 water column Ø 6", 15 cm W220 = 2 water columns Ø 6", 15 cm Not available in USA. Water Bed seat height Needed (required information) Base body Optional (optional information) SH43 SH53 seat height 17", 43 cm (with metal legs) seat height 21", 53 cm (with metal legs) Not available in USA. Write CME for the completely flame-retardant material version. Surcharge 25%. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 239
Sivu 242


Wall Mats & Corner Wall Mirror A B E C D Lounge landscape with water bed and wall mats Corner wall mirror and water column platfor Wall Mat no. 1 A W 25 ¾" x D 1 ¾", W 65 x D 4 cm. 158767 side length 38 ¼", 97 cm 158768 side length 42 ¼", 107 cm 158769 side length 46 ¼", 117 cm 158770 side length 56 ¾", 144 cm Wall Mat no. 2 B W 25 ¾" x D 1 ¾", W 65 x D 4 cm. 158771 side length 38 ¼", 97 cm 158772 side length 42 ¼", 107 cm 158773 side length 46 ¼", 117 cm 158774 side length 56 ¾", 144 cm Corner Wall Mat no. 3, 2-piece C 25 ¾" x 25 ¾", 65 x 65 cm, D 1 ¾", 4 cm. 158775 side length 38 ¼", 97 cm 158776 side length 42 ¼", 107 cm 158777 side length 46 ¼", 117 cm 158778 side length 56 ¾", 144 cm Corner Mirror, 2-piece D Birch plywood with safety mirror (¼", 3 mm thick). W 24 ¼" x H 39 ¼", W 61 x H 97 cm. 158279 Water Bed Headboard Mat System E with width of 63", 160 cm The headboard mat is attached with Velcro® to fiberboard, which is bolted onto the wall. It couldn't be simpler. Only deliverable without mirror. Bed width: 63", 160 cm 158302 wall mat with Velcro attachment, side length 38 ¼", 97 cm 158303 wall mat with Velcro attachment, side length 42 ¼", 107 cm Wall mat Select synthetic leather color on page 243. 59“, 150 cm H 2 ½", 6 cm 56 ½“, 144 cm H 13“, 33 cm 46“, 117 cm 42 ½“, 107 cm H 17“, 43 cm 38 ¼“, 97 cm H 21“, 53 cm ! IMPORTANT NOTE: Wall mats are available in various side lengths, to match the various seat heights of the platforms and fl oor mats (see fi gure opposite). If you have only one seat height then you can freely select the height of the wall mats: for example, you can combine a 13", 33 cm platform with wall mats that have a side length of 38 ¼", 42 ¼", 46 ¼" or 59", 97 cm, 107 cm or 150 cm. Floor mat Platform heights 240
Sivu 243


Seat and lounge platforms Seat heights of 13", 17", and 21", 33, 43 and 53 cm Select synthetic leather color on page 243. Platform no. 4b W 51 ¼" x D 25 ¾", W 130 x D 65 cm. 158709 H 13", 33 cm 158710 H 17", 43 cm 158711 H 21", 53 cm Platform no. 5 W 72 ½" x D 33 ½", W 184 x D 85 cm. 158712 H 13", 33 cm 158713 H 17", 43 cm 158714 H 21", 53 cm Platform no. 5a W 72 ½" x D 33 ½", W 184 x D 85 cm. 158760 H 13", 33 cm 158761 H 17", 43 cm 158762 H 21", 53 cm Platform no. 11 W 51 ¼" x D 51 ¼", W 130 x D 130 cm. 158727 H 13", 33 cm 158728 H 17", 43 cm 158729 H 21", 53 cm Platform no. 12 W 77" x D 38 ½", W 195 x D 97.5 cm. 158730 H 13", 33 cm 158731 H 17", 43 cm 158732 H 21", 53 cm Platform no. 13 W 51 ¼" x D 49 ¼", W 130 x D 125 cm. 158733 H 13", 33 cm 158734 H 17", 43 cm 158735 H 21", 53 cm Padded Elements Sofas Platform no. 6 W 25 ¾" x D 29 ¼", W 65 x D 74 cm. 158715 H 13", 33 cm 158716 H 17", 43 cm 158717 H 21", 53 cm Platform no. 7 W 25 ¾" x D 25 ¾", W 65 x D 65 cm. 158718 H 13", 33 cm 158719 H 17", 43 cm 158720 H 21", 53 cm Platform no. 8 W 25 ¾" x D 25 ¾", W 65 x D 65 cm. 158721 H 13", 33 cm 158722 H 17", 43 cm 158723 H 21", 53 cm Platform no. 14 Ø 51 ¼", 130 cm. 158736 H 13", 33 cm 158737 H 17", 43 cm 158738 H 21", 53 cm Corner Platform W 51 ¼" x D 25 ¾", W 130 x D 65 cm. 158739 H 13", 33 cm 158740 H 17", 43 cm 158741 H 21", 53 cm Quadrant Unit Platform W 51 ¼" x D 51 ¼", W 130 x D 130 cm. 158742 H 13", 33 cm 158743 H 17", 43 cm 158744 H 21", 53 cm Quadrant Unit Platform W 25 ¾" x D 25 ¾", W 65 x D 65 cm. 158745 H 13", 33 cm 158746 H 17", 43 cm 158747 H 21", 53 cm Square Platform, large W 51 ¼" x D 51 ¼", W 130 x D 130 cm. 158748 H 13", 33 cm 158749 H 17", 43 cm 158759 H 21", 53 cm Platform no. 9 W 29 ¼" x D 29 ¼", W 74 x D 74 cm. 158724 H 13", 33 cm 158725 H 17", 43 cm 158726 H 21", 53 cm Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 241
Sivu 244


Floor Mats Height 2 ½", 6 cm Select synthetic leather color on page 243. Floor Mat no. 3 D 25 ¾" x H 2 ½", D 65 x H 6 cm. 158781 W 25 ¾", 65 cm 158763 W 51 ¼", 130 cm Floor Mat no. 1 W 29 ¼" x H 2 ½" x D 25 ¾", W 74 x H 6 x D 65 cm. 158779 Floor Mat no. 2 W 25 ¾" x H 2 ½" x D 25 ¾", W 65 x H 6 x D 65 cm. 158780 Floor Mat no. 4 W 29 ¼" x H 2 ½" x D 29 ¼", W 74 x H 6 x D 74 cm. 158765 Floor Mat no. 5 W 25 ¾" x H 2 ½" x D 25 ¾", W 65 x H 6 x D 65 cm. 158766 Seat and lounge platforms with seat height of 13", 17", and 21", 33, 43 and 53 cm Platform no. 1 W 25 ¾" x D 25 ¾", W 65 x D 65 cm. 158698 H 13", 33 cm 158699 H 17", 43 cm 158702 H 21", 53 cm 242 Platform no. 2 W 25 ¾" x D 25 ¾", W 65 x D 65 cm. 158703 H 13", 33 cm 158704 H 17", 43 cm 158705 H 21", 53 cm Platform no. 4a W 51 ¼" x D 25 ¾", W 130 x D 65 cm. 158706 H 13", 33 cm 158707 H 17", 43 cm 158708 H 21", 53 cm
Sivu 245


Padded Elements Sofas Armchair and Sofa with seat height of 17" and 21", 43 and 53 cm Select synthetic leather color below. Armchair W 37" x D 32 ½", W 93.5 x D 82 cm. 158208 seat height 17", 43 cm, total height 34", 86 cm 158209 seat height 21", 53 cm, total height 38", 96 cm Sofa W 63" x D 32 ½", W 160 x D 82 cm. 158211 seat height 17", 43 cm, total height 34", 86 cm 158212 seat height 21", 53 cm, total height 38", 96 cm How to order Synthetic leather color Mandatory options WEIS White 1021 Buttercup yellow 1028 Melonyellow 2004 Pure orange AQBL Watercolorblue GRÜN Green Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 243
Sivu 246


Floor Cushions ADVANTAGES • stable and robust: high-quality, long-lasting foam RG 40/45 (RG = density – an important quality attribute) • stationary: underside with anti-slip profi le • hygienic: easy to wipe off and can be disinfected • comfortable: pleasantly soft synthetic leather cover that is fl ame retardant and free of phthalates (Öko-Tex 100 certifi ed product class 1). More synthetic leather benefi ts on page 227). • safe: Padding is available in flame-retardant materials (CME) with an up charge of 25% Select synthetic leather on page 227. Ground Cushion, square W 25 ½“ x H 6“ x D 25 ½“, W 65 x H 15 x D 65 cm. 023390 Ground Cushion, rectangular W 51 ¼“ x H 6“ x D 25 ½“, W 130 x H 15 x D 65 cm. 023391 Ground Cushion, square W 51 ¼“ x H 6“ x D 51 ¼“, W 130 x H 15 x D 130 cm. 023392 Ground Cushion, rectangular W 77“ x H 6“ x D 51 ¼“, W 195 x H 15 x D 130 cm. 023393 Ground Cushion, corner W 51 ¼“ x H 6“ x D 51 ¼“, W 130 x H 15 x D 130 cm. 023394 Ground Cushion, wave W 72 ½“ x H 6“ x D 40 ¾“, W 184 x H 15 x D 103 cm. 023395 Ground Cushion, End Element Left W 57 ¼“ (62“) x H 6“ x D 40 ¾“, W 145 (157) x H 15 x D 103 cm. 023396 Ground Cushion, End Element Right W 57 ¼“ (62“) x H 6“ x D 40 ¾“, W 145 (157) x H 15 x D 103 cm. 023397 Ground Cushion, three-quarter circle Ø 51 ¼“, 130 cm x H 6“, 15 cm. 023398 Ground Cushion, crescent Ø 51 ¼“, 130 cm x H 6“, 15 cm. 023399 Ground Cushion, quarter-circle W 25 ½“ x H 6“ x D 25 ½“, W 65 x H 15 x D 65 cm. 023400 244
Sivu 247


Floor Cushions Covers with Quality >> Durable woven textile fabrics >> Flame retardant >> Removable and washable More information on page 226. Combination: Small corner (71” x 35”, 180 x 90 cm) and small backrest cushions Sample cover: Blue gilde birds (GVBL), fabric group 2 Padded Elements Sofas Large Chambered inlet. The filling of Trevira hollow fibers, foam flakes, and rods do not shift. Removable fabric. H 10”, 25 cm Removable fabric. All are filled with foam flakes and have zippered covers so they can be removed and washed at 86°F/30°C. H 10”, 25 cm 023414 59” x 59”, 150 x 150 cm 023415 71” x 71”, 180 x 180 cm Non-chambered Hard-wearing, rugged, high-quality fabric blends that are ideal for playful activities. All are filled with foam flakes and have zippered covers so they can be removed and washed at 86°F/30°C. H 10”, 25 cm 023432 59” x 59”, 150 x 150 cm 023433 71” x 71”, 180 x 180 cm Small 023416 71“ x 35 ½“, 180 x 90 cm 023437 71” x 35 ½”, 180 x 90 cm Quarter Circle 023417 59” x 59”, 150 x 150 cm 023418 71” x 71”, 180 x 180 cm 023438 59” x 59”, 150 x 150 cm 023444 71” x 71”, 180 x 180 cm Back pads Ø 10”, 25 cm 023419 1-piece, L 35 ½“, 90 cm 023420 1-piece, L 59”, 150 cm 023421 1-piece, L 71”, 180 cm 023422 2-piece, L 35 ½“, L 90 cm 023423 2-piece L 71“/35 ½“, 180/90 cm 023424 2-piece, L 59”, 150 cm 023425 2-piece, L 71”, 180 cm Ø 10”, 25 cm 023445 1-piece, L 35 ½”, 90 cm 023504 1-piece, L 59”, 150 cm 023506 1-piece, L 71”, 180 cm 023508 2-piece, L 35 ½”, 90 cm 023509 2-piece, L 71“/35 ½“, 180/90 cm 023510 2-piece, L 59”, 150 cm 023544 2-piece, L 71”, 180 cm Select fabric options on page 222 - 225. Additional charge for fabric group 2. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 245
Sivu 248


Lounging mats in 6 sizes Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additional charge for fabric group 2. Sample cover: Gilde gravel blue (GKBL), fabric group 2 Quarter circle lounging mat With back cushions. Solid RG 25/40 foam core (RG = space weight – an important quality feature); underside with anti-slide bottom, covers with zippers, removable and washable at 30°C / 86 F . Side length: 59”, 150 cm. Height 4“, 10 cm 023935 Fabric group 1 or 2 023936 Synthetic leather Side length: 59“, 150 cm Height 8“, 20 cm 023969 Fabric group 1 or 2 023970 Synthetic leather Side length: 71“, 180 cm Height 4“, 10 cm 024148 Fabric group 1 or 2 024150 Synthetic leather Side length: 71“, 180 cm Height 8“, 20 cm 024160 Fabric group 1 or 2 024168 Synthetic leather Square lounging mat With back cushions. RG 24/40 foam core (RG = space weight – an important quality feature); underside with anti-slide bottom, covers, removable. Side length: 53 ¼”, 135 cm. 53 ¼” x 53 ¼”, 135 x 135 cm. Height 4“, 10 cm 022254 Fabric group 1 or 2 022251 Synthetic leather 53 ¼” x 53 ¼”, 135 x 135 cm. Height 8“, 20 cm 022253 Fabric group 1 or 2 022240 Synthetic leather 246
Sivu 249


Lounging Mats-cushions Cozy cushions • Cushion elements are interchangeable in a range of combinations. • Coverings have a zipper, are removable and washable at 86 F/30°C. • Filled with foam flakes. • With hidden hook-and-loop band A B C Padded Elements Sofas Select fabric options on page 223. Gilde light green with gray dots (GHGP), Gilde uni gray (GGRA), fabric group 2 One-Cushion Element A 23 ¾” x 14 ¼”, 60 x 36 cm, cushion thickness approx. 6”, 15 cm. Without hook-and-loop-band. 099588 fabric group 2 B Two-Cushion Element 47 ¼” x 23 ¾”, 120 x 60 cm, cushion thickness approx. 8”, 20 cm. 099586 fabric group 2 Four-Cushion Element C 48“ x 48“, 120 x 120 cm; cushion thickness approx. 8“, 20 cm. 099585 fabric group 2 Balance training Lounge pillow in 2 sizes as lying pillow Synthetic leather, 5017 Traffic Blue positioning cushion Lounge Cushions These lounge cushions are well suited for balancing exercises. The Styrofoam beads in the filling adapt completely to the body. W 78 ¾“ x H 12“ x D 52“, W 200 x H 30 x D 130 cm. 024170 Fabric group 1 or 2 Feet dark green (FUDG), 024172 Synthetic leather fabric group 1 Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additional charge for fabric group 2. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 247
Sivu 250


Fold-Up Mats Sample cover: Gilde blue dark dots (GBPL), fabric group 2 Triangle mat folded out Illustration: Triangle Fold-Up Mat (59“ x 59“,150 x 150 cm) combined with two platforms (on page 216). Sample cover: Gilde Blue with green dots (GIBG), fabric group 2 For Kindergarten Triangle Fold-Up Mat, small With back pads. Firm foam core RG 25/40; removable covering with zipper; fabric coverings are washable at 86°F/30°C. Height 6”, 15 cm or when folded up 12”, 30 cm. Footprint: 59” x 59”, 150 x 150 cm. 023545 Fabric group 1 or 2 023841 Synthetic leather Triangle Fold-Up Mat, large With back pads. Firm foam core RG 25/40; removable covering with zipper; fabric coverings are washable at 86°F/30°C. Height 6”, 15 cm or when folded up 12”, 30 cm. Footprint: 71” x 71”, 180 x 180 cm. 023840 Fabric group 1 or 2 023910 Synthetic leather For School Triangle Fold-Up Mat, large With back pads. Firm foam core RG 25/40; removable covering with zipper; fabric coverings are washable at 86°F/30°C. Height 7 ¾”, 20 cm or when folded up 15 ¾”, 40 cm. Footprint 71” x 71”, 180 x 180 cm. 023871 Fabric group 1 or 2 023890 Synthetic leather Select fabric options on page 222 - 225. Additional charge for fabric group 2. Quarter-Circle-Fold-Up Mat Foam core RG 24/40. With back pads. Dimensions when folded up: Side length 55 ¼”, 140 cm, height 4”, 10 cm. Dimensions when folded to a halfcircle: Ø 110 ¼”, 280 cm, height 2”, 5 cm. 022573 Fabric group 1 or 2 022517 Synthetic leather 248
Sivu 251


Folding Mats Sample cover: Gilde green with blue dots (GIGB), fabric group 2 Quarter-Circle Folding Mat With back pads. Solid RG 25/40 foam core; fabric covers with zipper, removable and washable at 86°F, 30°C. Height 6“ and 12“, 15 and 30 cm. Leg length: 59“, 150 cm. 023912 Fabric group 1 or 2 023911 Synthetic leather Leg length: 71“, 180 cm. 023913 Fabric group 1 or 2 023921 Synthetic leather folded Quarter–Circle Mat Padded Elements Sofas Benefits • strong: quality RG 25/40 foam (=space weight) • safe: sofas available with fl ame retardant materials (CME) for an additional 25% up charge. • many fabrics/colors to choose from: synthetic leather or fabric covers can be found on pages 222 - 227. • easy-care: covers removable and washable at 30°C / 86 F Select fabric options on page 222 - 225. Additional charge for fabric group 2. A Chair Couch Lounger B Quickly Changed Unfold them into a comfortable place to lounge. Folded, they offer a cozy seating area. Both the Folding Sofa and the Folding Chair are versatile and space-saving. Made from 6 ¾“, 17 cm thick upholstered foam with an 8“, 20 cm high backrest. The covers have a sewn-in hidden zipper making them easy to remove. A Folding Chair Size as chair: W 24“ x H 13 ½“ x D 24“, W 60 x H 34 x D 60 cm; backrest: 8“ x 8“, 20 x 20 cm. 023927 Fabric group 1 or 2 Folding Couch B Couch (unfolded): W 59“ x H 6 ¾“, D 47 ¼“, W 150 x H 17 x D 120 cm. Couch: W 59“ x H 13 ½“ x D 24“, W 150 x H 34 x D 60 cm; backrest: 8“ x 8“, 20 x 20 cm. 023928 Fabric group 1 or 2 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 249
Sivu 252


Seating Elements Toddler and Kindergarten Sample cover: Gilde light green, with gray dots (GHGP), fabric group 2 1-Seater Seat Height 9 ½“, 24 cm Early Learners Armchair W 23“ x H 18 ¼“ x D 18 ¼“, W 58 x H 46 x D 46 cm. Seat depth 13 ½“, 34 cm, width seat 11 ¼“, 28 cm. 024180 Fabric group 1 or 2 024244 Synthtetic Leather Seat Height 12“, 30 cm Afterschool Armchair W 28“ x H 21 ¾“ x D 21 ¾“, W 71 x H 55 x D 55 cm. Seat depth 15“, 38 cm, seat width 14“, 35 cm. 024245 Fabric group 1 or 2 024246 Synthetic Leather Benefits • Strong: quality RG 25/40 foam (=space weight) • Stationary and firmly: Underside with anti-slide profile 2-Seater Early Learners Sofa, 2-Seater W 34“ x H 18 ¼“ x D 18 ¼“, W 86 x H 46 x D 46 cm. Seat depth 13 ½“, 34 cm, width seat 22 ¼“, 56 cm. 024267 Fabric group 1 or 2 024425 Synthetic Leather Afterschool Sofa, 2-Seater W 41“ x H 21 ¾“ x D 21 ¾“, W 104 x H 55 x D 55 cm. Seat depth 15“, 38 cm, width seat 27“, 68 cm. 024427 Fabric group 1 or 2 024428 Synthetic Leather • Easy-care: covers removable and washable at 30°C / 86 F • Many fabrics/colors to choose from: synthetic leather or fabric covers can be found on pages 222 - 227. 3-Seater Early Learners Sofa, 3-Seater W 44 ¼“ x H 18 ¼“ x D 18 ¼“, W 112 x H 46 x D 46 cm. Seat depth 13 ½“, 34 cm, width seat 32 ½“, 82 cm. 024430 Fabric group 1 or 2 024431 Synthetic Leather Afterschool Sofa, 3-Seater W 53 ¾“ x H 21 ¾“ x D 21 ¾“, W 136 x H 55 x D 55 cm. Seat depth 15“, 38 cm, width seat 39 ½“, 100 cm. 024442 Fabric group 1 or 2 024443 Synthetic Leather • Safe: sofas available with fl ame retardant materials (CME) for an additional 25% up charge. Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additional charge for fabric group 2 250
Sivu 253


for PRESCHOOL & KINDERGARTEN Seating Elements Select Synthetic Leather – single- or bi-color Sidd Wall Decorations on page 366. HGHB seat/backrest light green/ sides light blue GRMG seat/backrest green sides may green ABHB seat/backrest watercolor blue sides light blue Further color combinations available on request for an additional charge. SINGLE COLOR SYNTHETIC LEATHER on page 227. Premium Quality ?? for Seating Elements Sidd Padded Elements Sofas • Robust with sturdy proportions: high-quality foamed plastic core with ideal compression hardness (RG H25/60). • Stability: cover that doesn‘t slip, because it is firmly fused to the bottom • Stable and slip-proof: heavy elements with rubberized, nonskid bottom that is firmly connected to the foamed plastic core (glue-laminated) • Kind to the skin: pleasantly soft, phthalate-free synthetic leather, espe cially suited for infants and toddlers (Öko-Tex product class I certified) • Hygienic: easy to wipe-off disinfect • Safe: cushions supplied made completely of fl ame retardant materials (CME) at your request for an additional 25% price. MORE ELEMENTS on page 266/267. 14 ¾“, 37.4 cm 17“, 42.7 cm 7“, 18 cm 20 ½“, 51.7 cm 20“, 50.4 cm 10 ½“, 26 cm 24 ¼“, 62 cm 23 ½“, 59.4 cm 13 ½“, 34 cm 1-Seater 2-Seater 3-Seater Corner Seat Height 7“, 18 cm Toddler Armchair, 1-Seater W 12”, x H 14 ¾”, x D 17”, W 30 x H 37.4 x D 42.7 cm. 024444 Toddler Sofa, 2-Seater W 24”, x H 14 ¾”, x D 17”, W 60 x H 37.4 x D 42.7 cm. 024445 Toddler Sofa, 3-Seater W 35 ½”, x H 14 ¾”, x D 17”, W 90 x H 37.4 x D 42.7 cm. 024447 Toddler Sofa, Corner W 19”, x H 14 ¾”, x D 19”, W 48.6 x H 37.4 x D 48.6 cm. 024448 Seat Height 10 ¼“, 26 cm Kindergarten Armchair, 1-Seater W 14”, x H 20 ¼”, x D 20” W 35 x H 51.7 x D 50.4 cm. 024450 Kindergarten Sofa, 2-Seater W 27 ½”, x H 20 ¼”, x D20”, W 70 x H 51.7 x D 50.4 cm. 024665 Kindergarten Sofa, 3-Seater W 39 ¼”, x H 20 ¼”, x D 20”, W 100 x H 51.7 x D 50.4 cm. 024666 Kindergarten Sofa, Corner W 25 ¼”, x H 20 ¼”, x D 25 ¼”, W 64.1 x H 51.7 x D 64.1 cm. 024667 Seat Height 13 ½“, 34 cm Preschool Armchair, 1-Seater W 19 ¾”, x H 24 ¼”, x D 23”, W 50 x H 62 x D 59.4 cm. 024668 Preschool Sofa, 2-Seater W 39 ¼”, xH 24 ¼”, x D 23”, W 100 x H 62 x D 59.4 cm. 024669 Preschool Sofa, 3-Seater W 49 ¼”, x H 24 ¼”, x D 23”, W 125 x H 62 x D 59.4 cm. 024670 Preschool Sofa, Corner W 30 ½”, x H 24 ¼”, x D 30 ½”, W 77 x H 62 x D 77 cm. 024671 Select synthetic leather on page 227 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 251
Sivu 254


Sofas Benefits • Sturdy: foam RG24140 and wood frame • Easy-care: removable cover made of outdoor material (100% polyester) • Hygienic: covers washable at 86 F / 30°C Cloud Cloudy Sofa The seating area is deep enough for children to lie down while parents sit comfortably to read them stories. With 2 cloud cushions and 2 pockets on the back side. Sturdy base construction; foam, removable cover of cotton/polyester, washable. W 55 ¼“ x H 32 3/2“ x D 35 ½“; W 140 x H 83 x D 90 cm. Seat height: 10“, 25 cm. 112955 drift away into the world of books Rainbow Blossom Rainbow Sofa Seating surface bright blue, armrest red, orange, yellow, green and bright blue. W 55 ¼” x H 30 ¾“ x D 35 ½“, W 140 x H 78 x D 90 cm, seating height 10”, 25 cm. 112954 Blossom Sofa Seating surface orange/green, armrest yellow. W 55 ¼” x H 30 ¾“ x D 35 ½“, W 140 x H 78 x D 90 cm, seating height 10 ”, 25 cm. Order butterfly cushions below. 112952 Butterfly cushion Cover 35% cotton / 65% polyester, filling made of polyester cotton. Completely washable at 86 F / 30º C. W 16 ¼” x H 4 ¾“ x D 13 ½“, W 41 x H 12 x D 34 cm. 091768 252
Sivu 255


Boat Boat Sofa If you climb aboard here you don't have to worry about the waves. Seat light gray/ dark gray, backrest light blue/gray. W 55 ¼" x H 30 ¾" x D 35 ½", W 140 x H 78 x D 90 cm, seat height 10", 25 cm. 022922 Explorer Sofa This sofa comes from the room concept (from p. 111). Discovery Rooms! Padded Elements Sofas Mountain Explorer Sofa Back and side parts brown/beige. Rear has 5 mm MDF panel as reinforcement. Robust foam core (RG 35/55). Cover is removable and washable. Underside is completely covered with non-slip fabric. W 78 ¾“ x H 23 ½“ x D 31 ½“, W 200 x H 59.5 x D 80 cm. Seat width 45 ½“, 115 cm, height 9 ¼“, 22 cm, depth 16 ¾“/21 ¾“, 42/55 cm. 158385 Fabric group 1 or 2 158390 Synthetic leather Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additional charge for Fabric group 2. Mountain Sofa It's never been this cozy to "climb" on a mountain. Seat light green/blue, backrest gray/white. W 49" x H 28 ½" x D 31 ½", W 124 x H 72 x D 80 cm, seat height 10“, 25 cm. 024590 Fabric Two-tone CB50 Brown/Green CB51 Brown/Blue CB52 Brown/Yellow Synthetic Leather Two-tone KL01 Grey/Green KL02 Grey/Blue KL03 Grey/Yellow Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 253
Sivu 256


Example-Cover: Gilde Uni green (GGRÜ), fabric group 2 REBELLO - Sofas Sofa “Rebello“, Quarter-Circle Length of sides 30“, 76 cm, seat depth 19 ¾“, 50 cm, seat height 16 ½“, 42 cm, overall height 31 ½“, 80 cm. 158419 Fabric group 1 or 2 158420 Synthetic leather Sofa “Rebello“, Angular corner element with 2 seat backs. Seat depth 19 ¾”, 50 cm, seat height 16 ½”, 42 cm, overall height 31 ½”, 80 cm. 158421 Fabric group 1 or 2 158422 Synthetic leather Sofa “Rebello“, Round Corner element with seat back. Seat depth 19 ¾”, 50 cm, seat height 16 ½”, 42 cm, overall height 31 ½”, 80 cm. 158423 Fabric group 1 or 2 158424 Synthetic leather Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additonal charge for fabric group 2. • strong: powder-coated steel tube frame; flat iron included for secure connection of individual furniture elements • stable in shape and robust: high-quality, long-lasting foam RG 35/45 in the seat area and RG 24/40 for the backs (RG = density – an important quality attribute) 254 Strong quality • Many fabric to choose from: synthetic leather or fabric covering (quality descriptions and designs on page 222 - 227) • safe: on request for a 25% upcharge, padding is available in highly flame-retardant materials (CME). • versatile: many configurations possible • easy-care: covers removable and washable at 86 F / 30°C.
Sivu 257


Sofas Example-Cover: Gilde red (GROT), fabric group 2 Padded Elements Sofas As sitting nook, circular seating arrangement, or as bench along the wall. Sofa “Rebello“, Armchair W 25 ½“ x D 30“, W 65 x D 76 cm, seat height 16 ½“, 42 cm, overall height 31 ½“, 80 cm. 158417 Fabric group 1 or 2 158418 Synthetic leather Sofa “Rebello“, 2-Seater W 51 ¼” x D 30“, W 130 x D 76 cm, seat height 16 ½“, 42 cm, overall height 31 ½“, 80 cm. 158415 Fabric group 1 or 2 158416 Synthetic leather Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additonal charge for fabric group 2. Sofa “Rebello“, 3-Seater W 76 ¾“ x D 30“, W 195 x D 76 cm, seat height 16 ½“, 42 cm, overall height 31 ½“, 80 cm. 158413 Fabric group 1 or 2 158414 Synthetic leather How to order Mandatory Options Cover description Choose from different fabrics, most of which are highly flame-retardant. An overview and the features of all covers page 222 - 227. www.haba.de 255
Sivu 258


Chill Out 1 x Sofa, square, 1 x Sofa, concav, 2 x Corner Sample cover: CanvasBione light green (CB04) and CanvasBione gray brown (CB09), fabric group 2 Easy to reconfigure Sofa “Chill Out”, Square With 4 feet. W 43“ x H 29“ x D 43“, W 110 x H 75 x D 110 cm. Seat height: 43 cm, 17“. 158500 Fabric group 1 or 2 158600 Synthetic leather Sofa “Chill Out”, Concave With 5 feet. W 55“ x H 29 “ x D 42“, W 140 x H 75 x D 115 cm. Seat height: 43 cm, 17“. 158520 Fabric group 1 or 2 158620 Synthetic leather Sofa “Chill Out”, Corner With 5 feet. W 43“ x H 29“ x D 43“, W 110 x H 75 x D 110 cm. Seat height: 43 cm, 17“. 158505 Fabric group 1 or 2 158605 Synthetic leather Stool “Chill Out” With 4 feet. W 43 ½“ x H 17“ x D 43“, W 110 x H 43 x D 110 cm. 158515 Fabric group 1 or 2 158615 Synthetic leather Advantages • Versatile: stand-alone or in combination • Stable and robust: high-quality, longlasting foam RG 40/45 (RG = density – an important quality attribute) • Sturdy: Steel tube feet • Many colors and fabric types: synthetic leather or fabric covering (quality descriptions and designs on page 222 - 227) • Safe: Padding is available in flameretardant materials (CME) with an up charge Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additonal charge fabric group 2. 256
Sivu 259


Sofas Relax Modern shapes with plenty of options! All Relax sofas work on their own, or they can be joined to create seating or relaxation landscapes. Their sizes are coordinated, and their high-quality covers make them ideal for relaxing. SINGLE ELEMENTS on the next pages. Padded Elements Sofas Sample cover: CanvasBione light green (CB04) and CanvasBione gray brown (CB09), fabric group 2 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 257
Sivu 260


Relax-Sofas Advantages • Versatile: stand-alone or as sitting and reclining landscapes for leisure areas • Stable in shape and robust: high-quality, long-lasting foam RG 40/45 (RG = density – an important quality attribute.) • Sturdy: steel tube feet (Ø 2 ½“, 6 cm, H 9“, 12.4 cm) with height-adjustable levelers • Many colors and fabric types: synthetic leather or fabric covering (quality descriptions and designs on page 222 - 227) • Easy care: covers removable and washable at 30 °C / 86 F • Backrest attached with hidden bolts: the backrest is inserted into the body and bolted on the bottom. This means no visable hardware. • Safe: Padding is available in flame-retardant materials (CME) for an up charge. Relax Sofa, Square, small W 25 ¾“ x D 25 ¾“, W 65 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾“, 42 cm. 158062 Fabric group 1 or 2 158117 Synthetic leather Relax Sofa, Square, large W 51 ¼“ x D 51 ¼“, W 130 x D 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm. 158061 Fabric group 1 or 2 158132 Synthetic leather Relax Sofa, Rectangular, small W 51 ¼“ x D 25 ¾”, W 130 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm. 158064 Fabric group 1 or 2 158135 Synthetic leather Relax Sofa, Rectangular, large W 102 ½“ x D 51 ¼“, W 260 x D 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm. 158063 Fabric group 1 or 2 158139 Synthetic leather Relax Sofa, Square, with 1 Seat Back W 25 ¾” x D 25 ¾”, W 65 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 18 ¼“, 46 cm, total height 30”, 76 cm. 158122 Fabric group 1 or 2 158118 Synthetic leather Relax Sofa, Square, with 1 Seat Back W 51 ¼“ x D 51 ¼“, W 130 x D 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 43 ¾“, 111 cm, total height 30“, 76 cm. 158120 Fabric group 1 or 2 158133 Synthetic leather Relax Sofa, Rectangular, with 1 Seat Back W 51 ¼“ x D 25 ¾”, W 130 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 18 ¼“ , 46 cm, total height 30”, 76 cm. 158124 Fabric group 1 or 2 158136 Synthetic leather Relax Sofa, Rectangular, with 2 Seat Backs W 102 ½” x D 51 ¼“, W 260 x D 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 43 ¾“ , 111 cm, total height 30”, 76 cm. 158128 Fabric group 1 or 2 158142 Synthetic leather Relax Sofa, Square, with 2 Seat Backs W 25 ¾” x D 25 ¾”, W 65 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 18 ¼“, 46 cm, total height 30”, 76 cm. 158123 Fabric group 1 or 2 158119 Synthetic leather Relax Sofa, Square, with 2 Seat Backs W 51 ¼“ x D 51 ¼“, W 130 x D 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 43 ¾“ , 111 cm, total height 30“, 76 cm. 158121 Fabric group 1 or 2 158134 Synthetic leather Relax Sofa, Rectangular, with Corner Seat Right Back W 51 ¼“ x D 25 ¾”, W 130 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾“, 42 cm, seat depth 18 ¼“, 46 cm, total height 30”, 76 cm. 158126 Fabric group 1 or 2 158138 Synthetic leather Relax Sofa, Rectangular, with Corner Seat Right Back W 102 ½” x D 51 ¼“, W 260 x D 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 43 ¾“ , 111 cm, total height 30”, 76 cm. 158130 Fabric group 1 or 2 158144 Synthetic leather Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additional charge fabric group 2. Relax Sofa, Rectangular, with 4 Seat Backs W 102 ½” x D 51 ¼“, W 260 x D 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 43 ¾“ , 111 cm, total height 30”, 76 cm. 158131 Fabric group 1 or 2 158145 Synthetic leather Relax Sofa, Rectangular, with Corner Seat Left Back W 51 ¼“ x D 25 ¾”, W 130 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 18 ¼“ , 46 cm, total height 30”, 76 cm. 158125 Fabric group 1 or 2 158137 Synthetic leather Relax Sofa, Rectangular, with Corner Seat left Back W 102 ½” x D 51 ¼“, W 260 x D 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 43 ¾“ , 111 cm, total height 30”, 76 cm. 158129 Fabric group 1 or 2 158143 Synthetic leather 258
Sivu 261


Sofas Gilde uni clear blue (GAQB) and Gilde brown with blue dots (GIAQ), fabric group 2 Padded Elements Sofas Sample cover: CanvasBione dark blue (CB01), fabric group 2 Sample cover: CanvasBione orange (CB06) and XTREME red (CB05), fabric group 2 Sample cover: CanvasBione light blue (CB02) and Gilde dark blue (CB01), fabric group 2 Relax Sofa, Round Ø 25 ¼“, Ø 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾“, 42 cm. 158314 Fabric group 1 or 2 158315 Synthetic leather Relax Sofa, Round Ø 51 ¼“, 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm. 158078 Fabric group 1 or 2 158154 Synthetic leather Relax Sofa, Semicircle Ø 51 ¼“, 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm. 158060 Fabric group 1 or 2 158153 Synthetic leather Relax Sofa, Quarter-Circle radius 38 ½“, 97,5 cm, side length 25 ¾”, 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm. 158312 Fabric group 1 or 2 158313 Synthetic leather Relax Sofa, Half-Round W 51 ¼“ x D 25 ¾”, W 130 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm. 158316 Fabric group 1 or 2 158317 Synthetic leather Relax Sofa, Corner Element 51 ¼“ x 51 ¼“, 130 x 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm. 158072 Fabric group 1 or 2 158149 Synthetic leather 25 ¾“, 65 cm Relax-Sofa Removeable backrests 25 ¾“, 65 cm Relax Sofa, Corner Element with 2 Backs W 51 ¼” x D 51 ¼”, W 130 x D 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, total height 30“, 76 cm. 158127 Fabric group 1 or 2 158272 Synthetic leather Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additional charge fabric group 2. Daybed The two padded backrests are mounted on steel holders and can be removed if desired. This results in a comfortable daybed. W 77“ x D 26“, W 195 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾“, 42 cm, total height 28 ½“, 72 cm. 104403 Fabric group 1 or 2 104405 Synthetic leather Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 259
Sivu 262


Boomerang Fabric shown: CanvasBione light blue (CB02) and CanvasBione gray brown (CB09), fabric group 2 Make your own combinations Advantages • Versatile: stand-alone or in combination • Stable and robust: high-quality, long-lasting foam RG 40/45 (RG = density – an important quality attribute.) • Sturdy: all supporting elements of the wooden frame are made of solid beech wood • Optically “floating” backrest: connected to body by chromed-plated metal fi ttings • Easy care: covers removable and washable at 30 °C / 86 F • Modern: silver-painted wooden feet with plastic gliders • Many colors and fabric types: synthetic leather or fabric covering (quality descriptions and designs on page 222 - 227) • Safe: Padding is available in flame-retardant materials (CME) with an up charge of 25%. Sofa “Boomerang” W 79“ x D 46“, W 200 x D 116 cm, seat height 16 ½“, 42 cm. 158550 Fabric group 1 or 2 158560 Synthetic leather Ottoman “Boomerang” W 36 ½“ x D 29“, W 93 x D 74 cm, seat height 16 ½“, 42 cm. 158555 Fabric group 1 or 2 158565 Synthetic leather Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additional charge for fabric group 2. 260
Sivu 263


Sofas Sofas High-back It's great when there's someone to lean on during breaks or between lessons. Up to two students can relax on this modern and super-comfortable sofa. Padded Elements Padded Elements Sofas Sofas Room Decorations Select your two-tone cover Synthetic leather KL01 Taupe/green/ Turquoise piping KL06 Taupe/strawberry red/ ecru-beige piping KL04 Taupe/turquoise blue/ green piping Fabric (group 2 Canvas Bione) CB50 Brown-beige/light green/ light blue piping CB53 Brown-beige/red/ light green piping CB51 Brown-beige/light blue/ brown-black piping Further color combinations available on request for an additional charge. SINGLE COLOR COVER FABRICS can be found in the "Fabrics" pages 222-227. Advantages • Dimensionally stable and robust: high quality, durable foam RG 35/55 (seat) and RG 28/40 (backrest) = density – an important quality attribute. • Extremely stable: robust wooden frame with 4 metal feet, underside completely closed with stretch fabric. • Modern: high back in fresh colors • Covers can be freely selected: either single color or 3 two-tone variants with color-contrasting piping. Synthetic leather or fabric cover. • Safe: for a 25% upcharge it can also be delivered completely covered in low fl ammability fabrics (CME) Color-contrast piping High-backed two-seater The 4 robust metal feet of this high-backed seat means it is extremely stable. Can be positioned on the wall or be free standing. W 47 ¼" x H 39 ½" x D 30 ¾", W 120 x H 100 x D 78 cm, seat height 16 ¾", 42 cm, seat depth 21", 53 cm. 158400 Fabric group 1 or 2 158410 Synthetic leather Select fabric options two-tone (see left) or single color (page 222 - 227). Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 261
Sivu 264


Sofas without armrests A B C D Sample covering: Gilde uni gray (GGRA) and uni light green (GHEG), Fabric group 2 Seating height 15“ 38 cm Corner Couch A W 54“ x D 54”, W 137 x D 137 cm. Complete height: 28 ¾“, 73 cm. 094250 Fabric group 1 or 2 094252 Synthetic leather Rectangle with Seat Back B W 47 ¼“ x D 30 ½“, W 120 x D 77 cm. Complete height: 28 ¾“, 73 cm. 094255 Fabric group 1 or 2 094257 Synthetic leather Rectangle without Seat Back C W 47 ½“ x D 23 ¾“, W 120 x D 60 cm. 094260 Fabric group 1 or 2 094262 Synthetic leather Seating height 18“, 46 cm W 54“ x D 54”, W 137 x D 137 cm. Complete height: 32“, 81 cm. 094270 Fabric group 1 or 2 094272 Synthetic leather W 47 ¼“ x D 30 ½“, W 120 x D 77 cm. Complete height: 32“, 81 cm. 094275 Fabric group 1 or 2 094277 Synthetic leather W 47 ½“ x D 23 ¾“, W 120 x D 60 cm. 094280 Fabric group 1 or 2 094282 Synthetic leather Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additonal charge for fabric group 2. Seating height 15“ 38 cm Seating height 18“, 46 cm Cube D W 23 ¾“ x D 23 ¾“, W 60 x D 60 cm. 094265 Fabric group 1 or 2 094267 Synthetic leather W 23 ¾“ x D 23 ¾“, W 60 x D 60 cm. 094285 Fabric group 1 or 2 094287 Synthetic leather THE BENEFITS you get from sofas with & without armrests • Sturdy: robust RG 30/42 foam core (= space weight – an important quality feature) • Optimum seating comfort: geared towards school and after school • Easy-care: covers with zippers –> removable with washable fabrics • Many colors/fabric types: synthetic leather or fabric cover (you can fi nd a quality description and designs on page 222 - 227). The covers can be replaced at any time. • Safe: these sofas can be ordered with fl ame retardant materials (CME) at your request for an additional 25% up charge. 262
Sivu 265


Sofas With armrests Seating height 15“, 38 cm After-school Cube E W 16“ x H 15“ x D 16“, W 40 x H 38 cm x D 40 cm. 094170 Fabric group 1 or 2 094175 Synthetic leather After-school Armchair F W 31 ½“ x H 23 ½“ x D 23 ½“, W 80 x H 60 x D 60 cm; seating area: W 16“ x D 16“, W 40 x D 40 cm. 094160 Fabric group 1 or 2 094165 Synthetic leather After-school Sofa, 2-Seater G W 55“ x H 23 ½“ x D 23 ½“, W 140 x H 60 x D 60 cm; seating area: W 39“ x D 16“, W 100 x D 40 cm. 094140 Fabric group 1 or 2 094145 Synthetic leather H After-school Sofa, 3-Seater H W 71“ x H 23 ½“ x D 23 ½“, W 180 x H 60 x D 60 cm; seating area: W 55“ x D 16“, W 140 x D 40 cm. 094150 Fabric group 1 or 2 094155 Synthetic leather 3-Seater Sample covering: Gilde uni blu (GBLA), Fabric group 2 Padded Elements Sofas E F G H Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additonal charge for fabric group 2. Seating height 18“, 45 cm After-school Cube XL W 18“ x H 18“ x D 18“, W 45 x H 45 x D 45 cm. 094164 Fabric group 1 or 2 094169 Synthetic leather After-school Armchair XL W 37 ½“ x H 29 ½“ x D 28 ¾“, W 95 x H 75 x D 73 cm. Seating area: W 18“ x D 18“, W 48 x D 48 cm. 094161 Fabric group 1 or 2 094166 Synthetic leather Sofas in XL Sample covering: CanvasBione red (CB05), Fabric group 2 After-school Sofa, 2-Seater XL W 59“ x H 29 ½“ x D 28 ¾“, W 150 x H 75 x D 73 cm. Seating area: W 39“ x D 18“, W 100 x D 48 cm. 094162 Fabric group 1 or 2 094167 Synthetic leather After-school Sofa, 3-Seater XL W 80 ¾“ x H 29 ½“ x D 28 ¾“, W 205 x H 75 x D 73 cm. seating area: W 61“ x D 18“, W 155 x D 48 cm. 094163 Fabric group 1 or 2 094168 Synthetic leather 3-Seater Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 263
Sivu 266


Removable seat and backrest cushions Sofa with backrest and seat cushions The special thing about this sofa: the backrest and seat cushions can be taken off. Their covers can be removed and washed. The base is covered with synthetic leather in 7012 taupe (not removable), which is easy-care, and can be wiped clean or disinfected. There are non-slip strips on the seating surface so that the cushions don‘t slip. Stable wooden frame, 4 metal feet, seating surface full foam RG 35/50, backrest cushion RG 20/20. W 59 ¼“ x H 35 ½“ x D 32 ½“, W 150 x H 90 x D 82 cm, seat height 18 ¼“, 46 cm, seat depth 19 ¾“, 50 cm, seat width 47 ¼“, 120 cm, backrest height approx. 17 ½“, 44 cm. 158570 Fabric group 1 or 2 158575 Synthetic leather Relaxing Atmosphere Pillows Filling: polyester fleece beads. Cover with zipper; washable at 86° F / 30° C. 098865 15 ¾“ x 15 ¾“, 40 x 40 cm 098866 19 ¾“ x 19 ¾“, 50 x 50 cm 098867 23 ¾“ x 23 ¾“, 60 x 60 cm Cushions in 3 Sizes Coat Stand With integrated umbrella stand, removable drip-catcher, 5 stylish hooks for hanging with light-colored wooden knobs and heavy marble base. Powder-coated silver metal, wood. Ø 15“, H 74“; Ø 38 cm, H 188 cm. 096330 Waiting Room Column Table Table top made of strong 10 mm frosted glass, powdercoated steel frame. H 17 ¾“ 45 cm, top Ø 23 ¾“, 60 cm, foot plate Ø 19“, 48 cm. 466650 white aluminum 466651 chrom Armchair “FAN“ with round base Round base with return spindle, turning. Black with white contrast seams. Chromed base. W 26 ½“ x H 34“ x D 23 ¾“, W 67 x H 86 x D 60 cm. Seat height: 17 ¾“, 45 cm. Weight: 59 ¾ lb, 27 kg. 096103 096101 with runner frame, chromed, incl. glides (not shown) weight: 31 lb, 14 kg. 096102 with spider legs, chromed, incl. glides (not shown) weight: 31 lb, 14 kg Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additonal charge for fabric group 2. 264
Sivu 267


Upholstered Furniture ”Chill” Upholstered Furniture “Chill“ Stylish and comfortable: everyone loves sitting in these. Wood frame combined with chipboard, sides covered with Diolen cotton; seat and back with padding springs and foam- backrest with foam and straps; wood feet. D 34“, 86 cm, overall height 27 ½“, 70 cm, seat height 15 ¾“, 40 cm, seat depth 21 ¼“, 54 cm. Armchair W 26“, 66 cm, seat width 20 ½“, 52 cm. 091853 Fabric group 1 or 2 091863 Synthetic leather 2-seater W 53 ¼“, 135 cm, seat width 46 ¼“, 117 cm. 091854 Fabric group 1 or 2 091864 Synthetic leather Padded Elements Sofas Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additonal charge for fabric group 2. Relax-Daybed Removeable Backrests Convenient. If required, the sofa turns into a bed. Daybed The two padded backrests are mounted on steel holders and can be removed if desired for a comfortable daybed. W 77“ x D 26“, W 195 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ½“, 42 cm, total height 28 ¼“, 72 cm. 104403 Fabric group 1 or 2 104405 Synthetic leather MORE RELAX-SOFA- ELEMENTS page 258-259. Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additonal charge for fabric group 2. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 265
Sivu 268


Stools in 6 Forms & 4 Sizes ?? Premium Quality • Robust and durable: stable foam core with ideal fi rmness RG 25/60 (= density – an important quality feature.) • Stability: cover that doesn‘t slip, because it is fi rmly fused to the bottom A • Stable and slip-proof: heavy elements with rubberized, non-skid bottom that is fi rmly connected to the foamed plastic core (gluelaminated) • Comfortable: pleasantly soft and fl ame retardant artifi cial leather free of phthalates (Öko-Tex 100 product class 1 certifi ed). • Hygienic: easy to wipe-off disinfect • Safe: pads available with fl ame retardant materials (CME) for an additional 25% upcharge. For sitting, playing or reading these fl exible elements can be used in many areas. Each of the 6 shapes is available in four heights to suit all ages. A Seating Element moon Seat height 7 ¼“, 18 cm Seat height 10 ¼“, 26 cm Seat height 14“, 35 cm Seat height 17“, 43 cm 140070 Ø 10“, 25 cm 140071 Ø 19 ¾“, 50 cm 140072 Ø 29 ¾“, 75 cm 140075 Ø 10“, 25 cm 140076 Ø 19 ¾“, 50 cm 140077 Ø 29 ¾“, 75 cm 140080 Ø 12“, 30 cm 140081 Ø 23 ¾“, 60 cm 140082 Ø 35 ½“, 90 cm 140085 Ø 14“, 35 cm 140086 Ø 27 ¾“, 70 cm 140087 Ø 41 ¼“, 105 cm B Seating Element Round Seat height 7 ¼“, 18 cm Seat height 10 ¼“, 26 cm Seat height 14“, 35 cm Seat height 17“, 43 cm 140050 Ø 10“, 25 cm 140051 Ø 19 ¾“, 50 cm 140052 Ø 29 ¾“, 75 cm 140055 Ø 10“, 25 cm 140056 Ø 19 ¾“, 50 cm 140057 Ø 29 ¾“, 75 cm 140060 Ø 12“, 30 cm 140061 Ø 23 ¾“, 60 cm 140062 Ø 35 ½“, 90 cm 140065 Ø 14“, 35 cm 140066 Ø 27 ¾“, 70 cm 140067 Ø 41 ¼“, 105 cm Select synthetic leather on page 227. 266
Sivu 269


Seat Elements C CABINET (508430) on page 171. Select synthetic leather single- or bi-color A B HGHB seat/backrest light green/ sides light blue GRMG seat/backrest green sides May green ABHB seat/backrest watercolor blue sides light blue Padded Elements Sofas Under the compartments this cabinet even has space for 3 cubes with max. 14“, 35 cm seat height. SYNTHETIC LEATHER on page 227. C Seat Element Square Quadrant Rectangular Block Trapezoid Seat height 7 ¼“, 18 cm Seat height 10 ¼“, 26 cm Seat height 14“, 35 cm Seat height 17“, 43 cm 140090 W 10“ x D 10“, 25 x 25 cm 140100 W 19 ¾“ x D 10“, 50 x 25 cm 140105 W 29 ¾“ x D 8“, 75 x 20 cm 140091 W 10“ x D 10“, 25 x 25 cm 140101 W 19 ¾“ x D 10“, 50 x 25 cm 140106 W 29 ¾“ x D 8“, 75 x 20 cm 140092 W 12“ x D 12“, 30 x 30 cm 140102 W 23 ¾“ x D 12“, 60 x 30 cm 140107 W 35 ½“ x D 10“ , 90 x 25 cm 140093 W 14“ x D 14“, 35 x 35 cm 140103 W 27 ¾“ x D 14“, 70 x 35 cm 140108 W 41 ¼“x D 15“, 105 x 38 cm Seat Element Hexagon Seat height 14“, 35 cm 140110 Ø 23 ¾“, 60 cm 140111 Ø 35 ½“, 90 cm Seat height 17“, 43 cm 140112 Ø 23 ¾“, 60 cm 140113 Ø 35 ½“, 90 cm Select synthetic leather on page 227. Examples of Combinations Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 267
Sivu 270


A B C Gilde uni green (GGRÜ) and blue with green dots (GIBG), fabric group 2 Small Block W 19 ¾” x H 4 ¾” x D 19 ¾”, W 50 x H 12 x D 50 cm. 111064 Fabric group 1 or 2 098776 Synthetic leather Medium Block W 19 ¾” x H 9 ½” x D 19 ¾”, W 50 x H 24 x D 50 cm. 111063 Fabric group 1 or 2 098775 Synthetic leather A B C Select fabric options on page 222-227. Additional charge for fabric group 2. Large Block W 19 ¾” x H 14 ¼” x D 19 ¾”, W 50 x H 36 x D 50 cm. 111062 Fabric group 1 or 2 098774 Synthetic leather Sit- & Play Snake 268 Sit and Play Snake Sit down to experience fun adventures. Crawl on or sit to read. Foamed plastic RG 24/40 with synthetic leather cover (with zipper). Color: May green, light green, pure orange. W 110 ¼” x D 12”, W 280 x D 30 cm, height of head 35 ½”, 90 cm, tip of the tail 20” high, 51 cm. 024672
Sivu 271


Seating Sacks Dragon Seat Fridolin Fridolin likes curling snugly along the floor giving children a ride on his back. Cover of soft plush and velours. Underside of polyester. W 31 ½“ x H 24“ x D 23 ½“, W 80 x H 61 x D 60 cm. 108605 Padded Elements Sofas Winnie the Worm Cover made of velour, underside made of durable polyester. Filling: 3 inlets with Styrofoam flakes. Cover removable and washable at 86° F / 30° C. W 59 ¼“ x H 10 ¼“, W 150 x H 26; head width approx. 15“, 40 cm. Volume: body 45 l, head 20 l, nose 4 l. 090825 Underside made of hard-wearing canvas ”Sheep” Beanbag Big enough for two. Cotton plush made of organically grown cotton, underside made of hard-wearing fabric (100% polyester), bell with band made of plush (both made of polyacrylic; removable for washing). Can be washed at 86 °F, 30 °C; separate lining filled with Styrofoam balls. W 31 ½“ x H 19 ¾“x D 17 ¾“, W 80 x H 50 x D 45 cm. 090965 Fur: cotton plush Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 269
Sivu 272


With carry handle Ø 27 ¾“, 70 cm A B In 4 color combinations C D 43 ½“ x 27 ¾“, 110 x 70 cm. Bean Bag With Handle Can be moved easily and is suitable for use outside. Separate insert filled with polystyrene balls, removable cover (with zip) made of robust fabric (100% polyester), with PVC lining to make it water-resistant. Easy to wipe clean and flame resistant. 43 ½" x 27 ¾", 110 x 70 cm. Volume: 8 cu. feet, 220 l. Color: multi (light green, teal, anthracite, orange). 022923 Ball Bean Bag For inside and outside. In 4 colors. Separate insert filled with polystyrene balls, removable cover (zip on the base) made of robust fabric (100% polyester), with PVC lining inside to make it water-resistant. Easy to wipe clean and flame resistant. Ø approx. 27 ¾", 70 cm. Volume: 10 cu. feet, 280 l. A B C D 022925 orange/anthracite 022917 red/anthracite 022929 light green/anthracite 022927 teal/anthracite These bean bags come from the room concept Discovery Rooms! See page 110. 270
Sivu 273


Bean Bags Bean Bags Two Sizes and four Colors Padded Elements Sofas Sit Down and Relax Covering of Cordura (canvas), with zipper for easy removal. Washable at 86°F/ 30°C; filled with Styrofoam beads. Beads for refilling sold separately. Lounging bag, 7 cu. feet, 200 liter W 31 ¾“ x H 47 ½“, W 80 x H 120 cm, 13 lbs, 6 kg 090842 red 090859 orange 090840 blue 024838 light green Huge Lounging bag, 13 cu. feet, 370 liter W 39 ¾“ x 59“, W 100 x H 150 cm, 21 lbs 9,5 kg 090858 red 090841 orange 090855 blue 024839 light green Replenishment Pack The polystyrene pellets bring beanbags back into shape. 682357 1.1 lbs, 0.5 kg (34 l) 682358 1.61 lbs, 0.75 kg (51 l) BENEFITS COVERS: • Durable: removable covers made from strong, durable fabric (100% polyester, fl at woven fabric), washable at 30 ºC / 86 F Outdoor From • Strong: tear-resistant, doesn’t show stains, non fading and abrasion-resistant • Easy-care: crease-resistant, will not shrink, fast drying FILLING: Polystyrene • Soft, smooth and flexible Foam flakes • Flexible and keeps its shape Cushions 70 ¼" x 53", 178 x 134 cm, Volume: approx. 11 ¾ cu. feet, 330 l, weight: approx. 14 lb, 6.3 kg 091204 orange 091205 turquoise NOTE: We recommend that outdoor bean bags be stored inside during bad weather and in winter. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 271
Sivu 274


In 2 Sizes B Cozy seating area for big and small Perfect for the morning circle. The cover of the ladybug has a zip, is removable and washable at 30 °C, 86 °F. Velour, robust 100% polyester fabric; separate lining filled with styrofoam balls. A 090836 ladybug bean bag, size (Ø 13“, 33 cm, H 8 ½“, 21 cm, ¾ cu. foot, 16 liter) B 090835 ladybug bean bag, size (Ø 26 ¾“, 60 cm, H 13“, 33 cm, 2 ½ cu. feet, 67 liter) A Seating ladybug Floor cushion “Sun” This is a decorative seat for any room to give children a place to rest after a hard day of play. Tough polyester. The outside cover has colorful cotton points with a zipper to remove for washing. The lower side is blue and the top side is yellow. Inner sack (Ø approx. 39 ½”, 100 cm) filled with styrene balls. 099267 Beanbag Seat “Blossom“ Styrofoam balls (54 liters), foam insert (H 2 ¾”, H 6 cm), covering of outdoor fabric (100% polyester), removable and washable. Beanbag diameter 35 ¾”, 90 cm, outer diameter 51 ½”, 130 cm. 137466 272
Sivu 275


Floor Cushions Seats and Loungers F with grommets D HOOK BARS on page 421. 34 ¾“ x 23 ¾“, 98 x 60 cm C Ø 13 ¾“, 35 cm E Padded Elements Sofas Seat Cushions C Practical seat cushions with sturdy metal grommets. Just hang them on a bar with hooks or thread them onto the seat cushion carousel. The fronts and backs each have a different color: orange and red, bright and dark yellow, bright and dark blue, bright and dark green. The set of 4 contains one each of the color combinations. Cotton/Polyester with ¾”, 2 cm foam insert. Ø 13 ¾”, 35 cm. 099525 4 pieces Lounge cushions E Lounge cushions light as a feather with sturdy metal grommets. The front and rear side of cushions have different colors: orange and red, bright and dark yellow, bright and dark blue, bright and dark green. The set contains one of each color combination. Cotton/Polyester with 1“, 2 cm of foam lining. W 38 ¾“ x D 23 ¾“, W 98 x D 60 cm. 099534 4 pieces Seat Carousel D The carousel holds 28 cushions (please order separately). 3 swivel casters make it mobile. Birch wood, metal tube. Ø 16 ½”, 42 cm, overall height 26 ½”, 67 cm. 099524 Lounge Carousel F The carousel has space for 28 cushions (please order separately). 4 swiveling casters make it mobile. Birch wood and metal pipe. W 42 ¼” x D 26 ½“, W 107 x D 67 cm, total height: 27 ¾“, 70 cm. 099533 Save on the Set Complete set 28 seat cushions (099525) for an entire group plus the carousel (099524). 099526 Seat Carousel, complete set Save on the Set Complete set 28 lounge cushions (099534) plus the practical carousel (099533). 099537 Lounge Carousel, complete set Seating Cushion, Round G This seating cushion cover is washable. Non-flammable, foam stuffing. Ø 12“, 30 cm, 2“, 5 cm thick. 090846 Blue 090847 Green 090848 Red G Seating Cushion, Hexagon H Cover is washable. Non-flammable, filled with Styrofoam balls. Ø 13“, 33 cm, approx. 3“, 8.5 cm thick. Seat area in red, blue or green - depending on stock. 090849 H Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 273
Sivu 276


Not available in the U.S.A. Crib Bed Wood With Real Beech Veneer 10 Beds stackable also with casters Crib with edge guard The lateral edge guard prevents little ones from falling. Beech wood. W 50 ¾“ x D 26“, W 128.5 x D 66 cm, height without casters 10 ¾“, 27 cm, with casters 14“, 35 cm. Mattress must be ordered separately. 180985 Without casters 180986 With casters Optional Crib mattress in 2 qualities Firm foam core with cover of Sanfor-Drell, solid beige. Cover is removable and washable up to 140 °F / 60 °C. Do not tumble dry. 180403 W 47 ¼“ x H 3 ¼“ x D 23 ¾“, W 120 x H 8 x D 60 cm. Firm foam core, coconut fiber layer on both sides, 1 layer of cotton wool, calico cover. 100% cotton wool cover, removable with zip and washable at 200 °F / 95 °C. Do not tumble dry. 180401 Size: W 47 ¼" x H 4 ½" x D 23 ¾", W 120 x H 11 x D 60 cm 47½“, 120 cm Fitted sheets for stackable cribs 104164 white 104165 honey yellow 104166 polar blue 274
Sivu 277


Not available in the U.S.A. Crib Bed With and without detachable side bars Crib without detachable side bars Solid beech wood, side panels in genuine beech veneer. Slatted frame can be adjusted to 4 heights. Without detachable or removable side bars. W 49“ x H 33“ x D 26“; W 124 x H 83.6 x D 66 cm. Sleeping area: W 47 ¼“ x D 23 ¾“, W 120 x D 60 cm. Mattress must be ordered separately. 180970 Without casters (not shown) 180961 With casters 181007 rolling drawer (W 22 ½“ x H 5 ¾“ x D 25 ¼“, W 57 x H 14 x D 64 cm) The economical alternative (not shown) With detachable side bars and slatted frame that can be adjusted to 3 heights. The reinforced side panels are bolted at 3 points to the end panel. Solid beech wood, painted. W 49 ¾“ x H 31 ½“ x D 25 ¾“, W 126 x H 80 x D 65 cm. Mattress must be ordered separately. 180958 crib 180959 set of casters 181007 rolling drawer (W 22 ½“ x H 5 ¾“ x D 25 ¼“, W 57 x H 14 x D 64 cm; note: only possible combined with a caster set!) Crib with detachable side bars (not shown) Ideal for little ones who are a bit older and want to crawl into bed on their own. Because this crib has 3 individual bars that are easy to remove. Slatted frame can be adjusted to 4 different heights. Solid beech wood, side panels in genuine beech veneer. W 49“ x H 33“ x D 26 ¼“, W 124 x H 83.6 x D 66.5 cm; sleeping area W 47 ¼“ x D 23 ¾“, W 120 x D 60 cm. Mattress must be ordered separately. 180972 Without casters 180962 With casters 181007 rolling drawer (W 22 ½“ x H 5 ¾“ x D 25 ¼“, W 57 x H 14 x D 64 cm) Optional Crib mattress Firm foam core with cover of Sanfor-Drell, solid beige. Cover is removable and washable up to 60 °C / 140 F. Do not tumble dry. W 47 ¼“ x D 23 ¾“, W 120 x D 60 cm. 180403 H 3 ¼“, 8 cm 180401 H 4 ½“, 11 cm Fitted sheets for stackable cribs 104164 white 104165 honey yellow 104166 polar blue Crib with 2 roller boxes Padded Elements Sofas Folding bed This crib lets you be flexible The GS-approved folding bed is perfect when new children come in. And when the little ones grow bigger, unneeded cribs can simply be folded up and stored away to conserve space. Thanks to the simple fold and lock mechanism, the bed is quickly built up or stored away again. Material: solid beech wood. With 4 locking casters. Underside with ventilation holes. W 49 ¼“ x H 31 ¼“ x D 26“, W 125 x H 79 x D 66 cm, in folded state D 8“ , 20 cm. 180955 Optional Crib mattress W 47 ¼“ x D 23 ¾“, W 120 x D 60 cm. 180404 H 3 ¼“, 8 cm 180405 H 4 ½“, 11 cm GS tested flexible and space-saving only 8“, 20 cm tall in the first step, fold out the sides lock in just the first grate now secure the second grate, and the little nest is ready Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 275
Sivu 278


Not available in the U.S.A. With Separate Rolling Bed Loft crib Open or close the safety sliding door with just one hand. The safety sliding door automatically moves down slowly after being touched and stops at a safety height of 12“, 30 cm. With 4 locking casters. Solid beech wood and genuine beech veneer. W 49 ¾“ x H 55 ½“ x D 27 ¾“, W 126.3 x H 140.4 x D 70 cm. Height of mattress from floor: 30 ¼“, 76.5 cm. Please order casters separately. 180992 Rolling bed Can be pushed underneath loft bed 180992. W 46 ½“ x H 17 ½“ (with casters) x D 25 ½“, W 118 x H 44 (with casters) x D 64 cm. 180996 Optional Mattress for rolling bed Foam core RG 24/40, polyester cover, removable and washable at 140 °F, 60 °C. Size: W 45" x H 3 ¼" x D 23", W 114 x H 8 x D 58 cm. 180988 opens with just one hand Even when the safety sliding door is lowered, the railing has the required safety height 12“, 30 cm Space-saving solution for a small child at the top and a larger one at the bottom: the rolling bed transforms the loft bed into a bunk bed The handle locks in twice to prevent accidental opening. Even without the grille there is a safety edge so that the child cannot fall out of bed. With Sliding Grille Loft Bed with Sliding Grille With two side locking mechanisms which can only be opened by an adult. A safety lock means the grille cannot be completely pushed down. This means that the child cannot fall out of bed, even when the grille is lowered. With 4 casters, two of which are lockable. Solid beech wood, plastic rail on the top edge of the grille. W 49 ¼" x H 54 ½" x D 25 ¾", W 125 x H 138 x D 65 cm, sleeping area: 47 ¼" x 23 ¾", 120 x 60 cm. Please order mattress separately (p. 277 ). 181052 276
Sivu 279


Not available in the U.S.A. Crib Bed With security doors Bunk-bed crib with 4 wing doors A Space-saving solution for 2 children. Safe door mechanism: the doors lock closed and cannot be opened from the inside. The bunk-bed crib has an extra high edge guard. The mattresses should not be thicker than 4 ½“, 11 cm. Please note the marking on the inside of the bed. Solid beech wood on the face side, genuine beech veneer, acrylic panels. GS-approved. W 50“ x H 69“ x D 27 ¾“, W 127 x H 174 x D 70 cm. 2 sleeping areas, each 23 ¾“ x 47 ¼“, 60 x 120 cm. Please order mattress separately (below). 180998 Bunk-bed crib with 2 wing doors B Space-saving solution for 2 children: toddlers can sleep in the upper bed and below, older children. Safe door mechanism: the doors lock closed and cannot be opened from the inside. The bunk-bed crib has an extra high edge guard. The mattresses should not be thicker than 4 ½“, 11 cm. Please note the marking on the inside of the bed. Solid beech wood on the face side, genuine beech veneer, acrylic panels. GS-approved. W 50“ x H 69“ x D 27 ¾“, W 127 x H 174 x D 70 cm. 2 sleeping areas, each 23 ¾“ x 47 ¼“, 60 x 120 cm. Please order mattress separately (below). 180990 Padded Elements Sofas B A 10 Year GUARANTEE GS-tested Made in Germany Also available without doors. With Sliding Grille Bunk Bed with Sliding Grille The grille is secured in such a way that it can only be unlocked and opened, or closed and locked, by an adult. It runs in specially milled grooves. To open it is pushed up and then put into the guides. This means that it does not cause any problems when children crawl into bed or get up, or when the little ones are placed in to bed or taken out. W 49“ x H 75“ x D 28 ¾“, W 124 x H 190 x D 73 cm. Solid beech wood, side panels in beech look. 106265 1 sliding Grille (open below) 180944 2 sliding Grilles With one or two sliding grilles Optional Daycare Mattress 180404 W 47 ¼“ x H 3 ¼“ x D 23 ¾“, W 120 x H 8 x D 60 cm. 180405 W 47 ¼“ x H 4 ½“ x D 23 ¾“, W 120 x H 11 x D 60 cm. When pushed up the grille moves in specially milled grooves. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 277
Sivu 280


Combination of five platforms Platform with Pull-out Bed Caster with suspension and stop function (easy to roll without load; won't roll when loaded as the brake is activated). Pull-out bed can be placed anywhere in the room A B More about BIRCH WOOD on page 122/123 How to order Mandatory Options Sand L071 Linoleum Surfaces Orange L171 Green L132 lots of space to play Light Blue L422 Blue L479 Platform with pull-out bed The rolling bed can be quickly and easily taken out for the afternoon nap, and then stored again afterward. Covers and pillows fit in with it too. Platform makes space for playing, reading or resting. Model 181035 comes with an additional mattress, which also makes the platform into a sleeping space. Birch wood, linoleum surface. Delivery incl. fixed slatted frame. W 58 ¼", 147.8 (pulled out 114 ¾", 291 cm) x D 28 ½", 71.8 cm. A 181026 with pull-out bed, H 10 ¼", 26 cm B 181035 with pull-out bed for two mattress, H 13 ½", 34.1 cm Select linoleum surface below. Optional Mattress High quality, polyester foam (RG 24/40). The cover is made of muslin (100% cotton, Öko-Tex standard 100), with zip, and is removable and washable at 140 °F, 60 ?C, but cannot be tumble dried. W 54 ½“ x H 2 ½“ x D 22 ½“, W 138 x H 6 x D 57 cm. 181029 Platform clamps For fixing the platform, e.g. for a running course. 820861 2 pieces 278
Sivu 281


58 ¾“, 149 cm Sleep Options Sleep- and Play Platform A PLATFORM AS A PLAY PLATFORM on page 218. Platform Behind the flap covers with magnetic latches and air holes, guide bars are hidden. Birch wood. W 59 ¼“ x D 25 ½“, W 150 x D 64.2cm. A B 470060 for 1 cushioned mat, H 7 ¼“ H 18.5 cm 470065 for 2 cushioned mats, H 13 ½“, H 34.1 cm PLATFORM for 2 Cushioned Mats Padded Elements Sofas Select linoleum options, page 278. B extra storage space Fold-down Bed space-saving & decorative storage – quickly and easily folded down ca. 63“, 160 cm Can only be operated by an adult. Fold-down Bed With double-secured closure. Can only be operated by an adult. With ventilation slots. Note: covers and pillows should be stored in a separate cupboard. Beech wood veneer. W 25 ¾“ x H approx. 4“, W 65 x H approx. 10 cm, D folded up 6 ¼“, 15.3 cm, folded down 58 ¾“, 149 cm. 181015 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 279
Sivu 282


Natural Fiber Carpets Advantages • Natural fiber carpet (80 % goat hair, 20 % virgin wool) with jute backing • Long-wearing • Fray-resistant • Perfectly lies flat without curling in the corners • Anti-static • Fulfills requirements of German DIN 41-2-1fire class 1 • With appropriate room humidity (see care instructions) suitable for installation over floor heating system IMPORTANT CARE INSTRUCTIONS: Measurements and Shapes customer decides length T570 T568 78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“ 2 x 2 m 78 ¾“ x 118“ 2 x 3 m 78 ¾“2 m T585 T641 78 ¾“2 m Ø 78 ¾“ Ø 2 m Ø 118“ Ø 3 m Tretford carpet 848301 78 ¾“, 2 m wide, per cm 848322 78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“, 2 x 2 m 848323 78 ¾“ x 118“, 2 x 3 m 848356 Quadrant unit, side length 78 ¾“, 2 m 848355 Ø 78 ¾“, 2 m 848357 Ø 118“, 3 m • Goat hair and virgin wool store moisture and discharge it when the air in the room is dry, which contributes to a balanced climate in the room. A bala nced and ideal room climate ranges from approx. 50 - 70 % relative humidity and a room temperature of 68°F/20°C. • When rooms are heated, Tretford recommends additional air humidifi cation with humidity containers, humidifi ers or plenty of plants. If the relative humidity is still not adequate then Tretford recommends spraying a little water with a spray can. This method is also suitable if there is underfl oor heating. This way the Tretford carpet will develop the properties which are important for its durability. • Goat hair and virgin wool react sensitively to exposure to light. In rooms that are constantly exposed to UV radiation, ensure adequate shading. T517 T622 T516 T566 Select carpet color. • Vacuum the carpet often to remove loose dirt. Please maintain sufficient humidity in your rooms. If the humidity is not adequate, goat hair and virgin wool will become brittle and can be damaged during vacuuming. T555 T601 280
Sivu 283


Carpets Fabromont Easy-Care Quality Advantages • Kugelgarn® (“fiber ball”) carpet (60 % Polyamide, 40 % Polypropylene) Measurements and Shapes customer decides length 78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“ 2 x 2 m 78 ¾“ x 118“ 2 x 3 m • Extremely resistant and hardwearing: classification per DIN EN 1307 • Fray-resistant • Perfectly flat, lies without curling in the corners • Anti-static • Fulfills requirements of DIN 41-2-1 fire class 1 Fabromont carpet 848101 78 ¾“, 2 m wide, per cm 848122 78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“, 2 x 2 m 848123 78 ¾“ x 118“, 2 x 3 m Select carpet color. F164 F111 F019 Padded Elements Sofas • Suitable for installation over floor heating system F165 F355 • Provides no breeding ground for allergens, therefore suitable for individuals with allergies • hygienic even after many years of use and without antibacterial fi nish • Impact sound reducing per VM DIN 52210-1 • UV-resistant and non-fading How to order Carpets Please order the desired length. Mandatory Options Order by product number, color code name and length. Requires no special care. Area Rug Play Carpets Solid colors. Anti-slip underside. Delivered rolled up. Nylon. 10‘ x 13‘, 300 x 400 cm. 091019 Blue 091026 Red 100536 Green In 3 Colors Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 281
Sivu 284


Carpets Kiwi Measurements and Shapes 099843 78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“, 2 x 2 m 099844 78 ¾“ x 118“, 2 x 3 m 099940 Ø 78 ¾“, 2 m 099941 Ø 118“, 3 m 099990 Quarter-circle, Ø 98 ½“, 2.50 m 78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“, 2 x 2 m 78 ¾“ x 118“, 2 x 3 m Ø 78 ¾ “, Ø 2 m Ø 118“, Ø 3 m 2.50 m 98 ½“ Jeans 099846 78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“, 2 x 2 m 099847 78 ¾“ x 118“, 2 x 3 m 099934 Ø 78 ¾“, 2 m 099935 Ø 118“, 3 m 099991 Quarter-circle, Ø 98 ½“, 2.50 m Material Properties & Benefits • Material: 100% polyamide, back with fabric • High-quality loop pile • Fully stitched edge • Antistatic • Durable • Easy to clean • Fire resistant • Especially suited for subfloor heating • Lightfast • Wheelchair compatible • Uses: building corners, group or play rooms Silver Grey Red Camel 109155 78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“, 2 x 2 m 109154 78 ¾“ x 118 ¼“ , 2 x 3 m 109153 Ø 78 ¾“, 2 m 109152 Ø 118 ¼“, 3 m 109156 Quarter-circle, Ø 98 ½“, 2.50 m 099845 78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“, 2 x 2 m 099842 78 ¾“ x 118“, 2 x 3 m 099936 Ø 78 ¾“, 2 m 099937 Ø 118“, 3 m 099992 Quarter-circle, Ø 98 ½“, 2.50 m 099848 78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“, 2 x 2 m 099849 78 ¾“ x 118“, 2 x 3 m 099942 Ø 78 ¾“, 2 m 099943 Ø 118“, 3 m 099993 Quarter-circle, Ø 98 ½“, 2.50 m 282
Sivu 285


Dramatic Play Elements Dramatic Play Elements
Sivu 286


Room Concept The Play Room 1 A well thought out room design makes it possible for children to play alone, in pairs or in small groups. In the concept pictured you can see an arrangement option with various areas: In the front area there is space for floor games and storage. The back area is primarily intended for role play: The platform is perfect for playing with building blocks. A small children's apartment encourages family games. Children experience their environment through play. They tackle specific problems and developmental tasks. They test relationships and practice procedures. All of this is important for personal development. Play apartment Linda Versatile furniture – for endless play options (from page 286). GEMINO+ platforms on page 314 1 Play backdrops from page 129 Small cave on page 302 284
Sivu 287


Play Furniture Spielküchen Safety Kitchen for Preschool Even little cooks can hold on Large, dials that turn Birch Chairs and Tables Grab handles for pulling up and holding on Rounded corners ½“, 5-mm Height 16“, 40 cm Dramatic Play Elements Rollenspiel Regelspiel Safety Kitchen Unit Here the littlest ones get a first kitchen experience. Milledin stovetop burners and a nonremovable sink are available for play. Movable faucet and stovetop control knobs make the unit seem real. Rounded edges protect little cooks from harm. And the grab handles on the left and right offer support when they want to pull themselves up. Birch. W 23 ¾“ x H 15 ½“ x D 13 ½“, W 60 x H 39 x D 34 cm. Overall height: 18 ¼“, 46 cm. 128541 Oven door is stationary UPHOLSTERED SAFETY FURNITURE on page 34/35. OTHER SAFETY FURNITURE on page 136/137. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 285
Sivu 288


Linda Play Furniture Linda easily transformed Versatile Furniture for endless play options 10 Year GUARANTEE ¼“, 5 mm safety edge No small parts Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. Made in Germany Children like to role play, and often switch roles quickly. Just a moment ago they were a parent, but now they'd prefer to play shop. The stove transforms into a counter in just one easy step. The door opens into a garage. The sink is a perfect bridge to crawl under, the shelf becomes a stool and so on. To make sure children have plenty of space for their imagination to run wild, the stable and safely stackable furniture is subtly designed, and created in such a way that it can be easily combined. Robust hinges and solvent-free varnish mean the furniture is "child-safe". The System Easily combine cabinets The attachments are secured with two edge strips on the underside. 286
Sivu 289


Zoom Versatile Linda Play Furniture ? Cabinet + Cushion = Stool Cabinet + Table Top = Table Single Elements Cabinet + Top Piece = Artist's Studio With Linda you are able to quickly transform the play corner, ie. into a small artist's studio. Cabinet + Panel = Racetrack Creativity is welcome. A top panel can be quickly transformed into a racetrack. Square Table Top Top Piece For all cabinets. Cannot be pushed off or pushed over thanks to 4 feet and 2 turning bolts on the underside. Birch wood. W 21 ½" x H 3 ¼" x D 21 ½", W 54 x H 8 x D 54 cm. 129133 Panel Top Piece Can be used as a table or seat. For all cabinets. Can also be suspended between two cabinets. Cannot be pushed off thanks to two edge strips underneath. Birch wood. W 31 ½" x H 1 ½" x D 15 ¾", W 80 x H 3.5 x D 40 cm. 129132 Stove/Sink Top Piece With acrylic glass pane, 2 turning knobs, tap and 2 building blocks to play directly on the floor. For all cabinets. If suspended it can only be mounted between two cabinets. Cannot be pushed off thanks to two edge strips underneath. Birch wood. W 31 ½" x D 15 ¾", W 80 x D 40 cm, total height 6 ½", 16.5 cm. 129131 Low Cabinet, Open Birch wood. W 15 ¾" x H 11 ½" x D 15 ¾", W 40 x H 29 x D 40 cm. 129120 Dramatic Play Elements Low Cabinet with Fixed Shelf Birch wood. W 15 ¾" x H 11 ½" x D 15 ¾", W 40 x H 29 x D 40 cm. 129121 Low Cabinet with Door Birch wood. W 15 ¾" x H 11 ½" x D 15 ¾", W 40 x H 29 x D 40 cm. 129122 Tall Cabinet With Fixed Shelf Birch wood. W 15 ¾" x H 22 ¼" x D 15 ¾", W 40 x H 56 x D 40 cm. 129125 Tall Cabinet with Double Door 1 fixed shelf. Birch wood. W 15 ¾" x H 22 ¼" x D 15 ¾", W 40 x H 56 x D 40 cm. 129126 Seating Cushion Can be used on the floor or as a stool cushion. Foam with phthalate-free synthetic leather covering. Color: light green. 14 ¾" x 14 ¾", 37 x 37 cm, 1 ¾", 4 cm thick. 129146 `Hooked Panel with Pockets Can be hung on the side of all "Linda" children's apartment cabinets. The removable panel has two stitched mesh pockets and a rollover edge with Velcro. Robust 100% polyester fabric, mesh, metal strip with yellow powder-coating. Strip W 15 ½" x H 2", W 39 x H 5 cm; pockets W 15" x H 9 ¼", W 38 x H 23 cm. 129140 blue 129141 green fabric boxes on page 179. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 287
Sivu 290


Birch Play Apartment Lara Lara 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. Cabinets with aluminum grip bars All individual elements on page 290. Makeup Table Quality metal hinge 180° Made in Germany LARA, is modern, friendly and, of course, stable. With the versatile elements from LARA, you can create a little kitchen, living room or seating area where children feel happy and comfortable, with all the appliances they know from home. 288
Sivu 291


Play Apartment ”Lara“ lino Kitchen Counter A lot of kitchen in a small space. Sliding door with acrylic glass Genuine birchwood veneer A Burner made of Plexiglas with silkscreen printing Long-life HPL coating Trim that looks like aluminum Genuine edge band Knobs for rotating Dramatic Play Elements Aluminum grip bar Pull-out dishwasher Plastic sliding base Baking oven you can pull out Acrylic glass Lino Kitchen Counter A Constructed of birch veneer, acrylic, laminated countertop, sink made of plastic, metal knobs and dials. W 42“ x H 41“ x D 14 ½“, W 107 x H 103.5 x D 37 cm; Counter Top Section: D 9“, 22.5 cm. 128501 Kitchen Center 023144 Replacement sink 128101 Replacement faucet Compact kitchen Compact Kitchen B Cabinet with sink made of plastic, dishwasher, pull out oven, 4 burners made of printed acrylic, 3 drawers, wooden dials that turn, water tap of powder-coated metal. Birch real wood veneer, W 42“ x H 22“ x D 14 ½“, W 107 x H 56 x D 37 cm. 128503 Kitchen Center 023144 Replacement sink 128101 Replacement faucet B Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 289
Sivu 292


Lara Single Elements 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. Cabinets with aluminum grip bars Quality metal hinge 180° Made in Germany Oven can be pulled out Pullout dishwasher Stove with Oven Oven as pull-out with window made of acrylic and baking sheets that pull out. Four burners of printed acrylic, wooden dials that turn. W 18 ½“ x H 22 ¼“ x D 14 ½“, W 46.5 x H 56 x D 37 cm. 128512 Sink with Dishwasher With a dish rack that slides out, wooden dials that turn. Sink made of plastic, water faucet of powder-coated metal. W 18 ½“ x H 22 ¼“ x D 14 ½“, W 46.5 x H 56 x D 37 cm. 128514 023144 Replacement sink 128101 Replacement faucet Kitchen Center Cabinet with sink made of plastic, 2 burners made of printed acrylic, wooden dials that turn, faucet of powdercoated metal. W 27“ x H 22“ x D 14 ½“, W 68 x H 56 x D 37 cm. 128502 023144 Replacement sink 128101 Replacement faucet Drawers Set of three drawers, colored (yellow, orange, red). W 5 ½“ x H 5 ½“ x L 12“, W 14 x H 14 x L 31 cm. 128518 Sounds when turning of the drum Freezer compartment in fridge Washing Machine Round door with acrylic pane, outer pane with a handle that turns, wooden laundry pieces between both panes that creates a typical washing sound when handle is turned. Housing includes a detergent drawer and 2 wooden dials that really turn. W 18 ½“ x H 22 ¼“ x D 14 ½“, W 46.5 x H 56 x D 37 cm. 128513 Refrigerator Hinged door with bottle holder, freezer, shelves. Door hinged on left. W 18 ½“ x H 22 ¼“ x D 14 ½“, W 46.5 x H 56 x D 37 cm. 128515 Tall Cabinet With refrigerator and microwave. Refrigerator: hinged door with bottle holder and 2 small drawers, freezer, 2 shelves. Door hinged on right. Microwave: hinged door with acrylic pane, wooden dials that really turn. W 24 ½“ x H 40 ¾“ x D 13 ½“, W 62 x H 103.5 x D 34 cm. Storage shelves can be equipped with drawers 128518. 128516 Clothes Closet With hinged door, shelves and 4 metal hooks. W 24 ½“ x H 40 ¾“ x D 13 ½“, W 62 x H 103.5 x D 34 cm. Storage shelves can be equipped with drawers 128518. 128510 with hinged mirrors on the sides Diaper Changing Pad For sideboard on this page (128527). With plastic pad, cover made of Cordura, washable. Cordura made of 100% polyester. W 26 ¾“ x H 17 ¾“ x D 6 ¼“, W 68 x H 16 x D 45 cm. 128531 Sideboard 6 small cubbyholes, can be equipped with drawer 128518, and two large cubbyholes. W 26 ¾“ x H 22“ x D 14 ½“, W 68 x H 56 x D 37 cm. 128527 Vanity Table With 3 acrylic mirrors, two of which are side folding mirrors, and ball hooks. Four cubbyholes, can be equipped with drawer 128518. W 26 ¾“ x H 36 ½“ x D 14 ½“, W 68 x H 93 x D 37 cm, table height 20 ½“, 52 cm. 128524 Turn-around Stool Seat height: 5”, 8 ½”, 10 ½” or 12 ½”, 12, 21, 26, or 31 cm. The grip holes facilitate handling. W 12 ½” x H 12 ½” x D 10 ½”, W 31 x H 31 x D 26 cm. 128635 290
Sivu 293


Play Apartment ”Lara“ Stackable Stool “Favorit” Solid beech wood; seat made of genuine beech wood. 809630 Seat height 12 ¼“, 31 cm Stacking Chair “Favorit” Solid beech wood; seat and backrest made of genuine beech wood. 809330 Seat height 12 ¼“, 31 cm Square Table Tabletop with Duropal surface in birchlook, legs solid beech. W 25 ½“ x H 20 ½“ x D 21 ¾“, W 65 x H 52 x D 55 cm. 128520 Coffee Table Tabletop coated with Duropal in birch-look. Legs made of solid beech. Ø 26“, 66 cm. 128523 H 9 ¾“, 25 cm Round Table Tabletop coated with Duropal in birch-look. Legs made of solid beech. Ø 26“, 66 cm. 128530 H 20 ½ “, 52 cm (not shown) Padded Elements Select fabric options. Upholstered Stool Cover removable for washing. W 18“ x D 18“, W 45 x D 45 cm, seat height: 10“, 25 cm. 128526 Upholstered Chair Cover removable for washing. W 18“ x H 18 ¼“ x D 19 ¼“, W 45 x H 46 x D 49 cm, seat height 10“, 25 cm. 128522 Upholstered Lounger Cover removable for washing. W 31 ½“ x D 18“, W 80 x D 45 cm, seat height: 10“, 25 cm. 128525 Upholstered Chair Cover removable for washing. W 31 ½“ x H 18 ¼“ x D 19 ¼“, W 80 x H 46 x D 49 cm, seat height 10“, 25 cm. 128521 Rollenspiel Regelspiel Rocking Armchair W 23“ x H 24 ½“ x D 28 ¼“, W 58 x H 62 x D 72 cm, seat height 12“, 30 cm. 128151 Available in all fabrics. You can find these after p. 222. Dramatic Play Elements Kitchen Center ECKO Bake, cook, do laundry and dishes: Ecko has everything you need. And after the housework is done, the sinkand stove can be simply rolled under the counter. Then the kitchen is transformed into a food stand or post office. Combinable with all furniture pieces on this page. Stove with Baking Cart Sink Save space when closed Kitchen Center Ecko Constructed of birch wood veneer, countertop is laminated, acrylic sinks made of plastic. W 40“ x H 22“ x D 24“, W 101.5 x H 56 x D 60.5 cm. Rolling component: W 22 ½“ or 24 ½“ x H 20 ½“ x D 13 ½“, W 57 or 62 x H 52 x D 34 cm. Counter top section: W 38 ½“ x H 13“ x D 19 ¾“, W 98 x H 33.5 x D 50 cm. 128500 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 291
Sivu 294


Play Apartment Jule Beech Real Wood Veneer Jule 10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161. Individual items on page 294 Made in Germany Children´s Apartment Jule • Tables and chairs made of solid beechwood. • Surfaces and shelves made of solid wood beech edge. • Table and chair legs fitted with plastic floor glides. • Wooden handles. • Insert shelves can be adjusted in grid up to 1 ¼“, 3.2 cm. • Spring metal hinges. • Padding filled with 1 ½“, 4 cm thick foam. • Comfortable backrest cushion. • Cover made of 100% cotton, removable and washable at 86°F/30°C Jule Complete Set Consists of sofa with cushions, table and 2 chairs with cushions. Descriptions of individual items on page 295. 128045 292
Sivu 295


Play Apartment ”Jule“ Jule kitchenette Genuine beech wood veneer Safety edge ¾“, 11 mm Attached on hotplates Genuine wood edge band Removable sink Knobs Rollenspiel Regelspiel Oven door opens on the side Quality hinge with a 94? opening Dramatic Play Elements A Acrylic Stove Front Solid wood pedestal Adjustable shelf Plastic glides Compact Kitchen Jule Kitchenette A Consists of burners and oven, sink and crockery-shelf. With plastic sink insert and tap (attached to back wall). W 43“ x H 39“ x D 14“, W 108.5 x H 98 x D 35.5 cm. 128040 Jule Kitchenette 023142 Replacement sink 128110 Replacement faucet Compact Kitchen B Consisting of burners and oven, plastic sink insert and tap. W 43“ x H 22“ x D 14“, W 108.5 x H 56 cm x D 35.5 cm. 128150 Compact Kitchen 023142 Replacement sink 128102 Replacement faucet B Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 293
Sivu 296


Jule Crockery Shelf Can be attached to wall or combined with sideboard 128082. W 25“ x H 16“ x D 8“, W 64 x H 40 x D 20 cm. 128078 Single Elements Diaper Changer Top-Piece Pad made of foam, cover removable and washable. For sideboard 128082. W 26“ x H 6 ½“ x D 17“, W 66 x H 16 x D 43.5 cm. 128027 Sideboard 1 insert shelf. W 26“ x H 22“ x D 14“, W 66 x H 56 x D 35.5 cm. 128082 Sideboard with Crockery Shelf 1 insert shelf in cupboard. Crockery 128078 included. W 26“ x H 39“ x D 14“ , W 66 x H 96 x D 35.5 cm. 128083 glued-on hotplates Stove Dials that turn, oven door with acrylic glass and wooden handle trim. One wooden pull-out insert shelf as “baking tray”. Side opening door with spring metal hinge. W 18“ x H 22“ x D 14“, W 46 x H 56 x D 35.5 cm. 128068 guaranteed to be “drip-free” with a freezer compartment Sink Unit With 2 doors, top plastic, sink insert, removable wooden tap and dishcloth rail on inside of door. W 26“ x H 22“ x D 14“, W 66 x H 56 x D 35.5 cm. 128073 128089 Replacement sink 128102 Replacement faucet Chest of Drawers Two large drawers for plastic utensil and plates; One flat drawer with plastic cutlery insert. Inner drawer measurements approx. 14 ½“ x 10 ½“, 37 x 27 cm each. With wooden handles. W 18“ x H 22“ x D 14“, W 46 x H 56 x D 35.5 cm. 128076 Adjustable side mirrors with ice-box Fridge With an “ice-box”. Door opens to left. W 18“ x H 22“ x D 14“, W 46 x H 56 x D 35.5 cm. 128074 Wardrobe One clothing rail, one insert shelf. W 26“ x H 39“ x D 14“, W 66 x H 98 x D 35.5 cm. 128070 Hairdressing Table Mirror made of safety glass. Mirror element is secured to table base. W 26“ x H 41“ x D 17“, W 66 x H 104 x D 43.5 cm. 128079 294
Sivu 297


Play Apartment ”Jule“ 10 Year GUARANTEE detergent drawer Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161. knobs Made in Germany rotating drum Washing Machine Drum window made of acrylic, Ø approx. 12“, 30 cm. Outer pane with handle for turning. Between the 2 acrylic panes are colorful pearls which, when turned, imitate the characteristic rotation noises of a washing machine. Trim with small detergent drawer and 2 operating knobs. W 18“ x H 22“ x D 14“, W 46 x H 56 x D 35.5 cm. 128075 makes sounds like a real washing machine All JULE Elements are available in Gilde red with yellow dots. All covers removeable for washing. Dramatic Play Elements Stackable Stool “Favorit” Material: Solid beech wood. Seat height 12 ¼“, 31 cm. Ø 12 ¾“, 32 cm. 809630 Chair, stackable With plastic floor glides. Chair W 13“, 33.5 cm, H 22“, 55 cm, sitting height 12“, 30 cm, sitting depth 12 ½“, 31.5 cm. 128060 Seat Cushions for 128060 W 12“ x H 1 ¾“ x D 10 ½“, W 30 x H 4 x D 27 cm. 128026 Coffee Table W 21“ x H 14“ x D 22“, W 55 x H 36 x D 55 cm. 128067 Round Table Ø 26“, 65 cm, height 20 ½“, 52 cm. 128066 Padded Armchair W 19“ x H 18 ½“ x D 17“, W 48.5 x H 47 x D 43 cm. Seat height incl. padding 9 1/2“, 24 cm. Foam cushion, 1 ½“, 4 cm thick. 128021 Padded Lounger Comfy settee includes 2 back rest pads. W 50 ½“ x H 14 ½“ x D 26“, W 128 x H 36.5 x D 65.5 cm. Sitting height 9 ½“, 24 cm. Foam cushion, 3 ¼“, 8 cm thick. 128018 Doll Bed Crib for dolls, teddy bears and other plush animals. Solid beech. W 24 ½” x H 13 ½” x D 17 ¾”, W 62 x H 34 x D 45 cm. Includes doll bedding. 044990 Ironing board With a stable foot and sliding bases. A safety clamp prevents it from collapsing. Solid beech. W 30” x H 22 ¾“ x D 8”, W 75.5 x H 57 x D 20 cm. 045730 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 295
Sivu 298


Children‘s Apartment Children's apartment made of solid beech wood A Washing Machine A With pull-out detergent compartment, turning knob and door with magnetic closure. Solid beech wood, oiled. W 14 ¼" x H 21 ½" x D 12", W 36 x H 54 x D 30 cm. 128430 B Stove With 2 hotplates, 3 turning knobs, a removable baking tray and a solid floor. The door, with acrylic glass pane and magnetic closure, can be opened to the side. Solid beech wood, oiled. W 14 ¼" x H 21 ½" x D 12", W 36 x H 54 x D 30 cm. 128420 Kitchen Sink C With removable metal sink, milled indents for drying area and 2 compartments behind the right-hinged door with magnetic closure. Solid beech wood, oiled. W 14 ¼" x H 21 ½"/28 ¾" (incl. tap) x D 12", W 36 x H 54/73 x D 30 cm. 128410 B C D D Fridge Two compartments, 1 freezer compartment (door with magnet and finger hole), and small shelf inside the door. Door (with magnet) hinged on the right. Solid beech wood, oiled. W 14 ¼" x H 21 ½" x D 12", W 36 x H 54 x D 30 cm. 128450 High Cabinet with Microwave E With turning plate. The secret is the hand crank in the compartment under the microwave. The microwave also has an acrylic glass door and turning knobs. The cabinet offers plenty of storage space, with 2 shelves behind the left-hinged door and 2 compartments. Solid beech wood, oiled. W 14 ¼" x H 33 ¼" x D 12", W 36 x H 84 x D 30 cm. 128440 E Hand crank turns the plate F F Kitchen Block With removable metal sink and milled indents for drying area, with 2 compartments, 1 removable shelf, and a door with magnetic closure. 2 hotplates on the right and 2 turning knobs, under which there are 2 compartments. Solid beech wood, oiled. W 21 ½" x 21 ½" x D 12", W 54 x H 54 x D 30 cm. 128455 296
Sivu 299


Role Rollenspiel-Elemente Play Elements Rollenspiel Regelspiel Role Play Wall 2 perforated wall panels (hardware included) with the following attachments: 1 mirror, 1 tall shelf, 4 natural shelf bins, 1 wardrobe, 1 shelf for cooking spoons, 1 sink, 1 cooktop, 1 workstation, and 1 hanging material bin. With these elements, a kitchen area and a vanity, a dress-up station, or even a beauty salon can be set up. W 75 ½“ x H 57“, W 192 x H 144 cm. 458963 Dramatic Play Elements These bean bags come from the room concept Discovery Rooms! See page 110. PLAY SHELF on page 112. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 297
Sivu 300


It‘s time to go shopping Kiosk A worktop with printed on grill and hotplates, a stove for opening, a shelf with 2 racks, deep fat fryer for a French fries basket, a printed on table and a refrigerator with 2 shelves on the rear side (one installed at an angle and with a base track). Birch plywood ½” or ¾”, 8 or 10 mm thick, untreated; worktops clear lacquered: cloth roof made of 100% polyester H 50 ¾” x 30” x 39 ¾”, H 128 x W 76 x D 100 cm. 643397 298
Sivu 301


Store Store Classic Store Sturdy sales stand Store consists of three pieces: the shelf and counter are connected with an easy-assembly rack. The shelf has four drawers and many permanent divisions while the counter has one rack at an angle and one straight. Ideal for fruit and vegetable stands. Solid timber, treated with wax. Complete store: W 31” x D 36”, W 78 x D 91 cm. Shelf height: 43 ½”, 110 cm. Height of counter: 24 ¾”, 62 cm. The baskets and cash register are not included. 091256 Solid wood, treated Two Functions in One 2 sides – 2 options Play Store/Puppet Theater One quick step is all it takes to convert the play store into a theater. Simply take the shelf behind the sales counter down, and the stage for puppets is ready. Both the store and the theater stand up securely due to the connecting braces on the side panels. Sales counter with slide-open acrylic-glass panels. Includes curtain. Untreated pine with plywood fill. W 45 ½” x H 49 ¼” x D 12 ½”, W 116 x H 125 x D 32 cm. 655533 Dramatic Play Elements Grill Out! moving Plexiglas panes Grill Let's see which children stand at the grill: the girls or the boys? With heightadjustable grill grate and hanging rod for grill accessories. Real birch wood, powder-coated metal. W 21" x H 21 ¾" x D 13 ¾", W 53 x H 55 x D 34.4 cm. 120515 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 299
Sivu 302


Role Play Cabinet Back panel with hook & loop Wardrobe or Treasure Trove for Role Play The mobile cabinet on four casters is always ready for theater and role play games, but can also serve as a normal wardrobe. The detachable back panel with net pockets is practical for small items. With a safety mirror, a clothes rod, and 4 shelves. Beech veneer; back panel of outdoor fabric (100% polyester) and netting. W 39 ½“ x H 54 ½“ x D 19 ¾“, W 100 x H 138.5 x D 50 cm. 128016 Material bins (4 x article number 509380) order separately on page 178. Plenty of space for toys B A Space for many items Birch Wardrobe A A garment rail, a shoe rack and five shelves holds everything needed to play dress up. Various elements can be suspended on to the narrow sides for even more storage space. With a safety mirror, 1 solid and 3 insert shelves, acrylic upstand on the upper edge and grid rack as well as 4 casters, 2 of which can be locked. Beech veneer. W 39 ¾” x H 55” x D 22 ¾”, W 100 x H 139 x D 57 cm. Interior compartment W 14 ¾” x H 8” x D 23”, W 37 x H 20 x D 58 cm. 128017 Material bins order separately on page 178. Rolling box with windows B Sturdy box with thick acrylic panels. 2 of the casters are locking. Birch wood; 5 mm thick acrylic panels. W 19 ¾“ x H 19 ¼“ x D 19 ¾“, W 50 x H 49 x D 50 cm, with casters. 457069 Dress-Up Box C Costumes, hats, masks, and crown: every thing is handy, and organized. Wooden bar and 4 hooks on the sides. Fabric boxes detachable and washable at 86°F, 30° C (blended cotton fabric). with 4 casters. W 31 ½“ x H 47 ¼“ x D 16 ¼“, W 80 x H 120 x D 41 cm. 128135 C Fabric is removable and washable 300
Sivu 303


Play house with many possibilities Puppet Theatre Basis for play house House of Dreams/Playhouse Children want to have their own little place to get away from it all, to relax and to dream. Take these two play stands with 2 roof arches, add cloth curtains, and you have got a terrific “dream house”. In a couple of easy steps, the house can be turned into a puppet theater, a fruit and vegetable stand, or by taking away the curtain, a beautiful bookcase. Remove the top board and add the store elements, and you have a little country store. Two play stands made of alder (surface oiled). Space requirements: W 67“ x D 31 ½“ , H 51 ¼“ . W 170 x D 80 cm, H 130 cm 038439 Play Curtains To build and extend the playhouse. Made of cotton; washable at up to 140°F/60°C. 98 ½” x 59”, 250 x 150 cm. 038448 red 038449 blue Dramatic Play Elements Store Addition Country Store Can stand alone as a store counter or be integrated into the Playhouse. The country store transforms into a post office, bank or bakery by adding the printed signs included. Alder wood treated with linseed oil. With two pre-printed and one black sign. W 29” X H 27 ½” X D 10”, W 74 x H 70 x D 25 cm. 038463 24 ½“, 62 cm Lid brake protects little fingers Haba Toy Chest Beautiful, stable chest. The small space between the chest, and the lid stops children's fingers from getting pinched. The two lid brakes (see inset) also mean that the chest closes slowly, meaning additional safety. Solid pine wood, natural finish. Outer size: 24 ½" x 17 ¾" x 13", 62 x 45 x 33 cm. 025925 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 301
Sivu 304


Caves full of adventure • Fabric fronts are made of cotton • Roof elements are made of outdoor material (100 % polyester) with Velcro • Frame is made of sturdy genuine birch with tubular steel Small cave W 47 1 / 2“ x H 49 3 / 4 “ x D 47 1 / 2“, W 120 x H 126 x D 120 cm 78 ¾“, 200 cm 112890 Adventure Cave, small 170300 Fabric front for 112890 170301 Roof element for 112890 126940 Mat for 112890, W 42 ¾“ x H 1“ x D 45 ½“, W 108 x H 2,5 x D 115 cm Select synthetic leather on page 227. Large cave W 78 3 / 4 “ x H 65 1 / 2“ x D 78 3 / 4 “, W 200 x H 166 x D 200 cm 112893 Adventure Cave, large 112894 Fabric front for 112893 112895 Roof element for 112893 126941 Mat for 112893, W 74 ¼“ x H 1“ x D 77 ¼“, W 188 x H 2,5 x D 196 cm Select synthetic leather on page 227. 78 ¾“, 200 cm 302
Sivu 305


Play caves Cozy cave A cozy place Curtain has a Velcro band. Two portholes on the roof lets light in. Cave is installed on the wall with wood ledges. Genuine birch and translucent with acrylic panes. W 39 ¾” x H 23 ½” x D 27 ¾”, W 100 x H 59 x D 70 cm. 110910 Cave 098299 Mat for 110910, blue Dramatic Play Elements Cave for the senses Basic frame for school, kindergarten and after school Senses Cave The senses cave gives children a place to let themselves think. A sky roof made of cotton and maybe another little chain of lights makes a universe out of the senses cave and children can lie back and study the night sky. Real beech wood. Cotton roof washable at 86°F/30°C. After washing, stretch to shape and, hang to dry. W 5‘ 2“ x H 5‘ 3“ x D 5‘ 2“, W 157.6 x H 160 x D 157.6 cm. Height of side walls: 18“, 44.2 cm. 846300 Base 842715 Cloth roof, grey-brown 109052 Mat brown-beige Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 303
Sivu 306


r i ll a r Not available in the U.S.A. f o r T E e S h e N s S P E C T a Middle element no longer available. This attractive playmate draws all eyes towards it. At each individual segment there are details designed with sensory experience. The wide variety of elements awakes the children’s curiosity so that they will never be bored. All parts from the head to the tail are bolted together for the safety of the little crawlers. Start with our saver set and add on to make your caterpillar grow. Genuine birch wood, various materials, crackly foil, etc. H 33 ½“ x D 33 ½“, H 85 x D 85 cm. Complete Set with 3 Segments Three part Caterpillar Set Each segment is designed in different colors and equipped with various materials and accessories. Genuine birch wood and Plexiglas. It consists of the top (457180), the red back (457182) and the end piece (457185). Space requirement: W 99 ½“ x H 33 ½“ x D 33 ½“, W 253 x H 85 x D 85 cm. 458000 Plexiglas face with feelers Wooden discs String of pearls Sensory mat with a variety of materials and fillings 457180 Head piece W 31 ½”, 80 cm 457181 Green arc, W 46 ½”, 118 cm Squeaky mat Butterfly with bells 457182 Red arc, W 46 ½”, 118 cm Strip curtain Loophole 304 Mirrored floor 457184 Turquoise arc, W 46 ½”, 118 cm wavy curtain Velcro elements with various fillings 457185 Orange tail, W 21 ¾”, 55 cm End ring for the caterpillar for the senses Can be bolted onto the segments as a facing if used without head or tail. Genuine birch. 457189 1 piece
Sivu 307


SensesSinne Snail for the Senses Snail for the Senses There is so much to discover on this snail: a mat with crackly and tactile segments and various patterns, movable eyes and tongue, a squishy mirror, various brushes, a tactile mat, and a frog’s eye. Will provide interest and fun for little ones. Birch, foam with mirror foil, mat made of foam and cover made of 100% polyester with Velcro strips; can be washed by hand at 86 F / 30° C. W 47 ¼” x H 28 ¼” x D 23 ¾”, W 120 x H 72 x D 60 cm. 457195 Sinnesförderung Kognition · Krippe Ent span nung Dramatic Play Elements Squishy mirror Various brushes Tactile mat Barrel organ Strips of material with tactile elements Push elements Wires and Beads with 28 slide elements threading Mount Motolino Threading, sliding, sorting colors and shapes: every child will find something here to promote fine motor skills and eye-hand coordination. With Mount Motolino several children can play at the same time. All elements are permanently attached, no loose parts to clean up or get lost. Real birch wood. Ø 27 ½”, 70 cm, H 29 ½”, 75 cm. Ages 3 and up. Yarn shown not included. 120775 Attention! Not suitable for children under three. Small parts. House “Who Lives Where?” Two children’s rooms, living room, bedroom, bathroom, kitchen, cellar, and attic are all waiting for just the right furniture. A total of 28 sliding elements with furniture printed on them are available. The background color shows which elements belong to the same room. And just like decorating in a real house, the path leads upstairs and downstairs and along the hallways to the left or right. This game trains motor function and hand-eye coordination. Birch. Sliding elements 1 ¾” x 1 ¾”, 4 x 4 cm, house W 23 ¾” x H 36 ½”, W 59.5 x H 92 cm. Delivery incl. 4 wall stand-off mounts. 120516 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 305
Sivu 308


Multi Learning Cube magnifying glass Nothing gets lost. Fun without the cleaning up. Various activities for multiple children. 23 ¾ “, 60 cm magnetic chipping tubes steering wheel Multi Learning Cube Sliding elements, such as little cars, airplanes, flowers, etc., a surface with fasteners for practicing a steering wheel with gearshift lever for little race drivers, and many exciting elements, such as spring spheres, magnifier, magic wall, disc tower, feel-it pouches, threaded rod, squeaky toy, etc. Keeps the fingers busy, and addresses all the senses. Birch wood. 23 ¾” x 23 ¾” x 23 ¾”, 60 x 60 x 60 cm. 120828 306
Sivu 309


Gemino Activity Systems Gemino Activity Systems
Sivu 310


6 4 3 5 1 2 1 SAFETY 1 Minimizes risk of injury with extra-rounded edges: 1“, 20 mm rounding on the corner posts and ¼“, 5 mm on all other edges. 2 3 4 Safety steps: with closed stairs, non-slip profi le and a step depth of 11 ¼“, 28 cm. Handrails - can be grasped at two heights Extra high railings: a platform height of 39 ½“, 100 cm or more requires a sill height of at least 39 ½“, 100 cm. 5 6 Sill frame: robust, double profi le – visibility thanks to viewing slit. Correct distance to the ceiling: avoid getting heads caught. Safety for children, teachers and responsible bodies safety doors: More information on page 329. Padded inclines >> Certified in accordance with DIN EN 1176/1177 >> Adheres to the requirements of German standard of the Municipal Federations for Accident Insurance and Prevention (GUV) >> No additional costs for approval or for any required corrective measures. 308
Sivu 311


QUALITY Select materials produced in Germany guarantee the highest quality for long life for Gemino+. We use solid birch and birch veneer of extraordinary quality for Gemino+. Certifi ed materials meet the highest standards and guarantee a long life. • Coated with water varnish -> easy-care and hygienic surface • Self-supporting system -> does not require wall fastening 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. All edges are ¼“, 5 mm rounded on all sides. Posts: 2 ½”, 5.4 cm thick, multiple bonding, fi nger-jointed –>excellent quality, non warping Bars: Square and specially rounded – attractive appearance, innovative shape, extremely sturdy and safe Heavy-Duty Beams: with double T profile for extreme load-bearing capacity and stability. HABA uses wood from sustainable forestry for all furniture made in Bad Rodach, Germany. Gemino Activity Systems Perforated Metal Sheets: made from 2.5 mm thick, powder-coated metal-light, stable and transparent Platform Bases: 1“ thick poplar veneer board – excellent weightbearing properties with 2,5 mm thick linoleum covering. Low-noise, anti-bacterial and antistatic. Steps: solid beech wood with non-slip edge – sturdy and slip-proof Panels: Made from solid birch veneer. Dovetailed. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 309
Sivu 312


VARIETY Gemino + is a complete modular room design range. The single elements can be connected together in a variety of ways. This means that it is possible to add individual modules, or even whole areas, at a later point in time. 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. All edges are ¼“, 5 mm rounded on all sides. Roof Elements Railings The Module Idea – more than 400 individual Elements Platforms Crossings Base Frames Ascents The 3 OPTIONS with the Gemino + module system 1. Ready-made Units 310
Sivu 313


2. Individual Units Do you need something a little different? 1. Request Sketch out your ideas with the individual elements you would like and give us a brief overview of your space. 2. Planning Trained CAD planners check your sketch and your requirements... • For practicability • With regard to all applicable European safety standards 3. Your individual Quote You will receive the following from us (free of charge and non-binding): • 3D planning • Product description • Overview of costs. One of many solutions! Size and feature description for each ready-made unit 3. Individual Custom Solutions Do you want something more than the modular system offers, or do you have a unique idea? We are happy to customize the available Gemino + modules to suit your individual needs. Whether you need a play area that spans various levels, or have unusual requirements for particularly intensive usage - we are the perfect point of contact. We collaborate with you to create a customized Gemino + solution and implement your design ideas with unique Haba quality. Spielhäuser 2. Ebene Gemino Activity Systems Gemino + as an Elbe river steamboat in the Altmarkt Galerie in Dresden This is also Gemino + : a rocket with launch pad, bridge and all the extras. A visual attention-grabber, and a fantastic adventure playground for children at the Norwegian Vatnekrossen preschool. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 311
Sivu 314


For toddlers Exciting: anybody who dares to venture through the tunnel can call themselves a fearless explorer. Even older children can comfortably stand up in the den. 312
Sivu 315


Giant Crawling Castle The path to the top leads over different levels. On the sensory panels (sensory panels sold separately page 374) there are squeaky ducks and rain sounds to experience. The acrylic glass balcony gives a wonderful view where children can relax and observe. Having recharged their batteries, children continue on down the castle to quickly pick up a souvenir in the shop. Behind the shop there is also a cozy den to investigate and play. If there is still time, the tunnel under the giant castle can be tempting. 259000 Giant Crawling Castle 254000 Mat set top 4-part Select synthetic leather color for the mat (p. 227). Order additionally sensory panels (p. 336). Technical data Positioning: Age: In a corner From 1 ½ years Platform heights: 13 ½“, 26 ¾“, 33 ½“, 40 ¼“, 47“, 53 ½“, 34, 68, 85, 102, 119, 136 cm Railing heights: Total height: Space requirements: 32 ½“ and 94 ¼“, 82.5 and 112.1 cm 104 ½“, 265 cm 167“ x 125 ½“, 425 x 319 cm. Gemino Activity Systems 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. All edges are ¼“, 5 mm rounded on all sides. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 313
Sivu 316


For toddlers 2 1 Play Area Play Area A big play area for little kids: with cushioned wave ascent, an integrated sensory bath with removable lid and a large mirror. Sensory panels can also be attached – see note on page 336. 259086 Order sensory panels separately on page 336. Technical data Positioning: Along a wall Age group: From 1 ½ years Platform height: 6 ¾", 13 ½", 17, 34 cm Sill height: 32 ½", 82.5 cm Total height: 54", 137 cm Space requirements: 98 ¼" x 95 ¾", 249 x 243 cm 10 Year GUARANTEE GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. All More edges information are ¼“, on 5 page mm rounded on all sides. Children can learn best through touch and experience A tactile bath can be built into the platforms and fi lled with different materials. When the tactile bath isn’t in use, it can be covered up and then the entire surface can be played on. The lid is heavy enough that children cannot move it themselves, but light enough that adults can open it quickly. 314
Sivu 317


1 2 Technical data Eldorado ? Rolling drawer ? Padded wave climb 259005 Positioning: Age group: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements: Free-standing From 1 ½ years 13 ½", 34 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm 46", 116.5 cm 116 ¼" x 95 ¾", 295 x 243 cm Gemino Activity Systems Additionally order sensory panels. See note on page 336. Sensory Corner Sensory Corner ? sensory elements in the floor (2 x cork, 2 x Tretford carpet covering) ? giant mirror 259058 2 1 Experience for tiny tots: from rough carpet to smooth cork. Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements: In a corner From 1 ½ years 13 ½", 34 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm 54", 137 cm 72 ¼" x 68 ¼", 183 x 173 cm 1 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 315
Sivu 318


For toddlers 4 2 3 1 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. All edges are ¼“, 5 mm More information on page rounded on all sides. Up and down Porthole Crawl I Platform Porthole Crawl Platform ? Wide platform climb for crawling children ? Sensory platform (Tretford carpet covering) ? Giant mirror ? Porthole in the platform floor 259087 254002 Mat-set, 2-part Select synthetic leather color (p.227). Order sensory panels separately on page 336. Positioning: Age: 3 Technical data Along the wall From 1 ½ years Platform height: 6 ¾", 13 ½", 20 ¼", 27", 33 ½", 17, 34, 51, 68, 85 cm Sill height: Total height: 32 ½", 82.5 cm 66", 167.5 cm Space requirements: 98 ¼" x 98 ¼", 249 x 249 cm Up + Down Mini Fits into the corner. Just one level to reach the platform. Little ones will conquer the wavy staircase with synthetic leather coating. 259021 Up + Down Platform Staircase A corner version: with foam wavy stairs and platforms. The porthole in the base lets light into the den. 259009 Up + Down Ramp This version is ideal if you need a unit that you can put in a corner. It has been secured all the way around and guarantees entertaining “Up + down“ fun over a ramp with Tretford sensory carpet and a small staircase. The top frame is perfect for accessorising with sensory panels. 259006 Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height: Railing height: Total height: Space requirements: In a corner From 1 ½ years 13 ½", 34 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm 46", 116.5 cm 71 ¾" x 44 ¼", 182 x 112 cm Technical data Positioning: Age group: Platform height: Railing height: Total height: Space requirements: In a corner From 1 year 6 ¾", 13 ½", 20 ¼", 17, 34, 51 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm 52 ¾", 133.5 cm 100 ½" x 74 ¼", 255 x 188 cm Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height: Railing height: Total height: Space requirements: In a corner From 1 ½ years 13 ½", 34 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm 50 ½", 128 cm 81 ¼" x 68 ¼", 206 x 173 cm 316
Sivu 319


2 1 Up + Down Double Wave Up + Down Double Wave ? Large padded wave climb ? Ramp (Tretford carpet covering) 259019 Order sensory panels separately on page 336. Technical data Positioning: Age group: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements: In a corner From 1 year 6 ¾", 13 ½", 17, 34 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm 72 ¼", 183 cm 96 ½" x 71 ¾", 245 x 182 cm Gemino Activity Systems Castle with Landing Castle With Platform ? Wide platform climb for crawling children ? Giant mirror ? Large padded wave climb ? Porthole in the platform floor 1 Wide platform climb for crawling children 2 Giant mirror 3 Porthole in the platform floor 4 Padded wave climb. 259079 Order sensory panels separately on page 336. Portholes brighten up the cave. 4 2 Technical data Positioning: Age group: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements: In a corner From 1 ½ years 6 ¾", 13 ½", 20 ¼", 17, 34, 51 cm 32 ½" and 44 ¼", 82.5 and 112.1 cm 70 ¾", 179.4 cm 122 ¼" x 95 ¾", 310 x 243 cm 1 4 3 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 317
Sivu 320


For toddlers Buki Castle ? Padded wave climb ? Explorer's cave ? Children's apartment ? Shop ? Toddler balcony 259001 Order sensory panels separately on page 336. 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123 More information on page All edges are ¼“, 5 mm rounded on all sides. 3 2 1 Technical data 318 Positioning: Age: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements: In a corner From 1 ½ years 13 ½", 27", 33 ½", 40 ¼", 47", 53 ¾", 34, 68, 85, 102, 119, 136 cm 32 ½" and 44 ¼", 82.5 and 112.1 cm 101 ¾", 258 cm 239 ½" x 101 ¾", 608 x 258 cm Ceiling height higher than 110 ¼", 281 cm. See note on page 331.
Sivu 321


5 4 Gemino Activity Systems MATCHING CHAIRS on page 15 AND TABLES from page 36. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 319
Sivu 322


Krippe! For toddlers Technical data Technical data Up + Down Linear Linear: climb up and slide back down again. This unit also works well freestanding in a room. 259020 Positioning: Free-standing Age: From 1 ½ years Platform height: 20 ¼", 51 cm Sill height: 32 ½", 82.5 cm Total height: 56 ½", 143 cm Space requirements: 91"x 6", 231 x 66 cm Up + Down Safety Barrier Corner solution with a den. A classic staircase with handrail. Children can come back down the slide before resting in the den. 259022 Positioning: In a corner Age: From 1 ½ years Platform height: 20 ¼", 51 cm Sill height: 32 ½", 82.5 cm Total height: 60 ¾", 154 cm Space requirements: 91"x51", 231 x 129 cm 320
Sivu 323


Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements: Along the wall From 1 ½ years 20 ¼", 51 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm 60 ¾", 154 cm 74 ¼" x 67", 188 x 170 cm Experience Play Castle Experience Play Castle Next to the steps and the slide there is a tunnel under the castle to discover. At the top, children can keep busy with the sensory panels (sold separately) or enjoy the view from the top floor. The unit stands next to a wall, but it is possible to look through all of the other three sides: two small windows, a porthole and a side made of railings. 259007 10 Year GUARANTEE GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. All More edges information are ¼“, n on 5 page mm rounded on all sides. Play Castle with Lookout Anyone who wants to get up to the castle can use the steps or the wave climb. A fantastic view awaits from the balcony or through the portholes. You can also see what‘s going on underneath in the crawl cave. The entry is from the castle courtyard and is guaranteed to be worth an expedition. And right next to it is the motor skills snail and other playmates. 259085 Technical data Positioning: Along the wall Age: From 1 ½ years Platform height: 20 ¼", 51 cm Sill height: 32 ½", 82.5 cm Total height: 60 ¾", 154 cm Space requirements: 139" x 50", 353 x 127 cm Gemino Activity Systems Technical data Technical data Experience Play Castle Variant Steps with non-slip rubber profile and two non-slip handrails. Linoleum slide incl. guardrail barrier (children must sit down before sliding) 259008 Positioning: Along the wall Age: From 1 ½ years Platform height: 20 ¼", 51 cm Sill height: 32 ½", 82.5 cm Total height: 60 ¾", 154 cm Space requirements: 75“ x 66 ½“, 291 x 129 cm Up + Down Quarter Balcony A unit that can fit into the corner. 259016 Positioning: In a corner Age: From 1 ½ years Platform height: 20 ¼", 51 cm Sill height: 32 ½", 82.5 cm Total height: 52 ½", 133.5 cm Space requirements: 94" x 74", 255 x 188 cm Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 321
Sivu 324


for toddlers The mirror on the back wall makes the den under the unit appear much bigger. Snail House This house is a wonderful hideaway. There are three entrances for going to the ground and observing - one is next to the stairs, the second is behind the balcony and the third is behind the slide. The top gives a completely new perspective; there are senses boards (sold separately) to discover and the slide to tackle. 259027 Order sensory panels separately separately (p. 336). Technical data Positioning: Along the wall Age: From 1 ½ years Platform height: 20 ¼", 51 cm Sill height: 32 ½", 82.5 cm Total height: 60 ¾", 154 cm Space requirements: 98 ¼" x 67", 249 x 170 cm 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. All edges are ¼“, 5 mm rounded on all sides. Custom Playhouses See page 311. Technical data Positioning: Along the wall Age: From 1 ½ years Platform height: 20 ¼", 51 cm Sill height: 32 ½", 82.5 cm Total height: 78 ¾", 200 cm Space requirements: 124 ½" x 75", 316 x 190 cm 322 People´s House This house will be enjoyed by many. There is a staircase with extra deep steps on the opposite side to the rolling incline with artificial leather. A den under the railed balcony invites children in. There are senses boards (sold separately) to discover. 259038 Dwarves’ House Order sensory panels separately (p. 336).
Sivu 325


Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements: In a corner From 1 ½ years 20 ¼", 51 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm 67 ½", 171 cm 100 ½" x 100 ½", 255 x 255 cm Sailor‘s Corner Three portholes encourage children’s eyes to and give the unit a harmonious appearance. Explorers crawl over the synthetic leather wave and onto the deck, accompanied by their image in the mirror. A glance over the ship’s railings and then back down on the other side, over the gentle, carpeted waves. The cabin under the system can be turned into the perfect quiet. 259023 Order sensory panels separately (p.336). Little ones are accompanied by their reflection as they crawl up. Gemino Activity Systems Technical data Positioning: In a corner Age: From 1 ½ years Platform height: 20 ¼", 51 cm Sill height: 32 ½", 82.5 cm Total height: 57 ¼", 145 cm Space requirements: 100 ½" x 50", 255 x 127 cm Play Hotel Our play hotel is one of the most popular resorts ever! Children can go up the little steps and then back down a soft foam wave. The lower level of the unit houses a mini cozy den. The stairs and foam incline provide two ways to the hotel. 259018 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 323
Sivu 326


for toddlers Mole Hole The ingenious tunnel system leaves no room for boredom. Children quickly reach the exciting tunnel by going up a staircase and come back down a slide on the other side. At the bottom, two small tunnels lead into the large toy nest. 259050 Order sensory panels separately (p.336) Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements: Along the wall From 1 ½ years 20 ¼", 51 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm 78 ¾", 200 cm 102 ½" x 67 ½", 260 x 171 cm Mouse Hole Small crawling children can make their way quickly up the wave climb or the ramp so that they can crawl through the tunnel or hide in it. From time to time they can look through the portholes or pass the time with the sensory panels. 259090 Order sensory panels separately (p. 336). Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements: Along the wall From 1 year 13 ½", 34 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm 54", 137 cm 78" x 98 ¼", 198 x 249 cm 324
Sivu 327


for toddler/kindergarden Mini showcase for Gemino+ residents Climbing up and down is safe Home Sweet Home “Home Sweet Home” features a platform step that even the youngest children can safely climb. At the top, a large area invites them to build or relax away from the group. The soft mats (please order separately) make the 33 ½“ high den under the play house the perfect place to retreat. 259036 Home Sweet Home 254001 Bottom mat set, 3-part Order sensory panels separately (p. 336). Select synthetic leather color (p. 227). Technical data Positioning: In a corner Age group: From 2 years Platform height: 33 ½", 85 cm Sill height: 32 ½", 82.5 cm Total height: 77", 195 cm Space requirements: 98 ¼" x 50", 249 x 127 cm Gemino Activity Systems Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements: In a corner From 1 ½ years 20 ¼", 33 ½", 51, 85 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm 72 ½", 184 cm 145 ¾" x 74 ¼", 370 x 188 cm Multi-Generational House The multi-generational house is a play house for the whole group: 3 year olds can use the large den for playing, building or resting. The staircase at the back leads to the building and play area on the second floor. Crawling-age children will feel comfortable in the small den and can get to their play area (behind a transparent acrylic balcony) via the extra deep staircase in front. The dens, colorful acrylic panes immerse every view in or out in a special light. 259046 Multiple-Generational House 254002 Bottom mat set, 2-part Order sensory panels separately (p. 336) Select artificial leather color (p. 227). Light pours in, creating an inviting atmosphere. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 325
Sivu 328


Toddler/Kindergarten 1 2 Fisherman´s Paradise ? Retreat cave ? Stairs with non-slip rubber profile and two non-slip handrails 259052 Fisherman’s Paradise Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements: Along the wall From 1 ½ years 33 ½“, 85 cm 32 ½“, 82.5 cm 72 ½“, 184 cm 162 ¼“ x 74 ¼“, 412 x 188 cm Kindergarten 4 Bridge Castle ? Climbing access (Order safety mats separately). ? Role play area with acrylic glass door ? Shop ? Arched bridge 259011 254011 Fall protection mat, W 23 ¾“ x D 67“, W 60 x D 170 cm Select color option on the next page. 1 2 3 Technical data Positioning: Age group: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Along the wall From 3 years 53 ¾“, 136 cm 44 ¼“, 112.1 cm 108“, 274 cm Space requirements: 219“ x 82“, 556 x 208 cm Required ceiling height higher than 107 ¼“, 272 cm. See note on page 331. 326
Sivu 329


2 1 3 Wonderful sliding fun! Gemofant ? Climbing access (order safety mats separately) ? Pass protection (children need to sit down to slide) ? Linoleum slide 259026 254010 Fall protection mats, W 24“ x D 67“, W 60 x D 170 cm Select color options for mat below. Technical data Positioning: Age group: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements: In a corner From 3 years 33 ½“, 85 cm 32 ½“, 82.5 cm 65“, 165 cm 123 ¼“ x 68 ½“, 313 x 174 cm 2 Gemino Activity Systems 1 3 Technical data Gemofant With Stairs ? For all ages: stairs with non-slip rubber profile and two non-slip handrails ? Pass protection (children need to sit down to slide) ? Linoleum slide 259003 Positioning: Age group: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements: In a corner From 3 years 33 ½“, 85 cm 32 ½“, 82.5 cm 65“, 165 cm 123 ¼“ x 98“, 313 x 249 cm Safety Fall protection mats We only use HIC certified mats in proven and extremely durable quality. D 2 ½“, 6 cm Choice of colors GELB Yellow ORAN Orange ROT Red GRÜN Green BLAU Blue ANTH Coal Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 327
Sivu 330


Kindergarten 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. All edges are ¼“, 5 mm rounded on all sides. 1 2 3 Technical data Shop ? Various perforated panels (order hanging elements separately, p. 395) ? Shop ? Stairs with non-slip rubber profile and two non-slip handrails Sensory panels sold separately on page 374. 259030 Store Positioning: In a corner Age group: From 3 years Platform height: 53 ¾“, 136 cm Sill height: 44 ¼“, 112.1 cm Total height: 101 ¾“, 258 cm Space requirements: 76“ x 82“, 193 x 208 cm Required ceiling height is higher than 110 ¾“, 281 cm. See note on page 331. Rooftop Unit ? Various perforated panels (please order hanging elements separately, p. 395) ? Role play area with acrylic door ? Stairs with non-slip rubber profile and two non-slip handrails 259032 There is space for storage / play behind the sloping roof. Technical data 1 2 3 Positioning: Age group: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: In a corner From 3 years 53 ¾“, 136 cm 44 ¼“, 112.1 cm 98 ¼“, 249 cm Space requirements: 99 ¾“ x 84 ¼“, 253 x 214 cm Required ceiling height: less than 101 ¾“, 258 cm or higher than 107 ½“, 273 cm. See note on page 331. 328
Sivu 331


3 1 2 Technical data Roof Garden House ? Large role play area on the ground-floor ? Stairs with non-slip rubber profile and two non-slip handrails ? Large role play area on the first floor (order applications separately, p. 366) 259028 Positioning: Age group: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements: In a corner From 3 years 53 ¾“, 136 cm 44 ¼“, 112.1 cm 97 ¾“, 248 cm 99 ¾“ x 74 ¼“, 253 x 188 cm Required ceiling height: less than 101 ¼“, 257 cm or higher than 107 ¼“, 272 cm. See note on page 331. Gemino Activity Systems Safety Door Safety doors serve to separate play areas in mixedage play groups. This is because only children taller than a certain height can open the door, meaning that little ones aren‘t able to enter areas for older children. The doors fi t any staircase, and can also be made to measure. Please contact us. House roof garden, staircase left The same structure as the house roof garden, item 259028. (technical data see above) 259074 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 329
Sivu 332


Kindergarten 2 1 4 3 Adventure Gallery ? Stairs with non-slip rubber profile and two non-slip handrails ? Shop ? Separated role play area ? Integrated material trolleys (order material boxes separately, p. 181.) Sensory panels sold separately on page 374. 259056 1 Technical data Positioning: Age group: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements: 3 2 In a corner From 3 years 53 ¾“, 136 cm 44 ¼“, 112.1 cm 97 ¾“, 248 cm 94 ¼“ x 123 ¾“, 239 x 314 cm Required ceiling height: less 101 ¼“, 257 cm or higher 107 ¼“, 272 cm! See note on page 331. Make the most of your storage space You can also use your Gemino+ for storing materials or toys. A storage space trolley or wheeled container can be integrated into almost any play house. The storage space trolley provides space for crafts or an individual compartment for each child to use. It can only be pulled out to the stopper so it cannot tip. Low wheeled containers of different sizes are ideal for storing building blocks or as dressing up boxes or for other toys. They can be completely removed for fl exible use in the group room. Munich Model 2nd level – Munich Model ? Stairs with non-slip rubber profile and two non-slip handrails ? Material trolleys (order material boxes separately, page 181) ? Large mirror Space requirements with material trolleys pulled out: 124" x 75 ¾", 314.8 x 192 cm. 259080 Technical data Positioning: Age group: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements: In a corner From 3 years 53 ¾“, 136 cm 44 ¼“, 112.1 cm 97 ¾“, 248 cm 94 ¼“ x 75 ¾“, 239 x 192 cm The built-in stopper prevents the space trolley from being completely pulled out. 330
Sivu 333


Wall Mounted Marble Track on page 382 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. 4 All edges are ¼“, 5 mm rounded on all sides. 1 2 3 Mini Mount Olympus ? Large role play area ? Various perforated panels (order hanging elements separately, p. 395) ? Stairs with non-slip rubber profile and two non-slip handrails. 259053 Order sensory panels p. 336. Technical data Positioning: Age group: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements: Required ceiling height is higher than 108 ½“, 275 cm. See note below. In a corner From 3 years 53 ¾“, 136 cm 44 ¼“, 112.1 cm 108“, 274 cm 123 ¾“ x 75“, 314 x 190 cm Gemino Activity Systems smaller than 3 ½“, 8.9 cm or larger than 9 ¼“, 23 cm A check of the measurements on location is always necessary, even when the design of the play equipment or play structure conforms with standards, and has been checked and certified by the manufacturer. The distance from the ceiling is particularly important. Clearance from top panel to ceiling must be either smaller than 3 ½“, 8.9 cm, or larger than 9 ¼“, 23 cm. If this is not possible then Haba can deliver individually customized protection that reaches up to the ceiling. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 331
Sivu 334


Sleeping spaces for little dreamers by Individual children have very different sleeping habits. For some a midday nap is enough, other children also need a morning and/or an afternoon nap. That's why it's important to create quiet areas which children can retreat to when they want to rest. Haba has developed the special sleep Gemino series, which can be used both as a space for activity and for rest. The play houses have integrated daybed mattress and quilt storage, so that the corners and niches can be easily and quickly turned into cozy rest and sleep areas. The mattresses and quilts (not included) are always handy, which means the children also have the option of taking some time out whenever they need it. Select synthetic leather (p. 227). ... from play to rest ... Gemino B – 6 - 8 children ? Built-in daybed mattress and quilt cabinet for 6 children ? Cubby hole cave with niche (mat set 254002, please order separately.) ? Second level with space for 4 daybed mattresses ? Fabric roof to darken the space 259092 254002 Mat set, 2-piece The children can do it all on their own Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements: In the corner From 1 ½ years 33 ½", 85 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm 79 ¾", 202 cm 122 x 51 ¼", 312 x 130 cm Gemino D – up to 14 children ? Cubby hole cave (space for 2 x mat sets 254002, please order separately.) ? Quilt cabinets for 12 children ? Daybed mattress cabinets for 12 children ? Second level with space for 10 daybed mattresses 259094 254002 Mat set, 2-piece 4 1 2 3 Technical data Positioning: In the corner Age: From 1 ½ years Platform heights: 6 ¾", 13 ½", 20 ¼", 26 ¾“, 33 ½", 17, 34, 51, 68, 85 cm Sill height: 32 ½", 82.5 cm Total height: 93", 236 cm Space requirements: 146 ¼" x 122 ¼", 371 x 310 cm 332
Sivu 335


4 3 Spielhäuser 2. Ebene 1 2 Gemino Activity Systems Gemino C – 4 - 6 children ? Cubby hole cave (mat set 254003, please order separately.) ? Quilt cabinets for 6 children 259093 254003 Mat set, 3-piece Technical data Positioning: Along the wall Age group: From 3 years Platform height: 33 ½", 85 cm Sill height: 32 ½", 82.5 cm Total height: 79 ¾", 202 cm Space requirements: 74 ¼" x 75", 188 x 190 cm 1 2 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 333
Sivu 336


Rest Geminos! Select synthetic leather (p. 227). 2 1 Rest Gemino A – space for 4 children ? Cubby hole cave (mat set, item no. 254002, please order separately.) ? Second level with space for 2 daybed mattresses 259091 254002 Mat set, 2-piece 6 5 Technical data Positioning: Age: Sill height: Platform height: Total height: Space requirements: Along the wall From 1 ½ years 33 ½", 85 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm 79 ¾", 202 cm 75 ¼" x 51 ¼", 191 x 130 cm Rest Gemino E – space for 10 - 14 children ? Cabinets for 12 daybed mattresses ? Platform steps ? Quilt cabinets for 12 children ? Entrance to cubby hole (space for 2 x mat sets, item no. 254002, please order separately.) ? Exit from cubby hole cave ? Space for 12 daybed mattresses 259095 254002 Mat set, 2-piece Technical data 1 2 3 4 Positioning: In a corner Age: From 1 ½ years Platform heights: 6 ¾", 13 ½", 20 ¼", 27", 33 ½", 40 ¼", 17, 34, 51, 68, 85, 102 cm Sill height: 32 ½", 82.5 cm Total height: 88 ¾", 253 cm Space requirements: 147" x 122 ½", 373 x 311 cm 334 334
Sivu 337


? 3 1 2 Resting platform – space for 8 children ? Space for mat set 254008, please order separately. ? Steps with non-slip rubber profile and two non-slip handrails ? Space for daybed mattress set 254007, please order separately. 259088 254007 Daybed mattress set, 4-piece, Color blue 254008 Mat set, 3-piece Order sensory panels separately (p. 336). Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements: In a corner From 1 ½ years 33 ½", 85 cm 44 ¼", 112 cm 90 ¾", 230.5 cm 122 ¼" x 74 ¼", 310 x 188 cm The comfortable resting places on the top level are in high demand. Spielhäuser 2. Ebene Spielhäuser 2. Ebene Gemino Activity Systems 1 2 3 Quiet zone – space for 5 children ? Steps with non-slip rubber profile and two non-slip handrails ? Quilt cabinet for 12 children ? Cabinet for 12 daybed mattresses 259064 Order sensory panels separately (p. 336). Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements: In a corner From 1 ½ years 33 ½", 85 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm 66 ¼", 168 cm 98 ½" x 74 ¼", 250 x 188 cm Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 335 335
Sivu 338


Sensory panels Sensory Panels for Sensory Panels can be used with all playhouses. W 16" x H 17 ¼", W 40,6 x H 43,2 cm Closures 7 different closure options. 120370 Brushes, Balls and Mirrors 120369 Special Effects Turning Discs With 8 turning discs. 120390 Acrylic Gears When the large gear turns, the little ones follow along: tooth by tooth. 120394 Gear Wheels With one fixed and two movable gear wheels. 120389 Color Changer Lights inside panel change colors. Three AAA batteries are included. 120366 Mirror window Curtain opens with a mirror behind it. 120399 Turntable 1 120146 Turntable 3 120148 Magnetic Track + 2 Wands With two steel marbles. 120392 Rainmaker Turn to make the sound of rain. 120373 Toothed wheel with rubber balls The little balls hop all over when the wheel turns. 120393 Turning Spiral with Balls Fast turning brings the balls into orbit. Plexiglass holds the balls in the unit. 120396 Chimes with Wooden Mallet. 120150 Blank Panel for Self-Design. 104605 FRAMES FOR WALL MOUNTING on page 376. 336
Sivu 339


Assembly required Lofts Ship Set sail on a voyage of discovery. The crew are just taking their places and the captain of the ship is already at the wheel. The sailors are climbing through the porthole to the top deck. Handles and treads give a secure grip on the slope. Children can also “ride the waves” of the wavy staircase. Birch wood with colored etching. Age: 1 ½ years and over. Platform height: 20 ½“, 52cm. Rail height: 24 ½“, 62 cm Total height: 84 ½”, 215 cm. Space requirements: 87 ½“ x 34 ¼“, 222 x 87 cm. 120511 10 Year GUARANTEE GS tested Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. Gemino Activity Systems “I can ride these waves no problem” “No fear, I’ve got it all under control.” “Hello, any room for a little one on board?” Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 337
Sivu 340


Come, little mouse, the cheese tastes really good. Castle For conquering this castle, the knights and noble damsels just have to be able to crawl. There are many things waiting to be discovered on both sides of the castle: The castle gate to crawl through or to hide, milled motor skills spirals with sliding elements as well as funny animal appliqués. Stairs with handrail on both sides. Birch wood, partially with colored stain, tower roof made of fabric. Age: 1 ½ years and over. Platform height: 20 ½”, 52 cm. Total height: 65 ¾”, 167 cm. Space requirements: 90 ½” x 28 ¾”, 230 x 73 cm. 120509 For Brave Explorers “But hurry, or there’ll be no room left under the arch.” Castle with Bridge Children can’t wait to climb up the steps or up the soft, padded waved “staircase”. Both sets of stairs lead to the bridge. The spaces under the bridge and the archway are always popular. The construction, similar to a slatted frame, sheds light underneath the bridge. Birch wood, some color etching, tower roofs made from fabric. Stairs with handrail on both sides. Age: 1 ½ years and over. Platform height: 20 ½“, 52cm. Rail height: 28 ½“, 72 cm. Total height: 65 ¾“, 167 cm. Space requirements: 191“ x 28 ¾“, 485 x 73 cm. 120510 099859 Matching Mat, color: Blue, W 68 ½“ x H 1 ½“ x D 35“, W 173 x H 4 x D 89 cm 338
Sivu 341


BALANCI NG BOARDS Playing with Balance The balancing path is a variable system consisting of blocks and boards, which can be used for different age groups. The boards are simply hung into the rungs of the balancing blocks. Construction is so easy that children can even do it themselves, allowing them to design the balancing course individually and to vary the level of difficulty. Helps the child: >> Provides targeted support of vestibular kinesthetic awareness >> Improves balancing skills >> Trains the ability to self-correct balance Supports the teachers >> Instructional range of easily implemented tasks, from easy (boards on the ground), to difficult (slowly gain height) all the way to incorporation of additional tasks >> Children can be integrated into the construction or independently take it over >> Can be combined with available equipment in the movement room or gym >> difficulty can be easily adjusted to suit the children's abilities Balancing Block at 2 Heights >> The HABA balancing path is certified as "particularly development promoting". 18“, 45 cm 39 ¾“, 100 cm Gemino Activity Systems Balancing Block, small Consists of 2 connected “walls” of rungs and a cover that can be hung into the balancing boards. This creates a long balancing path where there is nothing to hold onto. The block also acts as a “half-way” platform. Birch wood, ¾“, 18 mm thick. W 41 ¼“ x H 17 ¾“, W 105 x H 45 cm, cover 24“ x 24“, 61 x 61 cm. 112000 Balancing Block Consists of 2 “walls” of rungs connected in a cross shape. The platform can be used to stand on and creates additional stability. Includes platform (10“ x 10“, 25 x 25 cm). Birch wood, ¾“, 18 mm thick. W 51 ¼“ x H 39 ½“, W 130 x H 100 cm. 111813 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 339
Sivu 342


Storage Wall Bracket for Balancing Boards For 5 balancing boards. Coated steel tube with rubber balls, non-slip coating on points of support. W 35 ½“ x D 12“, 90 x D 30 cm. 111838 2 pieces Wall Bracket for Balancing Blocks For 3 balancing blocks. Coated steel tube with rubber balls, non-slip coating on points of support. 15 ¾“ x 15 ¾“, 40 x 40 cm. 111833 2 pieces Balancing boards saving sets Set Basis Set Sensory- Motor Skills Set Challenge Balance Set Basis Includes 1 each: - Balance board (111800), length 7’, 2.16 m - Monkey ladder (111803), length 7’, 2.16 m - Bead snake (111807), length 7’, 2.16 m - Rockers (111820), length 7’, 2.16 m - Balance snake, horizontal (111828), length 7’, 2.16 m 111836 Balance Set Sensory Motor Skills Includes 1 each: - Board Fakir (111805), length 7’, 2.16 m - Bead snake (111807), length 7’, 2.16 m - Jungle bridge (111824), length 10’ 6“, 3.16 m - Monkey ladder (111803), length 7’, 2.16 m. 111850 Balance Set Challenge Includes 1 each: - Board river rocks (111831), length 7’, 2.16 m - Board with rockers (111820), length 7’, 2.16 m - Jungle bridge (111824), length 10’ 6“, 3.16 m - Balancing curve, horizontal (111829), length 10’ 6“, 3.16 m. 111851 340
Sivu 343


Balance Balance Boards Touch & Feel with Feet Rubber balls (Ø 1 ½", 50 mm) make it: >> slip-resistant >> won't damage floor >> safe for hanging >> With metal support (1 ¾" x 1 ¾", 40 x 40 mm) >> Balance boards of genuine birch wood (8", 20 cm wide, 1", 21 mm thick) >> Balance bars of steel pipe, Ø 1 ½", 35 mm, wall thickness ¼" , 4 mm, powder-coated >> Two different lengths (7‘, 2.16 m or 10‘ 6“, 3.16m) >> Weight capacity up to 243 lbs./110 kg (for 7', 2.16 m length) or 155 lbs./70 kg (for 10' 6", 3.16 m length) – in school classes for ages up to 12 years >> Trampoline board with weight capacity up to 176 lbs/80 kg Tilt Balance Boards in 7', 2.16 m length A Sense with feet Gemino Activity Systems River Rocks A 4 round stepping surfaces (Ø 7 ¾”, 20 cm), supported on rubber elements, sideways or diagonal tilting. 111831 Length 7’, 2.16 m B Narrow with support surface Monkey Ladder B With side rails, rectangular or crescent-shaped, and half-spheres made of wood. All parts rounded and painted in bright colors. 111803 Length 7’, 2.16 m Bead Snake C Tube made of nylon fabric, filled with beads. 111807 Length 7’, 2.16 m C D A prickly porcupine feel D Fakir With round brushes made of plastic and wooden dowels. 111805 Length 7’, 2.16 m Smooth surface Balance Board E With smooth surface. 111800 Length 7’, 2.16 m E Rock without tilting F Rockers 1 diagonal and 1 sideways tilting board, supported on rubber elements. 111820 Length 7’, 2.16 m F Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 341
Sivu 344


Can be combined with the balance bridge m Tra poline board as light as a feather Flexible and holds up to 176 lbs. or 80 kg Trampoline Board A flexible and light as a ski, the board cushions every step as it does not have a metal beam and has been laminated with plastic fibers. The plastic fibers make the board both flexible and stable. Length: 7’, 2.16 m. 112005 Extra-long Balancing Fun in 2 lengths Board with Jungle Bridge A 2 curved steel tubes with wooden braces, toe spheres on diagonal braces for better stability. 111822 Length 7’, 2.16 m 111824 Length 10’ 6“, 3.16 m Balance Snake Horizontal B Steel tube, Ø approx. 2”, 5 cm. 111828 Length 7’, 2.16 m 111829 Length 10’ 6“, 3.16 m A B Slanted Up and Down: Something for all the Senses Left and Right Wire Balancing Act Balancing elements used separately or as supplement to the balancing path C D Trains motor skills Balance beam The balance beam is narrower than a gymnastic balance beam and yields when balanced on. Helps to improve fitness, coordination and motor skills. The narrow side can be placed down to increase the level of difficulty. Soft, closed-cell special foam. Will not absorb dirt or moisture, long lasting and hygienic. Color: Blue. 64“, 162 cm long, base 9 ½“, 24 cm and top 2 ¼“, 6 cm wide. 054213 Wobbly tall balancing Simple exercises, like half squats or standing on one leg, become a real challenge on the balancing see-saw plate. The balancing see-saw board is also wobbly, as the rubber elements mean the board leans to the right or left. Two children can balance on the long surface at the same time or to find their balance. Tip: A fun balancing course can be put together with multiple balancing see-saw plates, or a combination of balancing see-saw boards and plates. Birch, rubber. C 120482 Balancing see-saw plate, color: natural and green, size: Ø 15 ¾“, 40 cm, tread surface Ø 8“, 20 cm, height 3 ¾“, 9 cm D 120486 Balancing see-saw board, color: natural and red, size: L 35 ½“ x W 14“, L 90 x W 35 cm, tread surface L 27 ¾“ x W 6“, L 70 x W 15cm, height 3 ¾“, 9 cm
Sivu 345


Library Library
Sivu 346


Book Castle Castle Gate Birch wood. W 38“ x H 23 ¾“ x D 15 ½“, W 96.5 x H 59.4 x D 39.5 cm. 124020 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. Castle Tower Birch wood. W 28“ x H 35 ¾“ x D 28“, W 70.3 x H 90.4 x D 70.3 cm, seat height 14 ¾“, 36.7 cm. 124000 Mat for Castle Tower RG 25/40 foam with removable cover made of phthalate-free synthetic leather with non-slip on the bottom. W 25“ x H 1 ½“ x D 25“, W 63 x H 3 x D 63 cm. 124030 Light green 124035 Light blue Castle Wall Birch wood. W 38“ x H 23 ¾“ x D 15 ¾“, W 96.5 x H 59.4 x D 39.5 cm, seat height 14 ¾“, 36.7 cm. Rolling bins not included. Please order separately. 124010 471550 Rolling bin (W 16 ¾“ x H 11 ¾“ x D 14“, W 42 x H 29.5 x D 35 cm), 1 piece Mat for Castle Wall RG 25/40 foam with removable cover made of phthalatefree synthetic leather with non-slip on the bottom. W 37“ x H 1 ½“ x D 14 ½“, W 93.5 x H 3 x D 36 cm. 124040 Light green 124045 Light blue Mehr dazu GS-tested auf Seite 853. Made in Germany Additional carts are perfect for storing all kinds of treasures. With its towers, walls and gates, the castle invites play. 344
Sivu 347


Bookshelf and Bench Available in 3 Heights Bookshelf or bench? The Library Bench is both. Compartments behind and under the seat hold lots of books. And the inviting seat is perfect for reading and studying. The Library Bench is an attractive addition to a library or as a separate reading corner in small rooms. Upholstery removable for washing, with hook and loop strip fasteners. Birch-veneer wood panels. Application Worm - sold seperately. 120998 Application Worm Toddler Library Bench sitting height 10 ¼“, 26 cm, W 39 ¼“ x H 20 ½“ x D 20 ½“, W 100 x H 52 x D 52 cm 122270 Fabric group 1 or 2 Kindergarten Library Bench sitting height 13 ¼“, 34 cm, W 39 ¼“ x H 24 ¾“ x D 22 ½“, W 100 x H 63 x D 57 cm 122272 Fabric group 1 or 2 School Library Bench sitting height 16 ½“, 42 cm, W 39 ¼“ x H 28 ¾“ x D 25 ½“, W 100 x H 73 x D 65 cm 122274 Fabric group 1 or 2 Select fabric options on page 222-226. Bookworm Library Willy the Bookworm Individual boxes are connected with ropes and have 4 casters each. Birch wood. Box 16“ x 16“ , 40 x 40 cm, middle box 13 ¼“, 34 cm high, total length: 73“, 185 cm. 120999 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 345
Sivu 348


Versatile Theme Cart Decorations A B Dragon is not included. Please order separately. Decorations Birch veneer. A 120998 Worm W 13“ x H 9“ x D 1“ , W 33 x H 23 x D 2.4 cm B 120318 Dragon W 12 ½” x H 32 ½” x D 1“, W 32 x H 82 x D 2.7 cm Book/Theme Cart Two levels with 4 compartments each for a total of 8 compartments, books can be sorted by subject. Extra large pockets (3 ½” x 2 ½”, 9 x 6 cm) hold printed or handmade signs to help find the titles. With 4 casters, 2 locking. Beech wood veneer. W 46 ½” x H 33” x D 15 ¾”, B 118 x H 83.5 x D 40 cm; inside of compartment 13 ½” x 10 ¾”, 34 x 27 cm. 120961 Decorations are perfect to style doors, cabinets or walls. MORE DECORATIONS on page 366. Acrylic strips Turning-Library Turning-Library A real library for little rooms. 16 shelves for storage. Metal lock bar prevents unauthorized access. With 4 locking casters. Beech wood veneer. Measurements closed: W 19 ¾“ x H 55 ½“ x D 26 ¼“, W 50 x H 141 x D 67 cm; Measurements open: W 60“ x H 55 ½“ x D 33“, W 152 x H 141 x D 84 cm. 124801 Book Tower Book Tower Eight large size cubbies and 4 bins on top provide plenty of space for lots of books. Individual titles can be displayed behind the acrylic slats. 4 casters, 2 locking, turn the Book Tower into a mobile library. Beech wood veneer. Acrylic. W 23 ¾” x H 39 ¾” x D 23 ¾”, W 60 x H 101 x D 60 cm. 120968 346
Sivu 349


Library Book-Shelf Front Back Presenting Reading Materials Displaying books motivates children to browse and read. Shelves on the back hold more books, magazines, CD’s, or games. With 4 locking casters. Birch wood, powder-coated metal parts. W 36 ½” x H 38 ½” x D 19”, W 92.5 x H 98 x D 48 cm. 457040 10 Year GUARANTEE MORE INFORMATION ABOUT BIRCH WOOD on page 122/123. Lots of storage Made in Germany Library Front Back Book Cabinet Three face-out shelves for presenting books, magazines and games. 3 open shelf compartments for storing and 3 shelves. Beech wood veneer. W 39 ½“ x H 35 ¾“ x D 19“, W 100 x H 91 x D 48 cm. 525600 Without Casters 525601 With Casters (not shown) Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 347
Sivu 350


C Wall-mounted book shelf B A Wall-mounted Book Shelf Slanted shelves with acrylic fronts display books, brochures or magazines at a glance. Birch plywood; Acrylic, tubular powder-coated steel. W 36 ½“ x D 4 ¼“, W 92.7 x D 10.5 cm A 120964 1 compartment, H 12“, 30.5 cm B 120965 2 compartments, H 22 ¾“, 57.5 cm C 120975 4 compartments, H 43“, 111.5 cm 458886 5 compartments, W 37 ¾“ x H 57“ x D 4 ¼“, W 96 x H 144.3 x D 10.5 cm (not shown) Book shelf with 3 tiers Ideal for presenting new items or even large picture books. Steel wire, powder coated (RAL 9006). W 39 ¾” x H 28” x D 3 ¾”, W 100 cm x H 71 x D 8.5 cm. 096345 Book-Chest 348 Available in BIRCH WOOD Fixed or mobile. There are always enough picture books here. And the cheerful decoration makes it particularly attractive to little bookworms. W 23 ¾“ x 19 ¾“, W 60 x D 50 cm. Small book chest 120992 Beech wood veneer, with glides (not shown), H 13“, 33 cm 120989 Beech wood veneer, with 4 casters, 2 of which are lockable; H 15 ¾“, 40 cm 120951 Birch wood, with glides, H 13“, 33 cm (not shown) 120952 Birch wood, with 4 casters, 2 of which are lockable (not shown); H 15 ¾“, 40 cm Large book chest 120962 Beech wood veneer, with glides (not shown), H 28“, 70.5 cm 120960 Beech wood veneer, with 4 casters, 2 of which are lockable; H 30 ¾“, 78 cm 120953 Birch wood, with glides (not shown), H 28“, 70.5 cm 120954 Birch wood, with 4 casters, 2 of which are lockable (not shown); H 30 ¾“, 78 cm
Sivu 351


Library Palm Island An attractive attention-grabber for waiting areas, foyers or, naturally, the library. Children can sit, browse or play on the palm island. There is plenty of storage space for books, building blocks or small toys underneath the seating and play area, which is covered in sand-colored linoleum. Please order sea grass storage boxes separately (471571, p. 179). Birch, linoleum surface L071 sand, palm tree made of foam and cotton/polyester, acrylic strip. W 40“ x H approx. 39 ½“ x D 27“, W 101 x H approx. 100 x D 68 cm, seat height 14 ¼“, 36 cm. 124050 MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE MATERIAL BIRCH-REAL-WOOD on page 122/123. Book Tree Library Space for large and small books on the strong branches, ready to be picked by little readers. Birch. W 41 ¾“ x H 47 ¼“, W 106 x H 120 cm, shelf depth: max. 9 ¾“, 24.5 cm. 120995 Book Meadow Colorful sliding flowers and a cute bunny invite children to play. Birch. W 30 ¼” x H 17 ¼” x D 6 ½”, W 76.6 x H 43.5 x D 16.5 cm. 120997 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 349
Sivu 352


Info Area Info forum in the foyer >> Pin board with whiteboard surface >> Info element with writing surface >> Lockable suggestion box >> Space for first aid items Communicative eye-catcher Magazines and books for browsing can be presented in the acrylic compartments. Wishes, suggestions or constructive criticism can be written down and deposited in the lockable suggestion box. The cabinet to the left can be used to store a first aid box. The large pin board has space to display appointments, photos or posters. Birch wood veneer, acrylic, pin board with whiteboard surface. Info element W 23 ¾“ x H 63“ x D 8“, W 60 x H 160 x D 20 cm or with table 19“, 48 cm; table height 41 ¾“, 105.6 cm; pin board 31 ½“ x 63“, 80 x 160 cm. A B 120829 Info element 120769 Pin board for info element B A Info Center Every side can be used Whiteboard Mirrors Info Center Ideal for the foyer for information available to parents, visitors etc. With 3 side walls (1 x mirror, 1 x magnetic whiteboard and 1 x with 3 acrylic divisions), 3 continuous bases and 5 casters, 2 lockable. Birch. Ø 31 ½“, 80 cm, H 72“, 182.4 cm 120725 WORKPLACE FOR FOYER/HALLWAY on page 29. 350
Sivu 353


Partion Walls Wall Elements Mirrors Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors
Sivu 354


Partition Walls for Toddler The 27 ¼“, 69 cm high partition walls give new structure to rooms, creating quiet and cozy corners that in turn create a feeling of safety and security. There are many things to discover in the play corners - Exciting and colorful motor skills and play elements arouse curiosity in little ones. They crawl through, look at, touch and grasp using all of their senses. TODDLERS-PARTITION WALLS starting on page 354 and Kindergarten Using the 53 ½“, 136 cm high partition walls, you can create additional space, as well as playing and learning areas. The flexible partition walls can be adapted at any time. KINDERGARTEN-PARTITION WALLS starting on page 360 Quality - Frames made from ¾“, 18 mm solid birch - Cross poles made from steel tubing, powder coated in silver grey (RAL 9006) - Stable and scratch-resistant Partition Wall Connecting Poles - Stable - Scratch-resistant - Made from steel tubing, powder coated in silver grey (RAL 9006) Safety Bolt Safety bolts prevent children from removing the connecting poles. 352
Sivu 355


Partition Walls WALL APPLICATIONS on page 366. Partition wall combination 7 Space requirements: 99 ¾“ x 111“, 253 x 282 cm. 870989 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood More information on page 122/123. Made in Germany Visual and tactile experience Pull up, stand, learn to walk D iscovery Room Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors for Children Well thought-out rooms, with consistent and clear structures, are important. This makes it easier for little ones to orientate themselves, and contributes to their sense of well-being and security. Daycare-age children are often completely absorbed in whatever they‘re doing. If possible, multiple children should be able to play on their own at the same time. The transitions between playing alone, in pairs or in groups should be as fluid as possible. Create areas for playing, building, reading, drawing and eating. There should also be opportunities for movement and retreat. The ideal way to divide rooms is partition cabinets with plenty of storage space for play materials. The variety of different elements make the partitions exciting for all ages. Pull up bars on the partition cabinets and partitions help the littlest ones to pull themselves up andtake their first steps. Ideal for the retreat and resting area are various cushions and pillows, soft carpets, canopies and fairy-tale veils. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 353
Sivu 356


Toddler Partition Walls Sensory experiences The entrance into this area is an adventure in itself: a crawling tunnel leads directly to the play area. A look through the colored porthole or the frog's eyes is just as interesting from inside as from outside. The sounds and tactile partitions encourage exploration and testing of all the senses. Partition Wall Combination 8 Space requirements: 91 ½" x 106 ½", 232 x 270 cm. 870988 Only adults can pull up the hinges and open the door promotes motor skills Children can investigate the underwater world inside and out or get the pushing horse to gallop. Inside, there is a safe play area for the littlest ones. Partition Wall Combination 3 Space requirements: 117“ x 83 ¼“, 296.8 x 211 cm. 870982 MORE ABOUT THE grow.upp PARTITIONS on page 98 354
Sivu 357


Partition Walls Magnetic fabric elements on page 363. CREATE YOUR OWN PARTITION WALL starting on page 356. Like a little green landscape, whiteboard with magnetic figures, sunshine yellow perforated metal fence for looking through and peeping over. The large porthole lets lots of light into the “little garden”, the entry to which is through an arched doorway with a bolt. Motor skills and play elements for grasping and sliding offer different stimuli for play and arouse little ones’ curiosity. The matching mat sets are the perfect addition. Wall Decorations start on page 366. Partition Wall Combination 4 Space requirements: 11‘ x 5‘ 10“, 336 x 178 cm. 870990 099867 Matching mat set, color: Light green For information about the floor mats see page 232. motor skills A color wheel, various geometric shapes and colorful gears – a temptation for curious fingers. What happens when you turn the color wheel? Which block fits in which hole? Do all the gear wheels move when I turn the large wheel? Partitions Wall Combination 2 Space requirements: 94 ½“, 240 cm. 870981 Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors Mirrors and poles on page 384. A safe play area right in the middle of the room. Transparent panels such as the porthole and the yellow and red perforated metal give tiny tots a good view of the world outside. The crawling pipe serves as an entrance and exit and let’s curious children keep an eye on happenings outside. The matching mat sets are the perfect addition. Partition Wall Combination 5 Space requirements: 8‘ 2“ x 3‘, 248 x 88 cm. 870992 099869 Matching mat set, color: Fire red For information about the floor mats see page 232. Order mirrors and mounts separately, see page 384. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 355
Sivu 358


Toddler Partition Walls (Height 27 ¼",69 cm) Frame of solid birch, cross-bars of steel tube (powder-coated) Width 31 ¾“, 80 cm Partition Wall Combination 6 Space requirements: 86“ x 26 ½“, 218 x 67 cm. 870993 Motor Skills A With 2 cars to slide a gas station, 3 little bees, and 4 different animals with button knob for sliding, ball sliding game, and 10 little brushes. 870153 Motor Skills B Mirror, airplane, and cater pillar for the sliding, swinging, and rolling element. 870154 Motor Skills C With 10 pieces of clothing for sliding, ball labyrinth with magnetic bar, wooden spiral for turning, small cymbals and clicking discs. 870155 Abacus 3 metal bars each with 10 sliding elements: sea creatures, houses and trees, flowers, and butterflies. 870071 Cars Motor function element with 3 wooden cars. 870088 back front Gears Can be played on both sides: the front side with 4 small gears and 1 large gear with a crank. The back side with 5 shifting elements and a printed motif. 870162 Hide-Out Crawl-through, motor skills elements for sliding, secret compartment with door and window (on the back). 870157 Hidden safe … … with door 356
Sivu 359


Partition Walls Touching boards With a wide variety of elements: little brushes, cocoa mat, carpet, mirror (safety glass), Plush sack with a ducky and balls, perforated plate as well as 3 material pennants with crackling foil, ducky and rattles. 870160 Sensory experience Motor Skills Shapes 10 shape cut-outs for inserting various geometric shapes. With a carpeted shelf as a noisedampening. 10 geometrical solids included 870159 Chromatic circles Can be played on both sides: turnable color disc with 3 color segments each (red, yellow and blue) on the front and back side. Turning the discs creates new colors. 870163 Crawling Tunnel With a rod grip so children can pull themselves up and bendableflowers made of nylon. Tube (Ø 21 ½“, 55 cm, L 24 ½“, 62 cm) made of polyester material, surface washable; foam stuffing. 870092 Loophole Ø 19 ¾“, 50 cm. A colored wooden ring with filling made of foam and a hardwearing material made of 100% coated polyester. 870158 Turntables Can be played on both sides: 4 gears with a crank – covered on both sides with an acrylic pane. 870164 Frog’s Eye Ø 19 ¾“, 50 cm, blue, with a curved acrylic pane. 870036 Circular Porthole Ø 19 ¾”, 50 cm, blue, with acrylic. 870026 Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors Only adults can pull up the hinges and open the door Auditory Perception Sounds With rainmaker turning wheel, music box, squeaker, drum and ratchet (movable wooden rod which is firmly fixed to the partition). 870165 Arched door with metal threshold Door with bar lock, opens one way. Height 36 ¾”, 93 cm. For use only in fixed construction (no eyelets) between partition walls. 870906 Safety door Only use when firmly installed (no eyelets) between the partitions. 36 ¾“, 93 cm high. 870905 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 357
Sivu 360


Toddler Partition Walls (Height 27 ½“, 69 cm) Frame of solid birch wood, cross-bars of steel tube (powder-coated) Width 31 ¾“, 80 cm Panel Birch wood. 870082 Order appliqués separately (from p. 366). Slots/Circles Birch wood with mouldings. 870083 Underwater Can be played on both sides. The material cover attached with Velcro (100% polyester hand washable) with an application made of open-meshed fabric. There are 7 moveable wood fish. 870161 Width 31 ¾“, 80 cm or 46 ¾“, 118,5 cm back Quarter Circle 34 ¾“, 88.2 cm Perforated Metal-Colors front 34 ¾“, 88.2 cm 49“, 124.7 cm red yellow Acrylic ¼”, 6 mm strong acrylic. 870086 W 31 ¾“, 80 cm 870186 W 46 ¾“, 118.5 cm Mirror/Magnet 1 / 8”, 3 mm acrylic mirror and magnetic whiteboard. 870084 W 31 ¾“, 80 cm 870184 W 46 ¾“, 118.5 cm Quadrant Unit, perforated Powder-coated perforated metal. W 49”, 124.7 cm. 870241 Red 870242 Yellow 870246 Blue blue Width 46 ¾“, 118,5 cm Fence Birch timber. 870198 Marble Run Partition 4 Circular Portholes Circular porthole Ø 8 ½“, 22 cm with colored acrylic. 870190 back Hobby Horse With 2 fixed applications (fence and stall) on the front side and moveable elements on both sides: 6 flowers and 1 horse. 870197 back front A short stop – and with the turn of a knob it's time to keep going. A bell rings and the balls start rolling down. The storage compartment means they don't get lost. Trains hand-eye coordination. Order partition wall connections on page 362. front Ball Track With turning handles, bell, ball storage compartment and 3 balls. 870072 358
Sivu 361


Partition Walls Cozy Cave Give the little ones a cozy retreat with this little cave. The children can take a breather whenever they like. Sample design of the partition wall cozy cave: Corner design between 2 partition walls. Straight design between 2 partition walls. Please order 2 additional Item No. 870915. Cozy Cave Silver-gray perforated metal panel, powder-coated. Roof with 5 outdoor fabric panels of 100 % Polyester with a wooden ball. Mat of PU foam core with phthalate-free synthetic leather cover. The cave can be built straight with partition walls or in a corner (see picture). In the first case, please order 2 eyelets (870915). Dimensions: entry width: 23 ½“, 59.5 cm. Height of partition wall 69 cm, 27 ¼“. Height with domed roof 46 ½“, 118 cm. 870912 Low partition wall, Ø 39 ½“, 100 cm 870913 Roof 023426 Mat, Ø 33“, 84 cm, height 4 ¾“, 12 cm 870915 Set of eyelets for straight design Low Shelves with 5 Back Walls Back with mirror Partition Wall Cabinet, narrow A W 25“ x H 30 ½“ x D 16 ¼”, W 63.4 x H 77 x D 41 cm. 870900 Birch 870910 Mirror 870921 Acrylic (clear) 870923 Acrylic (yellow) 870927 Acrylic (orange) Partition Wall Cabinet, wide B W 36 ½“ x H 30 ½“ x D 16 ¼“, W 92.5 x H 77 x D 41 cm. 870901 Birch 870911 Mirror A birch mirror acrylic clear B Front acrylic yellow acrylic orange Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors Partition Wall Balance Element in 2 widths Adjustable element means this combination can be easily adjusted to the room width. Balance Element Height 27 ½“, 69 cm. 870908 Adjustable from 15 ¾“ - 26 ½“, 40 - 67 cm 870909 Adjustable from 23 ¾“ - 34 ½“, 60 - 87 cm Adjustable - can be adapted to every room width. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 359
Sivu 362


Kindergarten Partition Walls (H 53 ¾", H 136 cm) Frame of solid birch, cross-bars of steel tube (powder-coated) Partition Panel Assembly Shop Space needed: 112” x 112”, 248 x 248 cm. Hang on boxes and decorations sold separately on page 395. 870984 Partition walls structure rooms, distinguish and connect at the same time. Cleverly combined, they can be used for role play as a cloakroom for the costumes, a shop, a theater, or as a sound insulation. 360
Sivu 363


Partition Walls Width 31 ½“, 80 cm Clothes Chest Fabric box (W 28 “ x H 15 ¾“, W 72 x H 40 x D 37.5 cm). Washable at 86°F/30°C, made of cotton/polyester. 870394 Theater/Bags Curtain (divided in 2 parts) made of cotton/polyester, removable, washable at 86?F/30?C, bags made of nylon, removable with hook and loop. 870395 Window With door lock, to open one way. Window made of solid beech wood (17 ¾“ x 21 ¾“, 45 x 55 cm). Real beech wood. 870393 Door With acrylic pane (16 ½“ x 19“, 42 x 48 cm) and lock closure, to open one way. 870389 Play Store With inclined shelf, shelves, rod with hook and awning of cotton/polyester. D 4“, 24 cm. Note: Can only be assembled in combination with other partition walls. 870914 Width 31 ½“ or 46 ¾“, 80 or 118.5 cm Acoustics Blue sound reducing element on both sides. 820060 W 31 ½“, 80 cm 820061 W 46 ¾“, 118.5 cm Plain Panel 870382 W 31 ½“, 80 cm 870482 W 46 ¾“, 118.5 cm Pegboard For hang on countertop (870889) and angle elements. More hang-on elements found on page 395. 870397 W 31 ½“, 80 cm 870497 W 46 ¾“, 118.5 cm MAGNETIC-ELEMENTS on page 363. both sides can be written on and are also magnetic Blackboard/Whiteboard Green blackboard and a whiteboard, both magnetic. 870930 W 31 ½“, 80 cm 870935 W 74 ¼“, 118.5 cm the whiteboard surface can be written on and is also magnetic Mirror/Magnet With mirror made of acrylic, ¼”, 3 mm strong, and whiteboard, magnetic. 870384 W 31 ½“, 80 cm 870484 W 46 ¾“, 118.5 cm Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors Width 46 ¾“, 118.5 cm Hang-on elements on page 395. Kiosk Pegboard with (W 22 ½“ x H 28“, W 57.5 x 71 cm), 2-part curtain made of cotton/polyester, removable and washable 86°F/30°C. 870469 Shadow play Large shadow screen in the center and smaller screens in the colors yellow, red, orange, blue, green. Acrylic screens. 870920 3 Portholes Porthole Ø 8 ½“, 22 cm with acrylic glass. 870490 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 361
Sivu 364


Solid Connections The partition walls are easy to join together. They attach directly onto each other using bolts. The connecting discs between the partition walls can also be at 45° or 90° angles, creating stable partition wall combinations for clearly defi ned play areas. A B Direct 45°- Angle 90°- Angle A B Connection Discs For connecting the partition walls at a fixed angle of 45° or 90°. Set of 2. A B 870891 45°-Angle 870882 90°-Angle Movable Connections The partition walls can be joined together so that they are still movable, using a pole with eyelets and can also be positioned in three directions. A wall attachment bar also allows the partitions to be attached to a wall. This creates fl exible partition wall combinations for play areas. Zigzag shelves or learning stations can also be built with these connecting rods (D) and eyelets (C). Quality Partition Wall Connecting Poles · Stable and scratch-resistant · Made from steel tubing, powder coated in silver gray (RAL 9006) Wall/Dividing Wall + Wall connection strip + 1 set of eyelets + connecting rod Two Dividing Walls + 2 sets of eyelets + connecting rod 3–Way Connector for the Dividing Wall + 3 sets of eyelets + connecting rods C D E Connecting Eyelets C Partition Walls are delivered without connecting eyelets. W 3 ½” x D 3 ¾”, W 8.7 x D 9.4 cm, ¾”, 1.8 cm thick. 870881 Set of 2 Connection Rod D For connecting partition walls at a flexible angle. Steel tube, powder-coated. Top ball made of beech. Height: 25 ¾“, 65 cm. 870884 Wall Connection Strip E To attach the partition walls to the wall. Height: 27”, 68.5 cm. 870880 Wall Connection Strip (not shown) To attach the partition walls to the wall. Height: 53 ¾”, 136 cm. 870870 The safety bolts prevent children from being able to remove the connecting poles. All of the fabric and net walls have hook and loop fastenings so that they can be removed for cleaning. 362
Sivu 365


Partition Walls Metal Feet Stationary Feet, metal Also suitable for use with a partition wall combination. W 27 ½“ x H 8 ¾“ x D 1 ¼“, W 70 x H 22 x D 3 cm. 870896 1 piece Roll Feet, metal With 2 locking casters. W 27 ½“ x H 8 ¾“ x D 2“, W 70 x H 22 x D 5 cm. 870897 2 pieces Birch Feet Stationary Foot, birch, small Only for low partition walls. W 13“ x H 7 ½“ x D ¾“, W 33 x H 19 x D 2 cm. 870892 1 piece Stationary Foot, birch, large Also suitable for use with a partition wall combination. W 27 ½“ x H 7 ½“ x D ¾“, W 70 x H 19 x D 2 cm. 870886 1 piece Roll Feet, birch With 2 locking casters. W 27 ½“ x H 7 ¾“ x D 2“, W 70 x H 20 x D 5 cm. 870887 2 pieces Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors Magnetic Elements Magnetic Cloth Elements To play with and decorate partition walls with perforated metal or other magnetic surfaces. Cotton/polyester, metal plate, magnetic. F G H J 102048 moon and stars, 6 pieces 104705 landscape, 8 pieces 104708 animals, 6 pieces 104709 vehicles, 7 pieces F H 11 ½“, 29 cm G J 14“, 35 cm 11“, 28 cm 363
Sivu 366


WALL DECORATIONS on page 366 A house for many play ideas Children love role-play. Not only do they enjoy slipping into different roles but they also adore creating a suitable environment for that purpose. It doesn´t matter if it is a toyshop, an ice cream store or a little home they will eagerly improvise with whatever material they can fi nd. That’s when cheerful play settings come in handy. Once assembled, the walls are stable, always ready for role-play and at a turn of the hand can be redecorated to fi t the new play situation. They can be combined in any imaginable way: to represent a little house or a small village. Toys and bins not included. 364
Sivu 367


Play Environments Insert wooden panel into pedestal and bolt together. House with window and bushes 1 house with window ledge, curtain rod with curtain, and 2 bushes. Real birch wood. 47 ¼“ x H 47 ½“ x D 19 ¾“, W 120 x H 120.4 x D 50 cm, depth of window ledge 9 ¾“, 24 cm. 128330 House with window and tree 1 house with window complete with window ledge, curtain rod with curtain, 1 bush and 1 tree. Birch wood. W 47 ¼“ x D 27 ¾“, W 120 x D 70 cm, height of house 47 ½“, 120.4 cm and tree 59“, 149.4 cm, depth of window ledge 9 ¾“, 24 cm. 128335 BIRCH REAL WOOD More information on page 122/123. House with door and bushes 1 house with door and window complete with curtain rod with curtain and 2 bushes. Birch wood. W 47 ¼“ x H 47 ½“ x D 19 ¾“, W 120 x H 120.4 x D 50 cm. 128320 House with door and tree 1 house with door and window complete with curtain rod and curtain, 1 bush and 1 tree. Birch wood. W 47 ¼“ x D 19 ¾“, W 120 x D 50 cm, height of house 47 ½“, 120.4 cm and tree 59“, 149.4 cm. 128325 Fence with bushes 1 fence and 2 bushes. Birch wood. W 36 ¼“ x H 23” x D 15 ¾“, W 92 x H 58 x D 40 cm. 128310 Welcome to the neighborhood! Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors Here is where good neighbors live. Just place a fence between the houses and create a little village. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 365
Sivu 368


F A B Playful E Walls D C BIRCH WOOD Attention to detail Moon with Mirror Frogs are „ swimming“ in the pond Interactive elements Tree with sliding bugs 366
Sivu 369


Wall Elements Mounting hardware included with wall elements. Colorful wooden appliqués are a decorative eye-catcher, especially in hallways or foyers. They also offer children an opportunity for educational play. Can be installed on walls, cabinets or doors. G H J K Mirror Star A Acrylic mirror. Ø 12“, 30 cm. 120181 1 piece L Mirror Moon B Acrylic mirror. H 14 ½“, 37 cm. 120180 Blooming Meadow C With 6 wooden flowers that slide. W 30“ x H 11“, W 76 x H 28.5 cm. 120159 Large Butterfly G W 11 ¾” x H 9”, W 29.5 x H 23 cm. 121014 Tree D Who is hiding in the grass? It‘s the rabbit and the hedgehog. With 5 sliding elements. W 34“ x H 71“, W 86 x H 180 cm. 120335 Frog Pond E With 5 wooden frogs that slide. W 38 ½“ x H 28 ¾“, W 98 x H 73 cm. 120158 Sunflower H W 12” x H 32”, W 30 x H 81 cm. 121010 Ladybug J W 7“ x H 7 ¾“, W 18 x H 19.5 cm. 121012 Snail K W 8 ¾” x H 6 ¼”, W 22.3 x H 15.5 cm. 121011 M N 32“, 81 cm Fruit Tree F With 11 wooden parts that slide. W 27“ x H 40“, W 69.5 x H 102 cm. 120183 Hedgehog L Coconut fiber mat. W 12 ¼“ x H 7 ¼“, W 31 x H 18.5 cm. 121013 O P Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors Bird An eye-catcher in the foyer, the cloakroom, or also in the group playroom. ¾“, 1.5 cm thick. M 121019 orange, 7 ¾“ x 6“, 19.7 x 15.6 cm N 121016 yellow, 9 ½“ x 5“, 23.7 x 12.3 cm O 121015 light blue, 7 ¾“ x 6 ½“,19.5 x 16.4 cm Q Sunflower with Movable Little Bee P W 12” x H 32”, W 30 x H 81 cm. 121048 Sun motif The sun brings a little bit of summer into any room, even if it‘s storming or snowing outside. A brilliant decoration for wall or furniture. Includes adhesive strip for fastening. Ø 11“, 28 cm. 125305 Snowdrop Q There sounds a melody when moving the blossom. W 16 ½“ x H 19 ½“, W 41.7 x H 49.5 cm 121083 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 367
Sivu 370


A B Playful walls C E D Mounting hardware included with wall elements. B B Birds A W 9“ x H 7 ½“, W 22.5 x H 19 cm. 120185 orange 120186 blue 120187 red Cloud B With five mirrored droplets. Acrylic mirror. Size (without droplets): W 21“ x H 13 ½“, W 54 x H 34.5 cm. 120182 Dragon C W 12 ½“ x H 32 ¼“, W 32 x H 82 cm. 120318 Fruit Tree D By turning the wheel, little farmers can harvest apples, plums or cherries. W 29 ¼“ x H 43 ¾“, W 74 x H 111 cm. 120319 A Mirror Drop Windmill E With two spinning discs. W 13“ x H 32 ½“, W 33.5 x H 83 cm. 120184 368
Sivu 371


Wall Elements F H BIRCH WOOD G J L M K fleecy N O Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors Little Butterfly F W 4 ¾“ x H 6 ¾“, W 12 x H 17 cm. 121005 G Bumblebee W 6“ x H 7“, W 15 x H 18 cm. 121006 1 piece H Balloon W 18 ½“ x H 27 ½“, W 47 x H 70 cm. 121007 Flower K 121000 red, W 9 ½“ x H 29 ¼“, W 24 x H 74 cm L 121001 yellow, W 9 ½“ x H 29 ¼“, W 24 x H 74 cm M 121002 orange, W 10 ¼“ x H 30“, W 26 x H 76 cm N Sheep With bell and fluffy wool to touch. W 16 ½” x H 12 ½”, W 42 x H 32 cm. 121004 O Meadow W 39 ½“ x H 11“, W 100 x H 28 cm. 121009 P J Helicopter With spinning rotor blade. W 25 ½“ x H 15 ¾“, W 65 x H 40 cm. 121008 P Mole The mole slides up and down. W 11 ½“ x H 8 ¼“, W 29 x max. H 21 cm. 121003 Look here, a Mole! Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 369
Sivu 372


P lay Walls BIRCH WOOD D A G C E F B G A B When the sun comes up the moon goes down. It can't purr, but the head will move back and forth The world is colorful – at least when seen through the rainbow drops Mounting hardware included with wall elements. A Sun/Moon The sun and moon are movable: when the sun comes up the mood goes down, and vice versa. Size: W 21 ¾" x H 18 ¼", W 55 x H 46 cm. 121093 Little Butterfly D W 4 ¾“ x H 6 ¾“, W 12 x H 17 cm. 121005 G Rainbow Raindrops made of solid beech wood with various colored facet lenses and steel cords. Size (without droplets): W 26" x H 18 ½", W 66 x H 47 cm. 121092 B Cat It can even move its head. Size: 19 ½“ x 20", W 49 x H 51 cm. 121094 E Sunflower W 12” x H 32”, W 30 x H 81 cm. 121010 Into the cheese, out of the cheese. The mice like being pushed up and down Fruit Tree C By turning the wheel, little farmers can harvest apples, plums or cherries. W 29 ¼“ x H 43 ¾“, W 74 x H 111 cm. 120319 370 F Mice Two cheeky movable mice are hiding in the cheese. Size: W 12 ¾" x H 14 ¾", W 32 x H 37 cm. 121097
Sivu 373


T ouch Landscape Wall Elements K H J L M N O The tactile wall fixture by Haba encourages exploration by the littlest ones. Colorful poles with different materials and surfaces encourage children to feel and touch. Children gather a wide range of experiences: is the rod smooth or grooved? Does this figure feel soft or hard? Children learn with all of their senses. The touching and feeling poles promote hearing and seeing. They playfully train both the motor skills and sense of balance. Children can use these elements to pull themselves up and hold themselves there. Standing up by themselves is an important step in making progress towards learning to walk. The poles are a unique modular system that you can combine any way you want and expand in any direction. P R Q S U Stand-up Helper H Children can hold on to the grip slots and pull themselves up. Birch wood, safety mirror. Height: 39 ¾", 100.9 cm. Fosters gross motor skills and visual perception. 120268 25 ¾", 65 cm long Wooden Pole, red J Beech. Fosters tactile and haptic skills. 120225 12“, 30 cm long Wavy Tube with Bells K Metal pole, powder-coated in RAL 1028 melon yellow, 12 bells, powder-coated. Fosters tactile, haptic, visual, auditory and hand coordination skills. 120138 Width 51”, 130 cm P Shapes and Figures Pole L Stainless steel pole, shapes and figures made of solid beech, painted. Fosters tactile, haptic and visual skills. 120136 26”, 65 cm long M T Building Block Arch Metal pole, powder-coated in RAL 5017 traffic blue, geometric shapes made of beech wood, painted. Fosters tactile, haptic, visual and hand coordination skills. 120130 26”, 65 cm long N O Touch/Feel rail With various materials and structures: sand paper, smooth and grooved plastic, metallic thread and soft material. Fosters tactile, haptic and visual skills. 120267 51 ¼“, 130 cm long Swinging rail with a ball Real birch wood, stained lemon-green, blue plastic ball. Fosters hand and finger coordination. 120266 57 ½“, 146 cm long Wooden Pole Beech, natural. Fosters tactile, haptic and visual skills. 120106 26”, 65 cm long Ribbed Tube Q Plastic. Fosters tactile, haptic and visual skills. 120128 26”, 65 cm long Net Bead Pole R Metal pole, powder-coated in RAL 1028 melon yellow, robust fabric (100% polyester), 4 different solid beech wood balls, painted. Fosters hand-eye coordination and finger coordination skills. 120137 51”, 130 cm long Spindle rail S Beech. Fosters tactile and haptic skills. 120265 51 ¼“, 130 cm long Wall Marble Run T Birch wood, stained lemon-green and maize yellow 3 plastic balls. Fosters ambidexterity, as well as hand and finger coordination skills. 120227 59”, 150 cm long U Connecting Joints. Metal pole, powder-coated in RAL 3000 fire red, solid beech wood outer-Ø 6“, 15 cm, depth 2 ¾”, 7 cm. Connecting Joints – end piece 120103 1 piece Connecting Joints – T-piece 120104 1 piece Connecting Joints – 135° 120105 1 piece Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 371
Sivu 374


Mounting hardware included. … sliding game spin safety mirror Learning Wall, Quarter Circle left Spinning mirror, sliding games with 2 cars and gas station, 3 bees, ball game, small cymbals and safety mirror. W 25 ½“ x H 27 ½“, W 65 x H 70 cm. 120215 Learning Wall, Quarter Circle right Wooden rattle, games with shapes that slide, with fourpiece caterpillar, plane, corner and safety mirror. W 25 ½“ x H 25 ½“, W 65 x H 65 cm. 120218 … magnet labyrinth … and elements to feel Learning Wall, Dip A 4 plain coil chains, 2 spinning wheels, control lever, brush, 2 paint brushes, coconut matting, threads and washers game. W 25 ½“ x H 27 ½“, W 65 x H 69.5 cm. 120217 Learning wall, Curve A Magnet labyrinth, turning spiral, sliding games with 4 wooden animals and 8 wooden elements, “Ping Pong” clutching toy, prisms in 4 colors and clicking discs. W 25 ½“ x H 27 ½“, W 65 x H 69.5 cm. 120216 … magnetic balls … and buckle … magnetic dust pipes Learning Wall, Dip B Various types of closure: button, shoe lace, clasp, drawstring, zipper, hook and loop, snap, buckle, and cord closure. W 25½” x H 27 ½”, W 65 x H 69.5 cm. 120221 Learning Wall, Curve B 2 rope pulls, 3 magnetic balls, glitter hourglass, magnetic dust pipes and 5 turning wheels. W 25 ½” x H 27 ½”, W 65 x H 69.5 cm. 120219 372
Sivu 375


Wall Elements Walls for learning Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors • Promote perception and precision motor skills • Offer optical, acoustic and haptic elements • Immediately available as a play corner • Varied and interesting for a long time • For a wide variety of ages • No loose parts so nothing gets lost • Nothing to clean up • Ideal for keeping children busy in entryways and waiting areas 10 Year GUARANTEE Panels can be combined in a corner. Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. Mehr dazu auf Seite 853. Made in Germany Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 373
Sivu 376


Sensory Wall See, Feel, Hear, Experiment … The sensory wall has a variety of elements with many different sensory experiences. Exploration engages the senses - sight, touch, hearing - as well as letting them explore warmth/coolness and and a sense of physicality. After exploring and understanding the children start to describe their experiences. When children express their experiences in words, they develop language skills. Guide rails with double grooves also allow the combination of rows of panels. The elements can be put together in one line so several children can play and make discoveries at the same time. The order and arrangement of the panels can be changed regularly. This ensures that the sensory wall and sensory path remain interesting and educational. 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. Made in Germany Base panel made of birch wood. Size: 16" x 17", 40.6 x 43.2 cm. Installation with guide rails … … or simply bolt directly to the wall. Base panel made of birch wood 43,2 cm 40,6 cm The labyrinth, the rubber ball stairs and the colorful squares keep fingers and minds busy. Surely nobody can pass by without trying out a panel or two. The spring balls, turning mirror, and magnet spring balls are guaranteed to attract curiosity. GUIDE RAILS on page 377. 374
Sivu 377


Wall Elements The patterns change by turning the circles. The little animals seem to creep or fl y away when the boards are pushed. Diamond effect: red and blue dots are pushed into and on top of one another. Two spirals that turn endlessly into one another – almost hypnotic. Optical board Fantastic optical effect and funny finger games, two patterned turntables and two pushing elements. 120377 Because plenty of space has been left between the elements you can completely concentrate on the individual visual effects. The wings going up and down brings the bird to life. This worm makes a big arch to creep on the ground. Duck Squeak Toys Each little duck has a different highpitched squeak. 120368 Glibber The blue fluid moves around when the pressure on the soft cushion changes. 120374 Pouches Every pouch is a little different, e.g. crackle, rattle or squeak. 120375 Closures 7 fastenings on one panel. 120370 Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors Weaving frame The strips are sewed on firmly on both sides while the vertical ones can be woven from top to bottom to create interesting patterns. 100 % polyester. 120398 Brushes, Balls and Mirrors With various visual and tactile elements to explore: small brushes, balls, mirrors and prisms. 120369 Brushes The various brushes invite children to feel and touch. 104608 Magnet spring balls Feel and understand the strength of magnets. 120204 Rainmaker When the blue disc is turned you can hear a trickling noise. 120373 Gear Wheel with Rubber Balls When the wheel turns, the little balls hop back and forth. Plexiglass holds the balls in the unit. 120393 Turning Spiral with Balls Fast turning brings the balls into orbit. Plexiglass holds the balls in the unit. 120396 Glitter Rods Turn disk to watch glitter flow. 120371 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 375
Sivu 378


Sensory Wall Birch Wood. 16“ x 17“, 40.6 x 43.2 cm. Blank Panel for Self-Design. 104605 Special Effects Turning Discs With 8 turning discs. 120390 Gear Wheels With one fixed and two movable gear wheels. 120389 Acrylic Gears When the large gear turns, the little ones follow along: tooth by tooth. Plexiglass front. 120394 Turntable 1 120146 Turntable 3 120148 Magnetic Track + 2 Wands With two steel balls. 120392 Color Circles Red, blue then yellow again – the various size circles change color when the disc moves. 120367 Color Changer Lights inside panel change colors. Three AAA batteries are included. 120366 Swiveling Mirror 120200 Mirror Window Curtain opens with a mirror behind it. 120399 Mirror Network 16 acrylic mirrors depict the image of whoever looks at them. If the unit is shaken, the image shakes too. 120395 Mirror Concave 120198 Mirror Convex 120199 Chimes with Wooden Mallet. 120150 376
Sivu 379


Wall Elements Sinneswände Rubber Ball Stairs The two rubber balls bounce down behind the acrylic glass pane. Only nimble fingers can get them out through the side tunnel and back up to the top. 023138 Labyrinth You have to think hard to get the 8 colored knobs into one of the 16 combinations shown on the two turning dice. 023139 Colorful Squares You need to think hard before you move if you want to get the 8 squares in the same arrangement as shown on one of the 4 sides of the turning dice. 023145 The turning dice show 16 combination possibilities to replicate. On the track of geometric forms Sensory board with disappearing box What seems to be lost at first glance appears again. Geometric forms that children put into the 6 different openings are there again or gone for a while. The cork coating on the slope and the disappearing box on the bottom quiets the noise in the box. Birch and cork. D 4“, 10 cm. Can be pushed into the guide strips or separately bolted onto the wall. 120363 Change the switch and all of the forms are there again: in the left-hand or right-hand compartment Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors Assembly: Panel + Strips = Sensory Wall Metal stop Guide Rail Upper and lower end piece. Solid beech wood, end piece made of metal. 120189 Length 16 ¼“, 41 cm, 2 pieces 120190 Length 32“, 81.5 cm, 2 pieces 120191 Length 48“, 122 cm, 2 pieces ... or simply bolt directly to the wall. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 377
Sivu 380


MORE SENSORY ELEMENTS FROM GROW.UPP CAN BE FOUND on page 114. Discovery Rooms! Sensory Elements Their shapes and color scheme mean they are perfectly coordinated with the rest of the room, and are very appealing. Moving, visual, acoustic and tactile elements stimulate the desire to experiment, and encourage perception and fi ne motor skills. Birch wood. 16 ¾" x 16 ¼", 42 x 41 cm Color, small For learning about different colors. This is particularly impressive when combined with the “Light corner cupboard” (item no. 440650), as the colors on this wall panel change depending on the color of the light inside. 121108 Optical Discs, small When the green disc is turned the small one also starts moving. In the process the small panel creates an exciting visual effect as it “hops” up and down. With 2 turning discs. 121101 Rainmaker, small When the disc is turned the rainmaker starts to trickle, the leaves move in a circle and the mirror element encourages discovery of the surroundings. 121102 Cherry Stones, small Encourages children to move the cherry stones from one chamber to the other by turning the panel. Here the laws of gravity and centrifugal force can be seen, with the help of a slight acoustic effect. Promotion of fine motor skills. Natural cherry stones. 121106 Gear Wheels, small Here one thing follows the other: a 5 piece gear wheel mechanism to discover. 5 gear wheels, two of them with a crank. 121103 Ball Labyrinth, small Anyone who gets the hang of it can skilfully manoeuvre the rubber ball through the labyrinth. Turning panel with Plexiglas. 121105 378
Sivu 381


Wall Elements Wall Magnet Game “Farm“ Magnetic Wall Game "Farm" The farm is surrounded by meadows and fields. In the middle is a small pond. Naturally there are also animals and typical machinery, such as tractors and combine harvesters. Children can make all sorts of discoveries on the wall panel and change the image. To do this they use the magnetic pen, which is attached to the push bar with a wire cord, to move the animals or the tractor underneath the panel – but they shouldn‘t move them randomly. They should move the animals to their normal habitat - the sheep to the meadow, the duck to the pond etc. Solid beech wood with print; steel pipe push bar, powder-coated in RAL 9006 silver-gray, acrylic panel. With four fastening eyelets. W 47 ¼“ x H 12 ¾“ x D 4“, W 119.8 x H 32.3 x D 10 cm. 120949 Improves eye-hand coordination Nothing gets lost thanks to the acrylic glass pane and the magnetic pen with extremely strong wire cable. Turntables for Fun & Motion When you spin here you always win The Animal Turntable shows 12 different animals. When it stops all the children, or only the child who spun, can imitate the animal with movements and/or sounds. The Movement Turntable shows 12 different physical exercises. It can be easily used for the morning circle or for movement breaks during the day. Hardware included for wall mounting. Birch wood, round bars and solid beech wood balls. Ø 13 ¾", 34.8 cm, D 3", 7.2 cm, board W 3 ¼" x H 19 ¾", W 8 cm x H 49.6 cm. 120364 Animal Turntable 120365 Movement Turntable Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors Turntable “animals“ Turntable “motion“ All the children try to imitate the animal shown. The turntable “shows how to do it” and all of the children imitate it. Briefly stretching their legs: turn the wheel once and then imitate the exercise shown. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 379
Sivu 382


Learning Walls It is always astonishing to see what perseverance children have when they are interested in something. The design of these wooden wall elements makes them appealing. There is always something to push, to turn ... and to observe. Hand-eye coordination and fine motor skills are practiced in play. Recognizing and Sorting Sizes Six disks fit into the cutouts. Ø 18 ½”, 48 cm. 092764 Disk puzzle, large Creating Different Combinations 12 wooden bars, turned about an axis, create a variety of designs. Ø 18 ½”, 48 cm. 092762 Wooden bar game Looks Different Every Time Forms wonderful color and shape variations. The six rainbow-colored triangles can be moved in 2 directions. Diameter 9 ½“, 24 cm. Ages 1 and up. 092759 Wall fold out game Wall Dominoes Chain Reaction: When the child bumps the first block, the others fall down one after another. The blocks stand back up when the ball is pulled. 092700 6 blocks, W 14¼“ x D 2¾“ W 36 x D 7 cm (not shown) 092750 12 blocks, W 30“ x D 2¾“, W 76 x D 7 cm Good for the Hands Mounted on the wall, the 6 rainbow-colored rollers are not just fun to turn with the palms when walking by their smooth shape can help relieve cramping in the hands. Beech. 8 ¾“ x 9 ½“, 22 x 24 cm. 092773 Wall element Rollers rotating steering wheel Steering wheel discovery board Birch. W 12¼“ x 9¼“, W 31 x H 23 cm. 122127 Glass Marbles make sounds Make a quick fuel stop… and then keep on driving. A Very Special Sound Experience This musical game can be mounted as a turntable on the wall. When it is turned, the many small marbles inside move and hit the different-length wooden pegs. This creates wonderful tones. Sturdy plywood with metal bearings. Hardware included. Approx. 17 ¾“ x 17 ¾“, 45 x 45 cm; approx. 10”, 25 cm in depth. 038003 Wall musical game Not available in the USA. 380 Wall Motor Skills Boards While the children are flying airplanes through the air or driving the car to the gas station, they are developing fine motor skills. Birch plywood, sliding components made of beech. W 30 ½“ x H 21“, W 77.5 x H 54 cm. 120152 Cars Activity
Sivu 383


Wall Elements Wall push rods A Gets Everybody Moving While little engine drivers push the train and its wagons through the tunnel towards the station, they have to walk back and forth themselves. The pole is easy to attach to any wall. Birch wood, solid beech wood, stainless steel tubing. L 78 ¾”, 200 cm, Ø ¾”, 2 cm; station 6 ¼” x 4 ¾” x 1 ½”, 15.5 x 12 x 4 cm. The pole is delivered with 2 wall brackets, 1 engine, 1 tunnel, 1 station and 2 wagons. A B 120955 Push-along train (6 parts) 120956 Horse pushing rod (5 parts) Push-along train Hop, hop, hop – the horsy runs in a gallop A tunnel train station 79“, 200 cm Horse pushing rod B horse obstacle coupling fence stall B Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors 39 ½“, 100 cm Which Bee is the Fastest? The colors on the disc move your bees forward, flower by flower. With luck spinning the disc, your own bee crosses the finish line first. A colorful contest for 2-4 players. With two eyelets for hanging. Birch wood, bees made of solid beech wood. W 39 ½” x H 19”, W 100 x H 28.5 cm. 120142 Competitive game Bee Race Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 381
Sivu 384


Wall-Mounted Marble Track “Practice makes perfect, because the balls don‘t fit in every hole“ Along the Wall ... Diagonally from top to bottom, in steps, or on a zigzag course – this tube-shaped ball track allows plenty of design freedom. Depending on the available space and age of the children, one or more tubes can be mounted on the wall. Besides the wooden balls (120264), other balls can also be used. Follow the path of the balls and find out which ones travel the fastest. The pre-drilled holes are different sizes and distributed over the entire length of the tube. The catch bin is ideal for catching the balls. Birch, rugged plastic. Hardware included. Ball track Ø 4”, 10 cm, W 47 ¼”, 120 cm; catch bin: W 6 ¾“ x H 3 ¾“ x D 5 ¼“, W 17 x H 9.5 x D 13 cm. 120262 Wall ball track, 1 piece 120263 Catch bin, 1 piece 16 Pieces 6 Pieces 6 Wooden Balls red, orange, maize, blue, light blue, light green 120264 Why won‘t my ball fit in here? This one goes fast... The red ball may be faster than the blue one... Mixed Ball Set Contains: 6 fabric balls Ø 1 ½“, 3.8 cm; 6 ping-pong balls Ø 1 ½”, 4 cm; 4 jumping balls with golf ball structure Ø 1 ¾“, 4.2 cm 055400 Note! Not suitable for children aged under 3 small parts. Wall Ball Labyrinth A B Wall Ball Labyrinth A ball bearing ensures that the round ball labyrinth is easy to steer. The child decides on a goal and tries to maneuver the ball through skillful turning of the wheel. Promotes eye hand coordination. Birch plywood with acrylic glass pane and 3 steel balls. Hardware included. A B 847295 Mini Labyrinth, Ø 15 ¾“, 40 cm. 847287 Wall ball labyrinth, large, Ø 39 ½“, 100 cm. thinking ahead 382
Sivu 385


Wall Elements Learning Walls for School The wall panels appeal to children thanks to their fun design. The children's brains are also challenged, because tactical consideration is just as important as fine motor skills. The panels don't just need to be for breaks. They can also enrich lessons, ie. for learning arithmetic. Birch wood. 23 ¾“ x 23 ¾“, 60 x 60 cm, D 1 ¼“, 3 cm. Hardware included. tactical sliding puzzle learn arithmetic fundamentals while playing Four Labyrinths Wall Panel Only someone who manages to tactically place their stones, and keep an overview, will manage to land all four. The goal is to get four same-colored stones in the horizontal, vertical or diagonal. The person to get all four first wins. The special thing about this game: the stones are not only different colors but also different shapes. This means blind children can also play. 120431 Numbers/Arithmetic Wall Panel Here everything revolves around four arithmetic fundamentals and the numbers up to 100. Tasks are set on the turning discs. The result is represented with the movable numbers to the right; even decimals or rational numbers are possible. 120432 Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors logical thinking is required here. fosters fine motor skills and hand-eye coordination Row of Numbers Wall Panel Keeps head and fingers fit. The popular sliding puzzle is now available in large. Sometimes you need to do a lot of shifting to get the numbers 1-15 in the right order. 120433 Motor Skills Flipper Wall Panel Anyone who wants to keep the disc "on track" must have fast reactions and nimble fingers to align the triangles. This is a real challenge for hand-eye coordination and fine motor skills. Birch wood, acrylic glass disc. 024067 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 383
Sivu 386


Self-Perception Mirror images and more Mirrors help children develop a concept of themselves and others. They consciously start looking at mirrors about age 1. The unique Haba mirrors are extremely appealing for children. Their lovingly designed frames tell happy stories, or invite children to play and explore, with little details such as a magnetic strip. Their bright colors and shapes inspire younger children to look at themselves in the mirror and discover their reflection. This mirror design is just right for children. It adorns any wall so that as a decoration these shatterproof mirrors create a comfortable atmosphere. Mirror with a magnetic surface Landscape Mirror with Magnetic Strips The little ones can redesign this mirror over and over again using magnetic elements. Magnetic strip at top and bottom: W 6 ¼“, 16 cm. Safety mirror with whiteboard. W 47 ¼“ x H 33“, W 120 x H 83.5 cm. 120074 Order magnetic fabric elements separately (p. 363). Running/learning mirrors Shortly before children learn to walk, they try to pull themselves up everywhere and stand up. An additional motivation for movement are things that children want to reach, or the fascinating observation of the mirror image also promotes development of perceptive skills. Rectangle Mirror Saftey Mirror (5 mm thick) with beech real wood frame, back in real wood. Includes hardware. W 63” x H 31 ½” x D1“, W 160 x H 80 x D 2.5 cm. 121790 frame in natural finish Select frame color options (p. 178) Handrail Ideal for pulling up and finding one‘s feet. For use with children just learning to walk or in a handicapped area. Mounts on wall. Solid ash and beech. Length: 167 cm. 121708 Mirror Attachment Playful and sensory Decorate the mirror and give children exciting sensory experiences. The soft, rustling fabric leaves, the two colored facets and the two mirror raindrops can be observed, touched and moved. The facets and mirror drops are firmly connected to the bar via robust metal cords. The leaves can be hung anywhere. Mirror Attachment Solid ash and beech wood, robust 100% polyester fabric, crackling film, facets and acrylic glass mirror. W 52“ x H 12 ¾“ x D 8“, W 132 x H 32 x D 20 cm. Hardware included. 121706 697763 Wall mirror 384
Sivu 387


Mirrors Mirror Houses OH, that´s me! 35 ½“, 90 cm ...with 3 Mirrors Inside, the children can is their reflection all around. On the outside a whiteboard where they can draw or design pictures with magnetic pieces. Multiple layers of bonded plywood, safety glass (6 mm, ¼”), magnetic HPL coating. Mirror/whiteboard areas: W 16” x H 31 ¾”, W 40.2 x H 80.7 cm. Total dimensions: W 35 ½” x H 31 ¼” x D 17 ¾”, W 90 x H 79 x D 45 cm. 126006 Porthole Mirrors for wall design Porthole Mirrors One, two, or three of these portholes liven up a wall. Birch wood, safety mirror. 47“, 119 cm external mirror faces ...with 5 Mirrors This house consists of two double-sided roof mirrors and a one sided floor mirror. Functions like a gigantic kaleidoscope. There are fantastic effects if you fill the house with light. Mirror, safety glass ¼“, 6 mm on real beech wood. The size of the mirror surfaces: H 43 ¼“ x W 21 ¾“, H 110 x W 55 cm. Total dimensions: W 47“ x H 40 ½“ x D 23“, W 119 x H 103 x D 59 cm. 126001 Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors Small, Ø 10 ¼“, 26 cm 120013 natural (not shown) 120027 red 120033 yellow 120036 blue 120039 light green Medium, Ø 15“, 38 cm 120014 natural (not shown) 120034 red 120037 yellow 120028 blue 120048 light green Ø 10 ¼“, 26 cm Large, Ø 19 ¾“, 50 cm 120017 natural (not shown) 120038 red 120029 yellow 120035 blue 120049 light green Ø 19 ¾“, 50 cm Ø 15“, 38 cm Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 385
Sivu 388


Themed Mirrors Fun detail: moving legs Penguin Round Mirror This penguin doesn't need ice or cold, just a nice place on the wall. Birch wood with safety mirror (¼", 5 mm thick). W 23 ¾" x H 28 ½" x D 1 ¼", W 60 x H 72 x D 3 cm. Includes hardware. 024119 Chicken Round Mirror When you pull on the legs the chicken lifts first one leg then the other. Birch wood with safety mirror (¼", 5 mm thick). W 24 ½" x H 27 ¼" (without feet) x D 1 ¼", W 62 x H 69 (without feet) x D 3 cm. Includes hardware. 024107 Retusche Wandfarbe 29.08.13 MD Quadrant unit folding mat on p. 232. New views ... are created of the children themselves and their environment with this corner mirror. The colorful frame, with flowers and critters, is an attractive eye-catcher. Frame and accessories made of birch wood with safety mirror (¼", 5 mm thick). W 51 ¼" x H 51 ¼" x D 1 ¼", W 130 x H 130 x D 3 cm. Includes hardware. 121768 Corner wall mirror left 121769 Corner wall mirror right 386
Sivu 389


Mirrors Pixie Mirror “That pixie looks just like me!” Little people can make big discoveries with this mirror. Frame made of genuine birch wood, safety mirror. W 34 ½“ x H 45 ¼“, W 87 x H 115 cm. Includes hardware. 120078 Fabiola Mirror Frames made of genuine birch, safety mirror. W 27 ¼“ x H 35 ¼“, W 69 x H 140 cm. Includes hardware. 120071 King Mirror A fairy tale is what awaits children when they look at this king. Hang up or place on a cabinet or bolt to a wall. Frames made of genuine birch, safety mirror. W 23 ¾“ x H 64“, W 60 x H 162 cm. Includes hardware. 120067 Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors Corner Wall Mirror Makes any corner into a small "hall of mirrors". Birch wood with safety mirror (¼", 5 mm thick). Includes hardware. 121728 left, W 61 ¼" x H 54" x D 2", W 155 x H 137 x D 5 cm 121729 right, W 60 ¾" x H 54" x D 2", W 154 x H 134 x D 5 cm Quadrant Unit Play Mat for Corner Wall Mirror 59 ¼" x 59 ¼", height 1 ¼", 150 x 150 cm, height 2.6 cm. Composite foam RG 120. 024033 Select color option (p. 227) Enough reflection, now it's time to play! "Oh, the baby rabbit has a really soft little belly." Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 387
Sivu 390


Themed Mirrors for Toddlers "Dog" Mirror Birch wood with safety mirror (¼", 5 mm thick). W 40 ¼" x H 51 ½" x D 1 ¼", W 102 x H 130.7 x D 3 cm. Hardware included. 121721 "Polar Bear" Mirror Birch wood with safety mirror (¼", 5 mm thick). W 39" x H 49 ½" x D 1 ½", W 98.8 x H 125.5 x D 3.2 cm. Hardware included. 121720 "Sun/Ocean" Mirrors Birch wood with safety mirror (¼", 5 mm thick). W 34 ½" x H 73 ¾" x D 1 ½", W 87.6 x H 187 x D 3.2 cm. Hardware included. 121745 "Tree" Mirror Birch wood with safety mirror (¼", 5 mm thick). W 39“ x H 76 ¾“ x D 1 ¼“, W 99 x H 195 x D 3 cm. Hardware included. 121746 388
Sivu 391


Mirrors Spiegel Partition Trennwände Walls Wall Elements Wandgestaltung Mirrors Präsentation "Cat" Mirror Birch wood with safety mirror (¼", 5 mm thick). W 39" x H 48 ½" x D 1 ¼", W 99 x H 123 x D 3 cm. Includes mounting hardware. 121722 Die grauen Bereiche werden weggestanzt. Vor PDF-Freigabe löschen! Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 389
Sivu 392


Themed Mirrors A Fun House Frame 1 B Fun House Frame 2 Funhouse Frame 1+2 The colorful towers give mirror games a bright, cheery framework. Birch plywood, painted. Use with 697751, 697752 and 697760. W 39 ½“ x H 61 ¼“ x D 4“, W 110 x H 155.5 x D 10 cm. A B 697757 Fun House Frame 1 convex 697758 Fun House Frame 2 concave D C C D convex concave Matching Wall Mirror Combine with mirror frames (697757 and 697758). The concave or convex mirror displays a vertically or horizontally distorted image. Hardware included. Safety mirror (6 mm) with beech frame. W 23 ¾“ x H 50 ½“ x D 3“, W 60.4 x H 127.8 x D 7.5 cm. C D plain concave 697760 plain (not shown) 697751 concave 697752 convex convex Fun House Frame 3 10 Year GUARANTEE E F Made in Germany Funhouse Frame 3 E It doesn’t matter whether the little ones are looking at their mirror image standing up or sitting – it’s exciting either way. Birch wood, lacquered. Fits the funhouse mirror 697763 sold below. W 68 ¼“ x H 54“ x D 3 ½“, W 173 x H 137.4 x D 8.7 cm. 697764 Wall Mirror F For the Orient frame 3. The mirror can also be mounted without the frame. Safety mirror with solid beech wood frame. Wooden back wall, hardware included. Size: W 50 ½" x H 41 ½" x D 3", W 127.8 x H 105 x D 7.5 cm. Can be mounted horizontally or vertically. 697763 plain 390
Sivu 393


Mirrors/ Mobile Wall The Mobile Wall The Wall Elements The wall elements are inserted between the wall strips and can be easily reconfigured. Whiteboard Chalkboard Whiteboard Mirror The Hanging Elements attach to mobile walls using the holes in the sliding element. Rolling Elements Two rolling elements slide back and forth on a second guide rail. More usage options for rolling elements combined with cabinets on page 152. Wall Fixtures The system consist of upper and and lower wall strip with a integrated guide rail for the rolling elements. Both of these strips are mounted onto the wall. End-Cap The End-Caps are mounted on both ends of the wall strips to keep the rolling elements in the guide rail. 55 ¼”, 140.3 cm 60”, 152.3 cm Boarder Slide Rail Set Includes mounting hardware. Length 39 ½”, 100 cm. 473600 End-Cap for Sliding Rail 473699 2 pieces Mirror Sliding Element Safety glass on real birch wood. W 37“ x H 54“, W 93 x H 137.5 cm. 473620 Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors Chalk Sliding Element Magnetic chalkboard on birch. W 37“ x H 54“, W 93 x H 137.5 cm. 473645 Whiteboard Sliding Element The carrier plate is magnetic and made of birch with whiteboard coating. W 36 ¾“ x H 54 ¼“, W 93 x H 137.5 cm. 473644 Rolling Element for Boxes Birch real wood veneer. W 37“ x H 57“, W 93 x H 144.5 cm. 473650 Rolling Element Mirror The carrier plate is made of birch real wood veneer, with safety glass. W 37“ x H 57“, W 93 x H 144.5 cm. 473670 Rolling Element with a Whiteboard The carrier plate is made of birch real wood with magnetic whiteboard coating. W 36 ¾“ x H 57“, W 93 x H 144.5 cm. 473640 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 391
Sivu 394


Perforated Panels and hanging elements versatile and flexible Clever Buttons The buttons are fastened on the back of the attachments. Their wide lip and the weight of the boxes hold them securely in the pre-drilled holes. To remove the attachments, simply lift them up slightly and pull the buttons out of the holes. Only adults should reposition the large attachments. Perforated panels · Quickly change rooms · Optimize use of space even in small rooms · Genuine birch, ¾“, 20 mm thick The attachments · Easy to attach and remove · Height adjustable 10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. Mehr dazu auf Seite 853. Made in Germany 36 ½“, 19,2 cm Preschool Play Wall 1 perforated panel (hardware included) with the following attachments: mirror, sink, and two shelves. W 68” x H 37 ¾”, W 172.8 x H 96 cm. 458961 392
Sivu 395


Perforated Panels Play and Hobby Wall Two wall panels (hardware included) with the following attachments: 2 shelves, 1 mirror, 5 natural colored shelf bins, 1 folding table, 1 cloakroom shelf, and 2 stacking stools (height 13 ¾”, 35 cm). The wall can be configured with attachments. W 75 ½“ x H 57“, W 192 x H 144.3 cm. 458964 Audio Wall Hang the shelves, plug in the pegs: your audio wall is ready. The pegboard wall (hardware included) comes complete with 3 hang-on shelves for a CD player and CDs, along with 6 pegs for hanging headphones. W 37 ½“ x H 57“, W 96 x H 144.3 cm. 458960 Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors Creativity Wall A wonderful substitute for a real artist’s studio. Two perforated wall panels (hardware included) with the following attachments: 2 easels, 3 shelves, and 2 material bins. The height of all the elements is variable based on the age of the aspiring artists. Shelves and bins can be arranged so that everything is right at hand. W 75 ½“ x H 57“, W 192 x H 144.3 cm. 458962 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 393
Sivu 396


ROLLING ELEMENT on page 391. Role Play Wall Two perforated wall panels (hardware included) with the following attachments: 1 mirror, 1 tall shelf, 4 natural shelf bins, 1 wardrobe, 1 shelf for cooking spoons, 1 sink, 1 cooktop, 1 workstation, and 1 hanging material bin. With these elements, a kitchen area and a vanity, a dress-up station, or even a beauty salon can be set up. W 75 ½“ x H 57“, W 192 x H 144.3 cm. 458963 PARTITION WALLS "PEGBOARD" on page 361. MORE ROLL PLAY FURNITURE from page 284. Wall-Mounted Pegboard Elements School Wall Panels in 3 Different Sizes Birch, ¾”, 20 mm thick. (hardware included) 458892 Toddler W 68“ x H 38“, W 172.8 x H 96 cm 458890 Kindergarten W 38“ x H 57“, W 96 x H 144.3 cm 458891 School W 38“ x H 69 ½“, W 96 x H 176.3 cm Kindergarten 36 ½", 19,2 cm 36 ½", 19,2 cm Toddler 36 ½“, 19,2 cm Mount only in horizontal format. Mount only in vertical format. Mount only in horizontal format. 394
Sivu 397


Perforated Panels Hang-On Elements BIRCH WOOD Hang-On Material Boxes Wire basket with removable cover of nylon and net fabric. 473923 Green, 9 ½” x 12”, 24 x 30 cm 473926 Blue, 8 ¼” x 12”, 21 x 30 cm Wire Baskets Powder-coated metal. W 11 ½” x H 6” x D 12 ½”, W 29 x H 15 x D 32 cm. 473768 Small Box For wall hanging shelf 473761 and 473762. Birch. W 4 ½“ x H 4 ¼“ x D 6“, W 11.3 x H 10.5 x D 15.4 cm. 473755 Wall-Hanging Box with Perforated Front Powder-coated metal parts. W 11 ½“ x H 6“ x D 12 ½“, W 29 x H 15 x D 32 cm. 473905 Select the color of the perforated front on page 140. Wide Wall-Hanging Box Acrylic front and powder-coated metal. H 6“ x D 12 ½“, H 15 x D 32 cm. 473800 W 11 ½“, 29 cm 473767 W 19“, 48 cm Book Shelf Birch. W 22 ½”, H 9 ½” x D 10”, W 57 x H 23.5 x D 25 cm. 458810 Counter W 30“ x H 8“ x D 12“, W 76.5 x H 20 x D 30 cm. 473765 Wide Wall-Hanging Shelf W 22 ½” x H 8 ½” x D 7”, W 57 x H 18,8 x D 18 cm. 473762 High Wall-Hanging Shelf W 11” x H 17 ½” x D 7”, W 28 x H 44 x D 18 cm. 473761 Counter W 22 ½” x H 13 ½” x D 11”, W 57 x H 34 x D 28 cm. 473760 Sink W 22 ½” x H 13 ½” x D 11”, W 57 x H 34 x D 28 cm. 473759 Stove W 22 ½” x H 13 ½” x D 11”, W 57 x H 34 x D 28 cm. 473758 Hanging Rack for Wooden Spoons W 11“ x H 4 ¼“ x D 4 ¼“, W 28 x H 11 x D 11 cm. 473763 Wardrobe With 5 rods and 6 hooks and powder-coated metal. W 22 ½” x H 7” x D 10 ¼”, W 57 x H 18 x D 26 cm. 473764 Hanging Mirror Birch wood painted blue, safety mirror (¼“, 4 mm thick). Size: Ø 15“, 38 cm. 473770 Hook Strip With 6 hooks. Metal parts powder-coated. W 19“ x H 4“ x D 3 ½“, W 48 x H 10 x D 9 cm. 473773 Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors 10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. Mehr dazu auf Seite 853. Made in Germany Folding Table Attachment W 37“ x D 26 ½“, W 94 x D 67.2 cm. 473777 High Wall-Hanging Box Acrylic front and powder-coated metal. W 10” x H 18 ¼” x D 8”, W 25 x H 46.5 x D 20 cm. 473754 Easel W 27 ½” x H 27 ½” x D 9”, W 70 x H 70 x D 22.5 cm. 473756 MORE EASELS from page 185. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 395
Sivu 398


B Magazine Holder Well-informed – clearly presented Magazines, brochures or flyers can be presented in a well-organized and attractive manner. The stand frame is made of steel pipe in white aluminum and matches any furniture in the library, office, staff room or waiting area. The free-standing magazine stand has many uses, and can also be moved out of the way easily and quickly. With the wall-mounted version (various sizes available) there is no risk of tipping over. The clear acrylic glass trays mean the magazine cover is clearly visible. C A B Free-standing C Magazine Holder, Free-standing A 4 trays with edge. Steel pipe in RAL 9006 white aluminum, acrylic glass ( 3 /16", 4 mm thick). W 30 ½" x H 63" x D 13", W 77 x H 160 x D 33 cm. 175800 Wall-mounted Magazine Holder, Wall-mounted B 5 trays. Steel pipe in RAL 9006 white aluminum, acrylic glass ( 3 /16", 4 mm thick). W 12 ¼" x H 33 ¼" x D 6 ½", W 31 x H 84 x D 16.5 cm. 175801 Magazine Holder, Wall-mounted C 5 trays. Steel pipe in RAL 9006 white aluminum, acrylic glass ( 3 /16", 4 mm thick). W 35 ¼" x H 73 ¼" x D 12 ¾", W 89.3 x H 186 x D 32 cm. 175802 396
Sivu 399


Wardrobe · Foyer
Sivu 400


Wardrobe for Toddler, Kindergarten & School 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. – a Wardrobe System Light and ”dressed“ in inviting natural birch, it greets little and big ones alike. A cozy atmosphere settles all around. Everything is harmoniously coordinated so that everything can be easily organized. Three heights from the toddler to the school child. There are many elements such as the wall wardrobe, dressing aids or cabinets. They are coordinated with other furniture in terms of their dimensions and visual apperance. YUNA links systematic furniture with a fresh charm. ¼“, 5 mm safety edge Mehr dazu auf Seite 853. Made in Germany GS-tested 398
Sivu 401


Wardrobe Quality Solid birch wood Naturally Strong Light and friendly birch wood stands for solid and durable furniture that create a warm atmosphere. Small For gym bag Large For hat and scarf Medium For Bookbag and jacket Metal frames Metal frames ensure the stability of the wardrobe bench. Surfaces Extra solid, durable and colorful We use a 1.2 mm extra-strong Duropal® covering where it's needed most. For the seating areas you can also chose from 6 linoleum colors. Standard: Duropal ® coating birch K243 without additional charge orange KORA yellow KGEL blue U068 green G719 Three-way Hook There is space for everything on the 3 different hooks. The large hook for hats and scarves is particularly clever. Even daycare children can easily hang their things themselves. Drawing of a wardrobe configuration. The firmly bolted benches with bars and storage space shows what the Haba cloakroom system is made of. When building cloakroom benches with bars please consider the spacing to the wall. • 1.2 mm melamine resin coating • High friction, scratch and impact resistant • Resistant to wear and tear • Resistant coating Linoleum coating (additional charge) Refer to page 409 if ordering system with rails. Wardrobe Foyer Orange L171 Sand L071 Blue L479 Light blue L422 Green L132 Gray L058 • Made of natural, renewable raw materials • Fade resistant and fl ame retardant • Flexible, sound-dampening cork content • Antistatic, by nature resistant to wear and tear • Resistant against all cleaning products and disinfectants • Eco-friendly and bio-degradable • Hygienic - antibacterial Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 399
Sivu 402


Wardrobe Concepts Double Racks with boxes or doors for additional storing space The double racks – with or without doors – tidy up everything children may carry in. Odds and ends are stored away in the colored property boxes that fit in the big compartments and are provided with identification labels. Caps and jackets hang up perfectly on the triple hooks. The double racks without hooks can be fitted above existing racks making them only accessible to parents or educators. Short hat Rack with designer panels and benches Wardrobe benches are combined with low hat racks and lateral and upper finishing panels. Finishing panels make corners and edges disappear at both ends. Tall hat Rack with hanging pockets and benches Fabric panels are equipped with transparent, meshed and slip-in pockets. Combined with the tall hat shelves they make an unbeatable team. 400
Sivu 403


Oversized in depth and height Wardrobe Well designed and space saving Odds and ends can be stored in these extra high hat shelves. The wardrobe benches with their clearance from the wall offer extra storing space behind the seating area for items. One space – used in two ways With their depth of 13“, 33 cm the hanging racks won‘t protrude excessively into the room. This allows children more seating comfort on the benches below. Wardrobe Foyer FOLDING WALL TABLES from page 24/25. Room example 1 Room example 2 The explorers’ lab is closed, the table discretely folded and the benches are back in their usual place. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 401
Sivu 404


Hat Rack Front & side components are made of solid birch. Back made of genuine birch veneer Shelving of powder-coated perforated metal prevents moisture from accumulating and allows air to circulate. Select hook color (p. 403). Short hat Rack Height: 5 ½”, 12.8 cm – Depth: 8 ¾“, 22.1 cm High hat rack Height: 10 ¼“, 25.6 cm – Depth: 8 ¾“, 22.1 cm Number Width Compartments 839100 12“, 30 cm 1 839101 15 ¾“, 40 cm 1 839102 15 ¾“, 40 cm 2 839103 31 ½“, 80 cm 2 839104 31 ½“, 80 cm 4 839105 35 ½“, 90 cm 3 839106 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 5 839107 47 ¼“, 120 cm 3 839108 47 ¼“, 120 cm 4 839109 47 ¼“, 120 cm 6 Number Width Compartments 839133 31 ½“, 80 cm 2 839134 31 ½“, 80 cm 4 839135 35 ½“, 90 cm 3 839136 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 5 839137 47 ¼“, 120 cm 3 839138 47 ¼“, 120 cm 4 839139 47 ¼“, 120 cm 6 Height differences There are major differences in children’s sizes in one class. When you use flexibly mounted hat racks and hooks, you can adapt the wardrobe to the group immediately or in the future. Number Edge Compartments 839112 Interior edge 3 839113 Interior edge 5 Number Edge Compartments 839142 Interior edge 3 839143 Interior edge 5 Accessories 839111 (not shown) Exterior Edge 1 839141 (not shown) Exterior Edge 1 B A MAIL Triple Peg Triple Peg Swivel Hook Rotatable, with three different hook sizes. Nylon hook. W 3 ¾“ x H 3 ¼“, W 9 x H 8 cm. 845199 1 piece Compartment dividers A Can be added later. Solid birch wood. W 1” x D 7 ½”, W 1.8 x D 18.2 cm. 839180 Short, H 2 ¼”, 5.7 cm 839181 Tall, H 4 ¾”, 12 cm Parent letter holder B Solid birch wood and acrylic. 839190 1 piece 402
Sivu 405


B Hat Racks Double Rack Wall Units A Access only for adults Select hook color and door hinge below. Benches start on page 406. A B Double rack open with hooks Height: 17”, 42. 5 cm - Depth: 8 ¾“, 22.1 cm Double rack open with hooks Height: 17“, 42.5 cm – Depth: 13“, 33 cm Double rack with doors and no hooks Height: 17“, 42.5 cm – Depth: 13“, 33 cm Number Width Compartments Number Width Compartments Number Width Compartments 839200 31 ½“, 80 cm 2 839350 31 ½“, 80 cm 2 839330 31 ½“, 80 cm 2 839201 31 ½“, 80 cm 4 839351 31 ½“, 80 cm 4 839331 31 ½“, 80 cm 4 839202 35 ½“, 90 cm 3 839352 35 ½“, 90 cm 3 839332 35 ½“, 90 cm 3 839203 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 5 839353 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 5 839333 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 5 839204 47 ¼“, 120 cm 3 839354 47 ¼“, 120 cm 3 839334 47 ¼“, 120 cm 3 839205 47 ¼“, 120 cm 4 839355 47 ¼“, 120 cm 4 839335 47 ¼“, 120 cm 4 839206 47 ¼“, 120 cm 6 839356 47 ¼“, 120 cm 6 839336 47 ¼“, 120 cm 6 for double racks Exterior Interior Edge open with hooks Height: 17”, 42. 5 cm - Depth: 8 ¾“, 22.1 cm Double rack with doors and hooks Height: 17“, 42.5 cm – Depth: 13“, 33 cm Number Edge Compartments Number Width Compartments 839207 Exterior edge 1 839208 Interior edge 3 Optional Box for Hat Rack These sturdy cardboard storage bins keep all types of materials and supplies quickly and easily accessible. With grip slot. W 6“ x H 6 ½“ x D 6 ½“, W 15.5 x H 16.2 x D 16.2 cm. 092321 Blue, 6 pieces 092322 Red, 6 pieces 092323 Green, 6 pieces 839320 31 ½“, 80 cm 2 839321 31 ½“, 80 cm 4 839322 35 ½“, 90 cm 3 839323 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 5 839324 47 ¼“, 120 cm 3 839325 47 ¼“, 120 cm 4 839326 47 ¼“, 120 cm 6 Wardrobe Foyer How to order Mandatory Options Color Select hook color. Red is the standard (RAL 3000). RAL 9010 pure white RAL 1018 yellow RAL 3000 ruby red RAL 5012 light blue RAL 6018 yellow green RAL 9005 black RAL 9006 silver Door hinge The doors of the double racks can be hinged at the right or left. TVRE Doors with right hinges TVLI Doors with left hinges Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 403
Sivu 406


Hat Racks and Double Racks with hanging pockets Safety Edge Radius ¼", 5 mm The rods on the hat rack can be quickly removed without any tools. The cloth back wall can be removed for cleaning. Pockets with front windows and fish net or stitched bags. Select hook color page 403. Order hanging pockets separately below. Low hat rack with 2 rods for hanging pockets Height: 5 ¼“, 12.8 cm – Depth: 8 ¾“, 22.1 cm Number Width Compartments 839122 35 ½“, 90 cm 3 839123 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 5 839125 47 ¼“, 120 cm 4 High hat rack with 2 rods for hanging pockets Height: 10 ¼“, 25.6 cm – Depth: 8 ¾“, 22.1 cm Double rack open with 2 rods for fabric wall panels Height: 17“, 42.5 cm – Depth: 8 ¾“, 22.1 cm Double rack open with 2 rods for fabric wall panels Height: 17“, 42.5 cm – Depth: 13“, 33 cm Number Width Compartments 839152 35 ½“, 90 cm 3 839153 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 5 839155 47 ¼“, 120 cm 4 Number Width Compartments 839160 35 ½“, 90 cm 3 839161 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 5 839162 47 ¼“, 120 cm 4 Number Width Compartments 839165 35 ½“, 90 cm 3 839166 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 5 839167 47 ¼“, 120 cm 4 Hanging Pockets Hanging pocket blue Height: 22 ¼“, 56 cm; 100% polyester Number Width Compartments 839502 35 ½“, 90 cm 3 839503 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 5 839505 47 ¼“, 120 cm 4 Hanging pocket green Height: 22 ¼“, 56 cm; 100% polyester Number Width Compartments 839512 35 ½“, 90 cm 3 839513 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 5 839515 47 ¼“, 120 cm 4 Hanging Pocket for 39 ¼", 99.5 cm racks With 5 clear pockets, net and storage pockets with hook and loop fastenings. Cordura® (35 % cotton wool and 65 % polyester). W 37” x H 29 ½”, W 94 x H 75 cm. 120154 Red 120155 Yellow 120156 Blue 404
Sivu 407


Hanging racks Smart storage options With a depth of 13“, 33 cm the hanging racks won‘t protrude into the room. This allows children more seating comfort on the benches below. A plastic storage box, made for the rack, holds gloves, caps, etc. Wardrobe Racks Select hook color page 403. Hanging rack, without hook Height: 20 ¾“, 52.5 cm – Depth: 13“, 33.0 cm Number Width Compartments 839411 35 ½“, 90 cm 6 839413 47 ¼“, 120 cm 8 Hanging rack, with hook Height: 20 ¾“, 52.5 cm – Depth: 13“, 33.0 cm Number Width Compartments Hooks 839401 35 ½“, 90 cm 6 3 839402 35 ½“, 90 cm 6 6 839403 47 ¼“, 120 cm 8 4 839404 47 ¼“, 120 cm 8 8 Optional Plastic Box, transparent W 10 ¼” x H 6” x D 12 ¼”, W 26 x H 15 x D 31.2 cm. 839852 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. ¼“, 5 mm safety edge Mehr dazu auf Seite 853. Made in Germany GS-tested Educator's wardrobe The extra deep shoe rack combined with the lockable lockers and tall Alena cupboards ensure everything is safely stored away. A Wardrobe Foyer Hanging lockers A Includes lockable compartments for valuables and a triple hook. Birch wood. H 16 ¾“ x D 13“, H 42.5 x D 33 cm. 839391 W 31 ½“, 80 cm, 2 doors (not shown) 839394 W 47 ¼“, 120 cm, 3 doors Select hook color and door hinge on page 403. Shoe rack with wall mount, extra deep B Includes 6 rods. Birch plywood, rods of powdercoated steel tubes (RAL 9006). H 6“ x D 13“, H 15 x D 33 cm. 839850 W 31 ½“, 80 cm (not shown) 839851 W 47 ¼“, 120 cm extra deep B Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 405
Sivu 408


Wardrobe bench and wall-mount shoe rack Safety Edge Radius ¼", 5 mm Select seat finish (page 407). Interior Corner Wardrobe bench TODDLERS H 10 ¼“, 26 cm, D 13“, 33 cm Number Width 840001 31 ½“, 80 cm 840002 35 ½“, 90 cm 840003 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 840004 47 ¼“, 120 cm 840006 Interior edge Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm KINDERGARTEN H 14“, 35 cm, D 13“, 33 cm In a jiffy the bench is moved away and all corners are within reach. Number Width 840011 31 ½“, 80 cm 840012 35 ½“, 90 cm >> Birch seat Quality >> Duropal® seat coating (water-proof, easy to clean) >> Metal frame, powder-coated RAL 9006 aluminum The cloakroom benches (page 406 and 407) are not attached to our rear panels (page 410), but rather directly to the wall. Shoe rack with wall-mount for freestanding benches Rack with 4 rods. Powder-coated steel tube (RAL 9006 aluminum) – tolerant against humidity. Height 6“, 15 cm – Depth 9 ¼“, 23,3 cm Number Width 839841 29 ¾“, 75 cm (for bench width 31 ½“, 80 cm) 839842 33 ½“, 85 cm (for bench width 35 ½“, 90 cm) 839843 37 ¼“, 94.5 cm (for bench width 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm) 839844 45 ½“, 115 cm (for bench width 47 ¼“, 120 cm) 840013 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 840014 47 ¼“, 120 cm 840016 Interior edge Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm SCHOOL/AFTER-SCHOOL CENTER H 17“, 43 cm, D 13“, 33 cm Number Width 840021 31 ½“, 80 cm 840022 35 ½“, 90 cm 840023 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 840024 47 ¼“, 120 cm 840026 Interior edge Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm Wardrobe bench with rack Birch wood, powder-coated steel rack TODDLERS H 10 ¼“, 26 cm, D 13“, 33 cm Number Width 840031 31 ½“, 80 cm 840032 35 ½“, 90 cm 840033 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 840034 47 ¼“, 120 cm 840036 Interior edge Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm Interior edge Wardrobe bench with integrated shoe rack KINDERGARTEN H 14“, 35 cm, D 13“, 33 cm Number Width 840041 31 ½“, 80 cm 840042 35 ½“, 90 cm 840043 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 840044 47 ¼“, 120 cm 840046 Interior edge Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm Equipment Partition rail for shoe rack Powder-coated steel tube. 839840 1 unit SCHOOL/AFTER-SCHOOL CENTER H 17“, 43 cm, D 13“, 33 cm Number Width 840051 31 ½“, 80 cm 840052 35 ½“, 90 cm 840053 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 840054 47 ¼“, 120 cm 840056 Interior edge Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm 406
Sivu 409


Wardrobe Benches Wardrobe bench with compartments ... without shelf Wardrobe bench with compartments- optional with powder-coated steel compartment Select seat finish below. ... optional with powdercoated steel shelf (additional charge) Wardrobe bench with compartments TODDLERS H 10 ¼“, 26 cm, D 13“, 33 cm Number Width Compartments 840100 31 ½“, 80 cm 2 840101 31 ½“, 80 cm 4 840102 35 ½“, 90 cm 3 KINDERGARTEN H 14“, 35 cm, D 13“, 33 cm Number Width Compartments 840110 31 ½“, 80 cm 2 840111 31 ½“, 80 cm 4 840112 35 ½“, 90 cm 3 840103 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 5 840104 47 ¼“, 120 cm 3 840105 47 ¼“, 120 cm 4 840113 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 5 840114 47 ¼“, 120 cm 3 840115 47 ¼“, 120 cm 4 Wardrobe Foyer 840106 47 ¼“, 120 cm 6 840108 Interior edge 3 840116 47 ¼“, 120 cm 6 840118 Interior edge 3 How to order Mandatory Options Seat Finish Duropal® If seat finish color is not specified natural Birch K243 wood will be delivered. Linoleum (additional charge) Birch K243 without additional charge Orange KORA Yellow KGEL Blue U068 Green G719 Orange L171 Sand L071 Blue L479 Light blue L422 Green L132 Gray L058 Powder-coated steel shelves All wardrobe benches with compartments are supplied without shelves. Select MEBW if you want a bench with powder-coated steel shelf. Please note additional charge. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 407
Sivu 410


Wardrobe bench with steel grating If required the cloakroom benches can be bolted together. Select seat finish (page 407). In contrast to all other benches, the firmly bolted cloakroom benches with bars and hat storage can be made into complete units. ... without wall clearance D 13“, 33 cm TODDLERS H 10 ¼“, 26 cm Number Width KINDERGARTEN H 14“, 35 cm Number Width SCHOOL/AFTER-SCHOOL CENTER H 17“, 43 cm Number Width 840130 31 ½“, 80 cm 840140 31 ½“, 80 cm 840150 31 ½“, 80 cm 840131 35 ½“, 90 cm 840141 35 ½“, 90 cm 840151 35 ½“, 90 cm 840132 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 840142 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 840152 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm Interior edge 840133 47 ¼“, 120 cm 840143 47 ¼“, 120 cm 840153 47 ¼“, 120 cm 840135 Exterior edge 840145 Exterior edge 840155 Exterior edge Wall requirements: 4 ½“ x 4 ½“, 11 x 11 cm Wall requirements: 4 ½“ x 4 ½“, 11 x 11 cm Wall requirements: 4 ½“ x 4 ½“, 11 x 11 cm 840136 Interior edge 840146 Interior edge 840156 Interior edge Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm Wandbedarf: 62 x 62 cm Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm Wandbedarf: 62 x 62 cm ... with wall clearance D 17 ¾“, 45 cm For cloakroom benches mounted with a wall clearance, wet clothing can hang behind the seating area and drip dry there. In contrast to all other benches, the firmly bolted cloakroom benches with bars and hat storage can be made into complete units. TODDLERS H 10 ¼“, 26 cm Number Width 840160 31 ½“, 80 cm 840161 35 ½“, 90 cm 840162 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 840163 47 ¼“, 120 cm 840165 Exterior edge Wall requirements: 4 ½“ x 4 ½“, 11 x 11 cm KINDERGARTEN H 14“, 35 cm Number Width 840170 31 ½“, 80 cm 840171 35 ½“, 90 cm 840172 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 840173 47 ¼“, 120 cm 840175 Exterior edge Wall requirements: 4 ½“ x 4 ½“, 11 x 11 cm SCHOOL/AFTER-SCHOOL CENTER H 17“, 43 cm Number Width 840180 31 ½“, 80 cm 840181 35 ½“, 90 cm 840182 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 840183 47 ¼“, 120 cm 840185 Exterior edge Wall requirements: 4 ½“ x 4 ½“, 11 x 11 cm 840166 Interior edge 840176 Interior edge 840186 Interior edge Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm Rolling Wardrobe Rolling wardrobe Includes 4 casters, 2 lockable. Birch wood, shoe rack of powder coated steel tube (aluminum RAL 9006). D 27 ¼“, 69 cm. TODDLERS – Sitting Height 10 ¼“, 26 cm Height 47 ¼“, 120 cm 840201 W 49“, 124 cm KINDERGARTEN – Sitting Height 14“, 35 cm Height 48“, 122 cm 840203 W 49“, 124 cm 408 Delivered without shelves/hook rail. Optional Small hat shelf W 47 ¼“, 120 cm (page 402) Tall hat shelf W 47 ¼“, 120 cm (page 402) Hook rail W 47 ¼“, 120 cm (page 421)
Sivu 411


Rails for wardrobes - integrated units from Birch Wood Veneer An ideal solution in situations where there are no suitable walls available to mount the racks. Wardrobe ... free-standing on the wall rails hat shelves (starting page 402) + = While planning, please take a look at the SCHEMATIC VIEW on page 399. Vertical rails to be assembled with short hat racks (page 402) Birch wood. Must attach to bench (page 408). W 3“ x D 1 ¼“, W 7 x D 3 cm. TODDLERS H 43“, 109.2 cm 839620 1 pair KINDERGARTEN H 47“, 119.4 cm 839621 1 pair SCHOOL/AFTER SCHOOL CENTER H 60 ¼“, 153 cm 839622 1 pair Vertical rails to be assembled with high hat racks (page 402) Birch wood. Must attach to bench (page 408). W 3“ x D 1 ¼“ , W 7 x D 3 cm. TODDLERS H 46 ¾“, 118.8 cm 839624 1 pair KINDERGARTEN H 51“, 129 cm 839626 1 pair benches (starting page 408) SCHOOL/AFTER-SCHOOL CENTER H 64 ¼“, 162.6 cm 839628 1 pair Vertical rails to be assembled with double racks in D 8 ¾", 22.1 cm (page 403) Birch wood. Must attach to bench (page 408). W 3“ x D 1 ¼“ , W 7 x D 3 cm. TODDLERS H 55 ½“, 140.4 cm 839625 1 pair KINDERGARTEN H 59 ½“, 150.6 cm 839627 1 pair SCHOOL/AFTER-SCHOOL CENTER H 72 ¾“, 184.2 cm 839629 1 pair Back rest Back rest for assembling with rails To be fi xed between vertical rails. Birch wood. Depth: 1“, 2 cm, Height 4“, 10 cm 839630 W 31 ½“, 80 cm 839631 W 35 ½“, 90 cm 839632 W 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 839633 W 47 ¼“, 120 cm 839635 Interior edge ... free-standing in the room Can be used on both sides. Hat Racks (from page 402) A End piece with rail for installation ... B Additional rail for installation ... with low hat racks (p. 402) For fixed benches (p. 408). W 20 ½“ / 29 ¼“ x D 3 ½“, W 52/74 x D 8.8 cm. TODDLERS – H 43“, 109.2 cm 839690 KINDERGARTEN – H 47 ¼“, 119.4 cm 839693 with low hat racks (p. 402) For fixed benches (p. 408). W 5 ¾“ x D 1“, W 14 x D 2.1 cm. TODDLERS – H 43“, 109.2 cm 839654 KINDERGARTEN – H 47“, 119.4 cm 839657 A B C Wardrobe Foyer with high hat racks (p. 402) For fixed benches (p. 408). W 20 ½“ / 29 ¼“ x D 3 ½“, W 52/74 x D 8.8 cm. TODDLERS – H 46 ¾“, 118.8 cm 839691 KINDERGARTEN – H 51“, 129 cm 839694 with double racks (p. 403) For fixed benches (p. 408). W 20 ½“ / 29 ¼“ x D 3 ½“, W 52/74 x D 8,8 cm. TODDLERS – H 55 ½“, 140.4 cm 839692 with high hat racks (p. 402) For fixed benches (p. 408). W 5 ¾“ x D 1“, W 14 x D 2.1 cm. TODDLERS – H 46 ¾“, 118.8 cm 839655 KINDERGARTEN – H 51“, 129 cm 839658 with double racks (p. 403) For fixed benches (p. 408). W 5 ¾“ x D 1“, W 14 x D 2.1 cm. TODDLERS – H 55 ½“, 140.4 cm 839656 can be used on both sides Benches on page 408. Back Wall C Melamine resin surface. Height 23 ¾“, 60 cm. Depth: ¾“, 1.9 cm 839790 W 31 ½“, 80 cm 839791 W 35 ½“, 90 cm 839792 W 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 839793 W 47 ¼“, 120 cm KINDERGARTEN – H 59 ½“, 150.6 cm 839695 KINDERGARTEN – H 59 ½“, 150.6 cm 839659 For safety reasons only one bar is permitted for construction of free-standing combinations. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 409
Sivu 412


Easy to Clean Back Panels – for wall mounting Back panel without top piece: 1 >> for assembling with small 2 >> for assembling with tall 3 hat racks (page 402) Back panel + narrow adaptor strip hat racks (page 402) Back panel + wide adaptor strip >> for assembling with double racks (page 403) A B A B A B Toddlers: H 27 ¾“, 70.4 cm Kindergarten: 28 ¼“, H 71.6 cm Toddlers: H 26 ½“, 67.2 cm Kindergarten: H 27“, 68.4 cm Toddlers: H 28 ½“, 71.9 cm Kindergarten: H 29“, 73.1 cm adaptor strip 4“, 9.6 cm adaptor strip 31 ½“, 31.2 cm A B Total Heights: Toddlers: 47“, 109.2 cm Kindergarten: 47“, 119.4 cm A B C C Total Heights: Toddlers: 119“, 118.8 cm Kindergarten: 51“, 129 cm A B D D Total Heights: Toddlers: 55 ½“, 140.4 cm Kindergarten: 59 ½“, 150.6 cm Back panel Duropal ® surface. The back panels keep wet clothing away from walls. Combine the panels with hat shelves and double racks. Tip: For combinations of tall hat shelves or double racks you will need adaptor strips so that the height of the back panel isn’t reduced by the height of the racks. A TODDLERS H 43“, 109.2 cm, D 1 ¼“, 3 cm Number Width 839700 31 ½“, 80 cm Select Duropal® coating (page 401). Seat height 10 ¼“, 26 cm 839701 35 ½“, 90 cm 839702 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 839703 47 ¼“, 120 cm 839705 outside Corner 839706 inside Corner Wall requirements: 25 ¾“ x 25 ¾“, 65 x 65 cm Back panel with “narrow” adaptor strip for assembling with tall hat shelves (page 402) Duropal ® surface. Back panel with “wide” adaptor strip for assembling with double racks, depth 8 ¾“, 22 cm (page 402) Duropal ® surface. B KINDERGARTEN H 47“, 119.4 cm, D 1 ¼“, 3 cm C H 3 ¾“, 9.6 cm Number Width D H 12 ½“, 31.2 cm Number Width Seat height 14“, 35 cm Number Width 839710 31 ½“, 80 cm 839711 35 ½“, 90 cm 839712 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 839713 47 ¼“, 120 cm 839715 outside Corner 839760 31 ½“, 80 cm 839761 35 ½“, 90 cm 839762 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 839763 47 ¼“, 120 cm 839764 outside Corner Wall requirements: 3 ¼“ x 3 ¼“, 8 x 8 cm 839770 31 ½“, 80 cm 839771 35 ½“, 90 cm 839772 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 839773 47 ¼“, 120 cm 839774 outside Corner Wall requirements: 3 ¼“ x 3 ¼“, 8 x 8 cm 839716 inside Corner 839765 inside Corner 839775 inside Corner Wall requirements: 25 ¾“ x 25 ¾“, 65 x 65 cm Wall requirements: 25 ¾“ x 25 ¾“, 65 x 65 cm Wall requirements: 25 ¾“ x 25 ¾“, 65 x 65 cm 410
Sivu 413


Wardrobe Order fabric pockets separately. Dresser Cabinet, 1 door Height without base: W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“ x D 13“, W 39.7 x H 39.7 x D 33 cm. With base: H 17 ¾“, 44.5 cm. 840230 Select door hinge below. Dresser Cabinet, wide, 2 doors Height without base: W 30 ½“ x H 15 ¾“ x D 13“, W 77.4 x H 39.7 x D 33 cm. With base: H 17 ¾“, 44.5 cm. 840231 Dresser Cabinet, tall, 2 doors Height without base: W 15 ¾“ x H 30 ½“ x D 13“, W 39.7 x H 77.4 x D 33 cm. With base: H 32 ½“, 82.2 cm. 840232 Select door hinge below. Dresser cabinet, 4 doors Height without base: W 30 ½“ x H 30 ½“ x D 13“, W 77.4 x H 77.4 x D 33 cm. With base: H 32 ½“, 82.2 cm. 840233 Top Panel Birch real wood veneer, with linoleum, blue surface. W 30 ½“ x D 19 ¾“, W 77.4 x D 50 cm. Thickness: 1“, 2 cm. 840239 Side Panel For mounting on free-standing cabinets with top panel. Birch veneer. Depth 6“, 15 cm. 840240 H 17 ¾“, 44.5 cm for one door 840241 H 32 ½“, 82.2 cm for two doors Clothes Cabinets These cabinets bring two functions together: dressing room and cloakroom. Colorful fabric pokkets display a photo of the little ones: they're "at home" here. And for parents they serve as a postbox for information and flyers. The large compartments offer plenty of space for spare clothes and personal items. The seating area on the cabinets, at a height that is gentle on the back, makes it easier for adults to get the children dressed. Everything is available or stored away with a single movement. ! Note The panel for dressing children is attached to a cabinet that is pulled forward. We recommend the side panels if you would like to setup the cabinet and panel on their own, i.e. without a cabinet to the right and left. Wardrobe Foyer How to order Mandatory Options Optional Accessories Door hinge Base Hanging Pockets Lock The doors on the cabinets 840230 and 840232 can be hinged on the right or left. Please specify the preferred version in your order: TVRE door(s) hinged right TVLI door(s) hinged left The dresser cabinets are delivered without a base. Please specify SOKM in your order if you would like a cabinet with base. Additional charge for base: SOKM W 15 ¾" x D 13", W 39.7 x D 33 cm SOKM W 30 ½" x D 13", W 77.4 x D 33 cm All dresser cabinets are delivered without fabric pockets to Velcro on. When ordering please specify MTAS if you would like a cabinet with fabric pockets. Additional charge for fabric pockets: MTAS 1 piece Door lock DSS1 Additional charge Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 411
Sivu 414


A Wall Wardrobe 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. ¼“, 5 mm safety edge Mehr dazu auf Seite 853. Made in Germany The shoe-grate – here all the shoes are placed high and dry Hanging wall wardrobe Birch plywood, shoe rack of powder-coated steel tube (RAL 9006 aluminum). Depth 8 ¾“, 22 cm. TODDLERS + KINDERGARTEN – H 45 ½“, 115.8 cm Number Width Compartments 840400 32“, 81 cm 4 840401 39 ¾“, 100.75 cm 5 Select hook color (p. 403). GS-tested Barrier free hygiene Spick and span! While children adore muddy weather, snow and ice, these weather conditions mean a lot of wetness and dirt in the entrance and wardrobes area. Hanging wall wardrobe with back panels, provide individual compartments and a shoe racks for each child. Wet clothing and shoes can take their time to dry. Because there is enough space between the hanging wardrobe and the floor, any water that drips down can be easily wiped off. Coats and hats are kept in separate cubbies. 412
Sivu 415


Wardrobe Cupboards Wall Wardrobe with sitting bench Hanging wall wardrobe with seat Solid seating area thanks to steel joists. Birch plywood, shoe rack powder coated steel tube (RAL 9006 aluminum). Depth 18 ½“, 47 cm TODDLERS + KINDERGARTEN – H 45 ½“, 115.8 cm Number Width Compartments 840410 32“, 81 cm 4 Customized solutions for corners 840411 39 ¾“, 100.75 cm 5 Select hook color (p. 403) and seat finish (p. 407). Sturdy steel joints stabilize the bench The perfect solution with lightweight walls Free standing wardrobe Free standing wardrobe When not feasible to wall mount the wardrobe. Birch plywood, shoe rack of powder-coated steel tube (RAL 9006 aluminum). Depth 8 ¾“, 22 cm Wardrobe Foyer H 63 ¼”, 160.4 cm Number Width Compartments 840430 32“, 81 cm 4 840431 39 ¾“, 100.75 cm 5 Select hook color (p. 403). Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 413
Sivu 416


Wardrobe Cupboards Kindergarten Select front finish and door hinge below. Select hook color page 403. 7“, 17.3 cm 30“, 76.2 cm 12“, 30 cm 27 ¼“, 69 cm 7“, 17.3 cm Example shows 6 x open wardrobe cupboard, height 48“, 122 cm Wardrobe Cabinet, open 2 top compartments. 1 triple hook. Birch. H 48” x D 13”, H 122 x D 33 cm. 840350 Basic model, W 12 ¼”, 31 cm 840351 Add-on model, W 11 ½”, 29 cm Wardrobe Cabinet with Door 1 storage shelf, 1 shoe compartment, 1 triple hook and lock. Birch. H 48” x D 13”, H 122 x D 33 cm. 840360 Basic model, W 12 ¼”, 31 cm 840361 Add-on model, W 11 ½”, 29 cm School or after-school center A 12 ¼“, 31 cm 12“, 30 cm 7“, 17.3 cm 41“, 103.7 cm A 36“, 90.9 cm 8 ½“, 21.6 cm Wardrobe with Personal A Cubby Compartment With 1 shelf behind the door, 1 three-way hook, and lock. Birch. H 63 ¼” x D 18 ½”, H 160.4 cm x 47 cm. With shoe compartment. 840356 Basic model, W 12 ¼”, 31 cm 840357 Add-on model, W 11 ½”, 29 cm There is space here for a plastic box (p. 415). Example shows 6 wardrobe cupboards with doors, height 63 ¼“, 160.4 cm Example shows 6 wardrobe cupboards with lockers, height 63 ¼“, 160.4 cm 8 ¾“, 21.8 cm B Wardrobe Cabinet with Door B With 1 compartment, 1 shoe compartment and 1 triple hook. Birch. H 63 ¼” x D 18 ½”, H 160.4 cm x 47 cm. 840364 Basic model, W 12 ¼“, 31 cm 840365 Add-on model, W 11 ½”, 29 cm How to order Mandatory Options Front Finish If color is not specified natural Birch wood will be delivered. Real Wood Birch NATU Duropal ® Orange KORA Yellow KGEL Blue U068 Green G719 Birch K243 Door hinge The doors of the double racks can be hinged at the right or left. TVRE Doors with right hinges TVLI Doors with left hinges 414
Sivu 417


Wardrobe Cupboards It all goes in a box Each child has his place in the wardrobe. Jackets, bags and cups are stored away. But where to put all those odds and ends? Our solution: a plastic storage box with an identification label (page 422) for each child. 48“, 122 cm 48“, 122 cm Diaper cupboard With 3 shelves. Birch. W 12 ¼“ x H 48“ x D 13“, W 31 x H 122 x D 33 cm. 840390 Select front finish and door hinge (page 414). Storage Cabinet for 6 Plastic Boxes Birch. W 12 ¼” x H 48” x D 13”, W 31 x H 122 x D 33 cm. Plastic boxes not included. 840319 Optional Plastic Box, transparent W 10 ¼” x H 6” x D 12 ¼”, W 26 x H 15 x D 31.2 cm. 839852 Dressing aids Easily get children changed Our dressing aids mean that uncomfortable crouching is a thing of the past. With the steps the children meet you half way – so that it's more comfortable for both you and the child. Wardrobe Foyer Dressing Staircase Firmly bolted to the wall. Birch wood; step surface in birch decor. W 16" x H 43“ x D 17", W 40.6 x H 109.2 x D 43 cm. Platform height: 22 ½", 57 cm. 840210 with pull-out staircase Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 415
Sivu 418


Shoe and boot cupboards 30 ½“, 80 cm 63“, 160.4 cm 13“, 33 cm Shoe cupboard Birch plywood, shelves duropal laminate coated. W 31 ½“ x 13“, 80 x D 33 cm. 30 ½“, 80 cm Number Height Compartments 840330 43“, 109.2 cm 8 840331 48“, 122 cm 9 840332 63 ¼“, 160.4 cm 12 63 ¼“, 160,4 cm Boot cupboard Birch wood, shelves duropal laminate coated. W 31 ½“ x 13“, 80 x D 33 cm. Number Height Compartments 840333 43“, 109.2 cm 4 840334 48“, 122 cm 4 13“, 33 cm 840335 63 ¼“, 160.4 cm 6 Thanks to the Duropal ® coating the shelves of the boots‘ cupboard are resistant to dirt and water 416
Sivu 419


Book bag Cupboards Book bag cupboards Available with or without lockable doors. All shelves and doors made of scratch resistant birch veneer. Select front color and type of door hinge (page 414). Optional Shelf For book bag cupboard with doors (840321, 840322, 840323). W 12 ¼“ x H 1“ x D 16 ½“, W 30.5 x H 2 x D 41.5 cm. 840329 1 piece 47 ¼“, 120 cm 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 48 ¼“, 122 cm 18 ½“, 47 cm 18 ½“, 47 cm 26 ½“, 67.4 cm 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 63 ¼“, 160.4 cm 63 ¼“, 160.4 cm 63 ¼“, 160.4 cm 48 ¼“, 122 cm 18 ½“, 47 cm 26 ½“, 67.4 cm 63 ¼“, 160.4 cm Wardrobe Foyer 63 ¼“, 160.4 cm Book bag shelf for 15 bags Birch wood veneer. Solid shelves with Duropal® coating. W 47 ¼“ x H 63 ¼“ x D 18 ½“, W 120 x H 160.4 x D 47 cm. Compartment height: 17 ½“, 44 cm. 840343 Book bag cupboard Birch wood veneer. Solid shelves with Duropal® coating. W 39 ¼“ x H 48 ¼“ x D 18 ½“, W 99.5 x H 122 x D 47 cm. Inner dimensions of compartment: W 12“ x H 21 ¾“, W 30 x H 55 cm. 840301 6 compartments 840321 6 lockable doors 18 ½“, 47 cm 18 ½“, 47 cm 18 ½“, 47 cm 18 ½“, 47 cm Book bag cupboard Birch wood veneer. Solid shelves with Duropal® coating. W 26 ½“ x H 63 ¼“ x D 18 ½“, W 67.4 x H 160.4 x D 47 cm. Inner dimensions of compartment: W 12“ x H 19 ½“, W 30 x H 49 cm. 840302 6 compartments 840322 6 lockable doors Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 Book bag cupboard Birch wood veneer. Solid shelves with Duropal® coating. W 39 ¼“ x H 63 ¼“ x D 18 ½“, W 99.5 x H 160.4 x D 47 cm. Inner dimensions of compartment: W 12“ x H 19 ½“, W 30 x H 49 cm. 840303 9 compartments 840323 9 lockable doors www.haba.de 417
Sivu 420


Wardrobe Wagon 15 triple hooks + 6 safety double hooks Wardrobe wagon With 15 triple hooks, 6 safety double hooks and 4 casters, 2 locking. The two steel tubes make sure that bags and backpacks do not fall out. Birch veneer, powder-coated tubular steel (RAL 9006 aluminum). W 35 ¼“ x H 47 ¼“ x D 23 ¾“, W 89 x H 120 x D 60 cm. 840501 with 46 hooks and helmet rack Wardrobe Cart With 46 hooks, one helmet rack and 4 casters, 2 locking. Steel tube, varnished. Color: RAL 9006 aluminum. W 38 ½” x H 48” x D 23 ¾”, W 98 x H 122 x D 60 cm. 125312 Bag wagon - saves space and always at your fingertips with 26 hooks and 3 levels Hidden Casters A B Bag Wagon Space for gym bags etc. on two levels. Everyone can find their compartment quickly with identification signs (please order separately, p. 422). The partitions and side pieces have rounded corners. With 4 casters, 2 locking. Birch veneer. H 40 ¾" x D 23 ¾", H 103 x D 60 cm, Compartment size: W 6 ½" x D 10 ¼", W 16.2 x D 26 cm, partition 8 ½", 21 cm tall. 840502 for 20 children, W 36 ¼", 92 cm 840503 for 28 children, W 50 ½", 128 cm 418 Bag Trolly Book bags are hung on 26 hooks. Real birch wood, powder-coated steel tubing. Includes 4 casters, 2 locking. W 43 ¼“ x H 28 ¼“ x D 17 ¼“, W 110 x H 72 x D 44 cm. Please order stickers and name signs separately (see page 422). Bags not included. 125196 Bag Wagon Made of solid beechwood with natural finish. The solid wooden pegs are recessed. Three shelves, the middle shelf is removable and height-adjustable. With 4 casters the bag wagon can also be used as a serving trolly. H 30“ x D 18“, H 76 x D 46 cm. A 125291 Small with 24 wooden hooks, W 18“, 45.5 cm B 125292 Large with 28 wooden hooks, W 36 ¼“, 92 cm
Sivu 421


Boot wall Wardrobe Wagon Just brilliant! You can save space while drying boots. The back panel is Duropal ® coated so that dirt and liquids won’t damage anything. Waterproof slat protects the wall and allows boots dry from all sides. Boot Rack Boot wall Birch wood, back panel of scratch resistant, waterproof Duropal ® , powder-coated steel tube, polyethylene slats (color: corn) Width 35 ½“, 90 cm, depth 4 ¾“, 12 cm Number Width Pairs 839820 43“, 109.2 cm 20 839821 48 ¼“, 122.0 cm 20 839822 63 ¼“, 160.4 cm 25 Select Duropal® coating for rear panel (page 414). – for the wall or mobile Drip Tray Drying Cupboard Playing outside is fun. If clothing gets wet in the process, from rain or snow, then it can dry quickly in the drying cupboard. With warm air blowers and 2 extendable clothes hangers with 4 clothes rails and 16 double hooks each. The door is lockable (cylinder lock incl.) The cupboard can be easily connected to a power point (220 V) with a standard cable and is then immediately ready for use. There is overheating protection for safety. The drying time can be individually adjusted via a timer. Steel with plastic powder coating, standard body in RAL 7035 light gray, front color can be selected. W 27 ¾" x H 78 ¾" x D 27 ¾", W 70 x H 200 x D 70 cm 103080 Select front color (p. 420). This is not available in the USA. Wardrobe Foyer for 5 Pairs of Boots For 5 Pairs of Boots Untreated tamarack/ larch wood with ash pegs. W 38“ x H 3 ½“ x D 1 ½“, W 96 x H 9 x D 4 cm, peg length 9 ¾“, 25 cm. 120157 Boot Rack Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 30 pairs of boots The boots stand can be used indoors and outdoors. With 4 casters, 2 locking and rounded safety hooks. Steel tube, powder-coated (RAL 9006 aluminum). W 34“ x H 47 ¼“ x D 21 ½“, W 86 x H 120 x D 54 cm. 125319 Boots stand www.haba.de Mobile Boot Storage Space for 18 or 26 pairs of boots. The wagon is easy to clean and can be set up inside or outside. With 4 casters, 2 locking. Birch wood with Duropal® surface, steel pipe, powder-coated (RAL 9006), PE strip. Depth: 15 ¾", 40 cm. 125323 for 18 pairs, W 42 ½" x H 29", W 107.8 x H 73.5 cm 125324 for 26 pairs, W 49 ¾“ x H 38 ½“, W 126 x H 97.5 cm 419
Sivu 422


Steel Wardrobe STEEL Wardrobe in 3 widths A Complete Cloakrooms for Schools. Complete Cloakroom Element A With hat and shoe racks. Frame and hook rails made from precision flat steel tubing, hooks made from rounded steel, shoe rack made from precision steel tubing - all powder coated. Seating and hat rack made from melamine coated 3-layer quality chip-board with ABS edges, beech decor, 1“, 25 mm thick. H 62“ X D 15 ¼“, H 157 x D 38.5 cm, seat height 16 ¼“, 41 cm. Please note: Always position the cloakroom elements against a wall or back to back danger of to prevent tipping. 176330 W 39 ½“, 100 cm, 11 hooks 176331 W 61“, 155 cm, 17 hooks 176332 W 78 ¾‘, 200 cm, 23 hooks B C Cloakroom Hat Rack Side parts and hook rails made from powder coated precision flat oval steel tubing, hooks made from rounded steel; hat rack made from 3-layer quality chipboard with melamine resin coating on both sides and ABS edges, beech decor 1“, 25 mm thick. H 12 ¾ x D 10“, H 34.5 x D 25.5 cm. 176320 W 39 ½“,100 cm, 11 hooks 176321 W 61“, 155 cm, 17 hooks 176322 W 78 ¾“, 200 cm, 23 hooks Cloakroom Bench With shoe rack. Frame made from flat oval steel tubing, shoe rack made from precision steel tubing - both powder coated; seat made from 3-layer quality chip-board with melamine resin coating on both sides and ABS edges, beech decor 1“, 25 mm thick. H 16 ¼“ x D 15 ½“, H 41 x D 39 cm. 176310 W 39 ½“, 100 cm 176311 W 61“, 155 cm 176312 W 78 ¾“, 200 cm B How to order Frame Color Select frame color below. Mandatory Options C RAL 1021 yellow RAL 3003 ruby Red RAL 5002 ultramarine blue RAL 5014 pigeon blue RAL 5023 distant blue RAL 6004 blue green RAL 6033 mint turquoise RAL 7021 black gray RAL 7035 light gray RAL 8014 sepia brown RAL 9005 jet black RAL 9006 aluminum E702 metallic gray 420
Sivu 423


Hook strips A basic part of any good wardrobe Hook strips Wave Wardrobe Willy the Worm ensures all is in order here and everything has a hook. Each of the elements has 5 metal double hooks. Can be combined to suit your requirements or expandable using middle pieces. Birch wood. Product may be delivered with different hooks. D G E F F D E F 472050 Head section left W 46“ x H 16 ¼“ x D 2 ½“, W 117 x H 41 x D 6 cm 472051 Head section right W 46“ x H 16 ¼“ x D 2 ½“, W 117 x H 41 x D 6 cm (not shown) 472052 Middle body W 39 ½“ x H 8 ¾“ x D 2 ½“, W 100 x H 22 x D 6 cm 472056 End piece right W 44 ½“ x H 10“ x D 2 ½“, W 113 x H 25 x D 6 cm 472055 End piece left W 44 ½“ x H 10“ x D 2 ½“, W 113 x H 25 x D 6 cm (not shown) H Hook strip G As an individual element or it can be combined with the wave wardrobe. With a double safety hook made of metal. Birch. H 5“ x D 2“, H 12.8 x D 6 cm. 839004 W 31 ½", W 80 cm, 4 hooks 839006 W 39 ¼", W 99,5 cm, 5 hooks 839009 W 41 ¼“, W 120 cm, 6 hooks J Farm Cloakroom H Beech, plywood, metal hooks. W 15 ¾" x H 9 ½", W 40 x H 24 cm. Hardware included. 107093 Hook Bar with Extra-Large Double Hooks J Water-resistant melamine finish. Color: white. 5 double safety hook of metal, powder-coated in aluminum, RAL 9006. W 39 ½“ x H 7 ¼“ x D 2 ¾“, W 100 x H 18 x D 6.6 cm. 472091 K Multi-Purpose Hook Bar K Solid, lacquered natural beech. Six red sliding HEWI double hooks are attached to the beech bar. Wall mounting hardware included. 1 ¼”, 3 cm thick wood bar. W 39 ½” x H 3 ¾” x D 5 ½”, W 100 x H 9.5 x D 14 cm. 125112 Cleanup Made Easy L Everything is stored neatly in these pouches. With extra fabric appliqué for identifying picture and drawstring. Approx. 13 ½” x 14 ½”, 34 x 37 cm. 056628 Pouches, 6 pieces Identity signs sold separately (page 422). L Wardrobe Foyer Cloakroom hook rail M With double coat hooks. Distance from wall 4 ¾“, 12 cm. Steel profile facing with hooks and wall spacers welded onto back. Surface coated. Ends of facing are straight with rounded plastic stoppers, rounded steel hooks. 176300 W 39 ½“, 100 cm, 5 hooks 176301 W 61“, 155 cm, 8 hooks 176302 W 78 ¾“, 200 cm, 10 hooks Select frame color (page 420). Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 M www.haba.de 421
Sivu 424


Identification Signs made of wood, plastic, paper and fabric – Each set consists of 30 different pictures. Colorful World Objects Toys Animals Farm Forest & Meadow Wooden Identity Signs 1 ½“ x 1 ½“, 37 x 37 mm; ¼“, 6 mm thick. 30 pieces. 019610 Colorful World 092024 Objects 092023 Toys 092021 Animals 092367 Farm 092368 Forest and meadow Laminated Identity Signs Colored identity sign 1 ½“ x 1 ½“, 35 x 35 mm in sets of 30 assorted pictures. Frames sold separately. 116833 Colorful World 092043 Objects 092042 Toys 092040 Animals 092372 Farm 092376 Forest and meadow Identity Sign Made of gray plastic, for laminated identity signs. Hardware included. 1 ½“ x 1 ½“, 38 x 38 mm 092035 30 pieces Self-Adhesive Paper Identity Signs 3 sheets the same 1 ½“ x 1 ½“, 37 x 37 mm, with 30 assorted pictures. 90 pieces. 116841 Colorful World 092014 Objects 092013 Toys 092011 Animals 092373 Farm 092377 Forest and meadow Material Identity Patch for Sewing on Washable at 140°F/60°C, 1 ½“ x 1 ½“, 35 x 35 mm; with hem 2“ x 2“, 50 x 50 mm. 30 pieces. 116819 Colorful World 092003 Objects 092002 Toys 092000 Animals 092374 Farm 092375 Forest and meadow ½“, 1 cm thick Wood identity animals Content: 30 animals in a cotton pouch. Printed wood. Pig: 3 ½" x 3", 9 x 7.5 cm. 073420 30 pieces 422 Self-Adhesive Identity Sign Frame Plastic frame including paper insert and protective foil. 3“ x 4“, 7.4 x 10.5 cm. 092303 12 pieces Name Signs Frames with white paper insert and protective foil. 2 ¼“ x ¾“, 57 x 20 mm. Hardware not included. 092071 30 pieces
Sivu 425


Outdoor Play Structures Outdoor Play Structures
Sivu 427


Natural Color Concept Fresh Leaf Green Dark Moss Green All of the color shades are inspired by nature. The green of young buds or leaves is the influence behind our fresh leaf green, which represents spring, growth and health. It creates a harmony together with the quiet down-to-earth of the darker moss green. These two colors were used often and on the same surface, just like in nature. The vibrant copper orange creates bright highlights. All the shades are influenced by the rich earth brown whose energy nourishes and combines all of the elements. We have made sure that color interplay is always harmonious. The colors will still harmonize together, even if the larch wood takes on the classic, silvery grey over time. Vibrant Copper Orange Outdoor Play Structures Rich Earth Brown Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 425
Sivu 428


- Premium-Quality Larch Wood In comparison to other softwood, larch wood is very strong, tough and has low expansion and shrinkage rates. Amongst European softwoods, it is the heaviest and hardest wood. It‘s resistance to weathering and it‘s durability make it predestined for use in outdoor play equipment. untreated larch wood Our support posts 5-layer weather-resistant glued larch wood Strong Minimum crack formation Anti-wrap Natural Safe Ecological Modular idea Can be individually assembled Easy to change Expandable Metal Mounting Post Cover Massive steel foot (½“, 5 mm thick) with hot-dip galvanized design loops Prevents the posts from absorbing moisture from the ground and rotting Sturdy connection, even with dynamic load Prevents moisture from penetrating wood High-quality polyamide plastic Impact-resistant Frost-resistant UV-resistant No visible connections Vandalism-proof 426
Sivu 429


Unique Stainless Steel Connection Handrails The split handrails fit exactly onto the special stainless steel shoe and are bolted throughout Premium-Quality: Concealed stainless steel connection Durable High level of strength Anti-wrap Mounted Components Premium-Quality: V2A stainless steel with a loop Stainless steel Service-free Pleasant smooth surface High level of stability and anti-wrap Installed flush with the posts No projecting corners or edges Connecting elements made with stainless steel Swing Bearings Premium-Quality: Swing bearings in cast stainless steel with nylon bearings; made for HABA with M16 stainless steel bolts High quality Robust Low-maintence Safety chain Optimum safety Ropes and Nets Premium-Quality: Heavy duty quality with 6 inside stainless steel ropes (Ø ½“, 16 -18 mm): Robust Weather-resistant Low-maintenance Easy to grip UV-resistant Plate materials Premium-Quality: Genuine birch glued to be water-resistant with slip-inhibiting silkscreen printing surface Weather-resistant Anti-slip Premium-Quality: Hard-core board (HPL) (¼“- ½“, 6 or 12 mm thick) Absolutely weather- and rotting-resistant Impact-resistant High level of stability Premium-Quality: Plastic board polyethylene (PE) lightly structured and fully dyed throughout Weather-resistant UV-resistant Does not fade Pleasant feel Outdoor Play Structures Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 427
Sivu 430


- Safety in accordance with DIN EN 1176: 2008-08 2. 3. 4. 1. 1. Safety ramp with slip protection 3. Fall protection from 23 ¾", 60 cm 2. Snag-free slide attachment 4. The PE slide doesn't get hot 1. Safety ramp Various height tread steps: secure footing Gentle slope: minimizes risk of slipping Various materials: make the ramp slip-resistant ¼", 5 mm gaps: sand and dirt trickle off; reduces risk of slipping Haba is involved in the Federation of German Manufacturers of Playground Equipment and Leisure Facilities. All large German play equipment and fall protection manufacturers are members. The Federation has set itself the goal of designing playgrounds that are completely safe for children. We actively cooperate in the European Standards Committee for playground, sport and leisure equipment. 428
Sivu 431


10 Year GUARANTEE Premium Quality on page 426 GS tested Highest safety on page 428 Natural Color Concept on page 425 Pushing the elements back and forth promotes motor skills. Ship With a series of elements for role playing and movement in the smallest space: climb up the wavy steps, a slide, bells, a movable element in the form of an anchor and a steering wheel. Cross-rod made of stainless steel and posts made of tamarack glued laminated wood. Includes metal mounting. 428300 Daycare All the play equipment guarantees movement opportunities which are development-appropriate and development-encouraging. Technical Data Base area: Safety zone: Max. free fall height: Platform height: Total height: Foundations: 37 ½“ x 37 ½“, 2.70 x 1.29 m 5.70 x 4.20 m 6“, 0.50 m 6“, 0.50 m 90 ¾“, 2.30 m 3 pieces: W 12“ x H 12“ x D 15 ¾“, W 0.30 x H 0.30 x D 0.40 m 4 pieces: Ø 8“ x D 6“, Ø 0.20 x D 0.15 m Age group: 1 ½ year + The ship’s bell rings. No limits to the children’s imagination. Children can conquer the mountain with steps: upright or crawling. Outdoor Play Structures Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 429
Sivu 432


»We always plan in advance who can come into our house! Someone always has to keep watch over who's coming!« Hut magic, in a village filled with joy At the foot of the silver rock, little huts provide a place to dream and pass the time, as a castle, cave or somewhere to read. They are the perfect home base for adventurers. These little houses work particularly well in a group, but can also be used as individual retreats. A village like this fits perfectly into landscapes. The color concept can be found on page 425. Play Pavilion 10 Year GUARANTEE Premium Quality on page 426 GS tested Highest safety on page 428 Natural Color Concept on page 425 No concrete foundations necessary – cost-effective and fast assembly Play pavilion With a bench, board for a counter, mailbox for letters and cutout for bells, this play pavilion is up for anything: today it’s a store, tomorrow the post office and even a little café with a porch. Total height: 45 ¾“, 1.16 m. Includes metal mounting. 429056 With porch, W 73“ x D 48 ½“, W 1.85 x D 1.23 m 429057 Without porch, W 48 ½“ x D 48 ½“, W 1.23 x D 1.23 m 430
Sivu 433


The magic of huts The asymmetrical shape fits harmoniously onto the scenery. The huts are suitable for all age groups. The stilts allow the huts to be assembled level, or on uneven ground. Includes metal mounting. 428001 Orange 428002 Light green 428003 Dark green Technical data Base area: 51 ¼“ x 57“, 1.30 x 1.45 m Safety zone: 169 ¼“ x 165 ½“, 4.30 x 4.20 m Max. free fall height: 12“, 0.30 m Platform height: 12“, 0.30 m Total height: 61“, 1.55 m Foundations: none Age group: 1 ½ year + There are special fish swimming the sand pool. Experience platforms Choose between natural or color stain highlights. The platforms are compatible with one another, but can also be combined with many pieces of Terramo equipment. Includes metal mounting. 428014 Terrassini natural 428015 Terrassini highlights Technical data Base area: 37 ½“ x 37 ½“, 0.95 x 0.95 m Safety zone: 155 ½“ x 155 ½“, 3.95 x 3.95 m Max. free fall height: 15 ¾“, 0.40 m Platform height: 4" - 15 ¾“, 0.10 - 0.40 m Total height: 15 ¾“, 0.40 m Foundations: 4 pieces W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“ x D 15 ¾“, W 0.40 x H 0.40 x D 0.40 m Age group: 1 ½ year + a story corner can quickly be extended with a platform in front. Installation height variably max. 15 ¾“, 40 cm min. 4“, 10 cm Outdoor Play Structures No concrete foundations necessary – cost-effective and fast assembly Play pavilion Combines carillon wall, car and window: Supplied within 4 glued tamarack laminated posts, roof elements and metal mounting. Ground surface: 46“ x 46“, 1.17 x 1.17 m. Total height: 79“, 2.00 m. Age group: 1 ½ year + 429505 No concrete foundations necessary – cost-effective and fast assembly Play pavilion Combines motor skills auto and net porthole walls: Supplied within 4 glued tamarack laminated posts, roof elements and metal mounting. Ground surface: 48 ½“ x 48 ½“, 1.23 x 1.23 m. Total height: 79“, 2.00 m. Age group: 1 ½ year + 429058 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 431
Sivu 434


Daycare 4 5 NEW! "Palm Slide" Up the ramp and down the slide. In between, the children can have enjoy coordination and sensory experiences on the motor skills and window elements. ? PE slide ? quadrant unit platform ? motor skills wall element with moveable plastic handles ? "colorful view" function wall with colored acrylic glass panes ? "post box" decoration ? non-slip ramp Includes metal mounting. 429496 Technical data 6 3 1 Base area: 140 ¾" x 131 ¼", 3.57 x 3.33 m Safety area: 258 ¾" x 254", 6.57 x 6.45 m Max. fall height: 23", 0.58 m Platform height: 12" / 23", 0.30 / 0.58 m Total height: 110", 2.79 m Age group: 1 ½ year + No concrete foundations necessary – cost-effective and fast assembly 10 Year GUARANTEE Premium Quality on page 426 GS tested Highest safety on page 428 2 Natural Color Concept on page 425 A NEW! Crawling Tunnels Crawling through a tunnel is an adventure - both a new physical experience and also a test of courage. Before you see "the light at the end of the tunnel" there are obstacles to overcome, ie. curves or a slope. The children can also take it slowly... Available in 4 different shapes. Technical data on request. A B C D 429487 Version 1 with curve 429488 Version 2 straight 429489 Version 3 with slope 429490 Version 4 with S bend B 432 C D
Sivu 435


Crawl Tunnels The ramp and slide are naturally a must. What makes this equipment special are the crawl tunnels: a secret retreat and an exciting passage. ? non-slip ramp ? crawl tunnels ? "colorful view" function wall ? "tactile" function wall ? PE slide Includes metal mounting E F 429476 with cover 429477 without cover E 3 2 Technical data Base area: 139" x 131 ¼", 3.53 x 3.33 m Safety area: 254" x 240 ¼", 6.45 x 6.10 m max. free fall height: 23", 0.58 m Platform height: 23", 0.58 m Total height: 86 ¾", 2.2 m Age group: 1 ½ year + 5 No concrete foundations necessary – cost-effective and fast assembly 1 F 3 4 Price alternative Special safety ramp: for more information see page 428. 1 Function wall»tactile« "Tree House" Everything here is designed for the little ones: climbing holds for small hands, holes to crawl through and a ramp with a gentle slope and climbing aids. There is even a cellar under the "living room". ? ramp with climbing aids ? climbing wall ? PE slide ? crawl cave Includes metal mounting. 429115 NEW! Technical data Base area: 173 ¼" x 86 ¾", 4.40 x 2.20 m Safety area: 311 ¼" x 204 ¾", 7.90 x 5.20 m Max. free fall height: 23", 0.60 m Platform height: 23 ¾", 0.60 m Total height: 53", 1.6 m Age group: 1 ½ year + 1 2 No concrete foundations necessary – cost-effective and fast assembly 3 Outdoor Play Structures 4 4 The crawl cave is perfect for resting. Gap platform with Plexiglas pane Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 433
Sivu 436


Crawling Den 3 4 1 2 No concrete foundations necessary – cost-effective and fast assembly The crawling den is like a cozy gazebo, and it's just as comfortable inside. Inside the little ones can have their own unique experiences. Two ripple mirrors await the explorers, and looking through the acrylic glass gives them a whole new perspective on what's going on outside. Those inside can look out onto the mini terrace. 10 Year GUARANTEE Premium Quality on page 426 GS tested Highest safety on page 428 Natural Color Concept on page 425 Crawling Den By climbing up onto the platform children access a "real" house, which invites them to retreat and explore: e.g. the world looks completely different when viewed through the colored windows! ? PE slide ? Non-slip ramp with safety rail (see p. 428) ? Two acrylic glass windows, yellowy-green / orange ? Stainless steel mirror Includes metal mounting. 429122 The orange frame accentuates the colored window: There's plenty to see here. Technical data Base area: 112 ¼" x 151 ¾", 2.85 x 3.85 m Safety area: 256" x 269 ¾", 6.50 x 6.85 m Max. free fall height: 23 ¾", 0.60 m Platform height: 23 ¾", 0.60 m Total height: 84 ¾", 2.15 m Age group: 1 ½ year + 434
Sivu 437


2 3 1 4 6 A No concrete foundations necessary – cost-effective and fast assembly 5 Adventure House Adventure House The roof and the leaf decorations add a visual highlight to the adventures awaiting children in this house. 2 levels, 4 function walls. ? "Easel" function wall ? "Chimes" function wall ? "Colorful view" function wall (colored acrylic glass pane) ? "Window" function wall (shutters) ? Stairs with stainless steel handrail on both sides ? PE slide Includes metal mounting. A 429472 Version 1 B 429473 Version 2 C 429474 Version 3 D 429475 Version 4 Price alternatives Technical data Base area: 171 ½" x 115", 4.35 x 2.92 m Safety area: 295 ¾" x 229 ¼", 7.51 x 5.82 m Max. free fall height: 23", 0.58 m Platform height: 12" / 23", 0.30 / 0.58 m Total height: 126 ½", 3.21 m Age group: 1 ½ year + What does the world look like through the colored glass? Terramo – Outdoor Play Outdoor Play Structures Structures B C D Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 435
Sivu 438


Daycare equipment "Roof of leaves" 2 3 4 Two levels of experiences: The rainmaker creates mysterious noises, and a peek through the window sees the world in whole new colors! ? Non-slip ramp (see p. 680) ? Rainmaker function wall ? Tactile function wall ? Colorful view function wall, colored acrylic window ? PE slide ? Motor skills function wall Includes metal mounting. A B 429478 With leaf decorations 429479 Without leaf decorations 5 A 6 B Price alternatives 1 No concrete foundations necessary – cost-effective and fast assembly Technical data Base area: 186" x 72 ¼", 4.72 x 1.83 m Safety zone: 319" x 165 ½", 8.10 x 4.20 m Max. free fall height: 23", 0.58 m Platform height: 23“, 0.58 m Total height: 116 ¾", 2.96 m Age group: 1 ½ year + Slide tower C 4 No concrete foundations necessary – cost-effective and fast assembly Slide tower A tower for the littlest ones. Regain your strength under the protective roof and then go down the slide. ? Slide ? Stairs ? Non-slip ramp (see p. 680) ? Colorful view function wall C D 429485 With stairs 429486 Without stairs 3 1 2 Price alternatives D Technical data Base area: 124 ½" x 114 ¼", 3.16 x 2.90 m Safety zone: 254" x 232 ½", 6.45 x 5.90 m Max. free fall height: 23", 0.58 m Platform height: 23“, 0.58 m Total height: 73 ¾", 1.87 m Age group: 1 ½ year + 436
Sivu 439


H G J J Cloth labyrinth This is about play that supports learning and development. Young children often like to hide. Whether it‘s under the table, hidden by a table cloth, or behind a hedge. Even when they play like this they are looking for outside contact. This is why a labyrinth is always a top-seller when it comes to children‘s own play equipment requests. If these cloth elements are arranged into a labyrinth, which can always be expanded at a later date, then the children‘s wishes can come true in a limited space. The cloth labyrinth also fulfils other important development-encouraging criteria. With selection of robust cloths as privacy screens, children can also practice physical coordination when they swing past them or lean on them and bounce. Cloth labyrinth Much more than just a maze: The textile walls, stretched on wooden frames, can be used to create separate quiet areas or green classrooms. The posts must have concrete foundations. The individual base model can be free-standing, however the extension model must have a connected setup. Foundations: L 15 ¾" x W 15 ¾“ x H 20", L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m E F Basis model: E 429006 Green F 429008 Orange G 429010 Beige Extension model: H 429007 Green J 429009 Orange K 429011 Beige (not shown) G Outdoor Play Structures Basis model Extension model 41 ½" 1.05 m 42 ¾", 1.08 m 56 ¼", 1.43 m Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 437
Sivu 440


- Multifunctional Walls Toddlers & Kindergarten This wall system for outside allows areas for playing and keeping busy. There are a variety of ways to set and combine the 13 walls with their wide range of play functions: standing up as individual pieces, as a round tower, a zigzag wall or wall element. You can extend or exchange the walls as needed. You can vary the height of the walls by digging the posts in at different depths. Premium-Quality: Boards are made of polyethylene Robust and resistant to impact and vandalism No PAK values (pollutants) Weatherproof and UV-resistant Dyed throughout (meaning not only the surface is colored) Easy to grip and tactile Posts made of stainless steel Long lasting No rust Haptically pleasant System concept Can be individually planned and varied 10 YEAR GUARANTEE GS-tested Individual Planning Natural Color Concept More information on p. 425 Turret combination Creates a separated area for daycare children, where they can play safely and undisturbed. The door can be closed from outside. The combination consists of the following function walls: blackboard, tactile, rainmaker, motor skills, colorful view and door. It offers plenty of different play options, and some parts can also be played with from outside. Incl. 6 stainless steel posts. Base area: 91 ½“ x 78 ¾“, 2.32 x 2.00 m. Foundations: 6 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.40 m. Age group: 1 ½ year +. 429501 See the world in different colors 438
Sivu 441


Multifunctional Walls Mounted close to the ground Sand, water or marbles find their way down. Zig-zag Just like a real fence, with this free-standing arrangement the walls are accessible and can be played with from both sides. This combination consists of the function walls colorful view, car and tube marble run, with diverse play opportunities. Base area: 118 ¼“ x 39 ½“, 3.00 x 1.00 m. Foundations: 4 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.40 m. Age group: 1 ½ year +. Delivery incl. 4 stainless steel posts and 118 ¼“, 3 m tube. 429502 Mounted 12", 30 cm from the ground Carillon Sounds Here children can experiment with sounds. Rustling, rattling rhythms and bell melodies. Contains the function walls rainmaker and chime. Delivery incl. 3 stainless steel posts. Base area: 77“ x 22 ¼“, 1.95 x 0.56 m. Foundations: 3 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.40 m. Age group: 1 ½ year +. 429506 Mounted on the Wall Outdoor Play Structures Moveable double mirror Rainmaker Motor skills Wall Installation If you don‘t have space for free-standing walls then you can install them on a building wall! This combination consists of the following function walls: rainmaker, mirror and motor skills. Includes hardware. Age group: 1 ½ year +. 429504 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 439
Sivu 442


dimension: 42¼“, 1,07 m Fence wall Parapet element, e.g. for extension or division. 428547 Can be played on both sides. Marble run wall Insert a flexible PE hose and continually build new marble runs. Order the hose separately. 428549 Can be played on both sides. Ring function wall Playable on one side, with various sliding elements. 428552 Board wall Made of weatherproof Duropal ® that can be written on with chalk. 428546 Can be played on both sides. Tactile wall The milled spiral is an endless spiral - if you follow it with your finger from outside to inside then the path will lead you back out again from the center. Around the spiral there are brushes, mirrors and holes to complete the tactile and visual experience. 428553 Colorful view wall What does the world look like if you see it in other colors? With 2 colored Plexiglas panes (yellowy-green, orange). 428540 Can be played on both sides. Auto wall With a steering wheel, gears, two moveable indicators and a front window. 428539 Motor skills wall Can be played on both sides with various disc elements. 428542 Can be played on both sides. Double mirror wall The two stainless steel mirrors are set on rubber elements and move when touched. 428545 Sand play wall With adjustable tube, slip boards and sand wheel. 428550 Window wall Plexiglas panels behind the two windows. 428541 Door wall Can be locked from one side. 428548 Can be played on both sides. Carillon wall Pentatonic tuned row of bells. Each bell has its own hammer, which is flexibly attached and needs to be correctly positioned for a good sound results. 428543 Rainmaker wall When turning on the disc sounds trickling and noise in the rhythm of the rain. The red knob moves a tube with bells that ring softly when turning. 428551 Circle/ellipse wall With 2 cut out geometric shapes - one square, one diamond. 2 matching foam shapes can be sorted and pushed through (Order separately, item no. 024851). 428012 Can be played on both sides. Square/diamond wall With 2 cut out geometric shapes - one square, one diamond. 2 matching foam shapes can be sorted and pushed through (Order separately, item no. 024851). 428013 Can be played on both sides. Note on ordering Please include a simple sketch with your order so we can draft individual assembly instructions. Assembly note When set in concrete, you have the option of varying the post height. A foundation (L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.40 m) has to be made per post. Fastening set for wall mounting For a wall. 426200 Steel post in V2A stainless steel, 53 ¾“, 136 cm long. 424065 End 424066 180 ° 424067 120 ° 424072 90 ° Hose Flexible transparent PE hose. Ø 3“, 7.2 cm. Please state the length you want with the order. We recommend at least 118 ¼“, 3 meters per multifunctional wall. 426217 440
Sivu 443


A Sorting game walls The idea has been around for inside play for a while. The large proportions make this an exciting supplement for outside, as experimentation requires lots of movement. The sorting game walls, with their large pieces, also exercise coordination, concentration and dexterity. All important aspects for promoting learning. The lightness of the shapes as well as their strength guarantee versatility for little users, as they can also be used to sit on or climb on. B You can also build with the foam insert elements! Sorting game walls Recognize shapes, sort them and ... push them through! With the two sorting game walls circle/ellipse and square/diamond. Please order the matching foam shape sets circle and ellipse (025869) and square and diamond (024851) separately (see below). Base area: 88 ¼“ x 4“, 2.24 x 0.10 m. Foundations: 3 pieces, L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.40 m. Age group: 1 ½ year +. A B 429024 Incl. 3 Terramo wooden posts, metal mounting and post ends 429025 Incl. 3 stainless steel posts Stainless steel posts. Outdoor Play Structures Foam piece set - circle and ellipse Also suitable for outside use, for example with the sorting game function wall circle and ellipse (428012). Contents: 1 ellipse shape 15“ x 10“ x 4“, 38.1 x 25 x 10 cm; 1 circle shape Ø 9 ¾“, 24.5 cm; material: Microlen PE 30; density 1 ¾ lb/ft³, 30 kg/m³. 025869 Foam piece set - square and diamond Also suitable for outside use, for example with the sorting game function wall square and diamond (428013). Contents: 1 square shape, 10“ x 10“ x 4“, 25 x 25 x 10 cm; 1 diamond shape, 17 ¾“ x 9 ¼“ x 4“, 45 x 23.5 x 10 cm; material: Microlen PE 30; density 1 ¾ lb/ft³, 30 kg/m³. 024851 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 441
Sivu 444


Combination Play Equipment For Mixed-Age Groups 1- 6 years 1 3 4 8 2 7 5 6 Premium-Quality: Accordance with DIN EN 1176-08 this combination offers absolute safety for children Space-saving Jungle equipment It offers exciting adventures in the daycare or preschool. While the little ones are playing on the motor skills wall and meandering through the large pipes, for the bigger ones the adventure starts with climbing up via the climbing wall or ramp. ? Climb-slip pole ? Climbing wall ? Suspension bridge ? Mesh porthole function wall ? Slide ? Car function wall ? Large tunnel pipe ? Ramp with climbing aids and climbing rope (back side) Incl. metal mounting. 429083 442 The crawl tube offers a different feeling of space as well as excellent acoustics. It‘s really wobbly! You need good balance to walk on the suspension bridge. Technical data Base area: 307 ¼“ x 100 ½“, 7.80 x 2.55 m Safety zone: 445“ x 220 ½“, 11.30 x 5.60 m Max. free fall height: 57 ¼“, 1.45 m Platform height: 57 ¼“, 1.45 m Total height: 141“, 3.58 m Foundations: 10 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 20“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group: 1 ½ year +
Sivu 445


Combination Play Equipment 10 YEAR GUARANTEE GS-tested Individual Planning Natural Color Concept More information on p. 425 4 5 1 2 3 7 6 Star slide Bigger children sometimes like to be by themselves. Therefore the equipment is constructed in such a way that only they can get up to the top play area: via a 23 ½“, 60 cm tall step or by climbing up the net. The bottom area with the low slide is perfectly suited for smaller children. ? Slide ? Sloping net field ? Car function wall ? Motor skills function wall ? Porthole function wall ? Slide ? Small bar ? Large bar Incl. metal mounting. 429080 2 Playing on the pole needs plenty of muscles. 8 Outdoor Play Structures Technical data Base area: 275 ¾“ x 185 ¼“, 7.00 x 4.70 m Safety zone: 433“ x 303 ¼“, 11.00 x 7.70 m Max. free fall height: Platform height: Total height: 57 ¼“, 1.45 m 12“ - 57 ¼“, 0.30 - 1.45 m 147 ¾“, 3.75 m Foundations: 13 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 20“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Climbing competition on the net Age group: 1 ½ year + Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 443
Sivu 446


10 YEAR GUARANTEE Ship for Sailors and Sea Dogs GS-tested Individual Planning Natural Color Concept More information on p. 425 4 2 3 1 A sailing ship is one of the undefeated classics of role play equipment. It is popular with young and older children who disappear into a fantasy world full of adventure. There is a climbing challenge for children to discover at the stern, where the various options for ascent and descent. Boat The crew can board via the ramp or climbing net and then go off on an adventure journey. ? Slide ? Metal balcony ? Ramp with climbing rope ? Steering wheel ? Climbing wall ? Climb-slip pole ? Arch net ladder ? Sloping net field Incl. metal mounting. 429114 8 4 7 6 Technical data Base area: 181 ¼" x 267 ¾", 4.60 x 6.80 m Safety zone: 319" x 386", 8.10 x 9.80 m Max. free fall height: 57 ¼“, 1.45 m Platform height: 43 ½"/57 ¼“, 1,10 m/1.45 m Total height: 171 ¼", 4.35 m Foundations: 15 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 20“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group: 3 year + 5 444
Sivu 447


Ships Raft Increasingly, sand play areas are not being built with borders but rather are landscaped. This creates a play landscape with natural surroundings. The raft offers children the ideal play and storage surface, for building and experimenting. Especially when you‘re standing on the moving base of the raft with its robust springs! Raft Consists of: • Footprint, made of solid laminated larch beams • Sail unit made of stainless steel and polyethylene • Balance beam as access and "rudder". Mounted either on springs or solid metal feet. Optional: slackline attachment with stainless steel starting platform, protected with non-slip rubber granules. 428011 As pictured, without slackline attachment 428237 As pictured, without slackline attachment on solid feet 429023 Slackline attachment Technical data Base area: 45 ½“ x 126“, 1.15 x 3.20 m Safety zone: 163 ½“ x 244 ¼“, 4.15 x 6.20 m Max. free fall height: 15 ¾“, 0.40 m Platform height: 15 ¾“, 0.40 m Total height: 100 ½“, 2.55 m Foundations: 4 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 20“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group: 1 ½ year + Junket Junket The junk attracts various age groups. Boarding via the climbing wall needs strength. Whoever wins the battle for the steering wheel can set the course. During the voyage you can sneak a peek out of the colored porthole. Incl. metal mounting. 117177 Outdoor Play Structures Technical data Base area: 49 ¼" x 126", 1.25 x 3.20 m Safety zone: 167 ½" x 244 ¼", 4.25 x 6.20 m Max. free fall height: 55 ¼", 1.40 m Platform height: 23 ¾", 0.60 m Total height: 100 ½", 2.55 m Foundations: none Age group: 1 ½ year + Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 445
Sivu 448


Castle equipment 10 YEAR GUARANTEE GS-tested Individual Planning Natural Color Concept More information on p. 425 4 3 2 1 10 9 We can plan customized play equipment for you Your castle could look like this. Almost anything is possible. We can assist you from planning to assembly. Your sales representative is happy to advise you. They will listen to your requests and record all measurements. From this we will create a 3D illustration and an offer for your customized play equipment. 446
Sivu 449


Castle equipment 6 7 8 The imposing architecture of castles is very attractive to children. They are eager to conquer them and prove their courage and strength. It‘s not only the bold knights who can have their adventures here, there is also plenty to do for little minstrels and damsels. 5 Technical data Castle equipment ? Sand play function wall ? Tunnel pipes ? Suspension bridge ? Metal balcony ? Large Slide ? Climbing wall with hole for access to the top ? Small Slide ? Marble run function wall ? Castle stone ramp with climbing aids ? Non-slip ramp Incl. metal mounting. 429084 Base area: Safety area: Max. free fall height: Platform height: Total height: Foundations: 386“ x 189“, 9.80 x 4.80 m 523 ¾“ x 350 ½“, 13.30 x 8.90 m 70 ¼“, 1.78 m 12“ - 78 ½“, 0.30 - 1.99 m 147 ¾“, 3.75 m 12 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group: 1 ½ year + Outdoor Play Structures Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 447
Sivu 450


4 2 An opening in the platform base for access from the climbing net 1 2 3 Small tree house Anyone who wants to climb up here can choose their favorite route: ? Stainless steel climb-slip pole ? Sloped climbing net made of Hercules material with internal steel rope ? Climbing wall with colored free-climbing holds and access openings ? Access from climbing net to platform base Incl. metal mounting. 428310 Technical data Base area: Safety area: Max. free fall height: Platform height: 107 ¼“ x 68 ¼“, 2.72 x 1.73 m 225 ¼“ x 186 ¼“, 5.72 x 4.73 m 57 ¼“, 1.45 m 57 ¼“, 1.45 m Total height: 125“, 3.17 frachtfrei m frei Foundation: 5 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 20“, L 0.40 x B 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group: 3 year + 1 2 3 Tree house with slide ? Slide ? Sloped climbing net made of Hercules material with internal steel rope ? Climbing wall with colored free-climbing holds and access openings ? Access from climbing net to platform base Incl. metal mounting. 429495 Technical data Base area: 107 ¼“ x 157 ½“, 2.72 x 4.00 m Safety area: 225 ¼“ x 295 ½“, 5.72 x 7.50 m Max. free fall height: 57 ¼“, 1.45 m Platform height: 57 ¼“, 1.45 m Total height: 125“, 3.17 m Foundation: 5 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 20“, L 0.40 x B 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group: 3 year + Climbing out to the fire pole Forest cabin A special cave-like hideout. There are various ways to get up & down, each of which differs in the degree of difficulty: either via the grips on the climbing wall, the fire pole or the rope ladder. Incl. metal mounting. 428006 Technical data Base area: 71“ x 130“, 1.80 x 3.30 m Safety area: 189“ x 248 ¼“, 4.80 x 6.30 m Max. free fall height: 57 ¼“, 1.45 m Platform height: 57 ¼“, 1.45 m Total height: 151 ½“, 3.85 m Foundation: 5 pieces, L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 20“, L 0.40 x B .40 x H 0.50 m Age group: 3 year + 448
Sivu 451


Climbing Climbing 10 YEAR GUARANTEE GS-tested Individual Planning Natural Color Concept More information on p. 425 Climbing Equipment 2 Slopes on both sides lead to the top of this climbing wall. Once this challenge has been mastered it‘s time to go to the summit cross, the climbing net, and then climb down. Climbing walls made of non-slip, waterproof glued mesh plates, furnished on both sides with climbing holds and cut outs. Posts made of five-layer glued larch wood. Hercules-quality roof net with internal steel core. Incl. metal mounting. 428313 Technical data Base area: 98 ½“ x 110 ¼“, 2.50 x 2.80 m Safety area: 236 ¼“ x 239“, 6.00 x 6.07 m Max. free fall height: 78“, 1.98 m Total height: 115 ½“, 2.93 m Foundation: 4 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 20“ L 0.40 x B 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group: 3 year + Climbing Equipment 3 Now everyone can decide which route to take to the top. There are plenty of options: on both sides. Climbing walls made of non-slip, waterproof glued mesh plates, furnished on both sides with climbing holds and cut outs. Posts made of five-layer glued larch wood. Incl. metal mounting. 428315 Outdoor Play Structures Technical data Base area: 95“ x 80 ¾“, 2.41 x 2.05 m Safety area: 227“ x 208 ¼“, 5.76 x 5.29 m Max. free fall height: 78 ¾“, 2.00 m Total height: 107 ¼“, 2.72 m Foundation: 4 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 20“ L 0.40 x B 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group: 3 year + Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 449
Sivu 452


Mikadodo A Path Through the Pole Jungle A Balancing, climbing, risks and adventures – all of these are challenging topics for Mikadodo. At first glance it doesn't look like a climbing wall, a balancing beam or a diving platform. Children, with their wealth of curiosity, can take a different path every time. There is no right or wrong. Only those that give it a go can find a way through the jungle, exercising their muscles and physical coordination in the process! Mikadodo The poles are firmly connected to one another in the workshop. The tilt angle and distances between them is determined by the mounting. The corrugated plastic on the tread surfaces ensures good grip. There are two different versions of Mikadodo, respectively suitable for preschool and school age. 117175 3-piece set preschool 429017 3-piece set school 117176 3 x 3-piece set preschool A construction (pictured) 10 YEAR GUARANTEE GS-tested Individual planning Natural Color Concept More information on p. 425 Technical data for 117175 Base area: 45 ½“ x 57 ¼“, 1.15 x 1.45 m Safety area: 155 ¾“ x 159 ½“, 3.95 x 4.05 m Max. free fall height: 29 ½“, 0.75 m Total height: 71“, 1.80 m Foundation: 1 piece: L 31 ½“ x W 31 ½“ x H 23 ¾“ L 0.80 x B 0.80 x H 0.60 m Age group: 3 year + Technical data for 429017 Base area: 57 ¼" x 63", 1.45 x 1.60 m Safety area: 167 ½“ x 169 ½“, 4.25 x 4.30 m Max. free fall height: 37 ½", 0.95 m Total height: 94 ½“, 2.40 m Foundation: 1 piece: L 31 ½“ x W 31 ½“ x H 23 ¾“ L 0.80 x B 0.80 x H 0.60 m Age group: 5 year + Technical data for 117176 Base area: 65" x 167 ½", 1.65 x 4.25 m Safety area: 169 ½“ x 277 ¾“, 4.30 x 7.05 m Max. free fall height: 29 ¾“, 0.75 m Total height: 71“, 1.80 m Foundation: 3 pieces: L 31 ½“ x W 31 ½“ x H 23 ¾“ L 0.80 x B 0.80 x H 0.60 m Age group: 3 year + 450
Sivu 453


Climbing Mikadodo Safety kick è Anti-moving è Tough grip material è Non-slip surface structure è Resistant to weathering è Available in light green, dark green and orange Spinning Column Technical data Base area: Ø 27 ½“, 0.70 m Safety area: Ø 208 ¾“, 5.30 m Max. free fall height: 59 ¼“, 1.50 m Total height: 94 ½“, 2.40 m Foundation: 1 piece: L 39 ½“ x W 39 ½“ x H 23“ L 1.00 x B 1.00 x H 0.58 m Age group: 6 year + Outdoor Play Structures Turning climbing column You quickly get into the swing of things here! The turning climbing column is a five-sided climbing structure, which is covered with climbing grips and offers unique climbing fun for up to five children at the same time. The 71", 180 cm tall climbing walls are tilted by 10°, and can turn. Base made of galvanized steel, climbing panels made of waterproof laminated plywood board. 209 lb, 95 kg. Incl. mounting with galvanized foundation. 428350 turning Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 451
Sivu 454


Climbing Children enjoy climbing, working their way to the top bit by bit. Children experience heights differently than adults; they have less fear, but still respect and understand the dangers. Children under the age of 3 can't judge heights properly yet, due to a lack of jumping experience. That's why our climbing equipment has a so-called "access filter", so that the littlest ones can't access higher areas. Children over the age of 3 usually have a better sense for what height they dare jump down from. To develop this, however, they need the opportunity to experience heights. Jumping down is an important experience to determine risk and reward. It also strengthens the spine and the back muscles. 10 YEAR GUARANTEE GS-tested Individual planning Natural Color Concept More information on p. 425 2 Monkey bar box Climbing and monkey bar adventure for children ? Swinging ladder made of Hercules material with internal steel rope ? Stainless steel roof rung element ? Vertical climbing net made of Hercules material with internal steel rope ? Leg-up ladder made of stainless steel ? Balancing rope made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Incl. metal mounting. 429094 1 5 4 3 Technical data Base area: 48 ½“ x 90 ¾“, 1.23 x 2.30 m Safety area: 166 ¾“ x 208 ¾“, 4.23 x 5.30 m Max. free fall height: 57 ¼“, 1.45 m Total height: 57 ¼“, 1.45 m Foundationt: 4 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x B 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“m L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group: 3 year + 5 4 Climbing cone Many paths lead up to the viewing platform. Handles around the platform ensure safety when climbing. The special construction of the sloped make the play and climbing equipment especially interesting. ? Rung ladder ? Climbing wall with climbing holds ? Leg-up ladder ? Parapet rail ? Stainless steel handles Incl. metal mounting. 428312 3 2 1 Technical data Base area: 31 ½“ x 31 ½“, 0.80 x 0.80 m Safety area: 157 ½“ x 157 ½“, 4.00 x 4.00 m Max. free fall height: 57 ¼“, 1.45 m Platform height: 57 ¼“, 1.45 m Total height: 114 ¼“, 2.90 m Foundation: 1 piece: L 31 ½“ x W 31 ½“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.80 x W 0.80 x H 0.50 1 piece: L 19 ¾“ x B 19 ¾“ x H 17 ¾“ L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.45 m Age group: 3 year + 452
Sivu 455


Climbing 3 6 8 9 2 1 4 5 Climbing nest Paradise for climbers: ? Climbing wall with free-climbing holds ? Zig-zag stainless steel climbing rungs ? Stainless steel horizontal bar ? Stainless steel rung ladder ? Rope stairs made of Hercules material with internal steel rope ? Vertical climbing net made of Hercules material with internal steel rope ? Roof net made of Hercules material with internal steel rope ? Leg-up ladder made of stainless steel ? Stainless steel climb-slip pole Incl. metal mounting. 429091 Technical data Base area: 114 ¼“ x 93 ½“, 2.90 x 2.37 m Max. free fall height: 78 ½“, 1.99 m Total height: 78 ½“, 1.99 m Foundation: 8 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x B 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group: 3 year + 7 Wood protection by Stainless Steel Covers Climbing chest There are all kinds of climbing adventures here: ? 2 climbing walls, both sides with free-climbing holds ? Rope stairs made of Hercules material with internal steel rope ? Stainless steel horizontal bar ? Roof net made of Hercules material with internal steel rope ? Stainless steel rung ladder ? Vertical climbing net made of Hercules material with internal steel rope (see above) Incl. metal mounting. 429092 4 2 Outdoor Play Structures Technical data Base area: 94 ½“ x 48 ½“, 2.40 x 1.23 m Safety area: 212 ¾“ x 166 ¾“, 5.40 x 4.23 m Max. free fall height: 57 ¼“, 1.45 m Total height: 57 ¼“, 1.45 m Foundation: 6 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group: 3 year + 1 3 5 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 453
Sivu 456


Climbing 3 4 5 6 7 Climbing tower Climbing fans can really go wild here. ? Climbing wall, both sides with free-climbing holds ? Balancing rope made of Hercules material with internal steel rope ? Climbing net made of Hercules material with internal steel rope ? Rope ladder made of Hercules material ? Leg-up ladder made of stainless steel ? Rung ladder made of stainless steel ? Monkey bar handles made of dyed-through, UV-resistant polyethylene ? Rope stairs made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Incl. metal mounting. 429093 2 1 8 Technical data Base area: 138“ x 138“, 3.50 x 3.50 m Safety area: 256“ x 256“, 6.50 x 6.50 m Max. free fall height: 57 ¼“, 1.45 m Total height: 59 ¼“, 1.50 m Foundation: 8 pieces: L15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group: 3 year + 2 3 5 Monkey bar garden construction 4 ? Rope stairs made of Hercules material with internal steel rope ? Stainless steel climbing rungs ? Monkey bar curve with stainless steel rungs ? Stainless steel climb-slip pole ? Rest island made of dyed-through polyethylene (¾“, 19 mm), UV-resistant, on a robust stainless steel base ? Climbing aids made of non-slip climbing hold material Incl. metal mounting. 429096 1 6 4 Technical data Base area: 94 ½“ x 114 ¼“, 2.40 x 2.90 m Safety area: 212 ¾“ x 232 ½“, 5.40 x 5.90 m Max. free fall height: 59 ¼“, 1.50 m Total height: 71“, 1.80 m Foundation: 4 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x B 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“; L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group: 3 year + Custom Planning In this example are climbing elements which are especially well suited for children ages 1 year and older. Included is: ? Balancing rope with handrail ? Daycare climbing wall ? Moving handles for daycare children ? 2 taller climbing walls (for children from 3 years) ? Leg-up ladder ? Climbing net ? Horizontal bar Call for pricing. 7 4 6 5 1 4 2 3 454
Sivu 457


Climbing Zigzag climbing equipment This equipment doesn‘t need much space but still offers a lot. ? Stainless steel climbing rungs incl. fastening tabs ? Vertical climbing net made of Hercules material with internal steel rope ? Climbing rope made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Incl. metal mounting. 429104 Technical data 1 Base area: 94 ½“ x 51¼“, 2.40 x 1.30 m Safety area: 224 ½“ x 118 ¼“, 5.70 x 4.60 m Max. free fall height: 78 ¾“, 2.00 m Total height: Foundation: 90 ¾“, 2.30 m 4 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m 2 3 Age group: 3 year + 3-level bar The right bar for everyone. Three horizontal bars at varying heights (39 ½“, 49 ¼“ and 59 ¼“, 100 cm, 125 cm and 150 cm) Four glued laminated larch timber posts with post cover made of PE plastic and stainless steel horizontal bars. Incl. metal mounting. 429103 Wave bar for children from 1 year With a short monkey bar curve (H 23 ¾“, L 41“, H 60 cm, L 104 cm) and a long monkey bar curve (H 34“, L 77“; H 86 cm, L 195 cm) made of stainless steel. Incl. metal mounting. 429099 Wave bar for children from 3 years With a short monkey bar curve (H 34“, L 41“, H 86 cm, L 104 cm) and a long monkey bar curve (H 47 ¼“, L 77“, H 120 cm, L 195 cm) made of stainless steel. Incl. metal mounting. 429100 2-level bar Anyone who doesn‘t dare go onto the high bar right away can first try out the low version. Stainless steel horizontal bar Incl. metal mounting. 429101 Horizontal bar heights 29 ¾“, 75 cm and 49 ¼“, 125 cm 429102 Horizontal bar heights 39 ½“, 100 cm and 59 ¼“, 150 cm Technical data Technical data Technical data Base area: 138“ x 4“; 3.50 x 0.10 m Safety area: 256“ x 122 ¼“; 6.50 x 3.10 m Max. free fall height: 59 ¼“; 1.50 m Total height: 71“; 1.80 m Foundation: 4 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group: 3 year + Base area: Safety area: Max. free fall height Total height: Foundation: 4“ x 138“; 0.10 x 3.50 m 122 ¼“ x 256“; 3.10 x 6.50 m 34“ / 47 ¼“; 0.86 / 1.20 m 34“ / 47 ¼“; 0.86 / 1.20 m 3 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group: 1 ½ year +/ 3 year + Base area: 94 ½“ x 4“, 2.40 x 0.10 m Safety area: 212 ¾“ x 122 ¼“, 5.40 x 3.10 m Max. free fall height: 49 ¼“ / 59 ¼“, 1.25 / 1.50 m Total height: 71“, 1.80 m Foundation: 3 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group: 3 year + Outdoor Play Structures Technical data low fall height Base area: 94 ½“ x 51 ¼“, 2.40 x 1.30 m Safety area: 212 ¾“ x 169 ½“, 5.40 x 4.30 m Max. free fall height: 57 ¼“, 1.45 m Total height: 71“, 1.80 m Foundation: 4 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group: 3 year + Zig-zag climbing equipment, low Compact climbing unit with horizontal bar, climbing net and swinging ladder. Incl. metal mounting. 429105 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 455
Sivu 458


Monkey Bar and Balancing Path Children love experimenting with balance. Practicing their balance while moving forwards, backwards or sideways can keep them busy for quite a while. In the process they test out their limits, try to face their fears, and gain more self-confidence with each positive result. This is very important for their physical development. Our balancing path takes the children's need for movement into account. It combines jumping, climbing, monkey bars and balancing, and can be individually designed to create varying levels of difficulty through selection of individual elements. It can be adjusted to optimally suit the ages and abilities of the children. 10 YEAR GUARANTEE GS-tested Individual planning Natural Color Concept More information on p. 425 2 3 1 1 Premium quality: Balance discs made of high-quality rubber. Free of harmful substances. Non-slip, even when wet Robust and weatherproof Easy to maintain Mini high ropes course The combination of balancing, moving hand over hand, climbing and jumping offers varied and exciting movement stimuli. Course 1 ? 2 jumping discs ? Climbing rings module ? Rope tunnel Incl. metal mounting. 429121 Technical data Base area: 256“ x 23 ¾“, 6.50 x 0.60 m Safety area: 374 ¼“ x 141 ¾“, 9.50 x 3.60 m Max. free fall height: 23 ¾“, 0.60 m Total height: 97“, 2.46 m Foundation: 5 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group: 3 year + 456
Sivu 459


Hanging & Balancing Balancing beam 428320 Balance disc 428323 Rope tunnel 428328 Technical data Base area: Safety area: 114 ¼“ x 39 ½“, 2.90 x 1.00 m 232 ½“ x 157 ½“, 5.90 x 4.00 m Max. free fall height: 18 ½“, 0.47 m Platform height: 18 ½“, 0.47 m Total height: 104“, 2.64 m Foundation: 2 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group: 3 year + Mounting height variable. Wobbling balance disc 428322 Technical data for 428320, 428323 und 428322 Base area: 118 ¼“ x 8“, 3.00 x 0.20 m Foundation: 2 pieces: Safety area: 236 ¼“ x 126“, 6.00 x 3.20 m Max. free fall height: 15 ¾“, 0.40 m L 15 ¾“ x W 15¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Total height: 15 ¾“, 0.40 m Age group: 3 year + Mounting height variable. Balancing cantilever beam 428326 Technical data Base area: 118 ¼“ x 8“, 3.00 x 0.20 m Safety area: 236 ¼“ x 126“, 6.00 x 3.20 m Max. free fall height: 19 ¾“, 0.50 m Total height: Technical data 19 ¾“, 0.50 m Base area: 23 ½“, 0.60 m Safety area: 141 ¾“, 3.60 m Max. free fall height: 19 ¾“, 0.50 m Total height: 63“, 1.60 m Foundation: 1 piece: L 15 ¾“ x W15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group: 3 year + Foundation: 2 pieces: buried ground anchor Age group: 3 year + Mounting height variable. Mikadodo platform To rest or let other children climb past. Island consists of a post incl. post covering and mounting. 429018 Balancing disc bridge 428329 Technical data Base area: Safety area: 114 ¼“ x 23 ¾“, 2.90 x 0.60 m 232 ½“ x 141 ¾“, 5.90 x 3.60 m Max. free fall height: 18 ¼“, 0.46 m Platform height: 18 ¼“, 0.46 m Total height: Foundation: Seat balance bollard A moment ago it was an exciting balancing element, now it's a little island to relax on. Surface made of non-slip, fast-drying rubber granulate (holes in the plate make rainwater drainage possible). Base made of robust, glass bead blasted stainless steel. Ø 15 ¾", 40 cm, L 47 ¼", 120 cm, installation height max. 23 ¾", 60 cm. 117656 Red-brown 117658 Green 90 ¾“, 2.30 m 2 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group: 3 year + Mounting height variable. Outdoor Play Structures Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 457
Sivu 460


Spring bouncers Balance gives us information about our posture and our orientation in space. For this we need signals from our sense of sight, our muscles and our sense of hearing. The vestibulum is located next to the cochlea, in the inner ear, and is the most important sensory organ for spatial positioning and its regulation. When bouncing or rocking the vestibulum works at full speed. Information about up, down, turning, tilting, and about rhythm and acceleration is transmitted to the brain. This supports training of the sense of balance, and also coordination of the senses. Premium quality: Panels are made of polyethylene: Robust, not prone to impact damage or vandalism No PAK values (pollutants) Weatherproof and UV-proof Spacing between the steel spring coils: Avoids fingers or feet getting caught All nuts and bolt ends have cover caps: Protection against injury 10 Year GUARANTEE All spring bouncers comply with DIN EN 1176-08 and are GS-tested ... Especially for toddler 1 Central handle to hold on to 1 2 Backrest for secure seating 2 3 4 3 Low seat height 5 4 5 Large tread surface Smooth spring No fingers or feet get caught Poney The little ones will like this "2 horsepower". The backrest means that the little riders are secure in their saddle. They can hold on to the head-height bar. Smooth spring. 019170 Schwupps A bouncer for the little ones. Smaller dimensions, and a backrest so that they don't accidentally fall in the middle of the biggest bounce. The centered handle means that both hands are up around head height. 019139 Technical data Base area: 25 ¼“ x 18 ¼“, 0.64 x 0.46 m Safety area: 104“ x 97“, 2.64 x 2.46 m Seat height: 16 ¾“, 0.42 m Foundation: L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“ L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m Age group: 1 ½ year + Technical data Base area: 33 ¼“ x 17“, 0.84 x 0.43 m Safety area: 112“ x 95 ¾“, 2.84 x 2.43 m Seat height: 16 ¾“, 0.42 m Foundation: L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“ L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m Age group: 1 ½ year + 458
Sivu 461


Single and multi-bouncers 3 year + Duck 019171 Horse 019173 Seahorse 019202 Technical data Base area: 34“ x 9 ½“, 0.86 x 0.24 m Safety area: 112¾“ x 88 ¼“, 2.86 x 2.24 m Seat height: 18 ½“, 0.47 m Technical data Base area: 34 ¼“ x 9 ½“, 0.87 x 0.24 m Safety area: 113“ x 88 ¼“, 2.87 x 2.24 m Seat height: 18 ½“, 0.47 m Technical data Base area: 28 ¾“ x 9 ½“, 0.73 x 0.24 m Safety area: 107 ½“ x 88 ¼“, 2.73 x 2.24 m Seat height: 19“, 0.48 m Foundation: L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“ L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m Foundation: L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“ L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m Foundation: L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“ L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m Age group: 3 year + Age group: 3 year + Age group: 3 year + Four-person bouncer 019179 Dolphin 019180 Double bouncer 019191 Technical data Base area: 53 ¼“ x 53 ¼“, 1.35 x 1.35 m Safety area: 132“ x 132“, 3.35 x 3.35 m Seat height: 21“, 0.53 m Technical data Base area: 53 ¼“ x 12“, 1.35 x 0.30 m Safety area: 132“ x 90 ¾“, 3.35 x 2.30 m Seat height: 21“, 0.53 m Technical data Base area: 57 ¼“ x 10 ¼“, 1.45 x 0.26 m Safety area: 136“ x 89“, 3.45 x 2.26 m Seat height: 21 ¼“, 0.54 m Foundation: L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“ L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m Foundation: L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“ L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m Foundation: L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“ L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m Age group: 3 year + Age group: 3 year + Age group: 3 year + Car 019192 Pickup 019201 Special fall protection for spring bouncers Outdoor Play Structures Technical data Technical data Base area: 33 ¼“ x 33 ¼“, 0.84 x 0.84 m Safety area: 112“ x 112“, 2.84 x 2.84 m Seat height: 17 ½“, 0.44 m Foundation: L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“ L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m Age group: 3 year + Base area: 33 ¼“ x 19“, 0.84 x 0.48 m Safety area: 112“ x 97 ¾“, 2.84 x 2.48 m Seat height: 17 ½“, 0.44 m Foundation: L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“ L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m Age group: 3 year + Flexible ground edging For coverage of ground surfaces. Ideal play equipment. Protects fall heights up to 39 ½", 100 cm. Flexible rubber, free of harmful substances. Height: 1 ½", 3.5 cm. Color: red-brown. 117282 Inner circle, Ø 71", 180 cm 117283 Outer circle, Ø 149 ¾", 380 cm Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 459
Sivu 462


Haba fall protection panels for fall heights up to 94 ½", 2.40 m Suitable up to a fall height of 39 ½", 1.00 m A Fall protection panel, whole 019088 19 ¾" x 19 ¾" x 1 ¼", 50 x 50 x 3 cm B Fall protection panel, half 019493 19 ¾" x 10" x 1 ¼", 50 x 25 x 3 cm C Edge panel 019496 39 ½" x 10" x 1 ¼", 100 x 25 x 3 cm D Corner panel 019497 39 ½" x 10" x 1 ¼", 100 x 25 x 3 cm Suitable up to a fall height of 59 ¼", 1.50 m A Fall protection panel, whole 019499 19 ¾" x 19 ¾" x 2", 50 x 50 x 5 cm B Fall protection panel, half 019500 19 ¾" x 10" x 2", 50 x 25 x 5 cm C Edge panel 019496 39 ½" x 10" x 2", 100 x 25 x 5 cm D Corner panel 019570 39 ½" x 10" x 2", 100 x 25 x 5 cm Suitable up to a fall height of 78 ¾", 2.00 m A Fall protection panel, whole 019609 19 ¾" x 19 ¾" x 3", 50 x 50 x 7 cm B Fall protection panel, half 019629 19 ¾" x 10" x 3", 50 x 25 x 7 cm C Edge panel 019649 39 ½" x 10" x 3", 100 x 25 x 7 cm D Corner panel 019697 39 ½" x 10" x 3", 100 x 25 x 7 cm Suitable up to a fall height of 94 ½", 2.40 m A Fall protection panel, whole 019719 19 ¾" x 19 ¾" x 3 ¼", 50 x 50 x 8 cm B Fall protection panel, half 019729 19 ¾" x 10" x 3 ¼", 50 x 25 x 8 cm C Edge panel 019739 39 ½" x 10" x 3 ¼", 100 x 25 x 8 cm D Corner panel 019748 39 ½" x 10" x 3 ¼", 100 x 25 x 8 cm Optional Prepolymerglue For glueing of fall protection panels on firm ground. Content: 310 ml. For approx 2 m². 019783 The elastic Haba fall protection panels are developed to minimize the risk of injury. Suitable for application both on firm and permeable subsurfaces such as gravel or dirt. The elastic Haba fall protection panels are made of high-quality recycled rubber, free of harmful substances. This means that they make a sustainable contribution to the conservation of valuable resources. B C D Half panel Edge panel Corner panel Color options Standard color red-brown (ROTB) Special color green (GRÜN) 19 ¾“, 50 cm Unless otherwise specified we will deliver the standard color red-brown (ROTB). Special colors: green and anthracite additional charge Your Advantages: Safe: non-slip, even when wet Low-noise: sound-absorbing Barrier-free usage: suitable for wheelchairs Easy to maintain: will not shift during play Minimization of injury risk Water permeable: no water puddles, fast-drying Easy to clean: simply spray the surface with a garden hose 19 ¾“, 50 cm no surcharge for small quantities Special color anthracite (ANTH) 1 ¼" - 3 ¼", 3 - 8 cm height A Full panel To avoid tripping hazards, edge and corner pieces are needed when the panels are laid on hard surfaces such as concrete or asphalt. The fall protection surfaces should be edged with appropriate elements, such as concrete borders with rubber edging or rubber granulate elements. We can supply these on request. Example Installation: 39 ½“, 100 cm Whole Half 39 ½“, 100 cm 460
Sivu 463


Fall protection Rubber mulch for fall heights up to 118 ¼", 3.00 m This unique recycled rubber solution can be applied to almost any ground surface, and can also be structured. There are two types of rubber mulch: fine and coarse. Fine: for surfaces with high loads, such as the bottom of slides or under swings. Coarse: for normal loads, e.g. climbing towers etc. The rubber mulch is delivered in convenient bags of 22 ¼ lb, 10 kg each. In dry weather with temperatures over 50 °F, 10 °C the system hardens after approx. 24 hours and the surface can then be walked on. The binder is delivered in 55 ¼ lb, 25 kg buckets. The root fleece is on rolls. Request: Please provide: Required fall protection area in ft 2 , m 2 Subsurface: e.g. lawn, topsoil, concrete Fall height Type of load: e.g. fine, coarse Advantages: Made of recycled rubber Natural: ideal for areas that are designed to look natural Firmly fixed with binder: doesn't shift during play Economical: no subsequent filling up or swapping out required Hygienic: doesn't attract vermin or house pets Practical: can be used on slopes and problematic surfaces Water permeable: no puddles, fast-drying Easy to clean: simply spray the surface with a garden hose Barrier-free usage: wheelchair-friendly Installation: Generally there is no preparation of the under layer required. Drainage possibilities should be considered in order to support the high water permeability of the rubber mulch system if it is laid on a non-draining subsurface, e.g. concrete or asphalt. This is particularly important if the new surface is embedded in the ground. Fixing of the rubber mulch with binder means edging is not necessary. Edges can be rounded or angled. The included fleece prevents grass or weeds from growing through. Note: Should only be installed in dry weather with temperatures over 50 °F, 10 °C to achieve optimal results! Installation in spring, fall or winter is not recommended. Outdoor Play Structures red wood earthy brown blue grass green Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 461
Sivu 464


"Danube" Water Play Landscape After the pump is activated, water initially flows through the hinged basin into the distribution basin, from where it can supply the water and sand tracks. The special gate valves prevents water runoff. The end basin, made of high quality stainless steel, collects the water. For cleaning the basin, simply empty via an opening in the base. The base of the water elements is made of weatherproof, multi-layered laminated plywood. The solid wood components are made of larch. A safety distance of approx. 59 ¼", 1.5 m should be left from the closest play equipment. The ground anchors of the water run are made of stainless steel. 10 YEAR GUARANTEE GS-tested B Individual planning A C Natural Color Concept More information on p. 425 H D G E F D Note We offer each of these elements individually. You can put together a water playground based on your needs. The height of all the equipment can be adjusted to the age/size of the children during installation. B A Pump station with platform and valve combination For direct connection to a high pressure water pipe. Platform size: L 62“ x W 32 ¾“ x H approx. 23 ¾“, L 157 x W 83 x H approx. 60 cm. 428340 B C "Danube" distribution basin With 2 outlets. L 39 ½" x W 29 ¾", L 100 x W 75 cm. Frame height 3 ¾", 9 cm. 428704 D "Danube" hinged bucket As the bucket is filled it eventually overfills, tips and empties again. Frame and tub made of V2A stainless steel, PE side cladding. L 15 ¾" x W 14 ¼" x H 7 ¼", L 40 x W 36 x H 18 cm, total height (when tipped) 40 ¼", 102 cm. 428706 "Danube" collection bucket Basin can be filled. When the rubber stopper is pulled out it empties. Frame and tub made of V2A stainless steel, PE side cladding. L 15 ¾" x W 12" x H 6 ¾", L 40 x W 30 x H 17 cm. 428707 "Danube" sand track E With 1 outlet. Without add-in elements. L 63" x W 15 ¾", L 160 x W 40 cm, frame height 3 ¾", 9 cm. 428703 "Danube" end basin F Hexagonal basin made of V2A stainless steel. Ø 37 ¼", 94 cm x H 8", 20 cm. 428705 "Sandbank" add-in element G To add into the "Danube" sand track. Polyethylene, orange. L 9 ¾" x W 6 ¾", L 24.2 x W 17 cm, material thickness ¾", 1.9 cm. 428708 "Barrage" add-in element H To add into the "Danube" sand track. Polyethylene, orange. L 9 ¼" x H 2 ¼", L 23 x H 5.5 cm, material thickness: ¾", 1.9 cm. 428709 462
Sivu 465


10 Water & Sand 2 6 7 4 8 9 3 5 1 A 10 YEAR GUARANTEE GS-tested Individual planning B Natural Color Concept More information on p. 425 A Sand play landscape, version 1 The sandpit can be combined with our Terramo system. The combination pictured here contains: ? Sandpit ? Play house with pitched roof ? Step ? Sand crane ? Seating/play bench ? 3-level sand sieve ? Sand play function wall ? Marble run function wall ? Car function wall ? Leaf decoration Incl. metal mounting and post ends. 429483 Sand Play Landscape Sand play landscape, version 2 B Sandpit combination with: ? Sandpit ? Play house with pitch roof ? Step ? Sand crane ? Seating/play bench ? 3-level sand sieve ? Marble run function wall ? Car function wall Incl. metal mounting and post ends. 429484 Technical data Base area: Safety area: Max. free fall height: Platform height: Total height: Foundations: Price alternatives 134 ¼“ x 97 ¼“, 3.41 x 2.47 m 251 ¼“ x 211 ½“, 6.38 x 5.37 m 12 ¼“, 0.31 m 12 ¼“, 0.31 m 110“, 2.79 m 6 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.40 m Age group: 1 ½ year + Outdoor Play Structures Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 463
Sivu 466


Sand Play Equipment 4 5 2 3 6 7 1 No concrete foundation necessary – cost-effective and fast assembly 10 YEAR GUARANTEE GS-tested Sand tower Here everything revolves around sand. Because it trickles through quickly the children have their hands full of things to do. ? Non-slip ramp ? Trickle gutter ? Sand play function wall ? Car function wall ? Marble run function wall ? Sand funnel ? Slide Incl. metal mounting. 429107 Individual planning Natural Color Concept More information on p. 425. Technical data Base area: 163 ½“ x 98 ½“, 4.15 x 2.50 m Safety area: 301 ¼“ x 206 ½“, 7.65 x 5.24 m Max. free fall height: 23 ¾“, 0.60 m Platform height: 12“/23 ¾“, 0.30 / 0.60 m Total height: 96 ½“, 2.45 m Age group: 1 ½ year + A sophisticated closure mechanism means that the sand can be collected in the funnel. The trickle gutters, with their various openings, resemble a large sieve. 464
Sivu 467


Sand Play Sand pavilion 1 ? Sand trickle gutter ? Sand play function wall ? Marble run function wall ? Sand sieve with 3 different sieves Incl. metal mounting. 429108 No concrete foundation necessary – cost-effective and fast assembly Technical data Base area: 48 ½“ x 48 ½“, 1.23 x 1.23 m Safety area: 166 ¾“ x 166 ¾“, 4.23 x 4.23 m Total height: 78 ¾“, 2.00 m Age group: 1 ½ year + 4 3 1 2 The spring-mounted sieves shift the sand. Sand play table with sand trickle pipe. Sand play function wall. Sand pavilion 2 ? Sand sieve with 3 different sieves ? Marble run function wall ? Sand trickle gutter ? Counter with sand chute ? Sand play function wall Incl. metal mounting. 429109 Outdoor Play Structures Technical data Base area: 48 ½“ x 93 ½“, 1.23 x 2.37 m Safety area: 166 ¾“ x 211 ½“, 4.23 x 5.37m Total height: Foundation: 78 ¾“, 2.00 m 1 piece: L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“ 1 2 3 4 5 L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.40 m Age group: 1 ½ year + Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 465
Sivu 468


Sand play tower Sand lift 4 Sand Play Wall. 5 7 6 Sand play tower A massive number of sand play options in a limited space. The arrangement also makes logical sequences of play possible! ? Sliding trolley ? Sand sieve ? Tipper ? Sand play function wall ? Sand trickle gutter ? Sand lift ? Board filling with counter and sand trickle gutter ? Sloping net field Incl. metal mounting. 429113 3 8 1 3 4 2 Technical data Base area: 63“ x 98 ½“, 1.60 x 2.50 m Safety area: 181 ¼“ x 216 ¾“, 4.60 x 5.50 m Max. free fall height: 57 ¼“, 1.45 m Platform height: 57 ¼“, 1.45 m Total height: 134“, 3.40 m Foundation: 6 pieces, L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.40 m Dump truck Age group: 3 year + Sand workshop Load up the sand bucket ... reload the sand ... transport it ... tip it ... pour it out ... and take it away! Sand workshop Consists of sand crane with bucket, sliding trolley, table with distribution station, tipper on guide rods and table with sand pipe. Stainless steel, polyethylene. Incl. 3 posts with post ends and metal mounting. 428336 Technical data Base area: Safety area: Max. free fall height: Total height: Foundation: 118 ¼“ x 71“, 3.00 x 1.80 m 236 ¼“ x 189“, 6.00 x 4.80 m 21 ¾“, 0.55 m 57 ¼“, 1.45 m 3 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“, L 0.40 x B 0.40 x H 0.40 m Age group: 1 ½ year + 466
Sivu 469


Sand Play Sand play-Elements level Sand scale With integrated water level. Stainless steel. W 25 ¼" x H 35 ½" x D 10 ¾", W 64 x H 90 x D 27 cm. Incl. posts with end and metal mounting. 424287 Sand sieve This 3-level sieve separates the sand and sorts it into different grain sizes. The sieves vibrate when they are struck with an open palm. Stainless steel. W 14 ¾" x H 39 ½" x D 18 ½", W 37 x H 100 x D 47 cm. Incl. posts, post ends and metal mounting. 424289 Sand funnel The sand only trickles out the bottom when the ball valve is pushed up by hand. Stainless steel. Ø 15", 38 cm, H 39 ½", 100 cm, D 17 ½", 44 cm. Incl. posts, post ends and metal mounting. 424299 Outdoor Play Structures Sand mixer When turned the sand is sieved. A slight incline means that the sand stays in the drum when it's turned. Stainless steel. W 21 ½" x H 54" x D 17 ¾", W 54 x H 137 x D 45 cm. Incl. post, post end and metal mounting. 424288 Sand crane Uses muscle power to lift the sand up, and then swing it around to where it's needed. Complete with sand bucket. Polyethylene. W 4" x H 47 ¼" x D 25 ¾", W 10 x H 120 x D 65 cm. Incl. post with end and metal mounting. 424294 Telephone Tube Communicate over a distance of up to 25 meters with 2 funnels! The telephone can be flexibly constructed - an attractive addition to every playground. H 50 ½", 128 cm; funnel Ø 7 ¼", 18 cm. Incl. 2 posts with end and metal mounting. 427200 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 467
Sivu 470


Mobile Water/Sand Tables for outside and inside Mobile Water and Sand Table Thanks to the four sand and water proof casters, an excursion outdoors is no problem. Load capacity per caster: 176 lbs, 80 kg. Water / sand play table is outfitted with: sand tub, half-round shelf, small rondelle, 4 hooks. Plastic tub, UV and weatherproof PE material, powder-coated steel tubing. W 58 ½" x H 55 ½“ x D 28 ½“, W 148.5 x H 140.5 x D 71.8 cm. A B 429130 Base model 429131 Base model with roof Playing on different levels. A B C Hinged roof C Roof The roof can be attached to the water / sand play table and folded when not needed. Powder-coated steel, durable outdoor fabric of 100% polyester. Color: red/ orange. 428375 Water / Sand Table, Add-on module D Can be bolted onto both base models. With 2 casters, legs of beech wood. powder-coated MDF board. W 30 ¾“ x H 13 ¾“ x D 28 ¼ “, W 78 x H 35 x D 73 cm. 429132 D 23 ¾" 60 cm E Side cart for sand / water table E The cart offers additional space for playing. It fits under both base models to save space and can also be used separately. Equipment: plastic tub, half-round storage shelf, small rondell, 4 hooks, 4 casters (load capacity per caster: 175 lbs, 80 kg). W 41 ½“ x H 39“ x D 29“, W 105.5 x H 98.8 x D 73 cm. 429133 14", 35 cm 14", 35 cm Replacement tub for water / sand play table F For the base models (429130 and 429131) please order replacement tub No. 112295. For the addon module (429132) and the side cart, please order 112296. Through-colored, UV and weather proof PE material. 112295 W 43 ¼“ x H 8 ½“ x D 24“, W 110 x H 21.5 x D 60.5 cm 112296 W 29 ¼“ x H 8“ x D 24“, W 74 x H 20 x D 61.5 cm F G H Tub shelf, orange G For covering the water / sand tub, as modeling, mixing, or storage surface. Plastic. W 24 ¼“ x H 2“ x D 12“, W 61.5 x H 5 x D 30 cm. 111473 in 2 sizes The tray can be either a lid or modeling and building surface Hook set H With 4 plastic hooks to hang buckets, tubes, etc. 428376 468
Sivu 471


Activity Systems Außenspielgeräte Movement · Sport 469
Sivu 472


CLIMBING A jungle in the city GYM Climbing, balancing, moving hand over hand, resting, or swinging. The climbing wall is full of exciting adventures and play opportunities. It is designed as a modular system, and can be combined with climbing walls and hanging trail elements. This creates varied movement landscapes climbing exciting for children. All climbing wall elements are designed with great attention to detail, and laid out attractively. For example the shrub wall decorating gives the room a special jungle atmosphere. Climbing and play adventures need the right fall protection. That‘s why we ensure your climbing wall is equipped with the right mats. Fall protection is important and your attention is essential; the climbing gym is designed for a supervised area. This means that children can only use this equipment with competent and professional supervision. The suspension bridge needs courage. Skillfully manage the climb. 470
Sivu 473


Climbing HANG-IN ELEMENTS on page 472/473. Activity Systems The climbing gym can also be combined with the hanging trail and our climbing walls, to create climbing and hanging fun that children can‘t get enough of. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 471
Sivu 474


On trees and intermediate elements Basic Elements CLIMBING GYM The system of grid holes means installation of the individual elements can be height adjusted to suit individual needs Trees Climbing trees Please specify ceiling height when ordering! Birch wood (1“, 2.1 cm thick), partially color-stained. H 98 ¼“ x D 46 ½“, H 249 x D 118 cm. Note: Please select the right/left version for sideways installation or installation close to a wall. 112200 W 7 ¾“, 19.5 cm 112202 Right, W 4 ¼“, 10.8 cm 112203 Left, W 4 ¼“, 10.8 cm Climbing tree with access Please specify ceiling height when ordering! Real birch wood (1“, 2.1 cm thick), partially color-stained. W 7 ¾“ x H 98 ¼“ x D 46 ½“, W 19.5 x H 249 x D 118 cm. 112201 Corner oak Perfect for using the corner of a room as a climbing area. Please specify ceiling height when ordering! Real birch wood (1“, 2.1 cm thick), partially color-stained. H 98 ¼“ x D 46 ½“, H 249 x D 118 cm. 112204 Visual element Stabilizing elements Safety elements Shrub wall decoration Attractive visual element to decorate the walls. Gives the climbing gym a nice jungle atmosphere. Real birch wood (¾“, 1.5 cm thick), partially color-stained. approx. H 45 ¾“ x W 70 ¼“, H 116 x W 178 cm. 112205 Ground beam Note: only required with underfloor heating or sprung floors. Metal. 172200 corner installation, approx. L 37“, 94 cm 172201 diagonal, approx. L 49 ¼“, 125 cm 172202 long, approx. L 77“, 195 cm Finishing bend Powder-coated steel pipe, maize yellow. side length 15 ¾“, 40 cm. 172205 Ceiling edge Prevents climbing in the space between the upper edge of the equipment and the ceiling, thus effectively avoiding the danger of head entrapment. When ordering please specify the ceiling height, so that we can adjust the ceiling edge accordingly. Real birch wood (1“, 2.1 cm thick), color-stained. W 7 ¾“ x D 40 ¼“, W 19.5 x D 102 cm. 112209 H 19 ¾“, 50 cm 112210 H 39 ½“, 100 cm Climb up and hang-on elements Stile ladder Can be used to get up to the tree cave. Real birch wood (1“, 2.1 cm thick), stained maize yellow. Incl. suspension fitting for the panel and mat protector. W 23 ¾“ x H 90 ¾“, W 60 x H 230 cm. 112207 472 Attach Individually Made from epoxy resin and silica sand. Approx. 3 ½“, 9 cm. Contents: 8 items (2 of each in blue, red, yellow and green). Hardware materials not included. 110857 8 pieces Optional Attachment set for climbing grips Specially suited for climbing trees (attachment only on the inside of the tree). Contents: 9 bolts with nuts and washers, 9 wooden bolts. 172215 18-piece More hanging elements 110456 Suspended tube p. 563 056889 Swinging ball * 1 p. 565 055035 Swinging tire * 1 p. 566 055023 Rope ladder * 2 p. 566 055024 Rope ladder with connector * 4 p. 566 * order connector belts at the same time: (for required number see number after the asterisk) 112035 Connector belt Nylon band with loops on both sides and a wooden toggle to fasten the climbing elements. Length: 14“, 35 cm.
Sivu 475


Intermediate elements for straight installations Climbing Hanging Bar Powder coated steel pipe, yellow. Includes bolted in fixing loops for climbing rope or holds. 172204 Ø 1 ¼”, 3,4 cm, L 77”, 195 cm Suspension bridge Two real birch wood beams, color-stained; 8 hemp ropes with loops on both sides. Hardware included. 112206 L 77“ x W 23 ¾“, L 195 x W 60 cm Quadrant unit adaptor For completion of the climbing gym. Powder-coated steel pipe, maize yellow. 112213 Ø 1 ½“, 3.4 cm, side length 36“, 91 cm Arched Bridge Powder coated steel tube, yellow. 172213 W 77” x H 18 ½” x D 7 ¾”, W 195 x H 46 x D 19 cm Hanging Wave Powder coated steel pipe, yellow. Includes fixing loops. 172210 Ø 1 3/8”, 3.4 cm, L 77”, 195 cm. Intermediate Plate As a base for the tree cave. With grid holes on the front edge, so that the ladder can be hooked in at various positions. Birch wood, varnished. Incl. fastening materials. 112214 W 77“ x H 4 ¾“ x D 33 ½“, W 195 x H 12 x D 85 cm Rolling Footbridge Powder coated steel tube, yellow. 172211 W 77” x D 7” x H 14 ½”, W 195 x H 36.4 x D 18 cm Hanging panel with U-handles Birch wood, stained yellow, with 7 powder-coated steel pipe handles. 172212 L 77“ x W 28 ¼“ x H 7“, L 195 x W 71.7 x H 17.7 cm For corner installation For the corner oak Intermediate plate corner installation As a base for the tree cave. Birch wood, varnished. Incl. fastening materials. 112208 59 ¼“ x 59 ¼“, 150 x 150 cm, H 3 ¼“, 8 cm Intermediate plate quadrant unit For the corner oak.Birch wood, varnished. Incl. fastening materials. 112215 side length 22 ½“, 57 cm, H 3 ¼“, 8 cm Monkey bar - for corner installation Powder-coated steel pipe, maize yellow. Size: Ø 1 ½“, 3.4 cm. 172206 diagonal, short; L 36 ¾“, 98.2 cm 172207 diagonal, long; L 62 ¼“, 157.6 cm Monkey bar quadrant unit For installation with the corner oak. Powder-coated steel pipe, maize yellow. 172203 Ø 1 ½“, 3.4 cm, side length 36“, 91 cm Activity Systems Hinweis Note >> Ensure a suitable distance from the ceiling to avoid dangerous gaps. >> The climbing gym can be attached to all solid walls. Please ensure sufficient fall protection. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 473
Sivu 476


C LIMBINGPATH For active fun >> The HABA hanging trail is certified as particularly development promoting. >> Developed with experts of the practice for use in practice. Hermann Städtler Sports teacher; principal at Fridtjof Nansen school, Hanover; www.fns-online.de Project manager of Active healthy schools Niedersachsen (Ministry of Education and The Arts project) www.bewegteschule.de Dr. Dieter Breithecker Sports scientist; head of the German Federal Working Group for the Promotion of Posture and Movement e. V.; have many years of experience and competence with exercise-based child and youth development. www.haltungbewegung.de Note >> Please always ensure adequate fall protection in the climbing area. 474
Sivu 477


Climbing For spontaneous hand bridging at any time ... Can be mounted on the wall ... Set up once and can be used again and again ... Doesn‘t disturb other activities in gyms and movement rooms thanks to the height of the grips … In hallways and entry/waiting/day rooms … School playgrounds ... For all age groups Especially popular ... Can be combined with climbing walls (from p. 474) and the climbing gym (from p. 470). 10 Year GUARANTEE on consoles and intermediate elements GS – tested Activity Systems 475
Sivu 478


Climbing Path-Basic Element A Assemble the Climbing Path You can bolt all of the intermediate motion elements between two wall consoles. The drill pattern lets you change the arrangement of the elements to vary the level of difficulty. For safety reasons, the consoles may only be mounted on a load-bearing wall. Wall Console Steel girder, powder-coated; plates of birch plywood with double-sided pre-drilled hole system for attaching the intermediate components. W 8 ¼” x H 26 ¼” x D 27”, W 20.5 x H 67 x D 68 cm. A 172208 Wall console B 172209 Wall console, upside down For rooms with low ceilings! console upside down B Combine the hanging trail with climbing walls (from page 474) or the climbing gym (from page 470). To do this you only need a compensating plate for the wall console: Compensating Plate Is needed if the hanging trail console is mounted with the climbing gym or a climbing wall (natural or with linoleum surface). One compensating plate is needed per console. Birch wood. L 27 ¼“ x W 8 ½“ x D 2“, L 69 x W 21 x D 4.5 cm, thickness: 1“, 2.5 cm. 112211 476 Senso Mat Faire Preisauszeichnung! 113879 23 ¾“ x 15 ¾“, Alle 60 Preise x 40 cm in (2000 €: Netto/Brutto nubs) (inkl. Thera-Band 7 bzw. 19 % MwSt.). Lieferung Balance-Pad ohne Dekoration. 113881 47 ¼“ x 23 ¾“, 120 x 60 cm (7000 nubs) 056009 110504
Sivu 479


Climbing Bewegung Intermediate elements for Climbing Path Hanging Bar Powder coated steel pipe, yellow. Includes bolted in fixing loops for climbing rope or holds. Ø 1 ¼”, 3,4 cm. 172204 L 77“, 195cm For corner installation: 172206 Diagonal, short; L 29 ½“, 75 cm 172207 Diagonal, long; L 46 ¼“, 117 cm 10 Year GUARANTEE on consoles and intermediate elements GS – tested Hanging Wave Powder coated steel pipe, yellow. Includes fixing loops. Ø 1 3/8”, 3.4 cm, L 77”, 195 cm. 172210 Hanging Panel with Handles Birch real wood, yellow etching, with 7 powder coated steel handles. W 77” x H 28 ¼” x D 7”, W 195 x H 71.7 x D 17.7cm. 172212 Rolling Footbridge Powder coated steel tube, yellow. W 77” x D 7” x H 14 ½”, W 195 x D 18 cm x H 36.4. 172211 Arched Bridge Powder coated steel tube, yellow. W 77” x H 18 ½” x D 7 ¾”, W 195 x H 46 x D 19.2 cm. 172213 Climbing Path -Accessories Climbing Net Made from polypropylene (Ø ¾”, Ø 2 cm). Braided knot attachment. Mesh width 9 ¾”, 25 cm. W 59“ x H 77“, W 150 x H 195 cm. (Hanging bar sold separately.) Capacity: 100 kg. 110455 Not suitable for children under three years. Rope Ball With ropes for attaching to the hanging bar. Natural hemp, weather-proof plastic. Red. Ø 13 ¾” - 15 ¾“, 35 - 40 cm, W 70 ¾”, 180 cm. Capacity: 70 kg. 111422 Not suitable for children under three years. Hand Holds For threading onto the hanging bar. (Hanging bar sold separately.) Set of 4 orange handles made of colored polyethylene (¾”, 1.9 cm thick). Note: Can not be fitted at diagonal hanging bar. 172214 4 pieces Optional Connector Belt Consist of a nylon band with loops on both sides and a wooden toggle. Can be used to attach climbing elements to the hanging trail. Length: 14“, 35 cm. 112035 Ropes Made from polypropylen, with loop. 2 ropes Ø ¾”, 2 cm round 1”, 2.5 cm, with two knots each and 1 rope Ø 1 ¼”, 3 cm, with 2 woven reinforcements, W each 98”, 250 cm. Capacity: 100 kg. 110453 3 pieces Not suitable for children under three years. Pendulum Cylinder Foam center covered with polyester fabric. Both sides have 5 Nylon loops each for holding on and climbing. Includes tension belt for attaching. Yellow. Ø 11 ¾”, 30 cm, L 55”, 140 cm. Capacity: 80 kg 110456 98 ½", 250 cm Activity Systems Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 477
Sivu 480


CLIMBING versatile with various grips designs CLIMBING OBSTACLE on page 484. Highest quality standards for our climbing walls on the base wall Base Wall = Connection between building wall and climbing grips The base wall must stay in place with heavy loads: – ¾“, 18 mm thick birch panels are robust and secure thanks to cross-glued veneer layers. Solid and secure bolting of climbing grips possible. Built for you: 1) Uniformsize – All walls can be combined with each other and individual, age-appropriate combinations are possible. 2) Max. height: 118 ¼“, 3 m – Children don‘t climb up, but rather along the wall (bouldering). – Climbing ropes, harnesses and other safety equipment is not needed. 3) Fallprotection – Ensure there is fall protection by laying fall protection mats in the fallzone. 478 Faire Preisauszeichnung! Alle Preise in €: Netto/Brutto (inkl. 7 bzw. 19 % MwSt.). Lieferung ohne Dekoration.
Sivu 481


Climbing Bewegung Side Guard A Mounted to the side of the climbing wall, and stabilized on the back with a safety bracket. It limits the fall area so that children can‘t fall sideways off the climbing wall. Ideal for climbing walls in the middle of the room or near windows. The fall protection offers extra safety for climbers, and reduces the number of fall protection mats needed. Please select the height of the fall protection so that it ends at the ceiling. Specify the ceiling height when ordering, so that we can adjust the fall protection accordingly. Birch wood. Natural 474850 H 85 ¼“, 216 cm, incl. 1 safety bracket 474851 H 98 ½“, 250 cm, incl. 1 safety bracket 474852 H 126“, 320 cm, incl. 2 safety brackets B C Side Guard A D E F Large, mixed grabs B W 37“ x H 85“, W 94 x H 216 cm. ¾", 1,8 mm thick. Includes 3 wood applications, 3 bracktes and 3 grips. 474755 Birch Large, bar C W 37“ x H 85“, W 94 x H 216 cm. ¾“, 1,8 mm thick. Includes 1 climbing pole and 3 wooden applications. 474725 Birch Small Rectangle D W 37” x H 33”, W 94 x H 124.8 cm. ¾“, 1,8 mm thick. Includes 4 gripes. 474605 Birch Large rectangle E W 37” x H 85”, W 94 x H 216 cm. ¾“, 1,8 mm thick. Includes 8 gripes. 474305 Birch Climbing grip attachments for various levels of difficulty The grid holes mean that the grips can be bolted on quickly. If multiple climbing walls are mounted next to each other, various climbing routes can be designed, recognizable by the color of the grips. The level of difficulty can be varied from color to color. This means the climbing wall will never get boring. Every child can select a route they can manage. Note: narrow width – can be combined with all climbing walls (apart from 474605). More information on p. 482. Large, cliff F W 37“ x H 85“, W 94 x H 216 cm. ¾“, 1,8 mm thick. Includes 5 gripes. 474765 Birch Please always specify the desired surface when ordering. If not otherwise specified, we will deliver natural birch. Climbing walls with flexible grip arrangement The special thing about these climbing walls is that the distance between holes is always 5 ¼“, 12.8 cm – even if multiple walls are mounted next to each other. This means that climbing grips can be quickly and easily repositioned to change routes. Birch wood carrier plate, ¾“, 18 mm thick. Delivery without climbing grips! 474021 Small, W 35 ½“ x H 33 ¼“, W 89.6 x H 84 cm 474022 Large, W 35 ½“ x H 85 ¼“, W 89.6 x H 216 cm Matching climbing grips on page 483. Please order separately. How to order Linoleum-surfaces at additional charge Optional Accessories Activity Systems 1. Select your climbing wall. 2. Enter desired surface. Natural birch is the standard. orange L171 blue L479 gray L058 green L132 Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 479
Sivu 482


C LIMBING from house to house The variety of materials and shapes makes it wonderfully challenging Children can climb around on houses like their super-heroes. The climbing walls have wood applications in the form of clouds, high-rises or cranes. They give the visual impression of climbing from house to house in a city. These applications offer entirely different climbing options and experiences than traditional climbing grips. This climbing fun is rounded off with the innovative X climbing grips. Their shape and size as well as various surface structures are what make them so unique. on the base wall Ideal for mixed-age groups. The 16“, 40 cm safety zone without grips or steps guarantees safety for children under 3. A B C D E S A F E T Y Z O N E Safety zone for children under 3: without grips or steps. Starting here, they can’t go any higher, just to the left or right. Sky climbing wall A Includes 2 cloud wood applications. Birch, 1“, 18 mm thick, etched in colors. W 37“ x H 33 ½“, W 94 x H 84 cm. 474824 High-rise climbing wall B Includes 5 wood applications and 3 climbing grips. Birch, 1“, 18 mm thick, partially etched in colors. W 37“ x H 85 ½“, W 94 x H 216 cm. 474820 House climbing wall C Includes 4 wood applications and 3 climbing grips. Birch, 1“, 18 mm thick, partially etched in colors. W 37“ x H 85 ½“, W 94 x H 216 cm. 474821 Grips climbing wall D Includes 2 wood applications and 6 climbing grips. Birch, 1“, 18 mm thick, partially etched in colors. W 37“ x H 85 ½“, W 94 x H 216 cm. 474822 480 Crane climbing wall E Includes 5 wood applications and 3 climbing grips. Birch, 1“, 18 mm thick, partially etched in colors. W 37“ x H 85 ½“, W 94 x H 216 cm. 474823 City climbing wall Consists of the high-rise, house, grips and crane climbing walls as well as 4 sky climbing walls. Birch, 1“, 18 mm, etched in colors. W 148 ½“ x H 118 ½“, W 376 x H 300 cm. 474825
Sivu 483


Climbing Features City Climbing Walls >> Ideal and decorative for hallways or the entrance area >> Low climbing wall height – falling height < 23 ¾“, 60 cm – therefore no fall protection required >> Safety zone between the upper most step and the lowest grip > 16“, 40 cm >> Children less than 3 cannot climb higher than 18 ½“, 46 cm F Safety area 15 ¾“, 40 cm G H J Safety zone 16“, 40 cm Quality >> Birch, ¾“, 18 mm Advantage: robust, stable connection of the grips to the climbing wall City Climbing World Consists of the high-rise, house, small house and gripmix climbing walls. Genuine Birch, 1“, 18 mm, etched in colors. W 148½“ x H 66“, W 376 x H 167 cm. 474834 F Small House Climbing Wall Climbing Wall Includes 5 wood applications and 3 climbing grips. Genuine Birch, 1“, 18 mm, etched in colors. W 37“ x H 66“, W 94 x H 167 cm. 474830 High-Rise Climbing Wall H Includes 3 wood applications and 3 climbing grips. Genuine Birch, 1“, 18 mm, etched in colors. W 37“ x H 66“, W 94 x H 167 cm. 474832 House Climbing Wall G Climbing Wall Includes 4 wood applications and 3 climbing grips. Genuine Birch, 1“, 18 mm, etched in colors. W 37“ x H 66“, W 94 x H 167 cm. 474831 J Gripmix Climbing Wall Includes 3 cloud wood applications and 6 climbing grips Genuine Birch 1“, 18 mm thick, etched in colors. W 37“ x H 66“, W 94 x H 167 cm. 474833 For Mini Mountain Goats one, two, three – on top! 110845 Toddler Slide Hedgehog The little hedgehog loves children to slide down his nose. The two climbing steps are covered in rugged Tretford carpet, and the slide with linoleum. Birch. W 63” x H 24 ½” x D 19 ½”, W 160 x H 62 x D 49.2 cm. Mountain climbing experience for the littlest ones 13 climbing grips are pre-mounted and the space between the grips is selected so that even 1-year-olds can reach the upper 5 grips with their hands by climbing, although their feet do not come past the lower 8 grips. A little bell or some little “reward” can be fastened on top. Birch. W 37“ x H 66“ x D 8“, W 94 x H 167 x D 20 cm. 474891 Climbing wall 474899 Bell Activity Systems Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 481
Sivu 484


Flexible Climbing Wall Varied grips for variable climbing Anti-twist climbing grips p. 483 Numbered climbing p. 484 Climbing obstacle p. 484 B Benefits >> Grid holes make it easy to quickly and freely reposition the climbing grips. This means that a climbing wall can be designed to suit different levels of difficulty. >> Children can help plan the climbing route and re-bolt it – this encourages communication and social interaction. >> The distance between holes (5 ¼“, 12.8 cm) is always the same. This means that the Haba climbing grips (p. 483) can even be bolted between two walls. A Climbing walls with flexible grip arrangement Birch wood carrier plate, ¾“, 18 mm thick. A 474021 Small, W 35 ½“ x H 33 ¼“, W 89.6 x H 84 cm B 474022 Large, W 35 ½“ x H 85 ¼“, W 89.6 x H 216 cm Uniform hole grid makes it easy to mount the climbing grips on the wall transitions For solid mounting without damaging the climbing wall surface, we recommend the climbing grip sets (item nos. 112025, 112026 and 112027) on page 483. Also available in colors (linoleum surface) for an upcharge. A true climbing Eldorado Order options on page 479. Combination of climbing gym (from p. 470), hanging trail (from p. 474) and climbing walls (from p. 478) - Various climbing options with different levels of difficulty. - Climbing, moving hand over hand and adventure. 482
Sivu 485


Climbing Climbing Grips Form, size and surface structures guarantee special climbing experiences Quality: >> Various surface structures: grooves, knobs, troughs, smootsurfaces and rear cuts – Various climbing experiences and degrees of difficulty depending upon where it is mounted >> Grip surface is not as porous as other commercially available climbing grips – Stays cleaner >> Smooth surface – Reduces wounds when slipping – Guarantees good grip smooth surface knobs How it can be used: >> Toddler, kindergarten and school >> Well-suited for therapy due to the size of the grip Fastening: >> Two main fastening holes – non-shift mounting, less danger of breakage when bolting on the grips – Easy grip remounting without damaging the climbing wall >> Four assembly positions – various grip and step options with differing degree of difficulty >> Can be mounted on house walls or climbing walls (article number 474021 and 474022 on page 482) grooves rough certified in DIN EN 1176 rear cutout Nine grips in three colors Various surface structures. Grips are specially tuned to children’s need for movement. Because they are large, they can also be gripped with both hands. The degree of roughness guarantees good hold, but doesn’t cause pain to hands if they slip off. These climbing grip sets are certified in conformity with DIN EN 1176 and can be used for kindergarten and school children. Even small children or those who are not that well developed can climb on them. Four different ways to mount them provide additional degrees of difficulty for each grip. These grips only fit climbing walls article number 474022 and 474021 (on page 482). Acrylic resin and silica sand. Content: 9 climbing grips each. 112025 Green 112026 Gray 112027 Yellow Each set includes 9 unique grips. Optional Mounting sets for Haba climbing grips Suitable for attachment of climbing grip sets, item nos. 112025, 112026 and 112027, to flexible climbing walls, stone walls or wooden walls. Minimum requirements for wood attachment set: plywood, fiberboard or solid spruce. Minimum requirements for stone attachment set: solid masonry or concrete (not lightweight walls such as plasterboard or aerated concrete etc.!) 131984 For flexible climbing walls (474022 and 474021) 131797 For stone walls 131989 For wooden walls Activity Systems Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 483
Sivu 486


The Flexible Climbing Obstacle can be mounted on all climbing walls Climbing Grips 20 grips Grip and hose in one Insert the hose to the Velcro® fastener Climbing grips easy on your hands These grips satisfy the requirements of the DIN standard EN 1176.1 for playgrounds. They are rounded off and very easy on your hands. Ideal for all fields of application. Epoxy resin and silica sand. Supplied without hardware. Color: green. 3 ½“ x 2 ½“ x 1 ½“, 9 x 6 x 4 cm. 109972 20 pieces 8 Grips Climbing grips Climb through the loops Several hoses over one another as a tunnel The hose loosens if a child falls so that children cannot injure themselves Innovative idea for climbing walls The climbing grips can also be mounted on any climbing wall by using wooden bolts. The hose is Velcro® fastened onto the two grips creating a large loop. You can determine the width of the loop with the space between grips. You can mount several climbing loops: after one another, under one another and crossways. This makes the climbing course more difficult but also more interesting. As the hose is Velcro® fastened, they loosen, if children ever fall. Even on the soft hose itself no one can get hurt. Content: foam hose (Ø 1 ½“, 4 cm; L 47 ¼“, 120 cm) and 2 climbing grips with Velcro® (Ø 1 ¼“, 3 cm). Hardware not included (6 wooden bolts). 112028 Climbing obstacle Number climbing physical education and math all rolled into one Climbing grips colorful Even beginners will manage routes if the climbing holds are fixed close together and at regular intervals. It’s more difficult when the holds are arranged randomly and far apart from one another. Made from epoxy resin and silica sand. Approx. 4 ½ x 2 ¾“, 11 x 7 cm. Contents: 8 items (2 of each in blue, red, yellow and green). Hardware not included. 110857 8 pieces Optional Installation kits for climbing grips on flexible climbing walls Suitable for attaching the green (item no. 109972) or colorful climbing grips (item no. 110857) on the flexible climbing walls (item no. 474021 and 474022; p. 482). Note: for secure anti-shift attachment you must use wooden bolts; otherwise this damages the surface of the climbing wall. 023224 Green (contents: 20 x M10 socket head screws, 20 x wooden bolts) 023225 Colorful (contents: 8 x M10 socket head screws, 8 x wooden bolts) Numbers from 1 to 10 climbing link Math games on the climbing wall The climbing numbers can be used on any climbing walls. Metal rings are bolted on the climbing wall with Velcro®. 10 Velcro® numbers from 1 to 10 (Ø 1 ½“, 4 cm; D 1 ½“, 4 cm); 10 metal rings with Velcro. (Ø 3 ¼“, 8 cm) 112029 Number climbing Mounting Kits for Climbing grips For assembling the climbing holds to walls made of stone or Wood. Only suitable for item no. 109972 and 110857. Each set includes 10 hanger bolts, sleeve nuts, dowels (for masonry) and washers (for wood). Minimum requirements for mounting kit Wood: plywood panel, fiberboard panel or solid spruce (ideal: beech 1 ½” 40 mm thick). Minimum requirements for mounting kit Masonry: solid masonry or standard concrete walls (no lightweight walls such as drywall or aerated concrete, etc.). 050875 For masonry walls 050876 For wood walls
Sivu 487


Climbing Rung walls in various versions With or without mirror B C A hang in and secure F 55 ¼“, 140 cm 71“, 180 cm E 82 ¾“,210 cm DAYCARE CLIMBING WALL on page 481. round rungs Ø = 1 ¼", 3 cm Rung walls with large rung spacing – with and without mirror. Made of multiplex birch, ash rungs, mirror made of composite safety glass (½", 8 mm). Frame 1 ¼", 30 mm thick, rungs Ø 1 ¼", 30 mm. Width: 31 ½“, 80 cm. Rung spacing: with 71", 180 cm height and 7 rungs 10 ¾", 27 cm, with 55 ¼", 140 cm height and 5 rungs 12", 30 cm. A B 474002 55 ¼" x 31 ½", without mirror (not pictured) 474003 55 ¼" x 31 ½", with mirror 474004 71" x 31 ½", without mirror (not pictured) 474005 71" x 31 ½", with mirror Rung walls C The 1st and 3rd rung from the top are brought forward. Rung walls with rounded frames and 14 rungs each. Rounded softwood frame and ash rungs. Includes hardware. 111427 single, 82 ¾" x 31 ½", 210 x 80 cm 111428 double, 82 ¾" x 63", 210 x 160 cm Wood rung walls D The elliptical rungs are easy to hold on to. With rounded softwood corners and ash rungs: the 1st and 3rd rungs are further forward. Includes hardware. 110875 Single, 102 ½" x 39 ½", 260 x 100 cm 110876 Double, 102 ½" x 78 ¾", 260 x 200 cm Cross brace for lightweight construction (non weight bearing walls) For all rung walls - with lightweight construction, plasterboard or partition walls. Please mount the rung walls with a cross brace at the top and bottom. Each rung wall requires 2 x mounting materials. Cross section: 35 ½" x 15 ¾", 90 x 40 cm. Pine, natural. 127413 Cross brace for 31 ½", 80 cm and 39 ½", 100 cm width 127415 Cross brace for 63", 160 cm and 78 ¾", 200 cm width Note Please ensure adequate fall protection for all rung walls! Universal rope climber E For attachment to all rung walls with a width of at least 31 ½", 80 cm. Made of natural pine wood with grip-friendly, ¾", 1.5 cm thick, polypropylene cord (mesh size approx. 9 ¼", 23 cm). Base ends of the frame with robust, non-slip rubber caps; suspension fixture with safety lock. W 43" x H 90 ¾" x D 4 ¾", W 109 x H 230 x D 12 cm. 025177 Large mirror F You can mount this gigantic mirror surface in vertical and landscape format. Frames made of genuine birch timber. W 29 ½“ x H 78 ¾“, W 74 x H 200 cm. 697762 North face G Eight bars and various cut out shapes help children climb the wall. For hanging on all rung walls. 31 ½" x 90 ¾", 80 x 230 cm. Pine frame and grips, birch plywood panel. 025176 Roller board track H Children can use the side grip rail to pull themselves up while lying on the roller board, before zipping down again. The roller board track can be hung up on the rung walls. Birch wood. Roller board track: L 90 ¾" x W 23 ¾", L 230 x W 60 cm, distance to guide rails: 13 ½", 34 cm. 110589 oval rungs H 1 ¾", W 1 ¼", H 4, W 3 cm G round rungs Ø = 1 ¼", 3 cm H D C 14 ¼“, 35,8 cm Distance between rungs 3 ½", 8.9 cm. 17“, 43 cm Distance between rungs 3 ½", 8.5 cm. 102 ½“, 260 cm 82 ¾“, 210 cm Activity Systems Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 485
Sivu 488


Climbing and gymnastic walls – plenty of movement in a limited space Put your own climbing wall together: completely customized to your space and the needs of your children. From flat climbing and gymnastics walls to folding 3-dimensional adventure climbing walls, everything is possible to offer children varied movement stimulus. Frames made of solid Nordic spruce, rungs made of solid ash and stainless steel, ropes made of polypropylene, climbing wall made of plywood. Size of all elements: W 39 ½" x H 84 ¾" x D 3 ¾", W 100 x H 215 x D 9 cm. Benefits >> Lots of tactile experiences due to various materials >> Elements can be combined as desired >> Can be combined with hang-on elements (see page 485) >> Maximum safety thanks to foamcovered base with gym mat material Rung wall With larger spacing between rungs. 111233 Climbing rope element Padded frame. 111228 Large rung wall Padded frame. 111231 Mounting sets for all climbing and gymnastics walls Wall-floor-attachment sets You will need 1 attachment set per element. 110882 For 3 ½", 8.9 cm distance from the wall (not suitable for item nos. 111227, 112123 and 111235) 110883 For 15 ¾", 40 cm distance from the wall 111249 For 15 ¾", 40 cm distance from the wall with underfloor heating Rope ladder element More challanging than wall bars but not as wobbly as a normal rope ladder. Ropes are attached to the frame at the top and bottom. 112123 Climbing net element For plenty of variety while climbing. Rope rungs. 111227 The rope ladder element, climbing net element and adventure rung wall may only be mounted with a distance to the wall of 15 ¾", 40 cm! Adventure rung wall Rungs made of various materials (metal, wood, rope), and with various diameters ensure a special climbing experience. 111235 Cross brace for lightweight construction (non load bearing walls) Use a cross brace when attaching climbing and gymnastics walls to lightweight, plasterboard or partition walls. Pine. Without underfloor heating: you need 1 cross brace for the top attachment point, and at the bottom the gym wall is attached to the floor. With underfloor heating: you need 1 cross brace each for the top and bottom. Contents: 1 cross brace. 127415 Cross brace for 78 ¾", 2 m width 127416 Cross brace for 118 ¼", 3 m width 127418 Cross brace for 157 ½", 4 m width Climbing chimney Gives the feeling of climbing up a crevice. With climbing holds made of epoxy resin and quartz sand on both sides. 112124 Climbing wall, blue Grips on both sides. 111234 Grip mix climbing wall element Judge distances, test your own strength and coordinate the movement of arms and legs. 111236 Hinge mechanism for climbing and gymnastics walls Pivot the walls up to 90°. The hinge mechanism can only be used with at least one gymnastic wall. Material: wood. 023469 486
Sivu 489


Climbing and Gymnastics Walls Benefits >> Distance from wall can be selected: 3 ½", 8.9 cm 15 ¾", 40 cm 4 fields >> The benefit of a 15 ¾", 40 cm distance from wall: the climbing wall can be used from both sides, i.e. children can climb through and over it >> Can be individually put together: type, number and arrangement of the elements is freely selectable Climbing and gymnastic wall with 4 fields Consists of the following elements: large rung wall, climbing net element, "grip mix" climbing wall element, rung wall; incl. wall clearance holder for 15 ¾", 40 cm distance from the wall. W 157 ½" x H 84 ¾" x D 3 ¾", W 400 x H 215 x D 9 cm. 111257 Mat sets for 15 ¾", 40 cm distance from the wall Mat set for 3 ½", 8.9 cm distance from the wall on request. 2-field version 3-field version 4-field version 200x40 200x40 100x40 200x40 200x40 200x100 200x100 150x100 150x100 200x100 150x100 150x100 200x100 200x100 200x100 200x100 150x100 150x100 150x100 200x100 200x100 200x100 200x100 150x100 150x100 150x100 150x100 200x100 200x100 200x100 200x100 200x100 200x100 100x100 200x100 200x100 200x100 200x100 200x100 200x100 For climbing and gymnastic walls with 2 fields and 15 ¾", 40 cm distance from the wall. For climbing and gymnastic walls with 3 fields and 15 ¾", 40 cm distance from the wall. For climbing and gymnastic walls with 4 fields and 15 ¾", 40 cm distance from the wall. Fall protection mat base set Consists of a total of 5 fall protection mats (2 ½", 6 cm height): 2 mats 78 ¾" x 39 ½", 200 x 100 cm, 2 mats 59 ¼" x 39 ½", 150 x 100 cm, 1 mat 78 ¾" x 15 ¾", 200 x 40 cm. 024706 Head 024709 Head light Fall protection mat base set Consists of a total of 7 fall protection mats (2 ½", 6 cm height): 2 mats 78 ¾" x 39 ½", 200 x 100 cm, 3 mats 59 ¼" x 39 ½", 150 x 100 cm, 1 mat 78 ¾" x 15 ¾", 200 x 40 cm, 1 mat 39 ½" x 15 ¾", 100 x 40 cm. 024707 Head 024710 Head light Fall protection mat base set Consists of a total of 8 fall protection mats (2 ½", 6 cm height): 2 mats 78 ¾" x 39 ½", 200 x 100 cm, 4 mats 59 ¼" x 39 ½", 150 x 100 cm, 2 mats 78 ¾" x 15 ¾", 200 x 40 cm. 024708 Head 024711 Head light Fall protection mat extension set Consists of 5 fall protection mats (2 ½", 6 cm height): 5 mats 78 ¾" x 39 ½", 200 x 100 cm. 022904 Head 022911 Head light Fall protection mat extension set Consists of 6 fall protection mats (2 ½", 6 cm height): 5 mats 78 ¾" x 39 ½", 200 x 100 cm, 1 mat 39 ½" x 39 ½", 100 x 100 cm. 022829 Head 022882 Head light Fall protection mat extension set Consists of 6 fall protection mats (2 ½", 6 cm height): 6 mats 78 ¾" x 39 ½", 200 x 100 cm. 022909 Head 022906 Head light Activity Systems Note Note Hinweis Base mat sets and extension mat sets comply with the fall protection space in accordance with DIN EN 1177. For fast and back-friendly mat laying we recommend the mat set lightweight mat set Head light. >> Ensure appropriate distance to the ceiling in order to avoid dangerous gaps. Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 487
Sivu 490


folding Adventure climbing walls – folding or fixed: Put together your own adventure climbing wall from the single elements on p. 486 5 fields Adventure climbing wall with 5 fields Folding. Consists of the following elements: large rung wall, climbing net element, grip mix climbing wall, climbing rope element and rung wall. W 120 ½“ x H 88 ¾“ x D 45 ¾“, W 306 x H 225 x D 116 cm. Note: not suitable for sprung or sport floors. 111295 Cross brace for lightweight construction (non weight bearing walls) For all adventure climbing walls. Please always use a cross brace when attaching adventure climbing walls to lightweight, plasterboard or partition walls. Pine. Contents: 1 cross brace. For assembly you need 3 cross braces for each of the corresponding field versions. 127415 Cross brace for 3-field version 127416 Cross brace for 4-field version 127418 Cross brace for 5-field version Folding for more free space or fixed for all flooring types Please select the appropriate assembly set: Folding assembly set For all adventure climbing walls. Ensures that they can be folded against the wall to save space when not being used. 023341 3-field version 023343 4-field version 023344 5-field version Non-folding assembly set For all adventure climbing walls. The walls cannot be folded. 023319 3-field version 023318 4-field version 023317 5-field version Note folding adventure climbing walls cannot be mounted on sprung or sport floors. Hinged version – it‘s simple A stainless steel hinge mechanism makes it possible to push together the climbing and gymnastics walls into a unit with a depth of only 8 ¾“, 22 cm to save space. Secure locking mechanism Adventure climbing wall set up ... or mounted flat on the wall 488
Sivu 491


Adventure Climbing Walls The right fall protection mat set for the corresponding adventure climbing wall 3-field version. 4-field version 5-field version 115x100 115x100 106x52 106x52 115x100 115x100 115x100 115x100 106x93,5 106x93,5 200x100 200x100 200x100 115x100 115x100 115x100 115x100 106x100 106x86 106x100 115x100 115x100 161x100 161x100 135x100 135x100 135x100 161x100 161x100 135x100 135x100 135x100 168x100 200x100 200x100 168x100 168x100 168x100 168x100 168x100 200x100 Fall protection mat basis set For adventure climbing wall with 3 fields. Consists of a total of 6 fall protection mats (2 ½“, 6 cm height): 2 mats 63 ½“ x 39 ½“, 161 x 100 cm, 2 mats 42 ½“ x 39 ½“, 115 x 100 cm, 2 mats 41 ¾“ x 20 ½“, 106 x 52 cm. 022915 Head 022913 Head light Fall protection mat extension set For adventure climbing wall with 3 fields. Consists of 6 fall protection mats (2 ½“, 6 cm height): 2 mats 78 ¾“ x 39 ½“, 200 x 100 cm, 2 mats 63 ½“ x 39 ½“, 161 x 100 cm, 2 mats 45 ½“ x 39 ½“, 115 x 100 cm. 022921 Head 022916 Head light Fall protection mat basis set For adventure climbing wall with 4 fields. Consists of a total of 7 fall protection mats (2 ½“, 6 cm height): 3 mats 53 ¼“ x 39 ½“, 135 x 100 cm, 2 mats 45 ½“ x 39 ½“, 115 x 100 cm, 2 mats 41 ¾“ x 37“, 106 x 93.5 cm. 024712 Head 024714 Head light Fall protection mat extension set For adventure climbing wall with 4 fields. Consists of 7 fall protection mats (2 ½“, 6 cm height): 3 mats 53 ¼“ x 39 ½“, 135 x 100 cm, 2 mats 78 ¾“ x 39 ½“, 200 x 100 cm, 2 mats 45 ½“ x 39 ½“, 115 x 100 cm. 022924 Head 022830 Head light Fall protection mat basis set For adventure climbing wall with 5 fields. Consists of 8 fall protection mats (2 ½“, 6 cm height): 3 mats 66 ¼“ x 39 ½“, 168 x 100 cm, 2 mats 45 ½“ x 39 ½“, 115 x 100 cm, 2 mats 41 ¾“ x 39 ½“, 106 x 100 cm, 1 mat 41 ¾“ x 34“, 106 x 86 cm. 024713 Head 024715 Head light Fall protection mat extension set For adventure climbing wall with 5 fields. Consists of 7 fall protection mats (2 ½“, 6 cm height): 3 mats 66 ¼“ x 39 ½“, 168 x 100 cm, 2 mats 78 ¾“ x 39 ½“, 200 x 100 cm, 2 mats 45 ½“ x 39 ½“, 115 x 100 cm. 022831 Head 022898 Head light Note The base mat set and extension mat set comply with secured fall protection in accordance with DIN EN 1177. For fast and back-friendly mat laying we recommend the lightweight mat set Head light. Roller and Wave Slides B ROLLER BOARD TRACK on page 485. Easy hanging A They get everything rolling! Sliding is especially thrilling on the moving, round, wooden-mounted special foam rollers. The body is massaged, when sliding on the back, tummy, knees or backside, forward or backward. All roller slides can be hung on rung walls or stepped platforms. The wave slide can be hung on rung walls with large gaps and all stepped platforms. Plywood frame, rollers made of durable thick foam material. A 025348 Roller-slide, L 78 ¾" x W 23 ¾", L 200 x W 60 cm 025351 Roller-slide, L 98 ½“ x W 23 ¾“, L 250 x W 60 cm 025350 Roller-slide, L 118 ¼“ x W 23 ¾“, L 300 x W 60 cm B 117082 Wave-slide, L 80 ¾“ x W 23“, L 205 x W 58 cm Roller slide in 3 lengths Activity Systems Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 489
Sivu 492


BALANCI NG BOARDS Playing with Balance The balancing path is a variable system consisting of blocks and boards, which can be used for different age groups. The boards are simply hung into the rungs of the balancing blocks. Construction is so easy that children can even do it themselves, allowing them to design the balancing course individually and to vary the level of difficulty. Helps the child: >> Provides targeted support of vestibular kinesthetic awareness >> Improves balancing skills >> Trains the ability to self-correct balance Supports the teachers >> Instructional range of easily implemented tasks, from easy (boards on the ground), to difficult (slowly gain height) all the way to incorporation of additional tasks >> Children can be integrated into the construction or independently take it over >> Can be combined with available equipment in the movement room or gym >> difficulty can be easily adjusted to suit the children's abilities Balancing Block at 2 Heights >> The HABA balancing path is certified as "particularly development promoting". 18“, 45 cm 39 ¾“, 100 cm Balancing Block, small Consists of 2 connected “walls” of rungs and a cover that can be hung into the balancing boards. This creates a long balancing path where there is nothing to hold onto. The block also acts as a “half-way” platform. Birch wood, ¾“, 18 mm thick. W 41 ¼“ x H 17 ¾“, W 105 x H 45 cm, cover 24“ x 24“, 61 x 61 cm. 112000 Balancing Block Consists of 2 “walls” of rungs connected in a cross shape. The platform can be used to stand on and creates additional stability. Includes platform (10“ x 10“, 25 x 25 cm). Birch wood, ¾“, 18 mm thick. W 51 ¼“ x H 39 ½“, W 130 x H 100 cm. 111813 490
Sivu 493


Balancieren Storage Wall Bracket for Balancing Boards For 5 balancing boards. Coated steel tube with rubber balls, non-slip coating on points of support. W 35 ½“ x D 12“, 90 x D 30 cm. 111838 2 pieces Wall Bracket for Balancing Blocks For 3 balancing blocks. Coated steel tube with rubber balls, non-slip coating on points of support. Approx. 15 ¾“ x 15 ¾“, 40 x 40 cm. 111833 2 pieces Balancing boards saving sets Set Basis Set Sensory- Motor Skills Set Challenge Balance Set Basis Includes 1 each: - Balance board (111800), length 7’, 2.16 m - Monkey ladder (111803), length 7’, 2.16 m - Bead snake (111807), length 7’, 2.16 m - Rockers (111820), length 7’, 2.16 m - Balance snake, horizontal (111828), length 7’, 2.16 m 111836 Balance Set Sensory Motor Skills Includes 1 each: - Board Fakir (111805), length 7’, 2.16 m - Bead snake (111807), length 7’, 2.16 m - Jungle bridge (111824), length 10’ 6“, 3.16 m - Monkey ladder (111803), length 7’, 2.16 m. 111850 Balance Set Challenge Includes 1 each: - Board river rocks (111831), length 7’, 2.16 m - Board with rockers (111820), length 7’, 2.16 m - Jungle bridge (111824), length 10’ 6“, 3.16 m - Balancing curve, horizontal (111829), length 10’ 6“, 3.16 m. 111851 Activity Systems Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 491
Sivu 494


Balance Board Touch & Feel Balance Board with Feet Rubber balls (Ø 1 ½", 50 mm) make it: >> slip-resistant >> not damage the floor >> safe for hanging >> With metal support (1 ¾" x 1 ¾", 40 x 40 mm) >> Balance boards of genuine birch wood (8", 20 cm wide, 1", 21 mm thick) >> Balance bars of steel pipe, Ø 1 ½", 35 mm, wall thickness ¼", 4 mm, powder-coated >> Two different lengths >> Weight capacity up to 243 lbs./110 kg (for 7', 2.16 m length) or 155 lbs./70 kg (for 10' 6", 3.16 m length) – in school classes for ages up to 12 years >> Trampoline board with weight capacity up to 176 lbs/80 kg Tilt A Balance Boards in 7', 2.16 m length Sense with feet Narrow with support surface B C River Rocks A 4 round stepping surfaces (Ø 7 ¾”, 20 cm), supported on rubber elements, sideways or diagonal tilting. 111831 Monkey Ladder B With side rails, rectangular or crescent-shaped, and half-spheres made of wood. All parts rounded and painted in bright colors. 111803 A prickly porcupine feelt Smooth surface D E F Bead Snake C Tube made of nylon fabric, filled with beads. 111807 Fakir D With round brushes made of plastic and wooden dowels. 111805 Balance Board E With smooth surface. 111800 Rock without tilting Rockers F 1 diagonal and 1 sideways tilting board, supported on rubber elements. 111820
Sivu 495


Can be combined with the balance bridge m Tra poline board as light as a feather Balancing Flexible and holds up to 176 lbs. or 80 kg Trampoline Board A flexible and light as a ski, the board cushions every step as it does not have a metal beam and has been laminated with plastic fibers. The plastic fibers make the board both flexible and stable. 112005 Length: 7’, 2.16 m. Extra-long balancing Fun in 7', 2.16 m und 10'6", 3.16 m lengths Board with Jungle Bridge G 2 curved steel tubes with wooden braces, half spheres on diagonal braces for better stability. 111822 Length 7’, 2.16 m 111824 Length 10’ 6“, 3.16 m Balance Snake Horizontal H Steel tube, Ø approx. 2”, 5 cm. 111828 Length 7’, 2.16 m 111829 Length 10’ 6“, 3.16 m G H Slanted Up and Down: Something for all the Senses Left and Right Wire Balancing Act Sophisticated balancing elements used separately or as supplement to the balancing path J K Trains motor skills Wobbly beam The balance beam is narrower than a gymnastic balance beam and yields when balanced on. Helps to improve fitness, coordination and motor skills. The narrow side can be placed down to increase the level of difficulty. Soft, closed-cell special foam. Will not absorb dirt or moisture, long lasting and hygienic. Color: Blue. 64“, 162 cm long, base 9 ½“, 24 cm and top 2 ¼“, 6 cm wide. 054213 Wobbly tall balancing fun, two These need a good sense of balance: simple exercises, like half squats or standing on one leg, become a real challenge on the balancing see-saw plate. The balancing see-saw board is also wobbly, as the rubber elements mean the board leans to the right or left. Two children can balance on the long surface at the same time, either to enjoy wobbling or to find their balance. Tip: a fun balancing course can be put together with multiple balancing seesaw plates, or a combination of balancing see-saw boards and plates. Birch wood, rubber. J 120482 Balancing see-saw plate, color: natural and green, size: Ø 15 ¾", 40 cm, tread surfaces Ø 8", 20 cm, height 3 ¾", 9 cm K 120486 Balancing see-saw board, color: natural and red, size: L 35 ½" x W 14", L 90 x W 35 cm, tread surface L 27 ¾" x W 6", L 70 x W 15 cm, height 3 ¾", 9 cm Activity Systems Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 493
Sivu 497


Office Furniture “Alena“ is a system with functional and timeless furniture for office and teacher rooms. Get inspired with bright and friendly looking cabinets and tables made of real wood birch veneer. Office Furniture
Sivu 498


Staff Room 10 Year GUARANTEE Reception areas and staff rooms should make a pleasant first impression - for both staff and visitors. Friendly color design and modern equipment create an environment where everyone feels comfortable and welcome right from the start. “alena”, our furniture range for offices and staff rooms, looks light and friendly with its genuine birch veneer. Desk workplaces for interruption-free work, room for meetings, storage space or comfortable corners for taking a break. Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. Made in Germany Teachers Room WELL ORGANIZED - Everything is well organized, within easy reach and neatly arranged 496 EVERYTHING IN ITS PLACE: Tall cupboards with attachments feature storage space and lockable cupboards.
Sivu 499


Personalraum Staff Rooms for Teachers Belongings cupboards at easy-to-reach height can hold personal odds and ends, as well as large DIN A4 folders size 8 ¼“ x 11 ¾“. The letter slot with mailbox, makes sure that important messages end up where they belong. Matching material boxes and accessories on page 502. A PROFESSIONAL ACE: Being well organized makes work quicker and easier. Work materials, manuals, references, forms, work utensils and similar things that are used by all members of staff should always be close at hand. “alena” has thought of that too - DIN A4 folders size 8 ¼“ x 11 ¾“ easily fit into the compartments and dividers mean structure can be created in wide, open cupboards. Easy-to-read compartment labeling saves time spent searching. Office furniture doesn‘t need to be boring. Elegant aluminum appearance is striking. The virtually soundless roller doors are lockable, so it is suitable for storing confidential documents. Office Furniture Personal- und Verwaltungsräume Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 497
Sivu 500


Staff Room 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. Made in Germany A TALENT FOR ORGANIZATION: the cabinet range is compact, and keeps everything well organized. The modern table and chair combination makes space for meetings and breaks. To keep everything on the straight and narrow you need to have a talent for organization, and your furniture has to help out too – just like the "alena" cabinet range does. The locker cabinet, with mail slots, has space for personal items and notices. The magazine cabinet shows what's new, and invites browsing. Behind the presentation flap you can find older issues, which can be referred to or browsed. In general, with the "alena" cabinets we have ensured that DIN A4 folders fit everywhere: both behind closed doors and on the open shelves. IN FOCUS: the magazine cabinet presents the latest issue and at the same time is an archive for older issues. 498
Sivu 501


Personalraum MORE PLACE: Table may be quickly extended for meetings. EMERGENCY BED: The couch can be transformed into a bed if required. CREATIVE TIME OUT: discussions with colleagues. The little pin boards keep important things separated: information, ideas and notices. WELL ORGANIZED: clear arrangement simply saves time. Office Furniture Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 499
Sivu 502


Select handle options on page 503. Cabinets W 17 ¾" x H 33 ½" x 16 ¾", W 44,8 x H 84,8 x D 42 cm Narrow Shelving Unit, open With 1 shelf insert. 786000 Narrow Shelving Unit, open With 2 shelf inserts. 786001 Narrow Shelving Unit, open With 3 shelf inserts. 786002 Narrow Drawer Cabinet With 3 drawers. 786020 Narrow Cabinet with Door With 1 shelf insert. 786010 Left hinge door 786011 Right hinge door (not shown) Sideboards W 33 ½" x H 33 ½" x D 16 ¾", W 85 x H 84,8 x D 42 cm Wide Shelving Unit, open With 1 shelf insert. 786100 Wide Shelving Unit, open With 2 shelf inserts. 786101 Wide Shelving Unit, open With 3 shelf inserts. 786102 Wide Cabinet with two Doors With 1 shelf insert. 786110 Wide Drawer Cabinet With 6 drawers. 786120 Drawers can be pulled out all the way. Wide Lateral file Cabinet –European Filing System With 2 drawers for hanging folders. Lock incl. 786130 Sound proof: Drawers are quiet to close. Cabinets W 17 ¾“ x H 48 ½" x D 16 ¾“, W 44,8 x H 123,2 x D 42 cm 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. Made in Germany Narrow Shelving Unit, open With 2 shelf inserts. 786200 Narrow Drawer Cabinet With 3 drawers and 1 open compartment. 786220 Narrow Cabinet with Door With 1 shelf insert and 1 open compartment. 786210 Left hinge door (not shown) 786211 Right hinge door Narrow Cabinet with Door With 2 shelf inserts. 786212 Left hinge door (not shown) 786213 Right hinge door 500
Sivu 503


Select handle options on page 503. Sideboards W 33 ½" x H 48 ½" x D 16 ¾", W 85 x H 123,2 x D 42 cm Wide Shelving Unit, open With 2 shelf inserts. 786300 Wide Shelving Unit, open With 4 shelf inserts. 786301 Wide Cabinet with two Doors With 1 shelf insert and 1 open compartment. 786310 Wide Drawer Cabinet With 6 drawers and 1 open compartment. 786320 Wide Cabinet with two Doors With 2 shelf inserts. 786311 Wide Lateral file Cabinet – European Filing System With 2 drawers for hanging folders with lock and 1 open compartment. 786330 Corner Cabinet 2 shelf inserts. 786340 Wall Unit B • Door cupboard left (786010) • 2 x shelved cupboards (786200) • Double door cupboard (786311) • Door cupboard right (786011) • 2 x book shelves (786900) Incl. glass rail handles. H 100 ½“ x H 78 ¾“ x D 16 ½“, 265 x W 200 x D 42 cm. 787801 Cabinets W 17 ¾" x H 78 ¾“ x D 16 ¾“, W 44,8 x H 200 x D 42 cm Narrow Tall Cabinet, open With 1 fixed shelf and 3 shelf inserts. 786400 Narrow Tall Cabinet With 3 drawers and 3 open compartments. 786420 Narrow Magazine Cabinet With 5 drawers. 786490 Narrow Wardrobe Cabinet With 2 wardrobe hooks and 1 shoe tray. 786450 Narrow Tall Cabinet With door, 1 fixed shelf and 4 shelf inserts. 786410 Left door 786411 Right door (not shown) Narrow Tall Cabinet With door, 1 fixed shelf and 4 shelf inserts. 786412 Left door 786413 Right door (not shown) Narrow Tall Cabinet With door, 1 fixed shelf and 4 shelf inserts. 786414 Left door 786415 Right door (not shown) Narrow Cubby Cabinet With 4 doors incl. locks and 1 open compartment. 786442 Left door 786443 Right door (not shown) Narrow Cubby Cabinet With 5 doors incl. locks. 786440 Left door 786441 Right door (not shown) Stackable Cabinet H 15 ¾“ x D 16 ¾“, H 40 x D 42 cm Shelf inserts Narrow Stackable Cabinet Incl. 1 shelf insert. W 17 ¾", W 44,8 cm. 786600 Left door (not shown) 786601 Right door Wide Stackable Cabinet Incl. 1 shelf insert. With doors. W 33 ½“ , W 85 cm. 786610 Short Shelf Insert W 15 ¾“ x H 1“ x D 14 ½“, W 40 x H 2 x D 37 cm. 786981 Long Shelf Insert W 32“ x H 1“ x D 14 ½“, W 81 x H 2 x D 37 cm. 786982 Office Furniture Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 501
Sivu 504


Select handle options on page 503. Cabinets W 33 ½“ x H 78 ¾“ x D 16 ¾“, W 85 x H 200 x D 42 cm Shelf Unit A • Tall cupboard with shutter (786514) • 2 x book shelves (786901) • 2 x shelved cupboards (786100) • 1 x wide tall cabinet (786512) • 8 x material boxes (787911) Includes glass rail handles. W 134“ x H 78 ¾“ x D 16 ½“, W 340 x H 200 x D 42 cm. 787800 Wide Tall Cabinet With 1 fixed shelf and 3 shelf inserts. 786500 With 1 fixed shelf and 5 shelf inserts. (not shown) 786501 Wide Tall Cabinet With 2 fixed shelves and 6 shelf inserts. 786502 Wide Tall Cabinet With two doors and 3 compartments. 786510 Wide Tall Cabinet With 6 drawers and 3 compartments. 786520 Wide Tall Cabinet With 2 drawers (incl. lock) for hanging folders and 3 compartments. 786530 Wide Tall Cabinet With two doors and 2 compartments, 1 fixed shelf and 4 shelf inserts. 786511 Wide Tall Cabinet With two doors, 1 drawer for hanging folders and 2 compartments. 786531 Wide Tall Cabinet With two doors, 1 fixed shelf and 4 shelf inserts. 786512 Wide Cubby Cabinet With 10 doors incl. locks. 786540 Wide Locker With 8 lockers with mail slot and lock, as well as one open compartment. 786541 Teacher's Cabinet With 4 lockers with mail slot and lock, 1 fixed shelf, 1 shelf insert, 2 doors. 786542 Wide Tall Cabinet With two doors, 1 fixed shelf, 3 shelf inserts and lockable roll door. 786514 Accessories Material boxes - robust polyester fabric H 6 ¼" x D 14 ¼", H 15.5 x D 36 cm. 787900 small, W 10 ¼", 26 cm 787901 large, W 15 ½", 39 cm Supply Bins Made of Birch Wood H 6 ¼“ x D 14 ¼“, H 15.5 x D 36 cm. 787910 Small, W 10 ¼“, 26 cm 787911 Large, W 15 ½“, 39 cm Wide Wardrobe Cabinet, open With 3 cloakroom hooks and 1 hat and shoe compartment. 786550 Wide Wardrobe Cabinet With doors, 1 fixed shelf, clothes rack and 5 compartments. 786551 Organizer Insert For dividing open compartments in 33 ½“, 85 cm wide cabinets. Consists of 2 center walls and 9 shelves. W 32“ x H 14 ½“ x D 14 ½“, W 81 x H 36.4 x D 37 cm. 786985 Furniture Safe, small Corresponds to VDMA 24992 Safety Class B. One removable shelf. Interior dimensions: W 13 ¾“ x H 11“ x D 12“, W 28 x H 20.6 x D 21.6 cm. Steel. Color: RAL 7035 light gray. W 13 ¾“ x H 11“ x D 12“, W 35 x H 28 x D 30 cm. 786986 502
Sivu 505


Select handle options below. Cabinets, extra deep H 78 ¾“ x D 23 ¾“, H 200 x D 60 cm Narrow Tall Cabinet With 1 door, 1 fixed shelf and 3 shelf inserts. Basic module: W 17 ¾“, 44.8 cm. Add-on module: W 17“, 42.8 cm. Left door 787000 Basic module (not shown) 787001 Add-on module (not shown) Right door 787002 Basic module 787003 Add-on module (not shown) Narrow Wardrobe Cabinet With 1 door, 1 fixed shelf and 1 clothes rod. Basic module: W 17 ¾ “, 44.8 cm. Add-on module: W 17“, 42.8 cm. Left door 787010 Basic module (not shown) 787011 Add-on module (not shown) Right door 787012 Basic module 787013 Add-on module (not shown) Narrow Cubby Cabinet With 5 doors incl. cylinder locks. Basic module: W 17 ¾“, 44.8 cm. Add-on module W 17“, 42.8 cm. Left door 787020 Basic module (not shown) 787021 Add-on module (not shown) Right door 787022 Basic module 787023 Add-on module (not shown) All cabinets on this page are delivered partially assembled. Wide Cubby Cabinet With 10 doors incl. cylinder locks. Basic module: W 33 ½“, 85 cm. Add-on module: W 32 ¾“, 83 cm. 787120 Basic module 787121 Add-on module (not shown) Wide Tall Cabinet With two doors, 1 fixed shelf and 4 shelf inserts. Basic module: W 33 ½“, 85 cm. Add-on module: W 32 ¾“, 83 cm. 787100 Basic module 787101 Add-on module (not shown) Wide Clothes Cabinet With 1 door, 1 fixed shelf, clothes rod and 5 compartments. Basic module: W 33 ½“, 85 cm. Add-on module: W 32 ¾“, 83 cm. 787110 Basic module 787111 Add-on module (not shown) Wide Tall Cabinet With 2 doors, 1 fixed shelf and clothes rod. Basic module: W 33 ½“, 85 cm. Add-on module: W 32 ¾“, 83 cm. 787112 Basic module 787113 Add-on module (not shown) Shelf inserts Top Cabinet H 15 ¾“, H 40 cm D 23 ¾“, D 60 cm 10 Year GUARANTEE Narrow Shelf Insert For D 23 ¾“, D 60 cm depth cabinets. W 17“, 42,5 cm. Thickness: ¾“, 2 cm. 786983 Large Shelf Insert For D 23 ¾“, D 60 cm depth cabinets. W 33½“, 85 cm. Thickness: ¾“, 2 cm. 786984 Wide Stackable Cabinet (not shown) With 1 shelf insert. 787610 Basic module, W 33 ½“, 85 cm. 787611 Add-on module, W 32 ¾“, 83 cm. Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. Made in Germany How to order Handles Mandatory specifications Optional specifications Lock for Hinged Doors Please select handle options. By default we deliver metal handle (U628). Glass guardrail handle (E601) available at additional upcharge. Glass Metal Guardrail For additional cost we will Handle Handle deliver the hinged doors U628 E601 with a lock. (DSS1) DSS1 Office Furniture Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 503
Sivu 506


Chairs on page 22 Base Cabinets Base Cabinet, Open One shelf. H 32 ¼” x D 15 ¾”, H 82 x D 40 cm. W 39 ½”, W 100 cm 176500 Base Cabinet, Open One center panel, two shelves. H 32 ¼” x D 15 ¾”, H 82 x D 40 cm. 176501 W 39 ½”, W 100 cm 176504 W 47 ¼”, W 120 cm Base Cabinet with Double Door Two hinged doors, one shelf. H 32 ¼” x D 16 ½”, H 82 x D 42 cm. 176520 W 39 ½”, W 100 cm Select surface on page 505. Modulo is a contemporary furniture line for outfitting offices and administrative areas. For designing a PC workplace, you can combine the different elements based on your unique requirements. You also have a choice when it comes to finish: white beech or light gray. Cabinet System modulo Material • Three-layer quality chip board, coated on both sides with melamine resin • Side and center walls, upper, lower, and fixed shelves as well as fronts are ¾“, 19 mm thick; back panels are ½“, 10 mm thick • Edges on the body are trimmed with UBS edges, edges and corners are rounded • Shelves are adjustable on metal supports with slideout preventers • Hinged doors with metal rail handles • 170° hinges Base Cabinet with Double Door Two hinged doors, one center panel, two shelves. H 32 ¼” x D 16 ½”, H 82 x D 42 cm. 176521 W 39 ½”, W 100 cm 176526 W 47 ¼”, W 120 cm Sliding Door Cabinet 2 sliding doors, 1 center panel and 2 shelves. H 32 ½" x 15 ¾", H 82 x 40 cm. 176527 W 39 ½", 100 cm 176528 W 47 ¼", 120 cm Base Cabinet with Drawers One center panel, two 5 ½”, 14 cm high drawers. Four 11”, 28 cm high drawers. W 39 ½” x H 32 ¼” x D 16 ½”, W 100 x H 82 x D 42 cm. 176540 Base Cabinet with Drawers One hinged door, one center panel, one shelf, one 5 ½”, 14 cm high drawer, two 11”, 28 cm high drawers. W 39 ½” x H 32 ¼” x D 16 ½”, W 100 x H 82 x D 42 cm. 176550 Left door open 176551 Right door open (not shown) Base Cabinet with Door One hinged door, one shelf. W 19 ¾” x H 32 ¼” x D 16 ½”, W 50 x H 82 x D 42 cm. 176510 Left door open 176511 Right door open (not shown) Top Cabinets Top Cabinet, Open One shelf. Incl. wall mounting hardware. W 39 ½”, H 18 ¼” x D 15 ¾”, W 100 x H 46 x D 40 cm. 176600 Top Cabinet, Open One center panel, two shelves. Incl. wall mounting hardware. W 39 ½” x H 18 ¼” x D 15 ¾”, W 100 x H 46 x D 40 cm. 176601 Top Cabinet with Double Door Two hinged doors, one shelf. Incl. wall mounting hardware. W 39 ½” x H 18 ¼” x D 16 ½”, W 100 x H 46 x D 42 cm. 176620 Top Cabinet with Double Door Two hinged doors, one center panel, two shelves. Incl. wall mounting hardware. W 39 ½” x H 18 ¼” x D 16 ½”, W 100 x H 46 x D 42 cm. 176621 Top Cabinet with Double Door 2 hinged doors, 1 shelf. Incl. wall-mounting set. H 28 ½" x D 16 ¾", H 72 x 42 cm. 176625 W 39 ½", 100 cm 176626 W 47 ¼", 120 cm Accessories Security Compartment With 3 mm steel casing and cylinder lock. Color: Gray-white. W 14 ½” x H 7 ½” x D 12 ¾”, W 37 x H 19 x D 32.5 cm. 176792 Shelf For 39 ½”, 100 cm wide hinged door cabinets with center panel. Including shelf supports. W 18 ½”, 47 cm. 176791 Shelf For 39 ½”, 100 cm wide hinged door cabinets without center panel. Including shelf supports. W 37 ¾”, 96 cm. 176790 504
Sivu 507


modulo Tall Cabinets Select surface below. Tall cabinet, Open 4 shelves. H 78 ¾” x D 15 ¾”, H 200 x D 40 cm. 176702 W 31 ½”, W 80 cm 176700 W 39 ½”, W 100 cm Tall cabinet, Open 1 center panel, 8 shelves. H 78 ¾” x D 15 ¾”, H 200 x D 40 cm. 176705 W 31 ½”, W 80 cm 176701 W 39 ½”, W 100 cm 176708 W 47 ¼”, W 120 cm Tall cabinet with Double Door 2 hinged doors, 4 shelves. H 78 ¾” x D 16 ½”, H 200 x D 42 cm. 176739 W 31 ½”, W 80 cm 176720 W 39 ½”, W 100 cm Tall cabinet with Double Door 2 hinged doors, 1 center panel, 8 shelves. H 78 ¾” x D 16 ½”, H 200 x D 42 cm. 176737 W 31 ½”, W 80 cm 176721 W 39 ½”, W 100 cm 176729 W 47 ¼”, W 120 cm Tall cabinet with Double Door On the top 2 shelves, on the bottom 2 hinged doors, 1 center panel, 2 shelves. H 78 ¾” x D 16 ½”, H 200 x D 42 cm. 176743 W 31 ½”, W 80 cm 176726 W 39 ½”, W 100 cm Tall cabinet with Double Door The top 1 center panel, 4 shelves; on the bottom hinged doors, 1 center panel, 2 shelves. W 39 ½” x H 78 ¾” x D 16 ½”, W 100 x H 200 x D 42 cm. 176725 Tall cabinet with Double Door 2 hinged doors, 1 center panel, 4 shelves, 1 pull-out clothes rail, 1hat rack. W 39 ½” x H 78 ¾” x D 16 ½”, W 100 x H 200 x D 42 cm. 176722 Wardrobe 2 hinged doors, 1 hat rack, 2 pull-out clothes rails. W 39 ½” x H 78 ¾” x D 16 ½”, W 100 x H 200 x D 42 cm. 176723 Tall Cabinet with 4 Doors On the top 2 hinged doors, 2 shelves; on the bottom 2 hinged doors, 1 center panel, two shelves. W 39 ½” x H 78 ¾” x D 16 ½”, W 100 x H 200 x D 42 cm. 176727 Tall Cabinet with Drawers On the top 2 shelves; on the bottom 2 drawers with suspension files, including central lock. W 39 ½" x H 78 ¾" x D 16 ¾", W 100 x H 200 x D 42 cm. 176730 Locker 8 lockable property compartments, 100° hinges. W 39 ½" x H 78 ¾" x D 16 ¾", W 100 x H 200 x D 42 cm, interior dimensions of the compartments: W 18 ½" x H 14 ¼" x D 15", W 47 x H 36 x D 38 cm. 176765 Locker 10 lockable property compartments, 100° hinges. W 39 ½” x H 78 ¾” x D 16 ½”, W 100 x H 200 x D 42 cm, interior dimensions of the compartments: W 18 ½” x H 14 ¼” x D 15”, W 47 x H 36 x D 38 cm. 176760 Locker 15 lockable property compartments, 100° hinges. W 47 ¼" x H 78 ¾" x D 16 ¾", W 120 x H 200 x D 42 cm, interior dimensions of the compartments: W 14 ¾" x H 14 ¼" x D 15", W 37 x H 36 x D 38 cm. 176768 Locker 5 lockable property compartments, 100° hinges. W 19 ¾” x H 78 ¾” x D 16 ½”, W 50 x H 200 x D 42 cm, interior dimensions of the compartments: W 18 ½” x H 14 ¼” x D 15”, W 46 x H 36 x D 38 cm. 176761 Left door open (not shown) 176762 Right door open Wardrobe 1 hinged door, 1 hat rack, one pullout clothes rail. W 19 ¾” x H 78 ¾” x D 16 ½”, W 50 x H 200 x D 42 cm. 176770 Left door open 176771 Right door open (not shown) How to order Surface for cupboards white beech WEBU Mandatory Options light gray LIGR for tables white beech P1ZW light gray P1AL Glides for cabinets “modulo“ plastic glides GLKU felt glides GLFI If no glide design is specified, GLKU will be deliverd. Optional Lock for Hinged Doors On request and for additional cost we will deliver the hinged doors with a lock. (DSS1) Office Furniture Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 www.haba.de 505
Sivu 508


Desk “modo“ Desk & Accessories Material • Tabletops of 1“, 25 mm thick three-layer quality chipboard coated on both sides with melamine resin, with additional overlay and rounded ABS edges. • Table legs of powder-coated steel tube (2 ½“, 60 mm) Select table top and type of glides on page 505. Desk ”Modo“ Sturdy desk with four legs and a table top supporting frame, plastic glides for height compensation. Available with one or two cable lead-through‘s. 176230 W 31 ½“ x H 28“ x D 31 ½“, W 80 x H 72 x D 80 cm 176231 W 47 ¼“ x H 28“ x D 31 ½“, W 120 x H 72 x D 80 cm 176232 W 55 ¼“ x H 28“ x D 31 ½“, W 140 x H 72 x D 80 cm (not shown) 176233 W 63“ x H 28“ x D 31 ½“, W 160 x H 72 x D 80 cm (not shown) left right Three-Quarter Circle Add-On Table With border frame to support the tabletop and 2 support legs made of steel tube. Plastic glides for height adjustment are built in. Includes hardware. Ø 47 ¼”, 120 cm, H 28”, 72 cm. 176240 Left 176241 Right Quarter Circle Add-On Table With border frame to support the tabletop and 1 support leg. Plastic glide for height adjustment is built in. Includes hardware. Ø 31 ½”, 80 cm, H 28”, 72 cm. 176242 Order Front Cover or Side Cover separately. Front Cover Decorative Cover Plates The front and side cover plates can be attached to the table legs at any time. The necessary plastic clamps are included. Cover plate height: 18 ½“, 47 cm. Side Cover 176243 Front Cover, W 31 ½”, 80 cm 176244 Front Cover, W 47 ¼”, 120 cm 176245 Front Cover, W 55 ¼”, 140 cm 176246 Front Cover, W 63”, 160 cm 176247 Side Cover, W 30 ½”, 77 cm CPU Bracket Bent perforated plate, powder-coated in RAL 9006 white aluminum, for attachment to the side of a desk. Attachment to table leg, with plastic clamps. Delivery incl. fastening materials and tensioning strap. Width: 9 ¼“, 23 cm. 176249 Vertical Cable Loom For a max. of 4 cables. For installation underneath the tabletop. Oval design. Includes tabletop and floor mounting parts. Plastic. Length: Approx. 28 ½”, 72 cm. 176252 Side File Cabinet Has 1 material pullout with handle (H 2“, 5 cm), 3 drawers with handle (heights: 4”, 10, 6”, 15 and 12”, 30 cm), hanging file frame and central locking. W 17” x H 28 ” x D 31 ½”, W 43 x H 72 x D 80 cm. 176253 Mobile File Cabinet Has 1 material pullout with handle (H 2”, 5 cm), 2 drawers with handle (H 6”, 15 and 12”, 30 cm), hanging file frame, central locking and 4 casters. W 17” x 24 ½” x 23 ¾”, W 43 x H 62,5 x D 60 cm. 176254 Drawer Divider For use with material pullouts of side and mobile file cabinets. Set of 4. 176255 506
Sivu 510


A All Purpose Table 58-65 Armchair 264-265 E Easel 185-188,190 Exploration Center 198-199 B Balancing Boards 339-342, 490-493, 456-457, 490-493 Beanbag Chair/Sack 269-272 239-243 Book Cabinet 170 Book Castle 344 Book Storage 345-349 Bookworm Display 345 Boot Cart/Rack/Wall 419 Bouncer 458-459 Boomerang Sofa 260 C Cabinet 86-93, 132, 136-147, 150-152, 168 176,180-184, 194, 411, 500-505 -Trapezoid 86-90 -Special 91 -Corner 92-93 Carpet 110, 280-282 Castle 446 Cave 302-303 Chair 6-22, 291, 295 Classroom Furniture 67-69 Climbing 449-455, 470-489 Climbing Grip/Hold 483-484 Climbing Path/Ring 474-477 Climbing Wall 478-482, 485-489 Computer Table 70 Cozy Cave/Corner/ Flower/Retreat 229-231, 246-247, 359 Crawling Mat 232-233 Creativity Cart 192-194 Creativity Room 185-193 Crib Furniture 274-277 D Day Care Chair 14-15 236-239, 244 Desk 40-41, 66-69, 506 Dramatic Play Furniture 283 Drying Rack 191 Drying Wagon/Frame 190-191 F Fabric/Cover 222-227 Fall protection 460 FAVORIT Chair 8-13, 291, 295 Floor Cushion 244-245 Folding Mat 248-249 Folding Table 24-26 158-184 G Acitivty Systems 307-342 71-114, 253, 270, 297, 378-381 H Handle 94 Hat Rack/Shelf 402-404 Hook Rail/Strip 421 I Identification Sign 422 Info Area 350 L Learning Wall 380, 383 Library Display 153, Lounge Furniture 246-247, 273 M Magazine Cabinet 396 Material Boxes 149, 181 Mirror 384-390 Mobile Easel Center 190 Mobile Wall 391 36-57, 122-153 Multi Easel 187 Multifunctional Walls 438-441 Muli-Learning Cube 306 Multi-purpose Chairs 20-22 Multi-Use Wagon 195 Music Cabinet/Cart 183 508
Sivu 511


N Noise Control 115-120 Nursery Furniture 28-29 O Office Furniture 494-506 T Table 23, 36-70, 96-97, 264, 291, 295, 506 Outdoor Play Structure 423-435 Theme Wagon 153, 193 Trapeze 212-213 Trapezoid Cabinet 86-90 Turnaround Furniture 31 P Padded Element 219-279, 291, 295 Partition Wall 98-101, 352-363 Pedestal Table 23 Perforated Panel 392-395 Plastic Bin 181 Platform 102-107, 202-218, 278-279 Play Bench 32-33 Play Environments 364-365 Play Furniture 286-299 Play Kitchen 286-294, 296-297 Playhouse 301 Preschool Chair 14-15 67-70 Pullout Table 27 WWall Element 112-114, 366-383 Wall Shelf 72 Wall-mounted Marble Track 382 Wall-mounted Pegboard Elements 394 Wardrobe 300, 397-401, 405-422 Wardrobe Bench 406-408 Wardrobe Cupboards 412-417 Wardrobe Cart 408, 418-419 Wardrobe rack 405 R Rebello Sofa 254-255 Research 196-199 Rubber Mulch 461 Rudolfo 154-157 S Safety Furniture 34-35, 45, 136-137 Sand Play 463-467 Sand/Water Table 468, 462 Seat, padded 250-251, 266-268 Senses 304-306 Sensory Elements 114, 375-379 Sensory Panel/Wall 336, 374-379 Shelf/Shelving 148, 156-167, 177, 184 Ship Play Furniture 444 Sit-and-Play Snake 268 Snail, sensory 305 Snoezelen 234-243 Sofa 111, 252-265 Chair 16-19 Staff Room 496-499 Steel Wardrobe 420 Stool 11, 266, 291, 295 Store 298-299 Storage Cart 192-195 509 Index
Sivu 514


At the Core of our Corporate Philosophy are Children. Quality Innovation Conscience Fairness We want our customers to be satisfied. This is why we put a lot of emphasis on outstanding quality of both products and services. We are striding courageously into the future. The path to success involves the duty of making innovation an on-going priority. This applies as much to the company’s development in terms of technology and organization as it does to the products. We accept responsibility for the environment. This applies to the use of materials, the use of energy and to the upkeep of our natural surroundings. We play fair. Fair with our partners, fair with our suppliers and competitors. We seek success – but not at any price. We don’t just talk, we act! Combined heat and power unit Two combined heat and power units (CHPs) generate the thermal energy needed to heat our build ings. The CHPs provide warmth with an efficiency of over 70 percent and use 30 percent of all exhaust and radiant heat. We can also meet almost 20 percent of our need for electricity with the CHPs. Photovoltaic facility The roof of one of our factories is covered with a 300 m2 photovoltaic facility (power rating 23 kWp) that generates 18,800 kWh of electricity annually. With modules covering an area of 4656 m2 and a capacity of 470 kWp, it is one of the largest photovoltaic facilities in Upper Franconia. It will generate around 450,000 kWh of electricity annually (corresponds to the power consumption of 125 single family houses). Recycling scrap wood A total of 2,900 tons of wood scrap is used to generate energy in our heating system per year, another 1,300 is sold as raw material to regional customers. We also process wood scrap in a fingerjointing machine that produces raw material for table tops. All buildings are heated using biomass energy – without the need for fossil fuels. Ground source heat exchange system The Brauhof building is heated and cooled with a ground source heat exchange system that protects the environment and produces no emissions: External air is drawn through a 5-km-long system of pipes buried 4 m in the ground, then used to cool the rooms in summer by about 4 degrees. In winter, this facility allows us to save about 20 percent on fuel. The pipes for the ground source heat exchange system |Brauhof| Filter system Our factories are below the legally defined limit for dust emission. We use a cutting-edge filter system that filters fine dust particles out of the air with electrostatic energy. Cisterns We collect rain and well water in six cisterns (volume 800 m3) that is used for sanitary facilities, for watering needs, or to regulate the temperature of offices. Materials used To protect the environment, we only use environmentally-friendly, water-based stains and finishes on our wood products. Use of materials The synergistic effects within the corporate fam ily as a whole significantly contribute to the careful use of resources in production: It allows us to optimize our use of wood, or, to put it simply: large pieces of wood become HABA furniture, small pieces turn into HABA toys. Recycling Cardboard boxes are reused for transport to avoid waste and save on raw materials. Natural areas The area around the company headquarters, such as the open spaces and façades, is designed to blend in with the natural surroundings. Our parking lot is not sealed with asphalt, has an environmentally-friendly surface and is home to a number of plants and trees. 512
Sivu 516


Habermaaß GmbH P.O. Box 1107 96476 Bad Rodach Germany Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446 Fax: +49 9564 929-662400 E-Mail: info@haba.de www.haba.de © 02/15 Habermaaß GmbH · Printed in Germany · Item No. 300474 Errors and modifi cations may occur. Delivered without accessoires.

Tevella kalusteet 2016 Tevella kalusteet 2016

Sivu 1


2016 Kalusteet www.tevella.fi Tuolit ja pöydät Lepo ja hoito Säilytys Aktiviteetit Leikkitila Aistit ja sisustus Pehmokalusteet Liikunta Eteistilat Työskentely ja toimisto Sohvakalusteet Ergonomia
Sivu 2


Kotimainen yritys on enemmän! Tevella on alansa paras, jo yli 30 vuotta toiminut kotimainen perheyritys, jonka kaiken toiminnan keskiössä ovat asiakkaamme. Unelmamme - eli visiomme on olla pysyvästi alamme edelläkävijä ja ylivoimaisesti asiantuntevin kasvu- ja virikeympäristöjen mahdollistaja ja toteuttaja. HYVÄ YHTEISTYÖKUMPPANI, Aluksi haluan kiittää asiakkaitamme myös vuonna 2015 osoittamastanne luottamuksesta yritykseemme ja edustamiimme tuotteisiin. Taloustilanteen trendi markkinoilla jatkui edelleen heikkona määrärahojen supistuessa ja samalla kilpailutilanteen kiristyessä entisestään. Vuoden aikana teimme lukuisia tuote- ja markkinointikampanjoita ja saimme tilauskantamme kasvuun. Kulunut vuosi oli Tevellassa tiukasta markkinatilanteesta huolimatta kokonaisuutena onnistunut. VARHAISKASVATUSLAIN TULEVAT MUUTOKSET Varhaiskasvatus on lapsen suunnitelmallisen ja tavoitteellisen kasvatuksen, opetuksen ja hoidon muodostama kokonaisuus, jossa painottuu vahvana pedagogiikka. Tevellassa pitkään asiakastyötä kentällä tehneet ammattilaiset seuraavat jatkuvasti alan kehitystä. Tevella haluaa omalta osaltaan olla vaikuttamassa pedagogisesti oikeaoppisen ja laadukkaan välineistön saamiseksi varhaiskasvatusyksiköihin. Me tevellalaiset haluamme myös olla vaikuttamassa siihen, että opetuksen jatkumo varhaiskasvatuksesta perusopetukseen on saumaton. Varhaiskasvatuksessa tehtävä työ on näinä päivinä uusien haasteiden edessä. Kunnat ovat pakotettuja tässä taloudellisessa tilanteessa arvioimaan resurssejaan 1.8.2016 voimaan astuvan Varhaiskasvatuslain vaatimusten mukaiseksi. Muutosvaatimukset kohdistuvat muun muassa ryhmäkokoihin, varhaiskasvatuksen määritelmään ja tavoitteisiin, sekä varhaiskasvatussuunnitelmaan ja –ympäristöön. UUSI OPETUSSUUNNITELMA 2016 JA TUOTEKEHITYKSESTÄ Uusi opetussuunnitelma astuu voimaan peruskouluissa tänä vuonna. Tevella on valmistautunut tähän jo usean vuoden ajan muun muassa rakentamalla verkostoja oppimisen asiantuntijoiden kanssa. Verkostojen avulla on seurattu opetussisältöjen ja opetuskäytäntöjen kehitystyötä. Tevellassa työskentelee maan parhaita oppimisvälineiden asiantuntijoita, jotka ovat itse työskennelleet uusien oppimismenetelmien ja oppimisympäristöjen kehittämishankkeissa ja järjestäneet opettajille aktiviteetteja ja koulutuksia näihin aihealueisiin. Palveluksessanne on mm. koulujen luonnontieteiden oppimisen kehittämistehtävissä pitkään toiminut kehityspäällikkö FT Matti Rossi sekä ohjelmoinnin, robotiikan ja matematiikan konkretiavälineiden asiantuntija koulutuspäällikkö KM Tommi Ollikainen. JULKISISTA HANKINNOISTA JA HINNOITTELUSTA Hyvä kehitys kuntien julkisten hankintojen kilpailutuksissa on edelleen jatkunut vuoden 2015 aikana. Hankintaproseduureissa on siis entistä enemmän pilkottu suuria hankintakokonaisuuksia pienempiin osakokonaisuuksiin, jolloin loppuasiakas saa varmasti tarvitsemansa tuotteet kustannustehokkaammin ja hänelle tarkoituksenmukaisimmasta valikoimasta. Toivomme vastaavan kehityksen jatkuvan myös tulevaisuudessa. Kuvastohintojamme olemme joutuneet mm. euron heikentymisen takia tarkistamaan, mutta keskeisissä tuoteryhmissä hinnan muutokset ovat olleet hyvin maltillisia. Em. syystä johtuen entistä tärkeämmässä roolissa ovat edelleen kunta- ja kaupunkikohtaiset sopimukset, kausitarjoukset ja erilliset markkinointikampanjat. Me olemme vakuuttuneita, että asiakkaan verratessa kokonaishankinnan nettohintoja, hän saa kokonaisuuden edullisimmin Tevellasta. KALUSTAMINEN ON YHTEISTYÖTÄ Mielenkiintoinen koulupäivä saattaisi alkaa vaikkapa koulun mediateekista, jossa kaikki voivat viihtyä. Mediateekissa voi rauhassa tutustua esimerkiksi koulukirjaston kirjoihin, työskennellä tietokoneella tai tutkia tilassa muuta saatavilla olevaa materiaalia. Kuvaston kannessa on kuva Tevellan syksyllä 2015 kalustamasta Takalo-Raasakan koulun mediateekista Kannuksesta. Takalo-Raasakan koulun projektin etenemisestä sekä eri vaiheista käyttäjän sanoin ja yleisesti Tevellan palvelukonseptista voitte lukea lisää seuraavilta kahdelta sivulta. Mikäli sinulla on kohde ja kalusteisiin liittyviä kysymyksiä, henkilökuntamme kentällä palvelee sinua mielellään, samoin kuin kalustetiimimme asiantuntijat ovat aina käytettävissäsi. Ota yhteyttä niin onnistutaan yhdessä! ASIAKASPALVELUN KEHITYS JA TEVELLAN AVAINASIAKASPÄÄLLIKÖT KENTÄLLÄ Asiakaspalvelumme edelleen kehittämiseksi käynnistimme syyskuussa 2015 varastossamme Warehouse Management Systemkehityshankkeen, joka helmikuun 2016 käyttöönoton jälkeen tulee optimoimaan, tehostamaan ja ohjaamaan kaikkia varastomme toimintoja. Osa vakiotuotteistamme on tilattavissa suoraan varastostamme erittäin lyhyellä toimitusajalla ja samalla koko järjestelmäuudistus tulee näkymään asiakkaillemme nopeampina sekä virheettömämpinä toimituksina. Lopuksi haluan muistuttaa kentällä tapahtuvasta henkilökohtaisesta asiakaspalvelustamme. Tevellan viisi ammattitaitoista avainasiakaspäällikköä ovat käytettävissänne. Suunnitellaan ja kalustetaan kohteenne tarpeidenne sekä toiveidenne mukaisesti yhdessä! Tehdään tulevaisuus – yhdessä teidän kanssanne. Ystävällisin terveisin, Jyri-Jukka Ääri Toimitusjohtaja – opi kanssamme
Sivu 3


Kalustetiimi esittäytyy Johanna Stenberg Kalustetiimipäällikkö Päivittäinen työni on hyvin monipuolista ja harvoin yksikään päivä on toisensa kaltainen. Pääasiassa teen tarjouksia kalustekokonaisuuksista. Kalustemalliston ja koko tiimin työskentelyn kehittäminen ovat keskeisiä työtehtäviäni. Markkinoinnissa minulla on myös iso vastuu mm. kuvaston suunnittelun muodossa. Minuun voit olla yhteydessä kaikissa kalusteasioissa; teiltä asiakkailtamme tulee ehdottomasti arvokkain palaute! Jag är svenskspråkig och betjänar Er gärna på Ert modersmål! Mervi Könnilä Kalustetuotevastaava Työpäivääni kuuluu monenlaista tehtävää, suurin osa on asiakaspalvelua, sekä sisäistä että ulkoista; puheluihin ja sähköposteihin vastaamista. Johannan kanssa teemme kalusteisiin liittyvät tarjoukset sekä vastaamme tuotekehityksestä. Tehtäväni on myös pitää varastossamme olevien vakiokalusteiden määrät ajan tasalla, mikä mahdollistaa teille asiakkaille nopeat toimitusajat. Lisäksi erilaiset projektit yhdessä avainasiakaspäälliköiden kanssa tuovat positiivista energiaa työpäiviin! Haban kalusteisiin liittyvät reklamaatiot, koskevat ne sitten kuljetusvaurioita tai tuotteissa ilmeneviä vikoja, hoituvat minun kauttani Haballe. Työpäivät eivät koskaan ole samanlaisia ja juuri se tekeekin työstäni antoisaa. Voitte olla minuun yhteydessä kaikissa kalusteisiin liittyvissä asioissa! KALUSTAMINEN ON YHTEISTYÖTÄ! Takalon koulun kalustamisen projekti on hyvä esimerkki tästä: Avainasiakaspäällikkömme tekee läheistä yhteistyötä koulun kanssa kartoittaakseen tarpeen. Kalustetiimi yhteistyössä avainasiakaspäällikön kanssa valitsevat projektiin sopivammat kalusteet, tarvittaessa räätälöivät kalusteita tarpeisiin vielä paremmin soveltuviksi ja hinnoittelevat tarjouksen. Takalon koulun projektivastaavan Miika Jokisen voi lukea oheisen asiakaspalautteen alta. Sari Maali Kalusteassistentti Yleisesti ottaen työni on asiakaspalvelua monimuotoisuudessaan. Suurimman osan työpäivästäni järjestelen kalusteita koskevia tehdastoimituksia ja niihin liittyviä asioita sekä erilaisten kunta- ja kaupunkikohtaisten kalustesopimusten tai tarjouksissa sovittujen asennuksien aikataulutusta. Viimeisimpänä mukavana lisänä toimenkuvaani on lisätty projektikohtaisissa kokonaisuuksissa vaadittavien kohteiden pohjakuvien työstäminen. Näihin pohjiin ammattitaitoiset avainasiakaspäällikkömme laativat tarjouspyyntöjen mukaiset kalustesuunnitelmat, jotta te asiakkaamme saatte parhaan mahdollisen kohteeseen sopivan kokonaisuuden. Kaikkein hienoimmat hetket kuitenkin työssäni liittyvät vuorovaikutukseen asiakkaiden kanssa – olenkin täällä juuri teitä varten! ASIAKASPALAUTE Arja Harhala Kalusteassistentti Sana ”jälkihuolto” kuvaa työtäni hyvin; kun tuotteet on toimitettu, minä hoidan asiat siitä eteenpäin. Työni koostuu pääosin kahdesta suuremmasta kokonaisuudesta; kalusteiden laskutuksesta ja kalusteita koskevien asiakaspalautteiden käsittelemisestä. Kun tavaraa on ja liikkuu paljon, välillä valitettavasti vahinkojakin sattuu, vaikka niiden välttämiseksi aina parhaamme teemme. Kun jotain sattuu, dokumentoin tapahtuman mahdollisimman tarkasti asiakkaan ensimmäisestä yhteydenotosta aina siihen asti, kunnes asia on saatu päätökseen yhdessä sovitulla tavalla. Teiltä asiakkailta saadut kiitokset hyvin hoidetusta reklamaatiosta, auttavat jaksamaan tässä työssä. Silloin koen onnistuneeni tehtävässäni. ”Tevella valikoitui uusittavana olleen ATK-/kirjastoluokkamme tavarantoimittajaksi kohtuullisten hintojen ja tarpeisiimme sopivan tuotevalikoiman ansiosta. Jo kilpailutusvaiheessa tulimme vakuuttuneiksi, että Tevellalta löytyy juuri meille parhaiten sopivat kalusteet. Projekti lähti käyntiin edustajan vierailulla koulullamme, jossa käytiin läpi tarpeitamme kalusteiden suhteen. Kun tavarantoimittaja oli valittu, tehtiin tarkentavia suunnitelmia ja valintoja erilaisten kalusteiden ja värivaihtoehtojen kesken. Oli erityisen hienoa huomata, että Tevella ei toiminut ainoastaan tavarantoimittajana, vaan edustaja osallistui itse aktiivisesti luokan suunnitteluun ja ideointiin. Tämä edellyttikin useita käyntejä koulullamme projektin etenemisen aikana. Yhteydenottoihin saimme aina vastaukset ja pientenkin yksityiskohtien viilaamiseen riitti aikaa. Suurin osa kalusteista on nyt paikallaan luokassa ja olemme niihin hyvin tyytyväisiä. Erityisesti kalusteiden puumateriaalit, pöytien tilatehokas muotoilu, sekä tuolien monikäyttöisyys erikokoisten käyttäjien kesken ovat olleet kiitoksen aiheina. Myös värimaailma on mukavan raikas. Kokonaisuutena olemme erittäin tyytyväisiä Tevellan toimintaan. Homma eteni alusta asti sujuvasti ja luotettavasti, eikä ongelmia esiintynyt oikeastaan minkään asian suhteen. Kattavan tuotevalikoiman lisäksi saimme projektin ajaksi tiimiimme jäseneksi tuotteensa hyvin tuntevan kalustamisen ammattilaisen.”
Sivu 4


PROJEKTIKALUSTAMINEN TEVELLASSA -KIVIKON PÄIVÄKOTI, KEMI Kivikon päiväkodin oppimisympäristön varustamisen hankinnassa oli kyse käänteisestä kilpailutuksesta eli niin sanotusta ranskalaisesta urakasta. Kemin sivistyspalvelukeskus/varhaiskasvatuskeskus määritteli hankinnan kohteen, tilat sekä lapsi- ja henkilökuntamäärän. Lisäksi määriteltiin päiväkodin kalusteille kokonaishinta, johon sisältyi kalusteiden toimitus, kokoamis- ja asennuspalvelut sekä roskien poiskuljetus. Kalusteiden tuli täyttää esiopetuksen opetus- ja varhaiskasvatussuunnitelman perusteiden oppimisympäristölle asetetut vaatimukset huomioiden uusi Opintosuunnitelma 2016. Tämän lisäksi kalusteille asetettiin muutamia materiaalikriteerejä sekä laadullisia kriteerejä kuten mm. ekologisuus, kestävyys, akustisuus, tuoteturvallisuus, hyödynnettävyys sekä yhteensopivuus. Oppimisympäristöjen luominen oli suurena arviointikriteerinä. Me teimme päiväkodin kalustamisesta täyden suunnitelman näiden kriteerien mukaisesti. Alla ko. kohteen muutaman ryhmähuoneen pohjapiirustuksia sekä valokuvia toteutuneesta tilan kokonaiskalustamisesta.
Sivu 5


SISÄLLYSLUETTELO Esipuhe 2-3 Projektikalustaminen 4 Sisällysluettelo 5 Tevellassa teitä palvelevat 6-7 TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT 8 Referenssikuvia 9-19 Lastentuolit - Taito 20 Lastentuolit - Korkea 140 21 Lastentuolit - Korkea 150 22 Lastentuolit - Korkea Pro 23 Lastentuolit - Korkea 710 JA Mini 710 24 Lastentuolit - matalat 25 Oppilastuolit 26 Tuolit - Haba 27 Aikuistuolit 28-31 Aikuistuolit - Lepo Product 32 Penkit 33 Pöydät ja tuoliripustimet 34 Pyörälliset pöydät ja tuoliripustimet 35 Pöydät - Korkeapainelaminaatti 36-38 Pöydät - Vanerireunainen 39 Pöydät - Ääntä vaimentava Linoleum 40 Pöydät - Korkeapainelaminaatti 41 Pöydät - Haba 42-43 Oppilaskalusteet 44-45 Työskentelypöydät 46 Syöttötuolit ja tasovaunut 47 LEPO JA HOITO 48 Vuode- ja liinavaatteet 49-51 Patjat, peitteet, pyyhkeet ja sängyt 52 Muovinen pinottava sänky 53 Säilytyskaapit ja kaappisängyt 54 Lasten sängyt ja sohvasänky 55 Kaappisängyt - Venla 56 Hoitopöydät ja vaippalokerikot 57 Hoitopöydät 58 Perushoidon tuotteet 59 SÄILYTYS 60 Säilytyslaatikoita 61 Säilytyskalusteet - Ruutu 62-63 Säilytyskalusteet - Tevella avolaatikostot 64 Säilytyskalusteet - Tevella laatikostot 65 Säilytyskalusteet - Tevella 66-68 Säilytyskalusteet - Ella 69-71 Säilytyskalusteet - Haba, Move Upp 72-75 Säilytyskalusteet - Haba 76-77 Säilytyskalusteet - Haba, Forminant 78-81 Säilytyskalusteet - Haba 82-83 AKTIVITEETIT 84 Valopöydät ja -kehykset 85 Aktiviteettihyllyköt - Haba, Move Upp 86-87 Maalaustelineet 88 Kuivaustelineet, askartelu 89 Aktiviteettipöydät ja höyläpenkit 90 Aktiviteettipöydät - Haba 91 Tutkimuskalusteet - Haba 92-93 Korokkeet - Haba 94 Korokkeet - Haba, Grow Upp 95 Puurunkoiset penkit - Haba 96 Kirjastokalusteet - Haba 97-99 LEIKKITILA 100 Kotileikkikalusteet, pöytä- ja tuoliryhmät 101 Kotileikkikalusteet - Malla 102-103 Kotileikkikalusteet - Haba, Lara 104-105 Kotileikkikalusteet - Haba, Linda 106 Kotileikkikalusteet - Haba, Jule 107 Leikkinurkkauksen säilytyskalusteet 108 Leikkiseinäkkeet - Haba 109 Leikkiseinäkkeet 110 Leikkiseinäkkeet - Haba 111-113 Leikkiseinäkkeet - Haba, Grow Upp 114 Leikkikokonaisuudet - Haba, Grow Upp 115 Leikkikokonaisuudet - Haba, Gemino 116-117 AISTIT JA SISUSTUS 118 Sisustus- ja akustiikkataulut 119 Matot - Haba 120 Matot 121 Matot- Haba, Grow- Upp 122 Aistitaulut ja peilit- Haba, Grow- Upp 123 Peilit - Haba 124-126 Seinäkoristeet - Haba 127-129 Aistitaulut - Haba 130-133 Aistikalusteet - Haba 134-135 PEHMOKALUSTEET 136 Pehmeät rakennuspalikat 137 Lattiatyynyt ja -istuimet 138-139 Säkkituolit 140-141 Säkkituolit ja pehmoistuimet 142 Säkkituolit - Haba 143 Pehmonurkkaukset 144 Pehmosohvat 145 Pehmokalusteet - Haba, Grow-Upp 146-147 Pehmoelementit - Haba 148 Pehmopalat - Haba 149 Pehmosohvat - Haba 150 Pehmokorokkeet - Haba 151 LIIKUNTA 152 Jumppapalikat ja liikuntapatjat 153 Putoamissuojamatot 154 Säilytysvaunut ja tasapainovälineet 155 Tasapainovälineet - Haba 156-157 Puolapuut, voimistelupenkit ja liu’ut 158 Taitettavat liikuntakehikot - Haba 159 Kiipeilyseinät - Haba 160-161 ETEISTILAT 162 Pukemispenkit - Tevella 163 Eteiskalusteet 164 Kenkätelineet - Tevella 165 kenkätelineet 166 Kenkä- ja vaatetelineet 167 Lastennaulakot - Ella 168 Naulakot ja penkit - Ella 169 Lastennaulakot - Tevella 170-171 Naulakot 172 Teräsrunkoiset naulakot 173 Eteiskalusteet - Haba, Yuna 174-178 Eteiskalusteet - Haba 179 TYÖSKENTELY JA TOIMISTO 180 Toimisto- ja työskentelytuolit 181-182 Toimistotuolit 183 Satulatuolit - Salli 184 Aulakalusteet 185 Ilmoitustaulut 186 Mood taulut 187 Akustiikkapaneelit 188 Akustiikkaseinäkkeet 189 Akustiikkaseinäkkeet - Edge 190 Akustiikkaseinäkkeet ja siirreltävät taulut 191 Toimistokalusteet 192-197 SOHVAKALUSTEET 198 Sohvakalusteet 199-207 Sohvapöydät 208 Rottinkikalusteet 209 Sohvakalusteet - Haba, Rebello 210 Sohvakalusteet - Haba, Relax 211 Sohvakalusteet - Haba, Bumerang 212 Sohvakalusteet - Haba, Sofi 213 ERGONOMIA 214 Ergonomiakalusteet 215-219 FyKe kalusteet 220-222 Hoito-ohjeet - Laminaatti / Puu / Linoleum 223 YLEISET OHJEET JA HAKEMISTO 223 Värimallit - Jaguar 224 Värimallit - Pablo 225 Värimallit - Step 226 Hoito-ohjeet 227-230 Hakemisto 231-233 Tilausohjeet ja toimitusehdot 234 Tilauslomake 235
Sivu 6


Asiakaspalvelu ja myynti Vaihde +358 (0)3 380 5300 Faksi +358 (0)3 380 5353 asiakaspalvelu@tevella.fi www.tevella.fi Verkkosivumme ja verkkokauppa palvelevat teitä 24 h vuorokaudessa. Asiakaspalvelumme on avoinna arkisin klo 8.00 - 16.00, ota yhteyttä +358 (0)3 380 5300 JULKINEN HANKINTA HENKILÖ PUHELIN VASTUUALUE POSTINUMEROITTAIN Laitosmyyntitiimi Outi Joseph Asiakkuusjohtaja Sanna Suontausta Avainasiakaspäällikkö Katriina Ranne Avainasiakaspäällikkö Tarja Peltola Avainasiakaspäällikkö Janne Herranen Avainasiakaspäällikkö Anu Takalo Avainasiakaspäällikkö +358 (0)3 380 5322 0000-0990, 22100-22940 +358 (0)50 347 8011 +358 (0)40 764 2130 0240-0259, 0300-0387, 0546-0595, 0810-1096, 2000-2193, 2310-3292, 3810-3897, 6180-6198, 6410-6493 +358 (0)40 513 5354 0100-0238, 0260-0298, 0411-0545, 0717-0719, 0723, 0750-0768 +358 (0)400 724 871 0110-1797, 3300-3796, 3910-3999, 4210-4293 +358 (0)400 731 508 0610-0711, 0722, 0728-0745, 0769-7990, 1810-1995, 4000-4198, 4310-5982, 7000-8398 +358 (0)40 546 9917 6000-6176, 6210-6395, 6500-6998, 8400-9999 TUKKU- JA KULUTTAJAMYYNTI HENKILÖ PUHELIN VASTUUALUE POSTINUMEROITTAIN Tukkumyyntitiimi Kirsi Ketelimäki Tukkumyyntipäällikkö Riikka Liehu Tukkumyyntiedustaja Vesa Krintilä Tukkumyyntiedustaja Marika Hakari Tukkumyyntisihteeri Hannele Suhonen Varastotyöntekijä +358 (0)3 380 5323 0000-0099, 0600-0999, 4400-5999, 7000-8399 +358 (0)50 358 7311 +358 (0)40 736 2365 0100-0599, 1000-4399 +358 (0)400 263 239 6000-6999, 8400-9999 +358 (0)3 380 5340 +358 (0)50 418 0459 HENKILÖ PUHELIN ALUE Tuotetiimi Riikka Jännes Tuotetiimipäällikkö Matti Rossi Kehityspäällikkö, FT Tommi Ollikainen Koulutuspäällikkö Päivi Seppänen Tuotevastaava Maaret Siitonen Tuotevastaava Jaakko Halmes Ostaja Riikka Lammi Tuotetiimiassistentti Jani Forsström Graafikko +358 (0)3 380 5325 +358 (0)50 418 0477 +358 (0)3 380 5339 +358 (0)50 436 6440 +358 (0)3 380 5333 +358 (0)50 418 0549 +358 (0)3 380 5303 +358 (0)50 433 8863 +358 (0)3 380 5342 +358 (0)50 418 0558 +358 (0)3 380 5332 +358 (0)50 418 0468 +358 (0)3 380 5344 +358 (0)50 418 0501 +358 (0)3 380 5324 +358 (0)50 418 0420 Varhaiskasvatus ja leikkivälineet, lelut ja pelit Fysiikka, kemia, luonnontieteet ja musiikki Teknologia (TVT), matematiikka ja äidinkieli Kuvataide, askartelu ja toimistotarvikkeet Liikunta- ja terapiavälineet, erityisoppiminen Ostot Reklamaatiot Graafiset materiaalit ja verkkokauppa
Sivu 7


HENKILÖ PUHELIN ALUE Kalustetiimi Johanna Stenberg Kalustetiimipäällikkö Mervi Könnilä Kalustetuotevastaava Sari Maali Kalusteassistentti Arja Harhala Kalusteassistentti +358 (0)3 380 5334 +358 (0)50 516 6900 +358 (0)3 380 5330 +358 (0)50 418 0500 +358 (0)3 380 5329 +358 (0)50 418 0510 +358 (0)3 380 5335 +358 (0)50 418 0469 Asiakaspalvelu, tarjouslaskenta Asiakaspalvelu, tarjouslaskenta, tilaukset Asiakaspalvelu, tilaukset Asiakaspalvelu, kalustereklamaatiot HENKILÖ PUHELIN ALUE Taloustiimi Merja Toivonen Talouspäällikkö Virpi Vehmaanperä Laskuttaja Terttu Jääskeläinen Myyntisihteeri Katri Kilpeläinen Myyntisihteeri +358 (0)3 380 5331 +358 (0)40 733 8943 +358 (0)3 380 5328 +358 (0)50 418 0568 +358 (0)3 380 5326 +358 (0)50 418 0487 +358 (0)3 380 5337 +358 (0)50 418 0496 Asiakaspalvelu, laskutus, reskontrat Asiakaspalvelu, tilaukset Asiakaspalvelu, laskutus HENKILÖ PUHELIN ALUE Jari Niemi Varastopäällikkö +358 (0)46 923 2323 Einari Laaksonen Varasto, työnjohto +358 (0)50 562 5810 Jani Ingström Varastotyöntekijä Vastaanotto Jussi Lähteenmäki Varastotyöntekijä Vastaanotto Nellia Gartman Varastotyöntekijä Lähetykset Taina Kujansuu Varastotyöntekijä Lähetykset Maarit Inomaa Varastotyöntekijä Lähetykset Anu Järvi Varastotyöntekijä Lähetykset Jukka Nurminen Varastotyöntekijä Kalusteasennukset Varastotiimi Pekka Rantanen Varastotyöntekijä Kalusteasennukset Bauhaus Vaasa Ruotutie linja 11 Vianor N utisarankatu Neste Oil Truck Nuutisaran toimintakeskus Pihkanokankatu Tampereen Messu- ja Urheilukeskus linja 11 Pyhäjärventie Alma Manu Oy Patamäenkatu linja 26 keskusta Jyväskylä Verkko www.tevella.fi etunimi.sukunimi@tevella.fi Osoite Tevella Oy Pihkanokankatu 6 33900 TAMPERE Y-tunnus: 2575744-8 Johto Jyri-Jukka Ääri Toimitusjohtaja +358 (0)3 380 5321 +358 (0)40 734 6164
Sivu 8


Tuolit ja pöydät
Sivu 9


REFERENSSIKUVIA TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT 9
Sivu 10


REFERENSSIKUVIA TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT PÄIVÄKOTI PIKKUKIULU, OULU 10 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 11


REFERENSSIKUVIA TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT PÄIVÄKOTI PIKKUKIULU, OULU Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 11
Sivu 12


REFERENSSIKUVIA TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT TAIDEPÄIVÄKOTI VAALEANPUNAINEN TALO, JYVÄSKYLÄ 12 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 13


REFERENSSIKUVIA TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 13
Sivu 14


REFERENSSIKUVIA TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT KIVIKON PÄIVÄKOTI, KEMI 14 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 15


REFERENSSIKUVIA TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 15
Sivu 16


REFERENSSIKUVIA TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT MONITOIMITALO ONNI, LIIPOLAN PÄIVÄKOTI, LAHTI 16 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 17


REFERENSSIKUVIA TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 17
Sivu 18


REFERENSSIKUVIA TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT TEVELLAN SHOWROOM, TAMPERE 18 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 19


REFERENSSIKUVIA TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 19
Sivu 20


LASTENTUOLIT - TAITO TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT TAITO LASTEN KORKEA TUOLI Taito-tuolin suunnittelussa käytettävyyden lisäksi siihen haettiin innovatiivisuutta, jota ei löydy muista markkinoilla olevista lasten korkeista tuoleista. Näin Taitoon syntyi yhtenäinen, käännettävä käsinoja-turvakaari –yhdistelmä. Taito on täynnä kauniita yksityiskohtia, kuten käsinojan yhtenäinen muoto. Sen vanerisyyt on jätetty näkyviin. Sama elementti toistuu myös Taito-tuoteperheen pöydässä, jossa erillistä reunalistaa ei ole ja puusyyt pääsevät oikeuksiinsa. Pöytien pintamateriaaleissa on useita vaihtoehtoja, samoin jalkamalleissa. Taito-pöydän perusjalka on puinen, suora ja neliömäinen. ILMEIKKYYS Käsinoja-turvakaari -osassa puusyyt kauniisti esillä INNOVATIIVISUUS Yhtenäinen, käännettävä käsinoja-turvakaari RIPUSTETTAVUUS Joko käsinojasta pöydän reunaan tai istuimesta pöydän kannen alle asennettavaan ripustimeen Istuin ja selkänoja korkeapainelaminaattia, Formica Colors Käsinoja- turvakaariosassa puusyy kauniisti esillä Yhtenäinen, käännettävä käsinoja- turvakaari SÄÄDETTÄVYYS Jalkalauta säädettävissä neljään korkeuteen LAADUKKUUS Runko massiivikoivua, istuin ja selkänoja korkeapainelaminaattia 851750-2 Korkea Taito tuoli, istuin ja selkänoja valkoista laminaattia. LxSxK 38x47x74 cm, istuinkorkeus 50 cm. 135 € Ripustettava käsinojasta pöydän reunaan tai istuimesta pöydän alle asennettavaan telineeseen Jalkalauta säädettävissä Runko massiivikoivua INFO! Taito- tuolin kanssa hyvin yhteen sopivat pöydät, joissa on vanerireuna, löytyvät sivulta 39. 20 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 21


LASTENTUOLIT - KORKEA 140 TAKUU 4 VUOTTA KORKEA 140- TUOLIN perusmateriaalina on massiivikoivu. Sarjan kalusteissa on pääpainotus raaka-aineiden korkealuokkaisuudessa sekä tuolien kestävyydessä, turvallisuudessa ja ergonomisuudessa. Sarjaan kuuluu lasten korkeat ja matalat tuolit (kuvaston s.25) sekä aikuistuolit (kuvaston s.29). Tuolit voidaan tilata istuin ja selkänoja lakattuina tai värillisellä laminaatilla päällystettyinä. TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT Lastentuolit ovat tukevia mutta silti kevyitä siirrellä (korkean tuolin paino vain noin 4 kg!). Istuimen koko on LxS 31,5x34 cm, muut mitat näkyvät mittapiirustuksissa. Perustuolit ovat pinoutuvia ja ripustettavia. Tuolien jalkojen alla on lattiaa suojaavat erikoispaksut huopanastat. 851650K 851650T 74 cm 851650 50 cm HUOM! Muistakaa tilatessanne mainita värivalintanne! INFO! INFO! Turvakaarelliseen tuoliin soveltuva syöttötuolipehmuste löytyy kuvaston sivulla 47! Jalkalauta on siirrettävissä neljään korkeuteen. 44 cm 46 cm Toteutamme projektikohtaisesti seuraavia muutoksia; Korkea 140 tuoli sekä käsinojastaan että turvakaarestaan ripustettava. Tuoliin voidaan myös lisätä poikkipiena. KORKEA 140- TUOLI, KORKEUS 50 CM LAKATTU KOIVU HINTA VÄRILLINEN LAMINAATTI * HINTA 851650 126 € 851650-2 137 € Käsinojin 851650K 143 € 851650K-2 154 € Turvakaarella 851650T 163 € 851650T-2 174 € KORKEAPAINELAMINAATTIEN VÄRIKARTTA. Projektikohtaisesti saatavana laajempi laminaattivalikoima. * Alle 5 kpl värillisten laminaattituolien tilauksissa lisähinta 11 € / kpl, alle 10 kpl lisähinta 8 € / kpl. M3305 K2081 K1834 K1194 F5347 K1019 F2478 K3236 F3007 M6392 Koivu F3050 F7024 K3209 K3210 F5348 F7845 F2253 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 21
Sivu 22


LASTENTUOLIT - KORKEA 150 TAKUU 4 VUOTTA KORKEA 150- TUOLI on pinottava lastentuolimalli. Sen runko on taivutettua koivua. Tuolin suunnittelussa on huomioitu mitä suurimmassa määrin pyöreät turvalliset linjat sekä tukevuus ja ergonomisuus. TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT Sarjaan kuuluu lasten korkea sekä matalat tuolit (kuvaston s.25), aikuistuoli (kuvaston s.30) ja pöydät eri pintamateriaaleilla (pöydät alkaen kuvaston s.34). Tuolit voidaan tilata istuin ja selkänoja lakattuina tai värillisellä laminaatilla päällystettyinä. Korkeaan tuoliin voidaan tilata irrotettavissa oleva turvakaari. Tuolit ovat kevyitä siirrellä (korkean tuolin paino noin 4 kg!). Istuimen koko on LxS 31x31,5 cm, muut mitat näkyvät mittapiirustuksissa. Korkean tuolin jalkalauta on säädettävissä neljään eri korkeuteen. Perustuolit ovat ripustettavia. Tuolien jalkojen alla on lattiaa suojaavat erikoispaksut huopanastat. 851150K 851150T-2 K1019 851150 INFO! HUOM! Muistakaa tilatessanne mainita värivalintanne! Turvakaarelliseen tuoliin soveltuva syöttötuolipehmuste löytyy kuvaston sivulla 47! 74 cm 50 cm KORKEA 150- TUOLI, KORKEUS 50 CM LAKATTU KOIVU HINTA VÄRILLINEN LAMINAATTI * HINTA 851150 90 € 851150-2 102 € Käsinojin 851150K 103 € 851150K-2 116 € Turvakaarella 851150T 118 € 851150T-2 130 € Korkea 150 pinottuna Jalkalauta on siirrettävissä neljään korkeuteen. 45 cm 48 cm 851150-M6392 Korkea 150, koivulaminaattia. 96 € 851150K-M6392 Korkea 150 käsinojin, koivulaminaattia. 103 € 851150T-M6392 Korkea 150 turvakaarella, koivulaminaattia. 118 € 851150-TK Turvakaari Korkeaan 150- tuoliin. Jos turvakaari tilataan erikseen jälkiasennukseen, käytä tätä tuotenumeroa. 35 € KORKEAPAINELAMINAATTIEN VÄRIKARTTA. Projektikohtaisesti saatavana laajempi laminaattivalikoima. * Alle 5 kpl värillisten laminaattituolien tilauksissa lisähinta 11 € / kpl, alle 10 kpl lisähinta 8 € / kpl. M3305 K2081 K1834 K1194 F5347 K1019 F2478 K3236 F3007 M6392 Koivu F3050 F7024 K3209 K3210 F5348 F7845 F2253 22 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 23


LASTENTUOLIT - KORKEA PRO TAKUU 4 VUOTTA • Siro ja kevyt yleisilme • Painoa vain n. 4 kg, ergonominen siirrellä • Ruuviliitosten määrä minimoitu - kestävä rakenne • Jalkojen kulma tekee tuolista tukevan • Tuolin rakenne vähentää liikuteltaessa syntyvää ääntä • Tukeva jalkalaudan rakenne, huollon tarve minimoitu • Peräti viisi säätökorkeutta, sopii myös paremmin ryhmän pienimmille lapsille Selkänojan korkeus lapselle ergonominen Helppo puhdistaa, ei “velliuraa” KORKEA PRO- TUOLI on kehitetty vastaamaan yhä paremmin päiväkotimaailman vaativaa käyttöä. Parannellut ja vahvistetut yksityiskohdat on kerrottu tuolikuvan vieressä. Tuolin runko on vankkaa taivutettua koivua. Sarjaan kuuluu lasten korkea sekä matalat tuolit (kuvaston s.25), aikuistuoli (kuvaston s.30) ja pöydät eri pintamateriaaleilla (pöydät alkaen kuvaston s.34). Tuolit voidaan tilata istuin ja selkänoja lakattuina tai värillisellä laminaatilla päällystettyinä. Korkeaan tuoliin voidaan tilata irrotettavissa oleva turvakaari. Tuolit ovat kevyitä siirrellä (korkean tuolin paino noin 4 kg!). Istuimen koko on LxS 36x30 cm, muut mitat näkyvät mittapiirustuksissa. Korkean tuolin jalkalauta on säädettävissä jopa viiteen eri korkeuteen. Perustuolit ovat ripustettavia (tuoliripustimet kuvaston sivulla 35). Tuoli ei pinoudu. Tuolien jalkojen alla on lattiaa suojaavat erikoispaksut huopanastat. TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT 851250 851250K 851250T-2 K3236 HUOM! Muistakaa tilatessanne mainita värivalintanne! 76 cm 65 cm INFO! Turvakaarelliseen tuoliin soveltuva syöttötuolipehmuste löytyy kuvaston sivulla 47! Jalkalauta on siirrettävissä viiteen korkeuteen. 36 cm 42 cm 48 cm 50 cm KORKEA PRO, KORKEUS 50 CM LAKATTU KOIVU HINTA VÄRILLINEN LAMINAATTI * HINTA 851250 108 € 851250-2 123 € Käsinojin 851250K 120 € 851250K-2 136 € Turvakaarella 851250T 135 € 851250T-2 151 € 851250-TK Turvakaari Korkeaan Pro- tuoliin. Jos turvakaari tilataan erikseen jälkiasennukseen, käytä tätä tuotenumeroa. 35 € KORKEAPAINELAMINAATTIEN VÄRIKARTTA. Projektikohtaisesti saatavana laajempi laminaattivalikoima. * Alle 5 kpl värillisten laminaattituolien tilauksissa lisähinta 11 € / kpl, alle 10 kpl lisähinta 8 € / kpl. M3305 K2081 K1834 K1194 F5347 K1019 F2478 K3236 F3007 M6392 Koivu F3050 F7024 K3209 K3210 F5348 F7845 F2253 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 23
Sivu 24


LASTENTUOLIT - KORKEA 710 JA MINI 710 UUTUUS TAKUU 4 VUOTTA TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT 850050-22 850033 TAKUU 4 VUOTTA KORKEA 710- TUOLI INFO! 850050K-2 Tuolin mittapiirros on sivulla 26! 850050 • istuin ja selkänoja vakiona lakattua koivua • istuimeen ja jalkalautaan saatavana myös Formica Colors värejä, vakiovärit sivun alalaidassa • istuinkorkeus 50 cm • rungon vakioväri RAL9006 • pinottava ja ripustettava tuoli (ripustimet s.35) • jalkalauta säädettävissä 4 korkeuteen • jalkalauta vakiona lakattua koivua, saatavana myös samanvärisenä istuimen ja selkänojan kanssa! • selkänojassa nostokolo • tuoli saatavana myös käsinojallisena ja matalana lastentuolina KORKEA 710- TUOLI, KORKEUS 50 CM Ripustettavissa käsinojasta pöydän reunaan LAKATTU KOIVU HINTA ISTUIN KOIVUKUV. LAM., JALKALAUTA KOIVUA * HINTA ISTUIN VÄRILL. LAM., JALKA- LAUTA KOIVUA * HINTA ISTUIN JA JALKALAUTA VÄRILL.LAM.* HINTA 850050 105 € 850050-1 110 € 850050-2 120 € 850050-22 130 € Käsinojin 850050K 126 € 850050K-1 131 € 850050K-2 141 € 850050K-22 151 € MINI 710- TUOLI, KORKEUS 33 CM LAKATTU KOIVU HINTA VÄRILLINEN LAMINAATTI * HINTA 850033 68 € 850033-2 85 € Käsinojin 850033K 89 € 850033K-2 106 € MINI 710- TUOLI, KORKEUS 37 CM LAKATTU KOIVU HINTA VÄRILLINEN LAMINAATTI * HINTA 850037 68 € 850037-2 85 € Käsinojin 850037K 89 € 850037K-2 106 € KORKEAPAINELAMINAATTIEN VÄRIKARTTA. Projektikohtaisesti saatavana laajempi laminaattivalikoima. * Alle 5 kpl värillisten laminaattituolien tilauksissa lisähinta 11 € / kpl, alle 10 kpl lisähinta 8 € / kpl. M3305 K2081 K1834 K1194 F5347 K1019 F2478 K3236 F3007 M6392 Koivu F3050 F7024 K3209 K3210 F5348 F7845 F2253 24 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 25


LASTENTUOLIT - MATALAT Mini Aino lastentuolit ovat kestäviä, laadukkaita ja lapsille ergonomisia. Perusraaka-aine kaikissa tuoleissa on lakattu koivu. Tuolit voidaan tilata kokonaan koivuisina tai niin, että istuin ja selkänoja on päällystetty korkeapainelaminaatilla. Tuolien jalkojen alla on lattiaa suojaavat erikoispaksut huopanastat. TAKUU 4 VUOTTA Tuotesarjassa löytyy jokaiselle tuolimallille vastaava korkea lasten tuoli (paitsi Mini 500!) sekä aikuistuolimalli. 62 cm 58 cm 38 cm 34 cm 55 cm 51 cm MINI 140 TUOLI on massiivikoivua. Tuolin LxS 31,5x34 cm, muut mitat löytyvät mittapiirustuksesta. Saatavana kaksi eri istuinkorkeutta (34 ja 38 cm). Tuoli on pinottava ja saatavana myös käsinojallisena. • Vastaava korkea lasten tuoli kuvaston sivulla 21. • Vastaava aikuistuoli kuvaston sivulla 29. MINI 140 TUOLI / ISTUINKORKEUS 34 CM 38 CM HINTA Lakattua koivua 851634 851638 85 € Värillinen laminaatti * 851634-2 851638-2 97 € 851634 64 cm 60 cm 42 cm 42 cm 37 cm 33 cm 52 cm 48 cm MINI PRO on todella kestävä tuolimalli, jossa ruuviliitokset on minimoitu. Tuolista saatavana kolme eri istuinkorkeutta (28, 33 ja 37 cm), muut mitat löytyvät mittapiirustuksesta. Saatavana myös käsinojallisena. Tuoli ei pinoudu. • Vastaava korkea lasten tuoli kuvaston sivulla 23. • Vastaava aikuistuoli kuvaston sivulla 30. MINI PRO Lakattua koivua, käsinojin 851634K 851638K 105 € Värillinen laminaatti, käsinojin * 851634K-2 851638K-2 118 € TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT TUOLI / ISTUINKORKEUS 28 CM 33 CM 37 CM HINTA Lakattua koivua 851228 851233 851237 77 € Värillinen laminaatti * 851228-2 851233-2 851237-2 88 € 851233 36 cm 42 cm 44 cm Lakattua koivua, käsinojin 851228K 851233K 851237K 90 € Värillinen laminaatti, käsinojin * 851228K-2 851233K-2 851237K-2 99 € 64 cm 60 cm 51 cm 37 cm 33 cm 28 cm MINI 150 on pinottava tuolimalli. Tuolista saatavana kolme eri istuinkorkeutta (28, 33 ja 37 cm), muut mitat löytyvät mittapiirustuksesta. Saatavana myös käsinojallisena. • Vastaava korkea lasten tuoli kuvaston sivulla 22. • Vastaava aikuistuoli kuvaston sivulla 30. MINI 150 TUOLI / ISTUINKORKEUS 28 CM 33 CM 37 CM HINTA Lakattua koivua 851528 851533 851537 54 € 851533 38 cm 38 cm 34 cm 41 cm 41 cm 34 cm Värillinen laminaatti * 851528-2 851533-2 851537-2 65 € Lakattua koivua, käsinojin 851528K 851533K 851537K 68 € Värillinen laminaatti, käsinojin * 851528K-2 851533K-2 851537K-2 79 € MINI 500 sopii esikoululaisille ja päiväkoteihin isompien lasten ryhmiin. Tuolin leveys on 34 cm, saatavana kolme eri istuinkorkeutta (28, 33 ja 37 cm). Tuolia ei saa käsinojallisena. • Vastaava aikuistuoli kuvaston sivulla 31. MINI 500 855033 855033-2 K1194 KORKEAPAINELAMINAATTIEN VÄRIKARTTA. Projektikohtaisesti saatavana laajempi laminaattivalikoima. TUOLI / ISTUINKORKEUS 28 CM 33 CM 37 CM HINTA Lakattua koivua 855028 855033 855037 66 € Värillinen laminaatti * 855028-2 855033-2 855037-2 77 € * Alle 5 kpl värillisten laminaattituolien tilauksissa lisähinta 11 € / kpl, alle 10 kpl lisähinta 8 € / kpl. M3305 K2081 K1834 K1194 F5347 K1019 F2478 K3236 F3007 M6392 Koivu F3050 F7024 K3209 K3210 F5348 F7845 F2253 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 25
Sivu 26


OPPILASTUOLIT AINO 710- TUOLI on oppilaitoskäyttöön lujuus- ja turvallisuustestattu tuoli jonka tarkemmat tiedot löytyvät kuvaston s.45. 856003-1 Aino 710, koivukuvioitua laminaattia. 85 € 856003-2 Aino 710, värillistä laminaattia. 99 € KORKEA 710- TUOLI on jalkalaudalla varustettu, kevyt mutta tukeva, tuoli jonka tarkemmat tiedot löytyvät kuvaston s.24. 850050 Korkea 710- tuoli, lakattua koivua. 105 € 850050-1 Korkea 710- tuoli, koivukuvioitua laminaattia. 110 € 850050-2 Korkea 710- tuoli, värillistä laminaattia. Jalkalauta koivua. 120 € 850050-22 Korkea 710- tuoli, värillistä laminaattia. Myös jalkalauta värillistä laminaattia. 130 € 84 cm 45 cm 79 cm 50 cm 47 cm 52 cm 42 cm 52 cm TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT 856003-2 KATSO PILATES AIR- TUOLIN TIEDOT S.181! 850050-22 856046-1 856038-1 850045 OPPILASTUOLIT 725 JA 735 ovat oppilaitoskäyttöön lujuus- ja turvallisuustestattu tuolit joiden tarkemmat tiedot löytyvät kuvaston s.45. 856046-1 Oppilastuoli 725, koivukuvioitua laminaattia. 85 € 856046-2 Oppilastuoli 725, värillistä laminaattia. 99 € 856038-1 Oppilastuoli 735, koivukuvioitua laminaattia. 98 € 856038-2 Oppilastuoli 735, värillistä laminaattia. 112 € AINO 520-TUOLI on oppilaitoskäyttöön lujuus- ja turvallisuustestattu tuoli jonka tarkemmat tiedot löytyvät kuvaston s.45. 850038 Aino 520 k.38 cm, lakattua koivua. 96 € 850042 Aino 520 k.42 cm, lakattua koivua. 96 € 850045 Aino 520 k.45 cm, lakattua koivua. 96 € 850038-2 Aino 520 k.38 cm, värillistä laminaattia. 108 € 850042-2 Aino 520 k.42 cm, värillistä laminaattia. 108 € 850045-2 Aino 520 k.45 cm, värillistä laminaattia. 108 € 26 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 27


TUOLIT - HABA TAKUU 5 VUOTTA Haban Solit:Sit® tuolit ovat muotokieleltään sekä värimaailmaltaan nykyaikaisia. Nojatessa selkänoja antaa kevyesti myöden eli tuolissa on mukava istua myös pidempiä aikoja. Muotoilun ansiosta tuolilla voidaan istua vaikka nurinpäin! Tuolia on saatavana joko muovisella tai puisella istuinosalla, huomioittehan erilliset hintataulukot ja värikartat. Solit:Sit® tuolissa on erittäin tukeva teräksinen runko (RAL 9006) ja runko/ jalkavaihtoehtoja löytyy useita. Nelijalka- ja Swingmallien tuoleja voidaan pinota 5 tuolia päällekkäin. Tuolien siirtelyn helpottamiseksi löytyy kätevä vaunu. Korkeussäädettävät Solit:Sit® tuolit. Lift ja Roll ovat korkeussäätönsä ansiosta ergonominen ratkaisu monelle istujalle! Solit:Sit® tuoleja on saatavana kahdella eri korkuisella kaasujousella. Lift mallissa on kiinteä nastallinen ja Roll mallissa pyörällinen ristikko. Istuimeksi voi molempiin malleihin valita joko kiinteän tai liikkuvan Active-istuimen. Active- istuimen ansioista alaselkä pysyy aktiivisena lyhentäen selän jäykkänä olemisen aikaa. Activeistuin liikkuu joka suunnassa, edestakaisin sekä sivulta sivulle. TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT Neljällä jalalla Swing, versio A Swing, versio B Lift, nastoilla Roll, pyörillä MUOVINEN ISTUIN Alla hintataulukot sekä värimallit tuolille, jossa on muovinen istuin. Tuolin muovinen istuinosa on lähes rikkoutumaton- ei naarmuunnu ja on erittäin helppo pitää puhtaana! TUOLIT MUOVI-ISTUIMELLA ISTUINKORKEUS, ISTUINOSAN LEVEYS 35 CM, 35 CM 38 CM, 35 CM HINTA 43 CM, 43 CM 46 CM, 43 CM HINTA Neljällä jalalla H178003 H178004 141 € H178005 H178006 154 € Swing, versio A H178013 H178014 141 € H178015 H178016 154 € Swing, versio B H178023 H178024 141 € H178025 H178026 154 € KORKEUSSÄÄDETTÄVÄT TUOLIT, PEHMEILLÄ PYÖRILLÄ KORKEUSSÄÄTÖ, ISTUINOSAN LEVEYS Roll, kiinteällä istuimella, tuolin ristikossa pyörät Roll, active istuimella, tuolin ristikossa pyörät KORKEUSSÄÄDETTÄVÄT TUOLIT, NASTOILLA KORKEUSSÄÄTÖ, ISTUINOSAN LEVEYS Lift, kiinteällä istuimella, tuolin ristikossa ei pyöriä Lift, active istuimella, tuolin ristikossa ei pyöriä 35-46 CM, 35 CM HINTA 41-53 CM, 43 CM HINTA H178071-P 208 € H178073-P 225 € H178072-P 326 € H178074-P 339 € 35-46 CM, 35 CM HINTA 41-53 CM, 43 CM HINTA H178071-N 199 € H178073-N 217 € H178072-N 318 € H178074-N 332 € PUINEN ISTUIN Alla hintataulukot sekä värimallit tuolille, jossa on puinen istuin. Tuolin istuin on monikerroksista pyökkivaneria joko luonnonsävyyn lakattuna tai värillisenä. Värivaihtoehtoja on peräti 10! TUOLIT PUISELLA ISTUIMELLA ISTUINKORKEUS, ISTUINOSAN LEVEYS 26 CM, 30 CM 31 CM, 30 CM 35 CM, 35 CM 38 CM, 35 CM HINTA 43 CM, 43 CM 46 CM, 43 CM HINTA Neljällä jalalla H178101 H178102 H178103 H178104 203 € H178105 H178106 217 € Swing, versio A H178111 H178112 H178113 H178114 203 € H178115 H178116 217 € Swing, versio B H178123 H178124 203 € H178125 H178126 217 € KORKEUSSÄÄDETTÄVÄT TUOLIT, PEHMEILLÄ PYÖRILLÄ KORKEUSSÄÄTÖ, ISTUINOSAN LEVEYS Roll, kiinteällä istuimella, tuolin ristikossa pyörät Roll, active istuimella, tuolin ristikossa pyörät KORKEUSSÄÄDETTÄVÄT TUOLIT, NASTOILLA KORKEUSSÄÄTÖ, ISTUINOSAN LEVEYS Lift, kiinteällä istuimella, tuolin ristikossa ei pyöriä Lift, active istuimella, tuolin ristikossa ei pyöriä 35-46 CM, 35 CM HINTA 41-53 CM, 43 CM HINTA H178171-P 291 € H178173-P 305 € H178172-P 389 € H178174-P 399 € 35-46 CM, 35 CM HINTA 41-53 CM, 43 CM HINTA H178171-N 268 € H178173-N 283 € H178172-N 381 € H178174-N 390 € VÄRIVAIHTOEHDOT MUOVISILLE ISTUIMILLE VÄRIVAIHTOEHDOT PUISILLE ISTUIMILLE RAL 1003 RAL 2003 RAL 3000 RAL 5015 RAL 7031 RAL P375 NATU WEIS GELB MAIS ORAN ROT HEGR GRUN P657 HBLA BLAU Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 27
Sivu 28


AIKUISTUOLIT TAKUU 4 VUOTTA 856009 856009-IV 856009-V 856009K-IV 85 cm Rivikytkentä 46 cm TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT AINO 730 52,5 cm ILMAN KÄSINOJIA HINTA 56 cm KÄSINO- JALLISET HINTA Lakattua koivua 856009 109 € 856009K 129 € Istuin ja selkäosa värill. lam. * 856009-2 126 € 856009K-2 136 € Istuin verhoiltu ** 856009-IV 126 € 856009K-IV 136 € Istuin ja selkäosa verhoiltu ** 856009-V 150 € 856009K-V 160 € * Alle 5 kpl värillisten laminaattituolien tilauksissa lisähinta 11 € / kpl, alle 10 kpl lisähinta 8 € / kpl. ** Kangasmallit sivun 29 alalaidassa. AINO 730 • istuin ja selkänoja lakattua koivua, värillistä korkeapainelaminaattia (vakiovärit s. 29) tai kangasverhoiltu (vakiokankaat s. 29) • istuinkorkeus 46 cm, muut mitat mittapiirroksessa • teräsputkirunko, rungon vakioväri RAL 9006 • pinottava ja ripustettava tuoli (ripustimet s.35) • selkänojaan saatavana nostokolo lisähinnasta • tuoli saatavana myös käsinojallisena jolloin tuoli on nostettavissa pöydän reunalle • rivikytkentä saatavana lisähinnasta 849500PV Tuolivaunu. Vaunussa neljä tukevaa pyörää joista kaksi on lukittavissa. Kapasiteetti n. 15 Aino 700 tai 730 tuolia. Tilantarve 0,6 m 2 . LxSxK 63x51x73 cm. 239 € TAKUU 4 VUOTTA 856008 856008-2 856008-IV 84 cm 45 cm 849500PV 47 cm 52 cm AINO 700 ILMAN HINTA KÄSINOJIA Lakattua koivua 856008 99 € Istuin ja selkäosa värillistä laminaattia * 856008-2 123 € Istuin verhoiltu ** 856008-IV 123 € Istuin ja selkäosa verhoiltu ** 856008-V 145 € * Alle 5 kpl värillisten laminaattituolien tilauksissa lisähinta 11 € / kpl, alle 10 kpl lisähinta 8 € / kpl. ** Kangasmallit sivun 29 alalaidassa. 856008-V AINO 700 • istuin ja selkänoja lakattua koivua, värillistä korkeapainelaminaattia (vakiovärit s. 29) tai kangasverhoiltu (vakiokankaat s. 29) • istuinkorkeus 45 cm, muut mitat mittapiirroksessa • teräsputkirunko, rungon vakioväri RAL 9006 • pinottava ja ripustettava tuoli (ripustimet s.35) • selkänojassa nostokolo vakiona 28 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 29


AIKUISTUOLIT TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT TAKUU 4 VUOTTA 80 cm 45 cm 851645-IV 851645 851645-2 AINO 140- TUOLI ILMAN KÄSINOJIA HINTA Lakattua koivua 851645 122 € Istuin ja selkäosa värillistä laminaattia * 851645-2 162 € Istuin verhoiltu ** 851645-IV 152 € ** Kangasmallit alla 48 cm 49 cm AINO 140- TUOLI on rakenteeltaan todella tukeva tuoli. Tuolin runko on massiivikoivua ja on sivun 21 lastentuolimallin vastaava aikuistuoli. Istuin ja selkänoja ovat joko lakattuja tai laminaatilla päällystettyjä. Tuoli on saatavana myös istuin verhoiltuna. Tuolin mitat näkyvät mittapiirustuksessa. Tuoli on pinoutuva. Tuolin alla tukevat huopanastat. Toimitetaan koottuna. KORKEAPAINELAMINAATTIEN VÄRIKARTTA. Projektikohtaisesti saatavana laajempi laminaattivalikoima. * Alle 5 kpl värillisten laminaattituolien tilauksissa lisähinta 11 € / kpl, alle 10 kpl lisähinta 8 € / kpl. M3305 K2081 K1834 K1194 F5347 K1019 F2478 K3236 F3007 M6392 Koivu F3050 F7024 K3209 K3210 F5348 F7845 F2253 GABRIEL/ EVENT: 100 % polyesteri (Öko-Tex), SL1, Martindale 100 000. Kankaan lisätiedot ja hoito-ohjeet kuvaston lopulla. 60000 60022 60023 60999 61031 61032 62013 63013 64030 64031 64032 65017 65018 66033 66034 66035 66036 66037 66038 67018 67019 67020 68032 68033 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 29
Sivu 30


AIKUISTUOLIT 77 cm TAKUU 4 VUOTTA AINO PRO- TUOLI on Pro- sarjan lastentuolien (sivu 23) vastaava aikuistuoli. Runko on taivutettua koivua. Tuolin rakenne on erittäin kestävä koska ruuviliitosten määrä on minimoitu. Istuin ja selkänoja ovat joko lakattuja, laminaatilla päällystettyjä tai kankaalla verhoiltuja. Tuolin mitat näkyvät mittapiirustuksessa. Aino Protuoli ei ole pinoutuva. Toimitetaan koottuna. AINO PRO ILMAN KÄSINOJIA HINTA 45 cm Lakattua koivua 851245 109 € Istuin ja selkäosa värillistä laminaattia * 851245-2 126 € Istuin verhoiltu ** 851245-IV 121 € Istuin ja selkäosa verhoiltu ** 851245-V 138 € * Alle 5 kpl värillisten laminaattituolien tilauksissa lisähinta 11 € / kpl, alle 10 kpl lisähinta 8 € / kpl. ** Kangasmallit sivun 31 alalaidassa. 851245 43 cm 53 cm Tuoliripustimet löytyvät kuvaston s.35. TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT 851145-IV 851145-V 80 cm TAKUU 4 VUOTTA AINO 150- TUOLI soveltuu monipuolisten ominaisuuksien ja hyvän hinta- laatusuhteensa ansiosta erilaisten kokoontumistilojen tuoliksi. Aino 150 on sivun 22 lastentuolien vastaava aikuistuoli. Istuimen koko on 40x40 cm, muut mitat näkyvät mittapiirustuksessa. Tuoli pinoutuu tiiviisti. Tuolin alla tukevat huopanastat. Toimitetaan koottuna. AINO 150 ILMAN KÄSINOJIA HINTA KÄSINOJIN HINTA 45 cm Lakattua koivua 851145 105 € 851145-K 125 € Istuin ja selkäosa värill. lam. * 851145-2 128 € 851145-2K 160 € Istuin verhoiltu ** 851145-IV 124 € 851145-KIV 156 € Istuin ja selkäosa verhoiltu ** 851145-V 138 € 851145-KV 170 € * Alle 5 kpl värillisten laminaattituolien tilauksissa lisähinta 11 € / kpl, alle 10 kpl lisähinta 8 € / kpl. ** Kangasmallit sivun 31 alalaidassa. 851145 48 cm 51 cm 849500PV Tuolivaunu. Vaunussa neljä tukevaa pyörää joista kaksi on lukittavissa. Kapasiteetti n. 15 Aino 150- tuolia. Tilantarve 0,6 m 2 . LxSxK 63x51x73 cm. 239 € Jakkara pinottuna TEVELLAN AINO JAKKARAT OVAT LAKATTUA KOIVUA Istuimen Ø 32 cm. Jakkaroita voidaan pinota tai ripustaa pöydän alle asennettaviin ripustimiin. Toimitetaan koottuina. JAKKARAT 28 CM 33 CM 37 CM 45 CM HINTA Koivua 858128 858133 858137 858145 39 € TAKUU 4 VUOTTA AINO 40 JA AINO 80 tuoleissa on väljä mitoitus ja tukeva rakenne. Tuolit soveltuvat niin neuvottelutilaan kuin juhlasaliinkin. Lisätietoa tuolimalleista www.tevella.fi . 856115-KIV 856105-IV 849997 Rivikytkentä. 5 € / tuoli 849500PV Tuolivaunu. Vaunussa neljä tukevaa pyörää joista kaksi on lukittavissa. Kapasiteetti n. 15 Aino 80- tuolia. Tilantarve 0,6 m 2 . LxSxK 63x51x73 cm. 239 € AINO 40 KÄSINOJILLA HINTA Lakattua koivua 856115-K 126 € Istuin verhoiltu ** 856115-KIV 152 € Istuin ja selkäosa verhoiltu ** 856115-KV 179 € AINO 80 ILMAN KÄSINOJIA KÄSINOJIN HINTA Lakattua koivua 856105 856105-K 119 € Istuin verhoiltu ** 856105-IV 856105-KIV 139 € Istuin ja selkäosa verhoiltu ** 856105-V 856105-KV 150 € ** Kangasmallit sivun alalaidassa. 30 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 31


AIKUISTUOLIT 855005-2 855005-IV TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT AINO 500 -TUOLI Kaunis ja ajaton tuoli hyvällä hinta- laatusuhteella. Kestävä rakenne taivutettua koivua. Tuoli ei pinoudu mutta soveltuu erittäin hyvin ripustettavaksi esim. ruokalakäytössä. Tuolin alla on tukevat huopanastat. Toimitetaan koottuna. 45 cm 75 cm TAKUU 4 VUOTTA AINO 500 ILMAN KÄSINOJIA HINTA Lakattua koivua 855005 96 € Istuin ja selkäosa värillistä laminaattia * 855005-2 108 € Istuin verhoiltu ** 855005-IV 125 € ** Kangasmallit alla Tuoliripustimet löytyvät kuvaston s.35. 45 cm 855005 850045 77cm 73 cm 69 cm 42 cm 40 cm 38 cm 45cm 42 cm 38 cm 50 cm 46 cm 42 cm AINO 520- TUOLI on suositun Aino 500 tuolin pinoutuva versio. Tuolimalli on lujuustestattu oppilaitoskäyttöön. Tuolista on saatavana kolme eri korkeutta- katso tuolin lisätiedot s.45! 850045 Aino 520 k.45 cm, lakattua koivua. 96 € 850045-1 Aino 520 k.45 cm, istuin ja selkänoja koivukuvioitua laminaattia. 99 € 850045-2 Aino 520 k.45 cm, istuin ja selkänoja värillistä laminaattia. 108 € KORKEAPAINELAMINAATTIEN VÄRIKARTTA. Projektikohtaisesti saatavana laajempi laminaattivalikoima. * Alle 5 kpl värillisten laminaattituolien tilauksissa lisähinta 11 € / kpl, alle 10 kpl lisähinta 8 € / kpl. M3305 K2081 K1834 K1194 F5347 K1019 F2478 K3236 F3007 M6392 Koivu F3050 F7024 K3209 K3210 F5348 F7845 F2253 GABRIEL/ EVENT: 100 % polyesteri (Öko-Tex), SL1, Martindale 100 000. Kankaan lisätiedot ja hoito-ohjeet kuvaston lopulla. 60000 60022 60023 60999 61031 61032 62013 63013 64030 64031 64032 65017 65018 66033 66034 66035 66036 66037 66038 67018 67019 67020 68032 68033 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 31
Sivu 32


AIKUISTUOLIT - LEPO PRODUCT Lepo Product Oy on kotimainen julkitilakalustevalmistaja, joka on alalla toiminut jo 60 vuotta! Mallistoon kuuluvat niin sohvakalusteet, pikkutuolit kuin pöydätkin. Esittelemme tällä sivulla kaksi suosittua tuolimallia, kysy muista malleista Tevellasta! Kalusteiden hinnat on annettu laadukkaalla Gabriel kankaalla, joista värimallit ja lisätietoa kuvaston sivulla 226. TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT 852305 852305-V NAMI Pyöreä ja leikkisä Nami soveltuu moneen käyttöön. Tuolissa on puiset jalat, jotka kiinnitetty teräsosan avulla mukavaan istuinkuppiin, mikä tekee tuolista keveydestään huolimatta kestävän tuolin. Istuin- tai ympäriverhoilulla tuoliin saa vieläkin lisämukavuutta. Tuolin seuraksi on suunniteltu myös Nami pöytä. Puuosat ovat joko lakattua, petsattua tai maalattua koivua. LxSxK 40x48x78 cm. Istuinkorkeus 46 cm. Nami- tuolin vakiokankaan tiedot löytyvät kuvaston sivulla 226! 852305 Nami tuoli, koivua. 195 € 852305-V Nami tuoli, verhoiltu. 230 € Nami pöydät -pyydä tarjous toivomastasi koosta sekä muodosta! KANTTI TUOLI -kestävä ja linjakas. Sarjaan kuuluu sekä käsinojallisia että -nojattomia tuoleja. Istuin ja selkänoja voivat olla koivuviilun lisäksi pehmustettuja, laminaattia tai jopa akryylia (laminaatti ja akryyli erikseen tilattavissa). Tuoli on saatavana sekä puu- että metallirunkoisena. Tuoliin voidaan liittää rivikytkentälaite ja tuoli pinoutuu hyvin. Tuolin koko on LxSxK 46x47x79 cm. Käsinojallisen tuolin leveys on 51 cm ja korkeus käsinojan päälle on 64,5 cm. Istuinkorkeus 45 cm. Kantti- tuolin vakiokankaan tiedot löytyvät kuvaston sivulla 226! 852311 Kantti tuoli, metallirunkoinen. Käsinojaton. Istuin koivua. 165 € 852311-IV Kantti tuoli, metallirunkoinen, istuin verhoiltu. Käsinojaton. Selkänoja koivua. 205 € 852311-V Kantti tuoli, metallirunkoinen, verhoiltu. Käsinojaton. 225 € 852311K Kantti tuoli käsinojin, metallirunkoinen. Istuin koivua. 255 € 852311K-IV Kantti tuoli käsinojin, metallirunkoinen, istuin verhoiltu. Selkänoja koivua. 295 € 852311K-V Kantti tuoli käsinojin, metallirunkoinen, verhoiltu. 310 € 852312 Kantti tuoli, puurunkoinen. Käsinojaton. Istuin koivua. 245 € 852312-IV Kantti tuoli, puurunkoinen, istuin verhoiltu. Käsinojaton. Selkänoja koivua. 265 € 852312-V Kantti tuoli, puurunkoinen, verhoiltu. Käsinojaton. 295 € 852312K Kantti tuoli käsinojin, puurunkoinen. Istuin koivua. 320 € 852312K-IV Kantti tuoli käsinojin, puurunkoinen, istuin verhoiltu. Selkänoja koivua. 345 € 852312K-V Kantti tuoli käsinojin, puurunkoinen, verhoiltu. 380 € 852311 852311-IV 852311-V 852311K 852311K-IV 852311K-V 32 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 33


PENKIT UUTUUS TAKUU 4 VUOTTA 859102 Ella umpipäätyiset penkit, kahden setti. Lakatusta 40 mm paksuisesta massiivikoivusta valmistettu penkkisarja. Penkkien alla on säätötassut. Korkeamman penkin mitat: LxSxK 127x31x35 cm, matalamman vastaavat: 118x31x30 cm. 320 € 859937-2 TAKUU 4 VUOTTA AINO LAULUPENKIT • Penkkien koot LxSxK: 130x23x23 cm, 150x27x30 cm, 170x31x37 cm • Penkit saatavana joko lakattua koivua tai istuin värillistä laminaattia (vakiovärit kuvaston s.25) • Penkit saatavana joko 3:n sarjana tai yksittäin • Pisin penkki saatavana selkänojallisena tai ilman selkänojaa • Penkit toimitetaan koottuina 859323 Aino penkki 130 cm. 121 € 859530 Aino penkki 150 cm. 140 € 859837 Aino penkki 170 cm, ilman selkänojaa. 198 € 859937 Aino penkki 170 cm, selkänojallinen. 275 € 859953 Aino laulupenkit, 3:n penkin sarja. Sisältää 130 cm, 150 cm ja selkänojallinen 170 cm penkit. 536 € TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT 859530-2 859323-2 HUOM! Muistakaa tilatessanne mainita värivalintanne! Laminaattien värimallit sivulla 25. 859323-2 Aino penkki 130 cm. Istuin värillistä laminaattia. 142 € 859530-2 Aino penkki 150 cm. Istuin värillistä laminaattia. 161 € 859837-2 Aino penkki 170 cm, ilman selkänojaa. Istuin värillistä laminaattia. 221 € 859937-2 Aino penkki 170 cm, selkänojallinen. Istuin värillistä laminaattia. 296 € 859953-2 Aino laulupenkit, 3:n penkin sarja. Sisältää 130 cm, 150 cm ja selkänojallinen 170 cm penkit. Istuimet värillistä laminaattia. 599 € TAKUU 4 VUOTTA 859080 859030 859050 859070 ELLA LAULUPENKIT Penkit on valmistettu tukevasta massiivikoivusta. Penkit voidaan hankkia yksittäin tai kolmen penkin sarjana. Pisin penkki on saatavana myös selkänojattomana. Penkit toimitetaan koottavina elementteinä. 859030 Ella laulupenkki 130 cm. LxSxK 130x29x18,5 cm. 135 € 859050 Ella laulupenkki 150 cm. LxSxK 150x29x28 cm. 159 € 859070 Ella laulupenkki 170 cm, selkänojallinen. LxSxK 170x34x37/60 cm. 205 € 859080 Ella laulupenkki 170 cm, ilman selkänojaa. LxSxK 170x34x37 cm. 184 € 859003 Ella laulupenkit, 3:n penkin sarja. Sisältää 130 cm, 150 cm ja selkänojallinen 170 cm penkit. 499 € Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 33
Sivu 34


PÖYDÄT JA TUOLIRIPUSTIMET TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT TEVELLAN PÖYTÄMALLISTO on kehitetty kattamaan päiväkodeissa, kouluissa ja muissa julkisissa tiloissa tarvittavat koot, korkeudet, muodot, värit ja materiaalit. Voimme joustavasti toteuttaa tarpeisiinne parhaiten sopivan ratkaisun. Pöytähankinnoissa pätee vanha viisaus: Tuotteen todellinen hinta on ostohinta jaettuna käyttöiällä! Aino pöytiä on saatavana erikorkuisina, matalimmista lasten pöydistä aikuiskorkeisiin pöytiin. Kannet ovat korkeapainelaminaattia tai ääntä vaimentavaa linoleumia. Pöydissä on aito 4 mm vahvuinen koivureunalista. Kannen vahvuus on 25 mm. Pöytien jalkavaihtoehtoja on useita sekä puisina sekä metallisina. Kuvastossamme esillä näistä vain osa, kysy lisää Tevellasta! Tevellan pöytämallistossa on neljä vakiokorkeutta, joista voidaan valita käyttötarpeeseen sopivin. Eri pöytäkorkeuksiin suositeltavat tuolikorkeudet on esitetty vieressä olevassa taulukossa. AINO PÖYTIEN ESIMERKKIRYHMITTELYJÄ JA NIIDEN TILANTARPEET Tilantarve on laskettu korkean lastentuolin mukaan ja niin, että tuoli on ”käyttötilassa” (ei työnnettynä pöydän alle). Huomioittehan että mitat ovat yhden pöytäryhmän tilantarpeelle. Huonesuunnittelussa tulee huomioida riittävä etäisys seuraavaan pöytäryhmään! TEVELLAN PÖYTÄKORKEUDET JA NIIHIN SUOSITELTAVAT LASTEN- JA AIKUISTUOLIEN ISTUINKORKEUDET LASTEN LASTEN LASTEN LASTEN AIKUIS Pöydän korkeus 50 cm 55 cm 63 cm 72 cm 72 cm Tuolin istuinkorkeus 28-29 cm 33-34 cm 37-38 cm 50 cm 42-45 cm Jalat taivutettua koivua. Laippakiinnityksellä kannen alle asennettavat jalat, joissa sama taivutemuotoilu kuin Aino sarjan tuoleissa. Jalat massiivikoivua. Massiivikoivuisessa jalkarakenteessa on osittainen tukisarja pöydän kannen alla. Osittaisuus mahdollistaa tuoliripustimien lisäämisen pöytiin. Neliönmallinen massiivikoivujalka laippakiinnityksellä. Uusi jalkavaihtoehto joka esitellään kuvaston sivulla 39! Jalat metallia. Vakiojalkamme on halkaisijaltaan 45 mm ja polttomaalattu vaaleanharmaaksi (RAL 9006). Joustavan tuotannon ansiosta voimme valmistaa pöytiä muissakin koossa ja muodossa kuin kuvastossa esitetyissä. Pöytiä on myös saatavana erilaisilla jalkavaihtoehdoilla- kysy lisää Tevellasta! Sivulla 35 Ripustimet ja pyörälliset pöydät Sivuilla 36-38 Korkeapainelaminaattiset pöydät eri jalkavaihtoehdoilla Sivulla 39 Vanerireunainen pöytä ja uusi massiivikoivujalka Sivuilla 40-41 Ääntä vaimentavat, Linoleum, pöydät Sivuilla 42-43 Haba ääntä vaimentavat, Linoleum, pöydät Sivuilla 44-45 Oppilaskalusteet Sivulla 46 Työskentelypöydät 208 cm 213 cm Ø 120 cm 248 cm / 270 cm Ø 125 cm 125x75 cm 160x80 cm / 180x80 cm 168 cm / 168 cm 290 cm 330 cm 208 cm 204 cm / 209 cm 195 cm 208 cm 120x60 cm Ø 120 cm / Ø 125 cm 120x60 cm 120x60 cm 208 cm 208 cm / 213 cm 208 cm 268 cm 34 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 35


PYÖRÄLLISET PÖYDÄT JA TUOLIRIPUSTIMET TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT SASIN PÄIVÄKOTI, HÄMEENKYRÖ KIVIKON PÄIVÄKOTI, KEMI PYÖRÄLLISET PÖYDÄT Kaikkiin kuvaston sivujen 36-43 pöytiin on saatavana lukittavat pyörät jalkojen alle. Pyörät, yhdistettynä tuoliripustimien kanssa, helpottavat isojenkin pöytäryhmien siirtelyä joka taas mahdollistaa tilojen monipuolisen käytön. Kaikki pyörät ovat lukittavissa. Pöytien rivikytkentälaite myös saatavana- kysy lisää Tevellasta! TUOLIRIPUSTIMET Käsinojattoman tuolin voi sijoittaa pöydän alle asennettaviin tuoliripustimiin (jos olet epävarma tuolimallin ripustettavuudesta, tarkista asia Tevellasta!). Tilausvaiheessa on tiedettävä ripustimien toivottu sijoittelu, pyydä suunnitteluapua Tevellasta! Emme suosittele ripustimien jälkiasennusta. 849991 Tuoliripustin yhdelle tuolille. Tämä ripustin valitaan jos tilauksessa on puolipyöreä tai –suunnikas pöytä. Tämä on myös oikea valinta jos suorakaidepöytään halutaan vain yhdelle pitkälle sivulle vierekkäiset, tai lyhyisiin päihin ripustimet. 6 € 849993 Tuoliripustin kahdelle tuolille 120x60 suorakaidepöytään. Tämä ripustin valitaan jos halutaan ripustaa 120x60 suorakaidepöytään kaksi tuolia vastakkain. 12 € 849992 Tuoliripustin kahdelle tuolille 125x75 suorakaidepöytään. Tämä ripustin valitaan jos halutaan ripustaa 125x75 suorakaidepöytään kaksi tuolia vastakkain. 12 € 849995 Tuoliripustin kahdelle tuolille 80 cm lev. suorakaidepöytään. Tämä ripustin valitaan jos halutaan ripustaa 80 cm leveisiin pöytiin kaksi tuolia vastakkain. 12 € Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 35
Sivu 36


PÖYDÄT - KORKEAPAINELAMINAATTI PÖYDÄT KORKEAPAINELAMINAATTIKANNELLA Korkeapainelaminaatti on laitoskäytössä suosituin materiaali; se kestää hyvin päivittäisiä kolhuja ja on helppo pitää puhtaana. Kantta ympyröi aito 4 mm paksuinen koivureunalista, joka on laadukkaasti upotettu laminaattilevyjen väliin (kestävä ja ekologinen ratkaisu). Värivaihtoehtoja on lukuisia, laminaattien värimallit löytyvät viereisen sivun alalaidasta. Korkeapainelaminaattipinnan hoito- ohjeet löytyvät kuvaston lopulta. TAKUU 4 VUOTTA Joustavan tuotannon ansiosta voimme valmistaa pöytiä muissakin koossa ja muodossa kuin kuvastossa esitetyissä. Pöytiä on myös saatavana erilaisilla jalkavaihtoehdoilla- kysy lisää Tevellasta! SUORAKAIDE TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT KANNEN KOKO 120X60 CM KORKEUS TAIVUTETTU KOIVU HINTA MASSIIVIKOIVU HINTA METALLI HINTA 72 cm 841272 145 € 840772 165 € 841272-M 160 € Valkoinen laminaatti 50 cm 841250 145 € 841250-M 160 € 72 cm 841272-1 149 € 840772-1 171 € 841272-1M 170 € Koivukuvioitu laminaatti 50 cm 841250-1 149 € 841250-1M 170 € 72 cm 841272-2 165 € 840772-2 183 € 841272-2M 186 € Värillinen laminaatti 50 cm 841250-2 165 € 841250-2M 186 € KANNEN KOKO 120X80 CM 72 cm 842072 194 € 840272 220 € 842072-M 215 € Valkoinen laminaatti 50 cm 842050 194 € 842050-M 215 € 72 cm 842072-1 199 € 840272-1 223 € 842072-1M 221 € Koivukuvioitu laminaatti 50 cm 842050-1 199 € 842050-1M 221 € 72 cm 842072-2 221 € 840272-2 238 € 842072-2M 240 € Värillinen laminaatti 50 cm 842050-2 221 € 842050-2M 240 € KANNEN KOKO 125X75 CM 72 cm 841972 172 € 840972 199 € 841972-M 195 € Valkoinen laminaatti 50 cm 841950 172 € 841950-M 195 € 72 cm 841972-1 179 € 840972-1 202 € 841972-1M 202 € Koivukuvioitu laminaatti 50 cm 841950-1 179 € 841950-1M 202 € 72 cm 841972-2 199 € 840972-2 218 € 841972-2M 220 € Värillinen laminaatti 50 cm 841950-2 199 € 841950-2M 220 € KANNEN KOKO 130X80 CM Valkoinen laminaatti 72 cm 841372 199 € 840372 231 € 841372-M 226 € Koivukuvioitu laminaatti 72 cm 841372-1 206 € 840372-1 238 € 841372-1M 234 € Värillinen laminaatti 72 cm 841372-2 226 € 840372-2 255 € 841372-2M 250 € KANNEN KOKO 160X80 CM Valkoinen laminaatti 72 cm 841072 265 € 840072 295 € 841072-M 285 € Koivukuvioitu laminaatti 72 cm 841072-1 272 € 840072-1 305 € 841072-1M 295 € Värillinen laminaatti 72 cm 841072-2 299 € 840072-2 335 € 841072-2M 325 € KANNEN KOKO 180X80 CM Valkoinen laminaatti 72 cm 841172 284 € 840172 315 € 841172-M 308 € Koivukuvioitu laminaatti 72 cm 841172-1 292 € 840172-1 328 € 841172-1M 320 € Värillinen laminaatti 72 cm 841172-2 320 € 840172-2 355 € 841172-2M 348 € 36 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 37


PÖYDÄT - KORKEAPAINELAMINAATTI TAKUU 4 VUOTTA PUOLIPYÖREÄ KANNEN KOKO 120X60 CM KORKEUS TAIVUTETTU KOIVU HINTA MASSIIVIKOIVU HINTA METALLI HINTA 72 cm 843272 162 € 843772 205 € 843272-M 188 € Valkoinen laminaatti 50 cm 843250 162 € 843250-M 188 € 72 cm 843272-1 166 € 843772-1 210 € 843272-1M 193 € Koivukuvioitu laminaatti 50 cm 843250-1 166 € 843250-1M 193 € 72 cm 843272-2 182 € 843772-2 224 € 843272-2M 211 € Värillinen laminaatti 50 cm 843250-2 182 € 843250-2M 211 € KANNEN KOKO 125X62,5 CM 72 cm 843972 205 € 843872 248 € 843972-M 225 € Valkoinen laminaatti 50 cm 843950 205 € 843950-M 225 € 72 cm 843972-1 210 € 843872-1 253 € 843972-1M 231 € Koivukuvioitu laminaatti 50 cm 843950-1 210 € 843950-1M 231 € 72 cm 843972-2 225 € 843872-2 267 € 843972-2M 249 € Värillinen laminaatti 50 cm 843950-2 225 € 843950-2M 249 € TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT PUOLISUUNNIKAS KANNEN KOKO 120X60 CM KORKEUS TAIVUTETTU KOIVU HINTA MASSIIVIKOIVU HINTA METALLI HINTA 72 cm 846272 162 € 846672 205 € 846272-M 188 € Valkoinen laminaatti 50 cm 846250 162 € 846250-M 188 € 72 cm 846272-1 166 € 846672-1 210 € 846272-1M 193 € Koivukuvioitu laminaatti 50 cm 846250-1 166 € 846250-1M 193 € 72 cm 846272-2 182 € 846672-2 224 € 846272-2M 211 € Värillinen laminaatti 50 cm 846250-2 182 € 846250-2M 211 € KORKEAPAINELAMINAATTIEN VÄRIKARTTA. Projektikohtaisesti saatavana laajempi laminaattivalikoima. M3305 K2081 K1834 K1194 F5347 K1019 F2478 K3236 F3007 M6392 Koivu F3050 F7024 K3209 K3210 F5348 F7845 F2253 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 37
Sivu 38


PÖYDÄT - KORKEAPAINELAMINAATTI PÖYDÄT KORKEAPAINELAMINAATTIKANNELLA Korkeapainelaminaatti on laitoskäytössä suosituin materiaali; se kestää hyvin päivittäisiä kolhuja ja on helppo pitää puhtaana. Kantta ympyröi aito 4 mm paksuinen koivureunalista joka on laadukkaasti upotettu laminaattilevyjen väliin (kestävä ja ekologinen ratkaisu). Värivaihtoehtoja on lukuisia, laminaattien värimallit löytyvät sivun alalaidasta. Korkeapainelaminaattipinnan hoito- ohjeet löytyvät kuvaston lopulta. TAKUU 4 VUOTTA Joustavan tuotannon ansiosta voimme valmistaa pöytiä muissakin koossa ja muodossa kuin kuvastossa esitetyissä. Pöytiä on myös saatavana erilaisilla jalkavaihtoehdoilla- kysy lisää Tevellasta! TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT NELIÖ KANNEN KOKO 60X60 CM KORKEUS TAIVUTETTU KOIVU HINTA MASSIIVIKOIVU HINTA METALLI HINTA 72 cm 841672 129 € 842672 152 € 841672-M 155 € Valkoinen laminaatti 50 cm 841650 129 € 841650-M 155 € 72 cm 841672-1 133 € 842672-1 156 € 841672-1M 159 € Koivukuvioitu laminaatti 50 cm 841650-1 133 € 841650-1M 159 € 72 cm 841672-2 143 € 842672-2 166 € 841672-2M 169 € Värillinen laminaatti 50 cm 841650-2 143 € 841650-2M 169 € KANNEN KOKO 80X80 CM 72 cm 841872 165 € 842772 190 € 841872-M 189 € Valkoinen laminaatti 50 cm 841850 165 € 841850-M 189 € 72 cm 841872-1 169 € 842772-1 194 € 841872-1M 195 € Koivukuvioitu laminaatti 50 cm 841850-1 169 € 841850-1M 195 € 72 cm 841872-2 179 € 842772-2 204 € 841872-2M 205 € Värillinen laminaatti 50 cm 841850-2 179 € 841850-2M 205 € PYÖREÄ KANNEN KOKO 60X60 CM KORKEUS TAIVUTETTU KOIVU HINTA METALLI HINTA Valkoinen laminaatti 845060 242 € 845060-M 267 € Ilmoita Koivukuvioitu laminaatti toivottu 845060-1 252 € 845060-1M 275 € korkeus Värillinen laminaatti 845060-2 272 € 845060-2M 295 € KANNEN KOKO 90X90 CM Valkoinen laminaatti Ilmoita 845090 255 € 845090-M 282 € Koivukuvioitu laminaatti toivottu 845090-1 265 € 845090-1M 288 € Värillinen laminaatti korkeus 845090-2 290 € 845090-2M 313 € KANNEN KOKO 120X120 CM Valkoinen laminaatti Ilmoita 845120 299 € 845120-M 331 € Koivukuvioitu laminaatti toivottu 845120-1 310 € 845120-1M 342 € Värillinen laminaatti korkeus 845120-2 340 € 845120-2M 369 € KORKEAPAINELAMINAATTIEN VÄRIKARTTA. Projektikohtaisesti saatavana laajempi laminaattivalikoima. M3305 K2081 K1834 K1194 F5347 K1019 F2478 K3236 F3007 M6392 Koivu F3050 F7024 K3209 K3210 F5348 F7845 F2253 38 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 39


PÖYDÄT - VANERIREUNAINEN TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT UUTUUS VANERIREUNAINEN PÖYTÄ kehiteltiin Taito lastentuolin kanssa yhteen sopivaksi. Taito tuoteperheen yhtenä tunnusmerkkinä kun on juuri vanerin näkyvät syyt. Vanerireunaisessa pöydässä on suora massiivikoivuinen jalka joka kiinnitetään pöydän kanteen metallilaipasta. Pöytään on saatavana kaikki vakiojalat (taivutejalka, massiivikoivujalka jossa tukirakenne, metallijalka tai pyörälliset jalat). Kysy muita kansikokoja ja jalkavaihtoehtoja Tevellasta! Suorakaidepöytä 120x60 cm, kansi korkeapainelaminaattia, vanerireuna. Pöydän korkeus 72 cm, massiivikoivujalat: 847672 Suorakaidepöytä 120x60 k.72 cm, kansi valkoista laminaattia. 176 € 847672-1 Suorakaidepöytä 120x60 k.72 cm, kansi koivukuvioitua laminaattia. 180 € 847672-2 Suorakaidepöytä 120x60 k.72 cm, kansi värillistä laminaattia. 196 € Puolipyöreä pöytä 120x60 cm, kansi korkeapainelaminaattia, vanerireuna. Pöydän korkeus 72 cm, massiivikoivujalat: 843072 Puolipyöreä pöytä 120x60 k.72 cm, kansi valkoista laminaattia. 192 € 843072-1 Puolipyöreä pöytä 120x60 k.72 cm, kansi koivukuvioitua laminaattia. 196 € 843072-2 Puolipyöreä pöytä 120x60 k.72 cm, kansi värillistä laminaattia. 212 € Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 39
Sivu 40


PÖYDÄT - ÄÄNTÄ VAIMENTAVA LINOLEUM TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT SASIN PÄIVÄKOTI, HÄMEENKYRÖ 40 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 41


PÖYDÄT - KORKEAPAINELAMINAATTI NAISVUOREN PÄIVÄKOTI, MIKKELI TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT TAKUU 4 VUOTTA SUORAKAIDE KANNEN KOKO KORKEUS TAIVUTEJALKA HINTA MASSIIVIKOIVUJALKA HINTA 72 cm 840572 198 € 841572 238 € 120x60 cm 50 cm 840550 198 € 72 cm 840672 240 € 841772 280 € 125x75 cm 50 cm 840650 240 € PUOLIPYÖREÄ KANNEN KOKO KORKEUS TAIVUTEJALKA HINTA MASSIIVIKOIVUJALKA HINTA 72 cm 843572 225 € 843372 275 € 120x60 cm 50 cm 843550 225 € 72 cm 843672 260 € 843472 311 € 125x62,5 cm 50 cm 843650 260 € LINOLEUM PÖYDÄT Vaihtoehtona pöydän kannen materiaaliksi korkeapainelaminaatin sijaan on ääntä vaimentava ja ekologinen linoleum. LINOLEUM- PINNAN OMINAISUUDET: • ekologisuus: uusiutuvista raaka-aineista valmistettu sekä biologisesti hajoava. • paloturvallinen. • elastinen ja siksi ääntä vaimentava. • ei haalistu. • luonnollisesti antistaattinen ja kestävä. • hygieeninen, antibakteerinen. • helppo puhtaana pito, kestää hyvin päivittäistä puhtaana pitoa ja puhdistusaineita (katso hoito-ohje kuvaston lopussa!) • koska linoleum on luonnonmateriaali niin materiaalin valmistuserissä saattaa olla sävyeroja! Joustavan tuotannon ansiosta voimme valmistaa linoleum pöytiä muissakin koossa ja muodossa kuin kuvastossa esitetyissä. Pöytiä on myös saatavana erilaisilla jalkavaihtoehdoilla- kysy lisää Tevellasta! INFO! Tuoliripustimet kuvaston sivu 35. LINOLEUM VÄRIT Projektikohtaisesti saatavana laajempi värivalikoima. 700 White 793 Grey 619 Eggshell PUOLISUUNNIKAS KANNEN KOKO KORKEUS TAIVUTEJALKA HINTA MASSIIVIKOIVUJALKA HINTA 753 Sage 670 Lavender 641 Terracotta 72 cm 846572 225 € 846372 275 € 120x60 cm 63 cm 846563 225 € 846363 275 € 55 cm 846555 225 € 846355 275 € 50 cm 846550 225 € 634 Copper 612 Corn Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 41
Sivu 42


PÖYDÄT - HABA TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT INFO! Haba pyökkiset kalusteet- Favorit tuoli sekä pöydät ovat edelleen mallistossamme -pyydä erillinen Haba kalustekuvasto Tevellasta! Neliö Suorakaidepöytä Suorakaidepöytä upotuksella Aaltoileva pöytä Puoliovaali pöytä Puolipyöreä pöytä Aaltoileva puolipyöreä pöytä Hevosenkenkäpöytä Kulmapöytä UUTUUS 8-kulmainen pöytä Neljännesympyrä pöytä Kolmionmallinen pöytä Kolmionmallinen pöytä tukirungolla Grow Upp viisikulmainen pöytä, 121x110 cm Grow Upp viisikulmainen pöytä, 172x122 cm 42 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 43


PÖYDÄT - HABA TAKUU 5 VUOTTA Move-Upp monien mahdollisuuksien pöydät! Pöytien kannet ovat paksuudeltaan 29 mm ja viistoreunaiset. Pöytien kannet ovat linoleumia. Linoleumista lisätietoa alla. Pöytiä on saatavana joko puisin tai metallisin jaloin; suorilla jaloilla tai niin, että osassa on siirtelyä helpottavat ja lukittavat pyörät. Pyörät ovat erittäin kestävät- yksi pyörä kantaa jopa 100 kg painon! Mallistossa on myös säädettäviä jalkavaihtoehtoja. Korkeusvaihtoehdot ovat: 25 (ei saatavana pyörällisinä), 46, 53, 59, 64, 71 ja 76. LINOLEUM- PINNAN HYVÄT OMINAISUUDET: • ympäristöystävällinen ratkaisu, uusiutuvista raaka- aineista ja biologisesti hajoava • ei haalistu • paloturvallinen • elastinen ja ääntä vaimentava • luonnollisesti antistaattinen ja kestävä • hygieeninen, antibakteerinen • helppo puhtaana pito, kestää hyvin erilaisia puhdistusaineita TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT MOVE-UPP- PÖYDÄT KORKEUDET VALITTAVISSA: 40, 46, 53, 59, 64, 71 tai 76 cm SUORAT PUISET JALAT HINTA 2 SUORAA JA 2 PYÖRÄLLISTÄ PUISTA JALKAA HINTA SUORAT METALLISET JALAT HINTA 2 SUORAA JA 2 PYÖRÄLLISTÄ METALLISTA JALKAA HINTA SÄÄDETTÄVÄT METALLIJALAT K. 53-73 CM HINTA Neliö 100x100 cm H450055 499 € H450056 560 € H450050 460 € H450051 525 € H450060 625 € Suorakaidepöytä 120x60 cm H450105 470 € H450106 525 € H450100 425 € H450101 490 € H450110 595 € Suorakaidepöytä 120x80 cm H450155 525 € H450156 585 € H450150 480 € H450151 545 € H450160 645 € Suorakaidepöytä upotuksella 120x80 cm H450305 745 € H450306 795 € H450300 695 € H450301 765 € H450310 865 € Aaltoileva pöytä 120x60 cm H450555 560 € H450556 615 € H450550 515 € H450551 580 € H450560 680 € Aaltoileva pöytä 120x80 cm H450605 620 € H450606 675 € H450600 575 € H450601 640 € H450610 740 € Puoliovaali pöytä 80x80 cm H451005 440 € H451006 495 € H451000 395 € H451001 460 € H451010 560 € Puolipyöreä pöytä 120x60 cm H450905 410 € H450906 470 € H450900 365 € H450901 430 € H450910 530 € Aaltoileva puolipyöreä pöytä 120x75 cm H450655 510 € H450656 570 € H450650 465 € H450651 530 € H450660 630 € Hevosenkenkäpöytä 160x120 cm H451105 675 € H451106 730 € H451100 630 € H451101 695 € H451110 795 € Kulmapöytä 120x120 cm H451755 665 € H451756 735 € H451750 610 € H451751 690 € H451760 810 € 8-kulmainen pöytä 126x126 cm H451055 690 € H451056 745 € H451050 645 € H451051 710 € H451060 810 € Neljännesympyrä pöytä, pituus 173 cm, Lyhyt sivu 60 cm, säde 100 cm. H450355 610 € H450356 680 € H450350 550 € H450351 630 € H450360 755 € Kolmionmallinen pöytä, sivujen pituudet 140 ja 100 cm Kolmionmallinen pöytä tukirungolla, sivujen pituudet 113 ja 80 cm GROW UPP- PÖYDÄT 3 PUISTA JALKAA HINTA 3 PUISTA JALKAA, JOISTA 1 PYÖRÄLLINEN HINTA 3 METALLISISTA JALKAA HINTA 3 METALLISTA JALKAA, JOISTA 1 PYÖRÄLLINEN HINTA SÄÄDETTÄVÄT METALLIJALAT K. 53-73 CM HINTA H450705 385 € H450706 425 € H450700 355 € H450701 400 € H450710 475 € H450770 425 € H450771 445 € H450780 565 € KORKEUDET VALITTAVISSA: 40, 46, 53, 59, 64, 71 tai 76 cm Grow Upp viisikulmainen pöytä, tilantarve 121x110 cm Grow Upp viisikulmainen pöytä, tilantarve 172x122 cm SUORAT PUISET JALAT HINTA 2 SUORAA JA 2 PYÖRÄLLISTÄ PUISTA JALKAA HINTA SUORAT METALLISET JALAT HINTA 2 SUORAA JA 2 PYÖRÄLLISTÄ METALLISTA JALKAA HINTA SÄÄDETTÄVÄT METALLIJALAT K. 53-73 CM HINTA H451605 575 € H451606 645 € H451600 520 € H451601 600 € H451610 725 € H451655 715 € H451656 785 € H451650 660 € H451651 740 € H451660 865 € LINOLEUM VÄRIKOODIT Sininen = L479 Vaaleansininen = L422 Oranssi = L171 Hiekka = L071 Vihreä = L132 Harmaa = L058 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 43
Sivu 44


OPPILASKALUSTEET TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT OPPILASPÖYDÄT 725 JA 735 • yhden tai kahden oppilaan koko • kansi vakiona koivulaminaattia • kannen paksuus 20 mm • kanteen saatavana myös muita Formica Colors värejä, vakiovärit sivun alalaidassa • runko halk. 30 mm. teräsputkea • rungon vakioväri RAL9006 • reppukoukku • lujuustestattu EN1729-2:2006 ”Furniture- Chairs and tables for educational institutions- Part 2: Safety requirements and test methods” • saatavana eri jalkavaihtoehdoilla • saatavana myös laatikollisena 887201-1 Oppilaspöytä 725 yhdelle oppilaalle. LxS 70x50 cm, korkeus 75 cm. Jalkojen alla säätötassut. 115 € 887202-1 Oppilaspöytä 725 kahdelle oppilaalle. LxS 120x50 cm, korkeus 75 cm. Jalkojen alla säätötassut. 152 € 887211-1 Oppilaspöytä 735 yhdelle oppilaalle. LxS 70x50 cm, säädettävä korkeus 64 tai 71 cm. Jalkojen alla säätötassut. 126 € 887212-1 Oppilaspöytä 735 kahdelle oppilaalle. LxS 120x50 cm, säädettävä korkeus 64 tai 71 cm. Jalkojen alla säätötassut. 168 € 887201-1 887202-1 75 cm 700 500-600 700 1200 500-600 500-600 1200 500-600 750 750 70 cm 50-60 cm 120 cm 50-60 cm 80 cm 80 cm 887262-1M 80 cm 50 cm 50 cm 50 cm 887261-1M 100 cm 887261-1M 887262-1M MUOTOPÖYDÄT, KOLMIO SEKÄ PUOLISUUNNIKAS: • kansi vakiona koivulaminaattia • kanteen saatavana myös muita Formica Colors värejä, vakiovärit sivun alalaidassa • kannen paksuus 20 mm • saatavana erimuotoisia ja -kokoisia kansia • metallijalka k.70 cm, RAL9006 • saatavana eri jalkavaihtoehdoilla 887261-1M Oppilaspöytä 100, puolisuunnikas. Sivujen pituudet 100/50/50 cm. Suorat metallijalat. Pöydän korkeus 72 cm. 162 € 887262-1M Oppilaspöytä 80, kolmio. Sivujen pituudet 80/80/80 cm. Suorat metallijalat. Pöydän korkeus 72 cm. 162 € KORKEAPAINELAMINAATTIEN VÄRIKARTTA. Projektikohtaisesti saatavana laajempi laminaattivalikoima. M3305 K2081 K1834 K1194 F5347 K1019 F2478 K3236 F3007 M6392 Koivu F3050 F7024 K3209 K3210 F5348 F7845 F2253 44 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 45


OPPILASKALUSTEET 84 cm 45 cm 47 cm 52 cm AINO 710 TUOLI • istuin ja selkänoja molemmin puolin koivukuvioitua tai värillistä laminaattia (värit sivun alalaidassa) • rungon vakioväri RAL9006 • pinottava ja ripustettava (ripustimet s.26) • istuinkorkeus 45 cm • lujuustestattu EN1729-2:2006 ”Furniture- Chairs and tables for educational institutions- Part 2: Safety requirements and test methods” 856003-1 Aino 710, koivukuvioitua laminaattia. 85 € 856003-2 Aino 710, värillistä laminaattia. 99 € 856003-1 856003-2 LISÄÄ OPPILASPÖYTIÄ kuvaston sivuilla 42-43 ja oppilastuoleja sivuilla 26-27! TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT 856046-1 856038-1 887212-1 OPPILASTUOLIT 725 JA 735 • istuin ja selkänoja molemmin puolin koivukuvioitua laminaattia • istuimeen saatavana myös muita Formica Colors värejä, vakiovärit sivun alalaidassa • runko halk. 30 mm. teräsputkea • rungon vakioväri RAL9006 • pinottava • kaksi eri mallia, säädettävä ja kiinteäkorkuinen • lujuustestattu EN1729-2:2006 ”Furniture- Chairs and tables for educational institutions- Part 2: Safety requirements and test methods” • soveltuu pöydän kanteen ripustettavaksi, tuolin istuimen alla olevat muoviosat suojaavat pöytää naarmuuntumiselta 77cm 72 cm 43,5 cm 44 cm 43 cm 38 cm 856046-1 Oppilastuoli 725, koivukuvioitua laminaattia. Istuinkorkeus 46 cm. LxSxK 51x53x83 cm. 85 € 856046-2 Oppilastuoli 725, värillistä laminaattia. Istuinkorkeus 46 cm. LxSxK 51x53x83 cm. 99 € 856038-1 Oppilastuoli 735, koivukuvioitua laminaattia. Säädettävä istuinkorkeus 38 tai 43 cm. LxS 43,5x44 cm. Tuolin kokonaiskorkeus 72 tai 77 cm. 98 € 856038-2 Oppilastuoli 735, värillistä laminaattia. Säädettävä istuinkorkeus 38 tai 43 cm. LxS 43,5x44 cm. Tuolin kokonaiskorkeus 72 tai 77 cm. 112 € 850045 850045-2 77cm 73 cm 69 cm 42 cm 40 cm 38 cm 50 cm 46 cm 42 cm 45cm 42 cm 38 cm AINO 520- TUOLI • saatavana 3 eri istumakorkeutta; 38, 42 tai 45 cm • pinottava ja ripustettava tuoli (ripustimet s. 35) • lakattua koivua • saatavana myös istuin ja selkänoja värillistä laminaattia (vakiovärimallit sivun alalaidassa) • jalkojen alla vakiona huopatassut, saatavana myös muovitassuilla • lujuustestattu EN1729-2:2006 ”Furniture- Chairs and tables for educational institutions- Part 2: Safety requirements and test methods” 850038 Aino 520 k.38 cm, lakattua koivua. 96 € 850042 Aino 520 k.42 cm, lakattua koivua. 96 € 850045 Aino 520 k.45 cm, lakattua koivua. 96 € 850038-2 Aino 520 k.38 cm, värillistä laminaattia. 108 € 850042-2 Aino 520 k.42 cm, värillistä laminaattia. 108 € 850045-2 Aino 520 k.45 cm, värillistä laminaattia. 108 € KORKEAPAINELAMINAATTIEN VÄRIKARTTA. Projektikohtaisesti saatavana laajempi laminaattivalikoima. * Alle 5 kpl värillisten laminaattituolien tilauksissa lisähinta 11 € / kpl, alle 10 kpl lisähinta 8 € / kpl. M3305 K2081 K1834 K1194 F5347 K1019 F2478 K3236 F3007 M6392 Koivu F3050 F7024 K3209 K3210 F5348 F7845 F2253 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 45
Sivu 46


TYÖSKENTELYPÖYDÄT UUTUUS Haba korkeussäädettävät, liikuteltavat ja pyöreät pöydät. Korkeussäätö tapahtuu kaasujousella välillä 73 ja 108 cm. Teräsputkirungon (RAL 9006) alla viidellä pyörällä varustettu jalusta. Ristikon halkaisija 70 cm. Kansi Duropal laminaatilla päällystettyä koivuvaneria, useita värivaihtoehtoja (mallit alla)! H176260 Haba korkeussäädettävä pyöreä pöytä Ø 80 cm. 935 € H176261 Haba korkeussäädettävä pyöreä pöytä Ø 100 cm. 955 € TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT W400 KORA KGEL G719 U068 K188 K177 K243 UUTUUS 847891 Kaasujousella säädettävä jalka 847890 Säädettävä työpöytä Forma. Samaa pöytää voi käyttää sekä aikuiset että lapset! Säätö tapahtuu kaasujousen avulla. Nyt saatavana kahdella eri jalustalla, joko laipalla tai pyörällisenä! Kansi on valkoista laminaattia, koko LxS 90x70/62 cm. Työpöytä toimitetaan jalusta irrallaan. 847890 Työpöytä Forma, laippajalka. Korkeussäätö 69-109 cm. Laipan Ø 64 cm. 415 € 847891 Työpöytä Forma, pyörällinen jalusta. Korkeussäätö 77-117 cm. 445 € 847895 Säädettävä työpöytä Rondo. Pöydän kannen Ø on 80 cm, saatavana useita eri värejä (katso värimallit sivulla 192). Säätö kaasujousella välillä 69 ja 109 cm. Laipan Ø 64 cm. Toimitetaan jalusta irrallaan. 399 € INFO! Saatavana myös muita kansikokoja, kysy lisää Tevellasta! TAKUU 4 VUOTTA H182080 H182082 Haba Seisomatyöpöytä- kahden tukevan pyörän ansiosta helposti liikuteltava työpiste. Pöydässä on kaksi eri mallia, toisessa avohylly ja yksi laatikko ja toisessa kaksi laatikkoa ja kaappi. Kaappi ja laatikot ovat lukittavia. Sivussa on kaksi koukkua. Koivuvaneria, taso koivukuvioitua korkeapainelaminaattia. LxSxK 60x60x105 cm. H182082 Haba Seisomatyöpöytä pyörillä, 1 laatikko. 780 € H182080 Haba Seisomatyöpöytä pyörillä, 2 laatikkoa ja kaappi. 940 € 841372-L AINO OPETTAJAN PÖYTÄ Pöydän kannen koko on 125x75 cm, pöydän korkeus 72 cm. Opettajan pöytään kuuluu kannen alle asennettava laatikosto, jossa kaksi laatikkoa. Laatikoista ylempi on lukittava. Laatikoissa metallilankavedin. Laatikoiden etusarjat ovat koivukuvioitua laminaattia. Valkoista laminaattia Koivukuvioitua laminaattia Värillistä laminaattia TUOTENRO HINTA 841372-L 328 € 841372-1L 335 € 841372-2L 355 € INFO! Kotimaisen joustavan tuotannon ansiosta voimme valmistaa pöytiä räätälöityjen mittojen mukaan! 46 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 47


SYÖTTÖTUOLIT JA TASOVAUNUT 850054 850053 Perinteiset kotimaiset syöttötuolit saavat pirteiden värien myötä uutta ilmettä! Syöttötuoleissa on kaksi eri mallia, taittuva ja taittumaton. Vaihtoehtoina molemmissa malleissa on lakattu koivu (oma tuotenumero) tai väri; musta, valkoinen, pinkki, sininen tai limenvihreä. 850053 Taittumaton syöttötuoli, lakattua koivua. Edullinen kotimainen taittumaton malli. Korkeus 88 cm, istuinkorkeus 53 cm. Toimitetaan koottuna. 75 € 850054 Syöttötuolin pehmuste. Pehmusteen sisus on vanua, päälliskangas on likaa hylkivää ja pyyhittävää. Kankaan kuosi voi vaihdella. 32 € 858617 858687 858682 Kotimaiset porrasjakkarat. Portaissa on massiivikoivuiset askelmat ja kromattu runko. Jaloissa on muovinastat. Toimitetaan koottuina. 858617 Pirkko porrasjakkara. LxSxK 34x44x61 cm. 79 € 858687 Manta porrasjakkara. LxSxK 41x45x68 cm. 96 € 858682 Siiri porrasjakkara. LxSxK 36x36x103 cm. Porrasaskelman korkeus on 23 cm ja ylemmän tason 43 cm. Runko on maalattu harmaa ja askelmat massiivikoivua. 105 € UUTUUS TUOLIT JA PÖYDÄT 797354 797355 797358 797359 Simo tasovaunut ovat ruostumatonta terästä. Vaunujen alla on tukevat pyörät (halk. 10 cm), joista kaksi on lukittavissa. Ulkomitat LxSxK 91x59x94 cm ja korkeus ylimmälle tasolle 81 cm. Maksimikuormitus 100 kg. Toimitetaan osina. 797354 Tasovaunu Simo, kaksitasoinen. Tasojen väli 59 cm. 295 € 797355 Tasovaunu Simo, kolmitasoinen. Tasojen väli 28 cm. 330 € Sara tasovaunut. Tyylikäs vaunu, jonka kaksi hyllytasoa on päällystetty mustalla kuvioidulla kumimatolla. Vaunussa on ergonominen Softgrip- työntöaisa. Vaunun alla tukevat, kuulalaakeroidut, pyörät joista kaksi on lukittavissa. Ulkomitat LxSxK 86,6x45,5x98 cm ja korkeus ylimmälle tasolle 71 cm. Maksimikuormitus 150 kg. Toimitetaan osina. 797358 Tasovaunu Sara, vihreä. 435 € 797359 Tasovaunu Sara, musta. 435 € 849890 849890 Joki tarjoiluvaunu. Kauniin tarjoiluvaunun musta laminaattitaso kestää kosteutta ja kuumuutta hyvin. Neljän tukevan ja lukittavan pyörän ansiosta vaunua on helppo siirrellä paikasta toiseen. Runko lakattua koivua, LxSxK 79x50x89 cm. 355 € Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 47
Sivu 48


Lepo ja hoito Hiljentymishetki keskellä päivää antaa uutta virtaa loppupäivään ...
Sivu 49


VUODE- JA LIINAVAATTEET Tällä sivulla olevat vuodevaatteet ja liinavaatteet ovat mitoitukseltaan yhteen sopivia. Viereisellä sivulla eroavat jonkin verran mitoitukseltaan näistä tuotteista; suosittelemme että tyyny ja tyynyliina, samoin kuin peite ja pussilakana, valitaan mitoituksen vuoksi samasta sarjasta. Kankaat ovat SL2. UUTUUS INFO! Muovinen pinottava sänky sivulla 53 879615 Kevytpeite 115x145 cm kissat- kuosi. Ihanan värikäs kevyt ”pesupeite” lapsille. Peitteen tarkoitus on ettei erillistä pussilakanaa tarvita. Kun kangas likaantuu, pestään koko peite. Kangas on puuvillaa ja sisus 100 % polyesterikuitua. Pesu 60 asteessa. 19,50 € UUTUUS LEPO JA HOITO 879600 Lasten tyyny, muotoiltu 35x55 cm. Täyte 100 % HCS, silikonoitua kuohkeaa polyesteripallokuitua, 200 g/tyyny. U-muototikkaus, saumat käännetty sisälle. Päällinen 100% puuvilla. Väri valkoinen, pesu 60 asteessa. 5,90 € 879610 Peite 100x140 cm. Peite 100x140 cm. Täyte 100 % HCS, silikonoitua kuohkeaa polyesteriontelokuitua, 308 g/peite. Peite on tikattu sekä kantattu ympäriinsä. Päällinen 100% puuvilla. Väri valkoinen. Pesu 60 asteessa. 16,90 € UUTUUS KISSA KUOSI TUOTENRO HINTA Tyynyliina 35x55cm 879620-K 4,90 € Pussilakana 100x140cm 879625-K 16,40 € PALLO KUOSI TUOTENRO HINTA Tyynyliina 35x55cm 879620-P 4,90 € Pussilakana 100x140cm 879625-P 16,40 € Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 49
Sivu 50


VUODE- JA LIINAVAATTEET Tällä sivulla olevat vuodevaatteet ja liinavaatteet ovat mitoitukseltaan yhteen sopivia. Viereisellä sivulla eroavat jonkin verran mitoitukseltaan näistä tuotteista; suosittelemme että tyyny ja tyynyliina, samoin kuin peite ja pussilakana, valitaan mitoituksen vuoksi samasta sarjasta. Kankaat ovat SL2. Huomioikaa että mitoissa ei ole huomioitu kankaan kutistuvuutta, joka on 5-10 %! 879410 879400 879410 Lasten peite 115x145 cm. Päällinen 100 % puuvillaa. Täyte 100 %.nen polyesterikuitu. Suora tikkaus, reunat kantattu. Väri valkoinen. Pesu 60°. 17,40 € 879400 Lasten tyyny, muotoiltu 30x48 cm. Päällinen 100 % puuvillaa. Täyte kuohkea pallokuitu. Saumat sisällä, väri valkoinen. Pesu 60°. 8,30 € 879399 Tyynynsuoja 35x55 cm. Tyynynsuoja sopii hyvin muotoillulle lastentyynylle (879400). Tyynynsuoja vähentää tyynyn pesukertoja ja pidentää näin tyynyn käyttöikää. Materiaalina on hengittävä, nestetiivis polyester- polyuretaani. Tyynynsuojassa on toisella sivulla läppä ja vastakkaisissa kulmissa ilmausaukot. Pesu 95°. 9,40 € UUTUUS KUOSI-T KUOSI-J HINTA Tyynyliina 40x60 cm 879413-T 879413-J 5 € LEPO JA HOITO T J Pussilakana 120x150 cm 879412-T 879412-J 15,20 € KUOSI-K KUOSI-V HINTA Tyynyliina 40x60 cm 879413-K 879413-V 5 € K V Pussilakana 120x150 cm 879412-K 879412-V 15,20 € UUTUUS KUOSI-T KUOSI-V HINTA T V Tyynyliina 40x60 cm Aluslakana 150x200 cm 879406-T 879406-V 5 € 879407-T 879407-V 11,20 € KUOSI-S KUOSI-W HINTA Tyynyliina 40x60 cm 879406-S 879406-W 5 € S W Aluslakana 150x200 cm 879407-S 879407-W 11,20 € UUTUUS 879417 879415 Ihanan värikkäät kevyt ”pesupeitteet” lapsille. Peitteen tarkoitus on ettei erillistä pussilakanaa tarvita. Kun kangas likaantuu, pestään koko peite. Kangas on puuvillaa ja sisus 100 % polyesterikuitua. Pesu 60 asteessa. 879417 Kevytpeite 115x145 cm, oranssi ruutu. 19,50 € 879415 Kevytpeite 115x145 cm, vihreä pilkku. 19,50 € 50 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 51


VUODE- JA LIINAVAATTEET 879304 Tällä sivulla olevat vuodevaatteet ja liinavaatteet ovat mitoitukseltaan yhteen sopivia. 879303 TYYNY 30x40 CM 879304 Tyyny, päällinen puuvillaa. Täyte pallokuitua. Pesu 60°. 6,50 € PEITE 95x135 CM 879303 Peite valkoista puuvillaa. Puuvillakangaspeitteissä kuviotikkaus ja kantatut reunat. Pesu 60°. 20 € Viereisellä sivulla eroavat jonkin verran mitoitukseltaan näistä tuotteista; suosittelemme että tyyny ja tyynyliina, samoin kuin peite ja pussilakana, valitaan mitoituksen vuoksi samasta sarjasta. Kankaat ovat SL2. Huomioikaa että mitoissa ei ole huomioitu kankaan kutistuvuutta, joka on 5-10 %! UUTUUS UUTUUS UUTUUS KUOSI-S KUOSI-R KUOSI-E HINTA Tyynyliina 35x45 cm 879312-S 879312-R 879312-E 6,50 € S R E RAJ.ERÄ! Pussilakana 105x145 cm 879314-S 879314-R 879314-E 22,50 € LEPO JA HOITO KUOSI-D KUOSI-C KUOSI-F RAJ.ERÄ! HINTA Tyynyliina 35x45 cm 879312-D 879312-C 879312-F 6,20 € D C F Pussilakana 105x145 cm 879314-D 879314-C 879314-F 20,90 € KUOSI-N KUOSI-O KUOSI-L KUOSI-H HINTA Tyynyliina 35x45 cm 879306-N 879306-O 879306-L 879306-H 6,20 € Pussilakana 105x145 cm 879308-N 879308-O 879308-L 879308-H 20,90 € Aluslakana 105x180 cm 879307-N 879307-O 879307-L 879307-H 15,50 € N L O H Putkilakana on käytännöllinen vaihtoehto tavalliselle aluslakanalle. Putkilakana pujotetaan patjan päälle ja käännetään reunat patjan alle piiloon. Pesukerrat vähenevät kun patjan voi kääntää ja valmiina on puhdas lakana. Yksiväristä puuvillaa, värimallit vieressä. Putkilakana 165x73 cm. Soveltuu n. 65 cm leveille patjoille. 879340-P 16,90 € 879340-N 16,90 € 879340-L 16,90 € 879340-H 16,90 € 879340-O 16,90 € Putkilakana 165x64 cm. Soveltuu n. 53 cm leveille patjoille (mm. kaappisängyn patja). 879341-P 16,90 € 879341-N 16,90 € 879341-L 16,90 € 879341-H 16,90 € 879341-O 16,90 € P Tyynyliina 35x45 cm Pussilakana 105x145 cm Aluslakana 105x180 cm KUOSI-P HINTA 879318-P 5,50 € 879320-P 17,90 € 879319-P 13,90 € Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 51
Sivu 52


PATJAT, PEITTEET, PYYHKEET JA SÄNGYT PATJAT Vahvuus 5 cm, irrotettava, pestävä (40 o ), vetoketjullinen päällinen. 879120 Patja 120x65 cm. Sarjasänkyyn. 42 € 879130 Patja 130x65 cm. Sarjasänkyyn. 44 € 879140 Patja 140x65 cm. Sarjasänkyyn. 46 € 879160 Patja 160x65 cm. 53 € 879240 Patja 140x53 cm. Kaappisänkyyn, pinottavaan sänkyyn ja patjakaappiin. 40 € Kankaan kuosi voi vaihdella. 879120 879130 879140 HYGIENIAPATJAT Antibakteerisella ja SL1 palosuojatulla kankaalla päällystetyt vaahtomuovipatjat. Patjojen paksuus 5 cm. Patjanpäällinen irrotettava, pesu 95 asteessa. 879120-H Patja 120x65 cm. Sarjasänkyyn. 61 € 879130-H Patja 130x65 cm. Sarjasänkyyn. 62 € 879140-H Patja 140x65 cm. Sarjasänkyyn. 64 € 879240-H Patja 140x53 cm. Kaappisänkyyn, pinottavaan sänkyyn ja patjakaappiin. 58 € 879333 Muovitettu frotee. Hyvälaatuinen, pehmeä kastelusuoja sänkyyn. Kangas on pehmeää mutta tausta muovitettu, jolloin kosteus ei pääse läpi patjalle saakka. Pesu 60 asteessa. Kankaan leveys 100 cm, myydään metreittäin (1m = 1kpl). 10 € / metri 879415 LEPO JA HOITO UUTUUS 879615 879401 879404 UUTUUS 879417 Pyyhkeet. Materiaali 100 % puuvillaa. Pesu 60 asteessa. 879440 Pyyhe 30x50 cm. Värivaihtoehdot: oranssi ja vihreä. 3,20 € 879441 Pyyhe 50x70 cm. Värivaihtoehdot: oranssi, vihreä, turkoosi ja harmaa. 6,20 € Torkkupeite 100x150 cm. Materiaali fleece-kangasta (100 % polyesteri). Pesu 30°. 879401 Torkkupeite, sininen. 14,50 € 879404 Torkkupeite, punainen. 14,50 € Kevytpeitteet. Peitteen tarkoitus on ettei erillistä pussilakanaa tarvita. Kun kangas likaantuu, pestään koko peite. Kangas on puuvillaa ja sisus 100 % polyesterikuitua. Pesu 60°. 879415 Kevytpeite 115x150 cm, vihreäpilkku. 19,50 € 879615 Kevytpeite 115x145 cm kissat- kuosi. 19,50 € 879417 Kevytpeite 115x150 cm, oranssi ruutu. 19,50 € 879115 Patja 870115 INFO! Projektikohtaisesti saatavana myös valkoisina! INFO! Matkasängyn mitoitus muuttunut! 870050 Matkasänky. Taitettavalla metallirungolla. Päädyt pyyhittävää nylonia, sivut läpinäkyvää reikäkangasta. Sängyssä on mukana ohut makuualusta mutta erikseen saatavana patja (879111)! Mitat PxL 110x48 cm. 105 € 879111 Patja matkasänkyyn 110x42x5 cm. Matkasänkyyn sopiva patja. Päällinen irrotettava (pesu 40 asteessa). 42 € Turvalliset pinnasängyt pienimmille lapsille. Kaksi eri mallia, toisessa on kiinteä- ja toisessa alaslaskettava etulaita. Sängyt ovat lakattua koivua, mitat PxLxK 125x66x85 cm. Sama patja sopii molempiin malleihin. Toimitetaan koottavina osina! 870115 Pinnasänky, kiinteä laita. Pohjan korkeus on säädettävissä kahteen eri korkeuteen. 145 € 870116 Pinnasänky, laskettava laita. Pikasäädöllä laskettava etulaita. Pohjan korkeus on säädettävissä kahteen eri korkeuteen. 179 € 879115 Pinnasängyn patja 120x60x8 cm. Allergiaystävällinen. Päällinen puuvilla- polyesteriä ja irrotettavissa pesua varten (pesu 60 asteessa). 36 € 52 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 53


MUOVINEN PINOTTAVA SÄNKY 870020 870022 870019 MUOVINEN PINOTTAVA SÄNKY Tukevarunkoinen, pyöreäkulmainen sänky jossa helposti pyyhittävä ja hengittävä pinta. Pinoutuu tiiviisti. Mitat LxSxK 135x58x15 cm. Toimitetaan osina. 870020 Muovinen pinottava sänky, sininen. 40 € 870019 Muovinen pinottava sänky, harmaa. 44 € LEPO JA HOITO UUTUUS INFO! Harmaa muovinen pinottava sänky saatavana toukokuussa 2016 MUOVISEN PINOTTAVAN SÄNGYN LISÄOSAT: 870025 Kuljetusvaunu muovisille pinottaville sängyille, keltainen. Teräsrunkoinen vaunu Tevellan mallistossa oleville muovisille pinottaville sängyille. Kaksi pyöristä on lukittavia. LxSxK 132x59x13 cm. Kantavuus max. 15 sänkyä. 42 € RAJ.ERÄ! 870022 Pyöräsetti muoviselle pinottavalle sängylle. Tukevat pyörät suoraan sängyn päätyjalkoihin kiinnitettäväksi. Kahdessa pyörässä on lukko. Soveltuu vain Tevellan muoviselle pinottavalle sängylle! 15 € 870027 Kuljetusvaunu muoviselle pinottavalle sängylle, musta. Neliöputkirunkoinen vaunu, johon voidaan pinota max. 15 kpl sänkyä. Kaikki pyörät ovat lukittavissa. LxSxK 134x59x14 cm. Toimitetaan osina. 54 € UUTUUS 870027 INFO! Musta kuljetusvaunu saatavana toukokuussa 2016 UUTUUS 870031 Huppu muovisten pinottavien sänkyjen päälle. Hupun kangas on laadukasta puuvilla- polysteriä, väri harmaa. Pesu 40 asteessa. Hupussa on vetoketju joka helpottaa sänkypinon päälle pujottamista. LxSxK 139x59x85 cm, mitoitus 15 kpl Tevellan malliston muovisen pinottavan sängyn mukaan! 110 € 879350 Muovisen pinottavan sängyn kevytpatja. Vanutäytteinen, puuvillapäällyksinen, tikattu kevytpatja. Väri: luonnonvalkoinen. Patja on sänkyä hieman leveämpi joten se pysyy lapsen liikkuessa paremmin paikoillaan. Päädyissä on kumilenkit. Pesu 60 asteessa. Mitat 65x138 cm. 24 € Muovisen pinottavan sängyn aluslakanat. Puuvillaa, mitat 65x140 cm. Päädyissä kumilenkit. Värivaihtoehdot yksiväriset P, N, O, L ja H. 879352-P 15,40 € 879352-O 17 € 879352-L 17 € 879352-N 17 € 879352-H 17 € 879352-O 870031 879350 P L O N H Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 53
Sivu 54


SÄILYTYSKAAPIT JA KAAPPISÄNGYT TEVELLA SÄILYTYSKAAPIT ovat rungoltaan 18 mm melamiinia. Ovi on 3d- laminaattia ja vakioväriltään valkoinen. Ovessa on metallilankavedin. Joustavan kotimaisen tuotannon ansiosta voimme räätälöidä juuri teidän tiloihinne sopivat säilytyskalusteratkaisut, kysy lisää Tevellasta! 825980 Tevella hyllykaappi. Kaapissa yksi kiinteä ja kolme siirrettävää hyllytasoa. LxSxK 50x62x196 cm. 390 € 825111 825990 825110 LEPO JA HOITO 825980 Patjakaapit ovat oivallisia niihin tiloihin, joissa lapset lepäävät lattialla patjoilla. Kaapissa on kuusi patjalokeroa ja vuodevaatteita varten kolme, isommassa kaapissa kuusi vaakahyllyä. 825990 Tevella patjakaappi 1. LxSxK 60x67x196 cm. 425 € 825992 Tevella patjakaappi 2. LxSxK 60x67x220 cm. 450 € Vakiomittaisiin patjakaappeihin sopii patjat, jotka ovat pituudeltaan max. 145 cm ja leveydeltään max. 60 cm! Alla muutama patjaesimerkki, joista lisätietoa kuvastomme s.52 ja 153. 879240 Patja 140x53x5 cm. 153001 Liikuntapatja 120x60x5 cm. 153010 Liikuntapatja 140x53x5 cm. 153240 Liikuntapatja 140x60x5 cm. 825111 Tevella lokerikko sänky-patjakaapin päälle. Säilytyslokerikko esim. petivaatteille. Asennetaan sänky- patjakaapin päälle. Valkoista melamiinia, metallilankavedin. LxSxK 150x65x60 cm. Lokeron koko 35,5x63,5x18 cm. 965 € 825110 Tevella sänky- patjakaappi. Tilava kaappi mm. muovisten pinottavien sänkyjen tai patjojen säilyttämiseen. Kaappiin mahtuu n. 15 muovista pinottavaa sänkyä päällekkäin. Valkoista melamiinia, metallilankavedin. LxSxK 150x65x120 cm. 915 € TAKUU 6 VUOTTA (ei kuluvat osat) 871242 HUOM! Muistakaa tilattaessa mainita ovien kätisyys! 871241+ Lisävaruste 871240 2 kpl 871241 Eero kaappisänky. 685 € • LxSxK 70x42x240 cm • avattuna tilantarve 175 cm • nosto ja lasku kaasujousilla • automaattinen turvalukitus yläasennossa • yläsängyn petauskorkeus 104 cm • vaadittava huonekorkeus 245 cm • kaappi vakiona valkoista melamiinia • projektikohtaisesti saatavana esim. ovet värillistä laminaattia • kaapin yläosassa on tuuletusraot • ovessa kolkutinesto • sängyt massiivikoivua • yläsängyn turvalaidat ovat vakiovarusteita • vuodevaateremmit ovat venymättömiä ja pikalukituksella toimivia • alasängyn vierähtämissuojat ovat lisävarusteita 871240 Vierähtämissuoja. Eero kaappisängyn alasänkyyn. Asennetaan valmiiksi tehtaalla jos tilataan samalla kuin kaappisängyt. Voidaan jälkiasentaa vain jos alasängyn päädyssä on korkea laita. Myydään kappaleittain. 15 € 879240 Patja 140x53 cm. Vahvuus 5 cm. Vetoketjullinen ja pestävä (40?) päällinen. 40 € 871242 Eero välikaappi. 310 € • LxSxK 30x42x240 cm • vaadittava huonekorkeus 245 cm • kaappi vakiona valkoista melamiinia • projektikohtaisesti saatavana esim. ovet värillistä laminaattia • 5 hyllytasoa HUOM! INFO! 871247 Muistakaa tilattaessa mainita ovien kätisyys! Saatavana myös ilman kuvan säilytystilaa kaapin yläosassa! HUOM! VENLAKAAPPISÄNKY kuvaston sivulla 56 Pikku-Veijo on kaappisängyn ja säilytystilan yhdistelmä ja Venla kaappisängyn yksisänkyinen versio. Sänky on tarkoitettu kaikkein pienimmille turvalliseksi nukkumapaikaksi. Päänpuoleinen pääty on leveämpi (65 cm) mikä antaa tilaa ja unilelukin sopii hyvin mukaan. Vuodevaatteet kiinnitetään venymättömällä, pikalukolla varustetulla hihnalla, jota ei voi kietoa esim. kaulan ympäri. 871247 Pikku-Veijo kaappisänky. 640 € • LxSxK 70x47x240 cm • voidaan madaltaa 225 cm saakka (lisähinta) • avattuna tilantarve 165 cm • nosto ja lasku kaasujousilla • vaadittava huonekorkeus 243 cm • kaappi vakiona valkoista melamiinia • projektikohtaisesti saatavana esim. ovet värillistä laminaattia • sänky massiivikoivua • korkeat turvalaidat • ovessa kolkutinesto • kaapin yläosassa on tuuletusraot 879170 Patja 145x66/53x5 cm. Patja on kaksiosainen, päätyosa leveämpi. Patjassa on vesipestävä sekoitekankainen päällinen. 60 € 54 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 55


LASTEN SÄNGYT JA SOHVASÄNKY TAKUU 5 VUOTTA INFO! Sarjasängyt täyttävät kerrossänkystandardit SFS-EN13453-1 ja SFS-EN747-1. Ella sarjasängyt ovat turvallisia ja kestäviä- päiväkotikäyttöön suunniteltuja! Malliston muotoilua on suoraviivaistettu mutta uudistettu mallisto soveltuu mitoitukseltaan yhdisteltäväksi vanhan kanssa. Sänkyjä voidaan tilata edullisina sarjoina tai yksittäisinä sänkyinä. Yläsängyn toimituksen mukana on aina tikas. Keski- ja pikkusängyissä on takana pyörät ja edessä muoviset liukunastat. Sänkyjen materiaalina on massiivikoivu, pohjalevyt ovat tukevaa, rei’itettyä vaneria. Patjat tilataan erikseen. Toimitetaan koottavina elementteinä. 870503 Ella sarjasänky 3:lle. Ulkomitat LxSxK 149x73,5x77 cm. 522 € 870504 Ella sarjasänky 4:lle. Ulkomitat LxSxK 149x82x154 cm. 810 € 870520 Ella pikkusänky. Ulkomitat LxSxK 126,5x73,5x20,5 cm. 148 € 870530 Ella keskisänky. Ulkomitat LxSxK 137,5x73,5x38 cm. 165 € 870540 Ella alasänky. Ulkomitat LxSxK 149x73,5x77 cm. 290 € 870550 Ella yläsänky ja tikas. Ulkomitat LxSxK 149x82x77 cm. 340 € LEPO JA HOITO INFO! Patjat ja vuodevaatteet löytyvät sivulta 49-52 Veto- ja työntökoukku sivulla 59 TAKUU 5 VUOTTA INFO! Saatavana myös projektikohtaisilla erikoiskankailla! Vakiokankaista lisätietoa kuvaston lopulla. Triple sohva on 3- osainen sohvasarja, joka sopii sekä istuimeksi että lapsille nukkumiseen. Muotoilua on suoraviivaistettu modernimmaksi. Sohvan mitoituksessa on huomioitu istujan ergonomia eli sohvaosa ei ole syvyyssuunnassa liian syvä! Myös selkänojanpehmusteen muotoilussa on huomioitu istujan ergonomia eli se on alaosasta leveämpi. Triple sohvassa yhdistyy sohvan ja sarjasängyn ominaisuudet täydellisellä tavalla! Sohvaosan istuimeen ja selkänojaan on kaksi eri vakiokangasta (kankaista lisätietoa värimallien yhteydessä). Keskimmäisen ja pikkusängyn patjat ovat puuvillaa (pesu 60 asteessa). Sängyissä on sen verran korkeuseroa, että alasänkyjen vuodevaatteet voivat jäädä paikoilleen kun sängyt siirretään allekkain. Sohvan runko on massiivikoivua, pohja vaneria. Alasängyissä on takana pyörät, edessä liukunastat. Sohvan mitat ovat PxLxK 148x60x65,5 cm, istuinkorkeus 42+5 cm. Toimitetaan osina. 870180 Triple sohva, Alberta kankaalla. 750 € 870190 Triple sohva, Nico kankaalla. 795 € Alberta kangas, puuvilla- polyesteri (67/ 33 %). Pesu 40 asteessa. NICO-kangas on kestävä ja vesipestävä (pesu 40 asteessa). Sen hankauskesto, eli Martindale luku, on yli 60 000. 9315 8612 8111 9582 9913 180 40 60 70 170 200 210 HUOM! Muistakaa tilatessanne mainita värivalintanne! 90 10 130 20 120 160 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 55
Sivu 56


KAAPPISÄNGYT - VENLA TAKUU 6 VUOTTA (ei kuluvat osat) INFO! Venla täyttää kerrossänkystandardit: SFS-EN 13453-1:2004, sekä SFS-EN 747-1:1993 HUOM! Muistakaa tilattaessa mainita ovien kätisyys! Värilliset ovet lisähinnasta! Päädyissä ei aukkoja Automaattinen turvalukitus Vakiovarusteena oven kolkutinesto LEPO JA HOITO Kaasujousi helpottaa sängyn nostoa Leveä askelma tuo turvallisuutta lapsen kiivetessäyläsänkyyn ja tuntuu mukavalta jalan alla Vakiovarusteena alasängyssä vierähtämissuojat Tikkaat nousevat sivu-uraa pitkin ylös muodostaen samalla yläsängyn päätyyn turvalaidan P L O N H VENLA KAAPPISÄNKY Taatusti turvallinen! Venlan patja kattaa koko kaapin sisäosan joten sängyssä ei ole hankalia tai jopa vaarallisia aukkoja tai koloja. Yläsängyn turvalaidat ovat 26 cm korkeat ja alasänky on suojattu molemminpuolisin vierähtämissuojin jolloin se soveltuu myös kaikkein pienimmille. Tikkaita ylös nostettaessa ne lukittuvat paikoilleen muodostaen turvalaidan myös sängyn jalkopäätyyn. Venla on varustettu aina automaattisella turvalukituksella joka lukitsee sängyt yläasentoon kun ne nostetaan kaappiin mikä helpottaa hoitohenkilöstön työtä. Vuodevaatteet kiinnitetään venymättömällä, pikalukittavalla hihnalla, jota lapsi ei voi kietoa esim. kaulan ympärille Venla on sertifioitu sekä julki- että kotikäyttöön tarkoitetulla kerrossänkystandardilla. Venla kerroskaappisänky on testattu, standardit täyttävä kaappisänky (SFS-EN13453-1 ja SFS-EN747-1). 871243 Venla kaappisänky. 865 € • LxSxK 70x47x240 cm • voidaan madaltaa 226 cm saakka (lisähinta) • avattuna tilantarve 171 cm • nosto ja lasku kaasujousilla • petauskorkeus 115 cm • vaadittava huonekorkeus 243 cm • kaappi vakiona valkoista melamiinia • projektikohtaisesti saatavana esim. ovet värillistä laminaattia • sängyt massiivikoivua • ovessa kolkutinesto • kaapin yläosassa on tuuletusraot 871244 Venla välikaappi. 310 € • LxSxK 30x47x240 cm • voidaan madaltaa 226 cm saakka (lisähinta) • vaadittava huonekorkeus 243 cm • kaappi vakiona valkoista melamiinia • projektikohtaisesti saatavana esim. ovet värillistä laminaattia • 5 hyllytasoa 879170 Patja 145x66/53x5 cm. Patja on kaksiosainen, päätyosa leveämpi. Patjassa on vesipestävä sekoitekankainen päällinen. 60 € Putkilakana Venla kaappisängyn patjalle on patjan lailla kaksiosainen. Putkilakana pujotetaan patjan päälle ja käännetään reunat patjan alle piiloon. Pesukerrat vähenevät kun patjan voi kääntää ja valmiina on puhdas lakana. Lakanat ovat 100 % puuvillaa, 5 eri värivaihtoehtoa. 879342-P 23 € 879342-N 23 € 879342-L 23 € 879342-H 23 € 879342-O 23 € 56 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 57


HOITOPÖYDÄT JA VAIPPALOKERIKOT HUOM! Tarkista seinän kantavuus ennen tilaamista! 58 cm 17 cm 20 cm 45 cm 66,7 cm 88,4 cm Tevella vaippalokerikot. Jokaiselle lapselle voidaan varata oma vaippa- ja/ tai tarvikelokeronsa seinään kiinnitettävästä lokerikosta. Lokerikot valmistetaan valkoisesta melamiinista, valkoinen tausta. Lokeron sisämitta on LxSxK 20x30x17 cm. 820006 Vaippalokerikko 2x3. LxSxK 45x30x58 cm. 109 € 820009 Vaippalokerikko 3x3. LxSxK 66,7x30x58 cm. 149 € 820012 Vaippalokerikko 4x3. LxSxK 88,4x30x58 cm. 174 € 30 cm 30 cm HUOM! HUOM! Kannattaa painoa 50 kg asti! Hoitopöydät asennetaan seinän kantaviin rakenteisiin! Toimituksen mukana ei ole tarvikkeita seinään kiinnittämistä varten! LEPO JA HOITO Kokoontaitettu 849636 Hoitopöytä Malla. Seinään kiinnitettävä hoitopöytä joka soveltuu niin päiväkoteihin kuin esim. sairaaloihin tai hotelleihin. Korotetut turvalaidat (k. 18 cm) täyttävät turvallisuusstandardit BG/GUV-SR S2. Seinällä, kaapin sisällä, on kaksi akryylilasista hyllytasoa. Muovipinnoitettu hoitoalusta sisältyy hintaan (alustan koko LxS 58x83 cm, ei sis. PVC). Hoitopöytä on laminaattipinnoitettua vaneria. LxSxK 57x20x69 cm, avattuna syvyys 86 cm. 485 € 849615 Hoitopöytä Ovaali. Pienen tilan, seinään kiinnitettävä, hoitotasokokonaisuus. Korotetut turvalaidat (k. 20 cm) täyttävät turvallisuusstandardit BG/GUV-SR S2. Kaapin sisällä on kaksi akryylilasista hyllytasoa. Muovipinnoitettu hoitoalusta sisältyy hintaan (alustan koko LxS 51x79 cm, ei sis. PVC). Hoitopöytä on koivuvaneria. LxSxK 44x23x72 cm, avattuna syvyys 88 cm. 445 € UUTUUS HUOM! Muistakaa tilatessanne mainita värivalintanne! KORKEUDEN SÄÄTÖ: 1. Paina napista 2. Ota kahvasta kiinni ja liikuta 3. Vapauta nappi ja kahva kun haluttu korkeus on saavutettu 849505 849507 Hoitopöytä Endra on seinälle asennettava, korkeussäädettävä hoitopöytä. Säätöalue on 30 cm ja suositeltu asennuskorkeus niin, että säätö tapahtuu 70 ja 100 cm välillä. Hoitopöydän sisus on aina valkoinen mutta ulkokuoreen on valittavissa väri; koivu, valkoinen, musta tai sininen. Harmaa hoitopöytäalusta sisältyy toimitukseen. Hoitopöytä täyttää turvallisuusstandardit EN 12221-1-2008. Kannattaa painoa 25 kg saakka! Hoitopöytä kokoontaitettuna LxSxK 62x23x85 cm. Avattuna syvyys 85 cm. Hoitotason koko 54x75 cm. 849505 Hoitopöytä Endra manuaalisesti säädettävä. Koivu, valkoinen, musta tai sininen. 899 € 849507 Hoitopöytä Endra sähkösäädettävä. Säätömekanismin nappula sijaitsee sekä hoitopöydän ulkopuolella että sisäpuolella. Koivu, valkoinen, musta tai sininen. 1050 € Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 57
Sivu 58


HOITOPÖYDÄT Työterveys painottaa tänä päivänä miten pienten lasten hoitaminen on fyysisesti raskasta työtä. Nostot yhdistettyinä huonoihin työasentoihin aiheuttavat selkävaurioita. Ongelman poistamiseen on ruotsalainen Jeltec kehittänyt ergonomisia välineitä, joissa lapsen nostaminen on korvattu joko tikapuilla, joita pitkin lapsi itse nousee hoitopöydälle tai nostettavilla ja laskettavilla hoitopöydillä. Hoitopöydille löytyy useita kokoja, pesualtaallisia ja ilman allasta. Kuvista poiketen hoitopöytien alustan väri vihreä/ oliivinvihreä. Tällä sivulla on esitetty osa vaihtoehdoista, lisää tuotteita ja tietoja Jeltec esitteessä, pyydä omasi Tevellasta! LEPO JA HOITO SÄHKÖSÄÄTÖISET SÄÄTÖ KAASU- JOUSELLA KIINTEÄT LEVEYS LYFTA ELIT ELIN MANUELA BJÖRK FAST ILMAN PESUALLASTA 60 cm X X X 80 cm X X X X X X 100 cm X X X X X X 120 cm X X X X X X 140 cm X X X X PESUALTAALLA 100 cm X X X X X X 120 cm X X X X X X 140 cm X X X X X TOIMINNOT Työskentelykorkeuden säätö X X X X Lattiatasolle laskeva X Jalustallinen X X X X X X Seinälle asennettava X INFO! Lyfta hoitopöytää on saatavana erikokoisilla hoitotasoilla ja myös pesualtaallisena! Kysy lisää Tevellasta! Jalustallinen malli 849839 849541 849839 Hoitopöytä Elit 80x80 cm. Elektronisesti säädettävän hoitotason säätökorkeus on 57 - 110 cm:n välillä, joten voit helposti säädellä työskentelykorkeutta itselle sopivaksi. Hoitopöydässä on törmäyssensorit jotka pysäyttävät liikkeen tai muuttavat liikkeen suuntaa! Hoitopöytä on vapaasti omilla jaloilla seisova. Toimitukseen sisältyvät hoitoalusta sekä kiinteät turvalaidat. Painoraja 50 kg. Koivuvaneria, hoitotason pinta on laminaattia. 1725 € 849541 Hoitopöytä Elin 80x80 cm. Elektronisesti säädettävän hoitotason säätökorkeus on 70 - 110 cm:n välillä, joten voit helposti säädellä työskentelykorkeutta itselle sopivaksi. Hoitopöytä on vapaasti tukevalla jalustalla seisova. Toimitukseen sisältyvät hoitoalusta sekä kiinteät turvalaidat. Painoraja 50 kg. Koivuvaneria, hoitotason pinta on laminaattia. 1725 € 849896 Seinään kiinnitettävä malli 849896 Hoitopöytä Lyfta 80x80 cm. Elektronisesti säädettävän hoitotason säätökorkeus on 30 - 110 cm:n välillä. Näin lapsi pääsee itse kiipeämään tasolle. Hoitopöytä toimitetaan joko jaloilla seisovana tai seinään kiinnitettävänä (mainittava tilattaessa!). Hoitotason voi tarvittaessa helposti nostaa yläasentoon, näin pöytä ei vie paljon tilaa ahtaissakaan paikoissa. Toimitukseen sisältyvät hoitoalusta sekä kiinteät turvalaidat. Painoraja 50 kg. Koivuvaneria, hoitotason pinta on laminaattia. 2995 € 849847 Lämpötunnistin. Lisävaruste Jeltec sähköisesti säädettäviin hoitopöytiin. Pysäyttää laskemisliikkeen jos pöydän alla on lapsi. Tilattava yhdessä hoitopöydän kanssa. 220 € 849530 849557 849530 Hoitopöytä Björk 80x80 cm. Kiinteäkorkuinen hoitopöytä, työskentelykorkeus 90 cm. Toimitukseen sisältyvät hoitoalusta, kiinteät turvalaidat sekä 6 lankakoria. Koivuvaneria, hoitotason pinta on laminaattia. Portaat myydään erikseen. 850 € 849557 Björk hoitopöytäportaat. Lapset rakastavat kiipeilemistä! Portaiden avulla hoitaja säästyy nostelemiselta. Koivuvaneria. LxSxK 30x59x76 cm. Toimitetaan osina. 378 € 849810 15 cm 849855 59 cm 32 cm 849810 Hoitopöytä Fast 80. Kiinteä, perusmallinen hoitopöytä 80x80 cm. Työskentelykorkeus 90 cm. Perusvarustuksena hoitoalusta (paksuus 3,5 cm), kiinteät, pyöreäkulmaiset, turvalaidat ja kahdeksan lankakoria (syvyydet 4x8,5 cm ja 4x18,5 cm). Runko pulverimaalattua terästä. Hoitopöytätikkaat myydään erikseen. 699 € 849855 Ministep hoitopöytätikkaat. Yksinkertainen tapa saada lapsi hoitopöydälle selkää rasittamatta. Alumiiniset tikkaat voidaan asentaa mihin tahansa hoitopöytään, jonka kannen alla on vapaata tilaa vähintään LxSxK 32x59x15 cm. Kun tikkaita ei tarvita, ne voidaan nostaa pöydän alle ja lukita niin, etteivät lapset pääse nousemaan pöydälle. 378 € 58 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 59


PERUSHOIDON TUOTTEET 830120 Turvaportti KiddyGuard Avant. Rullaverho- mallinen turvaportti joka voidaan asentaa oviaukkoihin tai portaisiin. Se voidaan kiinnittää ruuveilla puu-, tiili- tai betoniseinään. Kun porttia ei käytetä, menee se pieneen tilaan eikä ole tiellä eikä muodosta vaarallisia kynnyksiä. Portissa on yhden käden käyttömekanismi. 165 € • Soveltuu 24 kk ikään asti • Maksimileveys 130 cm • Korkeus 80 cm • Runko alumiinia, muoviosat myrkytöntä ja kierrätettävää polyamidia, polyasetaalia, polypropeenia ja polyesteriä. Palosuojattu • Testattu ja hyväksytty EN: 1930:2000 mukaisesti • Testattu 100 kg työntövoimalla • Väri voi vaihdella, musta tai valkoinen LEPO JA HOITO 760011 Veto- ja työntökoukku. Koukku tuo päivähoidon arkeen ergonomiaa- huonot työasennot, kuten kumartumiset ja vääntymiset, vähenevät. Käytännöllisen kahvan ansiosta koukku voidaan ripustaa lasten ulottumattomiin kun sitä ei tarvita. Maalattua teräsputkea, pituus n.125 cm. Paino vain n. 500 g! 54 € 831080 Leikkikehä. Koivuisen leikkikehän tilantarve on 120x120 cm. Laidan korkeus on n. 63 cm. Toimitetaan osina. 128 € Päässä magneetti! 760002 Tarttumapihdit. Tarttumapihdit ovat kevyet ja helppokäyttöiset. Ne soveltuvat kevyiden tavaroiden ergonomiseen nostamiseen ja ulottumiseen. Pihdin leuoissa on kuminen tartuntapinta, joka varmistaa liukumattoman otteen tavarasta. Tarttumapihdin kädensijan päässä on magneetti, jonka avulla voi kumartumatta nostaa vaikka avainnipun lattialta. Kädensijassa olevasta lenkistä pihti on helppo ripustaa esimerkiksi tuolin selkänojaan. Pihti on tasapainotettu niin, että sitä voidaan säilyttää pöydän reunalla kädensijan varaan laskettuna. Pihdin runko on alumiinia, kädensija ja pihtiosa ovat muovia. Pituus 80 cm. Mallissa pihdin leuat ovat auki ja ne sulkeutuvat kädensijasta puristamalla. 38 € 830100 Sormisuoja Vippan. Ennaltaehkäisee tavallisimpia, oven sulkeutumisesta aiheutuvia, vammoja. Vippan kiinnitetään ovessa lukon puolelle, työkaluja ei tarvita. Ovi on helppo sulkea vaikka Vippan on kädensijassa kiinnitettynä sillä Vippan liikkuu pois tieltä kun kädensijaa painaa alas. 5 € 830101 Sormisuoja Rullen. Suojaa lasten sormia oven väliin puristumiselta. Rullen on helppo kiinnittää ja sopii oveen kuin oveen. Materiaali kierrätettävä polyetyleeni sekä vahva kuminauha. Rullenin pituus on 139 cm. 54 € Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 59
Sivu 60


Säilytys Monipuoliset säilytyskalusteet tuovat järjestystä arkeen ...
Sivu 61


SÄILYTYSLAATIKOITA INFO! Lisää säilytyslaatikoita www.tevella.fi H471580 H471581 H471582 H471583 Haba kangaslaatikot ovat kestäviä ja värikkäitä. Sivuissa ja pohjassa on laatikkoa tukevoittavat muoviosat. Kahdella sivulla on laatikon siirtelyä helpottavat kahvat. Laatikko voidaan taittaa kasaan jos sitä ei tarvita. Kangas kestävää ”reppukangasta” (100 % polyester). LxSxK 29x33x15 cm. H471580 Kangaslaatikko, punainen. 28 € H471581 Kangaslaatikko, sininen. 28 € H471582 Kangaslaatikko, keltainen. 28 € H471583 Kangaslaatikko, vihreä. 28 € UUTUUS 890151 Rottinkikori, tummanruskea. LxSxK 32x32x32 cm. 39 € 890152 Rottinkikori, valkoinen. LxSxK 32x32x32 cm. 39 € 890151 Saatavana toukokuussa 2016 890152 820509 UUTUUS 820510 820511 820531 Laatikot lokerikkoon. Laatikoissa on molemmin puolin aukot kantamista helpottamassa. LxSxK 35x35x33,5 cm. 820511 Laatikko, koivua. 79 € 820510 Laatikko pleksi etulevyllä, koivua. 99 € 820509 Laatikko valkoisella etulevyllä, koivua. 94 € 820531 Laatikko, valkolakattua koivua. 84 € 820530 Laatikko pleksi etulevyllä, valkolakattua koivua. 107 € 820529 Laatikko valkoisella etulevyllä, valkolakattua koivua. 99 € 795103 795103-30 795103-29 795103-31 795103-32 795103-33 Gratnells laatikot värittömänä, läpinäkyvänä tai läpikuultavan värikkäinä. Laatikon ulkomitat on LxSxK 31,2x42,7x7,5 cm. 795103 Matala muovilaatikko, läpinäkyvä. 8 € 795103-29 Matala muovilaatikko, läpikuultava Kiwi. 8 € 795103-30 Matala muovilaatikko, läpikuultava Strawberry. 8 € 795103-31 Matala muovilaatikko, läpikuultava Lemon. 8 € 795103-32 Matala muovilaatikko, läpikuultava Grape. 8 € 795103-33 Matala muovilaatikko, läpikuultava Blueberry. 8 € SÄILYTYS 785200 785201 785206 785207 785202 785204 785203 785299 785205 785299 Etikettitaskut. Muovisia liimautuvia etikettitaskuja laatikoiden sisällön merkitsemiseen. Sisältää paperietiketit. Taskun koko 94x60 mm. 12 kpl. 2,75 € Muoviset kannelliset laatikot, jossa lujat sulkijat. 785200 Säilytyslaatikko 1. Koko 21x17x6 cm. 3,25 € 785201 Säilytyslaatikko 2. Koko 21x17x11 cm. 3,75 € 785206 Säilytyslaatikko 10. Koko 34x25x16 cm. 7,95 € 785202 Säilytyslaatikko 14. Koko 40x30x12 cm. 9,25 € 785203 Säilytyslaatikko 15. Koko 40x30x19 cm. 9,85 € 785204 Säilytyslaatikko 31. Koko 50x39x26 cm. 17,60 € 785205 Säilytyslaatikko 50. Koko 50x39x41 cm. 23,50 € 785207 Smart Store laatikko 15 rasioilla. Koko 40x30x19 cm. 18,60 € 785750 Säilytyslaatikko. Tukevaa muovia, väri sininen. Kotimainen Orthextuote. Koko 43x35x25 cm. 10,50 € 785606 Kirkas muovilaatikko pyörillä. Kätevä kannellinen muovilaatikko monenlaiseen säilytykseen. Tilavuus 50 litraa. Koko n. 38x50x54 cm. 21,50 € 785460 785606 785750 785460 Varastolaatikko. Iso ja vahva laatikko, kotimainen Orthex-tuote. Laatikoita voidaan pinota päällekkäin ja tyhjänä säilyttää sisäkkäin. Väri harmaa. Koko 60x39x30 cm. 17,90 € Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 61
Sivu 62


SÄILYTYSKALUSTEET - RUUTU SÄILYTYS 820513 820519 + 3 kpl 820511 820539 + 3 kpl 820531 820533 + 2 kpl 820531 INFO! Kangastausta soveltuu ilmoitustauluksi! ISTUINPEHMUSTE Matalia lokerikkoja voidaan käyttää penkkinä ja niihin voidaan tilata erillinen istuinalusta. Alustan pohja on liukuestekangasta ja pysyy hyvin paikallaan. Päällinen on 100 % polyesterkangasta, teflonsuojattu (hylkii likaa ja kosteutta). Väri: harmaa. Päällinen on irrotettavissa (vetoketju). 879931 Istuinpehmuste 3x1 Ruutu lokerikolle. PxL 112x38 cm, paksuus 3 cm. 58 € 879932 Istuinpehmuste 2x1 Ruutu lokerikolle. PxL 76x38 cm, paksuus 3 cm. 50 € 820526 879931 Istuinpehmuste 890152 UUTUUS Rottinkikori HUOM! Laatikot tilataan erikseen! INFO! Peili on turvalasia! 62 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 63


SÄILYTYSKALUSTEET - RUUTU TAKUU 3 VUOTTA TEVELLA RUUTU on kotimaisena puusepäntyönä, kestävästä koivuvanerista, valmistettu monipuolinen ja kookas säilytyskalustesarja! Sarjassa on kaksi eri lakkausvaihtoehtoa; lakkaus luonnonsävyyn tai valkokuultolakkaus. Runkojen alla on tukevat, lukittavat pyörät. INFO! UUSI PYÖRÄ! Lokeroihin on saatavana irtolaatikoita, LxSxK 35x35x33,5 cm. Lisävarusteena saatavana myös istuinpehmuste mataliin (2x1 ja 3x1) yksiköihin! Taustalevy on kaksipuolinen joten kalustetta voidaan käyttää myös tilanjakajana. Nyt myös muita taustavaihtoehtoja; magneettivalkotaulu, kangas sekä peili! 49 cm 86 cm 76 cm 820522 820542 820513 820533 113 cm UUTUUS 820510 LUONNONSÄVYYN LAKATTUINA: 820522 Ruutu lokerikko 2x1. LxSxK 76x37x49 cm. 265 € 820514 Ruutu lokerikko 2x2. LxSxK 76x37x86 cm. 358 € 820526 Ruutu lokerikko 2x3. LxSxK 76x37x123 cm. 473 € 820513 Ruutu lokerikko 3x1. LxSxK 113x37x49 cm. 316 € 820516 Ruutu lokerikko 3x2. LxSxK 113x37x86 cm. 473 € 820519 Ruutu lokerikko 3x3. LxSxK 113x37x123 cm. 642 € Laatikot lokerikkoon, luonnonväristä koivuvaneria. Laatikoissa on molemmin puolin aukot kantamista helpottamassa. LxSxK 35x35x33,5 cm. 820511 Laatikko, koivua. 79 € 820510 Laatikko pleksi etulevyllä, koivua. 99 € 820509 Laatikko valkoisella etulevyllä, koivua. 94 € SÄILYTYS 76 cm 820514 820534 820516 820536 113 cm UUTUUS 820509 VALKOLAKATTUINA: 820542 Ruutu lokerikko 2x1. LxSxK 76x37x49 cm. 278 € 820534 Ruutu lokerikko 2x2. LxSxK 76x37x86 cm. 381 € 820546 Ruutu lokerikko 2x3. LxSxK 76x37x123 cm. 499 € 820533 Ruutu lokerikko 3x1. LxSxK 113x37x49 cm. 339 € 820536 Ruutu lokerikko 3x2. LxSxK 113x37x86 cm. 499 € 820539 Ruutu lokerikko 3x3. LxSxK 113x37x123 cm. 688 € 123 cm Laatikot lokerikkoon, valkolakattua koivuvaneria. Laatikoissa on molemmin puolin aukot kantamista helpottamassa. LxSxK 35x35x33,5 cm. 820531 Laatikko, valkolakattua koivua. 84 € 820530 Laatikko pleksi etulevyllä, valkolakattua koivua. 107 € 820529 Laatikko valkoisella etulevyllä, valkolakattua koivua. 99 € 820511 890151 Rottinkikori, tummanruskea. LxSxK 32x32x32 cm. 39 € Saatavana toukokuussa 2016 890152 Rottinkikori, valkoinen. LxSxK 32x32x32 cm. 39 € 76 cm 820526 820546 820519 820539 113 cm 820531 RUUTU LOKERIKOT on nyt saatavana erilaisilla taustavaihtoehdoilla- magneettivalkotaulu, peili tai kangas. Taustalevyllisten yksiköiden toimitusaika on normaalia pidempi! Erikoistaustoja ei voida toimittaa jälkikäteen koska ne asennetaan kauniisti upotettuina runkoihin! Peili on turvalasia! Lokerikko tilataan erikseen! Taustalevyt 820514 ja 820534 (2x2)- lokerikkoihin: 820551 Peilitausta. 160 € 820561 Kangastausta. Laadukas Camiran Cara- kangas, harmaa EJ004. 220 € 820571 Magneettivalkotaulu tausta. 160 € Taustalevyt 820516, 820536, 820526 ja 820546 (3x2 ja 2x3)- lokerikkoihin: 820555 Peilitausta. 180 € 820565 Kangastausta. Laadukas Camiran Cara- kangas, harmaa EJ004. 240 € 820575 Magneettivalkotaulu tausta. 180 € Taustalevyt 820519 ja 820539 (3x3)- lokerikkoihin: 820558 Peilitausta. 210 € 820568 Kangastausta. Laadukas Camiran Cara- kangas, harmaa EJ004. 310 € 820578 Magneettivalkotaulu tausta. 210 € Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 63
Sivu 64


SÄILYTYSKALUSTEET - TEVELLA AVOLAATIKOSTOT INFO! Tilaa laatikoston runko ja toivotut laatikot erikseen! Liukukiskot sisältyvät valittuun runkoon. TAKUU 3 VUOTTA 820621 + laatikot 820616 + laatikot INFO! UUSI PYÖRÄ! SÄILYTYS 83 cm 820606 820608 820612 820618 820615 820610 93 cm 820607 820609 820614 820621 820616 820611 36 cm 70 cm 70 cm 104 cm 104 cm 104 cm 795103 795103-29 795103-30 795103-31 795103-32 795103-33 TEVELLA KOTIMAISET AVOLAATIKOSTOT ovat täydellinen ratkaisu tavaroiden säilytykseen tai lapsen nimikkolaatikoksi. Runkoon voidaan tilata joko kirkkaita läpikuultavia tai värikkäitä läpikuultavia Gratnells- muovilaatikoita liukukiskoilla. Laatikosto voidaan tilata osittain avohyllyllisenä. Runkoja on kaksi eri korkeutta ja kolme eri leveyttä. Alla tukevat, lukittavat pyörät. Koivuvaneria. Gratnells laatikot ovat maailmassa tunnettuja kestävyytensä ja ainutlaatuisten yksityiskohtiensa ansiosta. Niitä voidaan tyhjinä pinota tiiviisti tai ristikkäin käännettyinä pinota vaikka laatikossa olisikin materiaalia. Saatavana kirkkaana tai värikkäinä mutta silti läpikuultavina. 820606 Avolaatikosto 6. LxSxK 36x45,5x71 cm. 218 € 820608 Avolaatikosto 6- avohylly. LxSxK 70x45,5x71 cm. 399 € 820612 Avolaatikosto 12. LxSxK 70x45,5x71 cm. 360 € 820618 Avolaatikosto 18. LxSxK 104x45,5x71 cm. 439 € 820615 Avolaatikosto 12- avohylly. LxSxK 104x45,5x71. 494 € 820610 Avolaatikosto 6- avohylly. LxSxK 104x45,5x71 cm. 515 € 820607 Avolaatikosto 7. LxSxK 36x45,5x81 cm. 228 € 820609 Avolaatikosto 7- avohylly. LxSxK 70x45,5x81 cm. 425 € 820614 Avolaatikosto 14. LxSxK 70x45,5x81 cm. 383 € 820621 Avolaatikosto 21. LxSxK 104x45,5x81 cm. 456 € 820616 Avolaatikosto 14- avohylly. LxSxK 104x45,5x81 cm. 510 € 820611 Avolaatikosto 7- avohylly. LxSxK 104x45,5x81 cm. 525 € HUOM! Tilaa laatikoston runko ja toivotut laatikot erikseen! Liukukiskot sisältyvät valittuun runkoon. Gratnells laatikot värittömänä, läpinäkyvänä tai läpikuultavan värikkäinä. Laatikon ulkomitat on LxSxK 31,2x42,7x7,5 cm. 795103 Matala muovilaatikko, läpinäkyvä. 8 € 795103-29 Matala muovilaatikko, läpikuultava Kiwi. 8 € 795103-30 Matala muovilaatikko, läpikuultava Strawberry. 8 € 795103-31 Matala muovilaatikko, läpikuultava Lemon. 8 € 795103-32 Matala muovilaatikko, läpikuultava Grape. 8 € 795103-33 Matala muovilaatikko, läpikuultava Blueberry. 8 € 64 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 65


SÄILYTYSKALUSTEET - TEVELLA LAATIKOSTOT TAKUU 3 VUOTTA TEVELLAN KOTIMAISET SÄILYTYSKALUSTEET valmistetaan aitona puusepäntyönä kestävästä koivuvanerista. Käyttämämme koivuvaneri on tasalaatuista ja kestävyysominaisuuksiltaan soveltuu mainiosti juuri säilytyskalusteisiin! Hyllyköiden ja laatikostojen ylätason etukulmat ovat pyöristetyt vahinkojen välttämiseksi. Valmistaminen on joustavaa, voimme toteuttaa erilaisia kalusteyhdistelmiä ja kokonaisuuksia toiveiden mukaan! Kaikki sivun kalusteet toimitetaan koottuina. Säilytyslaatikostot toimitetaan lukittavilla pyörillä varustettuina mutta laatikostot on mahdollista tilata myös sokkelilla (mainittava tilattaessa!). Laatikoiden sisämitat ovat LxSxK 28x32x10 cm. Huomioittehan kaksi eri tuotenumerotaulukkoa ja kaksi eri hintavaihtoehtoa (liukukiskollisena tai ilman liukukiskoja) INFO! UUSI PYÖRÄ! 58 cm 796012 73 cm 796015 80 cm 796018 92 cm 796021 103 cm 796024 SÄILYTYS 97 cm SÄILYTYSLAATIKOSTOT ILMAN LIUKUKISKOJA LAATIKOSTO MITAT LxSxK LAKATTUNA HINTA ETUOSA VÄRILLINEN HINTA Laatikosto 12 97x37x58 cm 796012 448 € 796012-2 499 € Laatikosto 15 97x37x73 cm 796015 495 € 796015-2 565 € Laatikosto 18 97x37x80 cm 796018 540 € 796018-2 610 € Laatikosto 21 97x37x92 cm 796021 590 € 796021-2 665 € Laatikosto 24 97x37x103 cm 796024 625 € 796024-2 750 € LIUKUKISKOLLISET SÄILYTYSLAATIKOSTOT LAATIKOSTO MITAT LxSxK LAKATTUNA HINTA ETUOSA VÄRILLINEN HINTA Laatikosto 12 97x37x58 cm 796212 515 € 796212-2 570 € Laatikosto 15 97x37x73 cm 796215 580 € 796215-2 650 € Laatikosto 18 97x37x80 cm 796218 635 € 796218-2 715 € Laatikosto 21 97x37x92 cm 796221 699 € 796221-2 785 € Laatikosto 24 97x37x103 cm 796224 760 € 796224-2 875 € Etukulmat pyöristetyt -vähemmän vahinkoja 796110-P 82 cm 796110 82 cm 796120 92 cm Pieni paperilaatikosto LxSxK 82x70x82 cm. Laatikoita on 9 kpl, sisämitat LxS 75,5x66 cm. Laatikkoon mahtuu esim. 6 kpl A4- arkkia tai 2 kpl 35x50- arkkia rinnakkain. Paperilaatikostot tilattavissa sokkelilla tai lukittavilla, tukevilla pyörillä. 796110 Paperilaatikosto sokkelilla, laatikot koivua. 491 € 796110-2 Paperilaatikosto sokkelilla, laatikot värill. laminaattia. 579 € 796110-P Paperilaatikosto pyörillä, laatikot koivua. 522 € 796110-2P Paperilaatikosto pyörillä, laatikot värill. laminaattia. 610 € 796210 Liukukiskollinen paperilaatikosto sokkelilla, laatikot koivua. 525 € 796210-2 Liukukiskollinen paperilaatikosto sokkelilla, laatikot värill. laminaattia. 599 € 796210-P Liukukiskollinen paperilaatikosto pyörillä, laatikot koivua. 555 € 796210-2P Liukukiskollinen paperilaatikosto pyörillä, laatikot värill. laminaattia. 630 € Iso paperilaatikosto LxSxK 92x70x82 cm. Laatikoita on 9 kpl, sisämitat LxS 85,5x66 cm. Laatikkoon mahtuu A1- arkki kokonaisena. Paperilaatikostot tilattavissa sokkelilla tai lukittavilla, tukevilla pyörillä. 796120 Iso paperilaatikosto sokkelilla, laatikot koivua. 544 € 796120-2 Iso paperilaatikosto sokkelilla, laatikot värill. laminaattia. 630 € 796120-P Iso paperilaatikosto pyörillä, laatikot koivua. 575 € 796120-2P Iso paperilaatikosto pyörillä, laatikot värill. laminaattia. 660 € 796220 Liukukiskollinen iso paperilaatikosto sokkelilla, laatikot koivua. 570 € 796220-2 Liukukiskollinen iso paperilaatikosto sokkelilla, laatikot värill. laminaattia. 650 € 796220-P Liukukiskollinen iso paperilaatikosto pyörillä, laatikot koivua. 599 € 796220-2P Liukukiskollinen iso paperilaatikosto pyörillä, laatikot värill. laminaattia. 680 € KORKEAPAINELAMINAATTIEN VÄRIKARTTA. Projektikohtaisesti saatavana laajempi laminaattivalikoima. M3305 K2081 F7024 F5347 K1194 K1019 K3236 F3007 F5348 K1834 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 65
Sivu 66


SÄILYTYSKALUSTEET - TEVELLA TAKUU 3 VUOTTA TEVELLAN KOTIMAISET SÄILYTYSKALUSTEET valmistetaan aitona puusepäntyönä kestävästä koivuvanerista. Käyttämämme koivuvaneri on tasalaatuista ja kestävyysominaisuuksiltaan soveltuu mainiosti juuri säilytyskalusteisiin! Hyllyköiden ja laatikostojen ylätason etukulmat ovat pyöristetyt vahinkojen välttämiseksi. Valmistaminen on joustavaa, voimme toteuttaa erilaisia kalusteyhdistelmiä ja kokonaisuuksia toiveiden mukaan! Kaikki sivun kalusteet toimitetaan koottuina. 820970-P SÄILYTYS 820970 825970 INFO! UUSI PYÖRÄ! 820970 Avohylly 97, sokkelilla. 1 välihylly. LxSxK 97x37x76 cm. 219 € 820970-P Avohylly 97, pyörillä. 1 välihylly. LxSxK 97x37x76 cm. 251 € 825970 Kaappi 97 sokkelilla, ovet koivua. 1 välihylly. Metallilankavedin. LxSxK 97x37x72 cm. 322 € 825970-2 Kaappi 97 sokkelilla, ovet värill. laminaattia. 1 välihylly. Metallilankavedin. LxSxK 97x37x72 cm. 375 € 825971 Lisähylly kaappiin 97. 37 € 820972 820804 820811 820817 820972 Korkea avohylly, sokkelilla. 3 välihyllyä, joista keskimmäinen on kiinteä. Toimitetaan ainoastaan sokkelilla. LxSxK 97x37x150 cm. 399 € 820971 Lisähylly 97. Avohyllyyn 97 tai Korkeaan avohyllyyn. 37 € Tevella hyllykkö 4. Yläosassa avohylly, alaosassa kaappi. Molemmat osat yhdellä välihyllyllä. LxSxK 97x37x150 cm. 820804 Ovet koivuvaneria. 515 € 820804-2 Ovet värillistä laminaattia. 568 € 820971 Lisähylly 97. 37 € 825971 Lisähylly kaappiin 97. 37 € 820811 Tevella hyllykkö 11. Yläosassa avohylly, alaosassa avolokerikko. Hyllykön alaosaan mahdollista tilata joko koivuisia tai värillisiä irtolaatikoita haluttu määrä. LxSxK 97x37x150 cm. 545 € Laatikot. LxSxK 27x32x17 cm. Värimallit alla. 820031 Laatikko, koivua. 50 € 820031-2 Laatikko, etuosa väril. laminaattia. 57 € Tevella hyllykkö 17. Yläosassa avohylly, alaosassa laatikosto. LxSxK 97x37x150 cm. 820817 Laatikoiden etuosat koivua. 730 € 820817-2 Laatikoiden etuosat värillistä laminaattia. 805 € 820971 Lisähylly 97. 37 € KORKEAPAINELAMINAATTIEN VÄRIKARTTA. Projektikohtaisesti saatavana laajempi laminaattivalikoima. M3305 K2081 F7024 F5347 K1194 K1019 K3236 F3007 F5348 K1834 66 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 67


SÄILYTYSKALUSTEET - TEVELLA TEVELLA HYLLYKKÖ 5 on avohyllyosassa 1 välihylly ja ylärivissä kolme laatikkoa (sisämitat 28x32x10 cm). Laatikot voidaan tilata lv lakattuina tai värillisellä laminaattietulevyllä. LxSxK 97x37x72 cm (pyörällisen yksikön korkeus + 4 cm). Koivuvaneria. 820805 Tevella hyllykkö 5 sokkelilla, laatikot koivua. 318 € 820805-2 Tevella hyllykkö 5 sokkelilla, laatikot värillistä laminaattia. 333 € 820805-P Tevella hyllykkö 5 pyörillä, laatikot koivua. Pyörällisen hyllykön korkeus on 76 cm. Pyörät ovat lukittavia. 352 € 820805-2P Tevella hyllykkö 5 pyörillä, laatikot värillistä laminaattia. Pyörällisen hyllykön korkeus on 76 cm. Pyörät ovat lukittavia. 366 € TEVELLA AVOLOKERIKKO on monikäyttöinen ja muunneltava säilytyskaluste. Runkoa voidaan käyttää avohyllynä tai täydentää kokonaan tai osittain säilytyslaatikoilla. Laatikot voidaan tilata lv lakattuina tai värillisellä laminaattietulevyllä LxSxK 97x37x72 cm (pyörällisen yksikön korkeus + 4 cm). Koivuvaneria. INFO! UUSI PYÖRÄ! 820030 Tevella avolokerikko, sokkelilla. 285 € 820030-P Tevella avolokerikko, pyörillä. Pyörällisen hyllykön korkeus on 76 cm. Pyörät ovat lukittavia. 315 € 820031 Laatikko avolokerikkoon, koivua. LxSxK 27x32x17 cm. 50 € 820031-2 Laatikko avolokerikkoon, värillistä laminaattia. LxSxK 27x32x17 cm. Värimallit sivun 56 alalaidassa. 57 € SÄILYTYS 820805 820030+ irtolaatikot 820030 790007 790006 820410 Kartonkihyllykkö. Hyllykkö toimitetaan ilman sokkelia ja se voidaan asettaa joko pöydän tai vaikka toisen säilytyskalusteen päälle. 4 hyllytasoa. LxSxK 90x40x50 cm. 247 € UUTUUS 790081 790009 790095 Leikkialusta pyörillä. Tämän alustan ansiosta leikit, pelit tai rakentelut voidaan jättää kesken seuraavaan päivään! Alusta voidaan siirtää sivuun esim. siivouksen ajaksi. Taso on koivuvaneria, alla neljä lukittavaa pyörää. PxSxK 120x60x10 cm. 94 € Puiset säilytyslaatikot on valmistettu koivuvanerista. Kulmat on pyöristetty vahinkojen minimoimiseksi. Laadukkaat pyörät, joista kaikki on lukittavia. 790006 Puinen säilytyslaatikko. PxLxK 45x40x29,5(38) cm. 115 € 790007 Iso puinen säilytyslaatikko. PxLxK 81x40x38 cm. 164 € 790081 Kannellinen puinen säilytyslaatikko. Kannessa on sarana sekä nostoa ja laskua pehmentävä kaasujousi. PxLxK 81x40x47 cm. 252 € 790009 Puinen muotoiltu säilytyslaatikko. LxSxK 50x40x44 cm. 170 € Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 67
Sivu 68


SÄILYTYSKALUSTEET - TEVELLA TAKUU 3 VUOTTA 820920 Tevella askarteluvaunu. Monipuolinen vaunu jonne mahtuu taatusti kaikki askartelutarvikkeet. Vaunun päällä on 5 reilunkokoista lokeroa, neljä pienempää (LxSxK 30,5x27,5x11 cm) ja yksi isompi (LxSxK 30,5x56,5x11 cm). Yhdellä puolella on 5 kpl muovilaatikkoa liukukiskoilla sekä 5 kpl koko vaunun läpi menevää hyllytasoa. Vaunun toisella puolella on läpikulkevien hyllytasojen lisäksi 3 kpl pienempää hyllytasoa. Vaunun koko on LxSxK 97x60x86 cm. Alla neljä lukittavaa pyörää. Koivuvaneria. 799 € INFO! UUSI PYÖRÄ! TEVELLAN KOTIMAISET SÄILYTYSKALUSTEET valmistetaan aitona puusepäntyönä kestävästä koivuvanerista. Käyttämämme koivuvaneri on tasalaatuista ja kestävyysominaisuuksiltaan soveltuu mainiosti juuri säilytyskalusteisiin! Laatikostojen kulmat ovat pyöristetyt vahinkojen välttämiseksi. Kaikki säilytyskalusteet toimitetaan valmiiksi koottuina! SÄILYTYS 820900 Tevella välinevaunu. Kätevä ja kaunis vaunu erilaisten tavaroiden säilyttämiseen ja siirtelyyn. Vaunussa on kolme tasoa, joista ylä- ja alataso on jaettu kolmeen lokeroon. Valmistettu koivuvanerista. LxSxK 97x37x73 cm. Toimitetaan koottuna. 375 € 820902 Tevella välinevaunu, maxi. Kookas vaunu soveltuu moneen käyttöön; askarteluvaunuksi, liikuntavälineiden tai soittimien säilytykseen... Ylä- ja alataso on jaettuna kolmeen lokeroon (LxSxK 30,5x43x11 cm. Vaunun koko LxSxK 97x47x82 cm. Koivuvaneria. 458 € INFO! Soveltuu myös mm. lelujen säilytykseen! Tevella lokerikkovaunut. Saatavana kaksi eri kokoa; mini ja midi. Vaunut soveltuvat niin kirjojen kuin myös lelujen tai vaikkapa askartelutarvikkeiden säilytykseen. Vaunujen päällä on neljä erillistä lokeroa ja kahdella sivulla on hyllytasoja. Alla neljä lukittavaa, tukevaa pyörää. Koivuvaneria. 820911 Tevella lokerikkovaunu, mini. LxSxK 60x50x66 cm. Lokerot vaunun päällä LxSxK 28x23x19 cm ja hyllyt sivuilla 28x24x33 cm. 415 € 820881 Tevella lokerikkovaunu, midi. LxSxK 70x60x86 cm. Lokerot vaunun päällä LxSxK 32,5x27,5x19 cm, hyllyt sivuilla 67x29x20 cm ja lokerot sivuilla 32,5x29x30,5 cm. 548 € 820905 Tevella kierrätysvaunu. Vaunu, joka rohkaisee ja opettaa niin lapsia kuin aikuisiakin eri materiaalien kierrätykseen! Laatikot ovat kolmea eri kokoa ja värit on, lukuun ottamatta läpinäkyviä matalia (k.7,5 cm), valittu jäteastioiden suositeltujen tunnusvärien mukaan (katso väri- ja kokoerittely alla). Vaunun runko on koivuvaneria, alla neljä tukevaa ja lukittavaa pyörää. Liikuttelua helpottaa työntöaisa. Koivuvanerisen rungon LxSxK 72x44x94 cm. 320 € JÄTEASTIOIDEN SUOSITELLUT TUNNUSVÄRIT: • Sininen (LxSxK 31,2x43x22 cm) = pahvi ja kartonki • Vihreä (LxSxK 31,2x43x22 cm) = keräyspaperi • Oranssi (LxSxK 31,2x43x15 cm) = energiajäte • Keltainen (LxSxK 31,2x43x15 cm) = muu hyötyjäte (nestekartonki, tekstiili) 68 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 69


SÄILYTYSKALUSTEET - ELLA TAKUU 4 VUOTTA INFO! UUSI PYÖRÄ! TEVELLAN KOTIMAISET MASSIIVIKOIVUISET SÄILYTYSKALUSTEET on valmistettu laadukkaasta, kotimaisesta, 20 mm paksuisesta koivuliimalevystä. Säilytyskalusteiden alla on erittäin tukevat, lukittavat, pyörät. SÄILYTYS 820960 Kirjavaunu, massiivikoivua. Tukevassa vaunussa on reilusti tilaa kaikenkokoisille kirjoille. Vaunu on kaksipuolinen. Päädyissä on työntökahvat. Massiivikoivua. LxSxK 90x55x94 cm. Kuvasta poiketen toimitamme vaunun laadukkailla pyörillä joista kaikki ovat lukittavia. 439 € 820959 Tarvikevaunu, massiivikoivua. Tarvikevaunussa on kolme tasoa. Ylimmän ja alimman tason sivuilla on reunat, joiden ansiosta pienetkin tavarat pysyvät vaunussa. Välihylly on siirreltävä. Massiivikoivua. LxSxK 104x40x76 cm. Kuvasta poiketen toimitamme vaunun laadukkailla pyöri llä joista kaikki ovat lukittavia. 359 € UUTUUS UUTUUS HUOM! Laatikot tilataan erikseen -katso sivu 61! 820962 Musiikkivaunu, massiivikoivua. Massiivikoivuinen vaunu jossa on vakiovarusteena harmaalla keinonahalla pehmustettu kitarateline sekä ylimmällä tasolla 3 kpl siirreltävää välijakajaa. Hyllytasot ovat ulos vedettäviä ja liukukiskoilla varustettuja. Vaunun alla on tukevat, lukittavat, pyörät. LxSxK 128x46x96,5 cm. 655 € 820992 Rakentelukeskus, massiivikoivua. Massiivikoivuinen rakentelukeskuksen runko jonka alla on tukevat, lukittavat, pyörät. Ylätason sivuja kiertää reuna. Jokaisella neljällä sivulla on tilaa 8 kappaleelle matalia Gratnells laatikoita- laatikot tilataan erikseen, kiskot sisältyvät rungon hintaan! LxSxK 82x82x88 cm. 675 € Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 69
Sivu 70


SÄILYTYSKALUSTEET - ELLA TAKUU 4 VUOTTA ELLA KOTIMAINEN MASSIIVIKOIVUINEN SÄILYTYSKALUSTESARJA! Ella säilytyskalusteissa on kaunis muotoilu, reilu mitoitus ja monipuolisia kokoonpanovaihtoehtoja. Avohyllyosien hyllytasot ovat siirreltäviä. Näin ollen tasoja voidaan siirrellä tarpeen mukaan tai halutessa ottaa kokonaan pois. Rungot ovat 20 mm. paksuista massiivikoivua. Huomioitavaa on että myös hyllytasot ovat rungon lailla massiivikoivua! Kalusteiden alla on uudet, tukevat, lukittavat pyörät. Laatikot liikkuvat liukukiskoilla (paitsi lokerikkovaihtoehtojen tarvikelaatikko 820192). Laatikko ei lähde rungosta irti suoraan vetämällä. Laatikon sisämitat ovat LxSxK n.34x33x10 cm. SÄILYTYS 820142 INFO! UUSI PYÖRÄ! 820192 820192 Tarvikelaatikko. Yksiköihin, joissa ei ole liukukiskolaatikoita, voidaan erikseen tilata tarvikelaatikko. Massiivikoivua. LxSxK 37x37x17 cm. 61 € KORKEUS 68 CM, (KAKSI ERI LEVEYTTÄ) LEVEYS 80 CM / 119,5 CM UUTUUS 820101 820102 820103 820104 820116 + 6 kpl 820192 820111 820112 820113 820114 820115 Mitat LxSxK 80x40x68 cm. 820101 Avohylly. 354 € 820102 Avohylly yhdellä jakajalla. 389 € 820103 Avohylly- laatikosto 4. 521 € 820104 Laatikosto 8. 657 € Mitat LxSxK 119,5x40x68 cm. 820111 Avohylly yhdellä jakajalla. 470 € 820112 Avohylly kahdella jakajalla. 499 € 820113 Avohylly- laatikosto 4. 634 € 820114 Avohylly- laatikosto 8. 724 € 820115 Laatikosto 12. 810 € 820116 Avolokerikko kahdella jakajalla. 9 lokeroa johon sopii laatikko 820192. 499 € 70 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 71


SÄILYTYSKALUSTEET - ELLA 820123 820121 KORKEUS 80 CM, (KAKSI ERI LEVEYTTÄ) LEVEYS 80 CM / 119,5 CM 820121 820122 820123 820124 820135 SÄILYTYS 820131 820132 820133 820134 820135 Mitat LxSxK 80x40x80 cm. 820121 Avohylly. 383 € 820122 Avohylly yhdellä jakajalla. 438 € 820123 Avohylly- laatikosto 5. 578 € 820124 Laatikosto 10. 745 € Mitat LxSxK 119,5x40x80 cm. 820131 Avohylly yhdellä jakajalla. 499 € 820132 Avohylly kahdella jakajalla. 534 € 820133 Avohylly- laatikosto 5. 666 € 820134 Avohylly- laatikosto 10. 822 € 820135 Laatikosto 15. 995 € KORKEUS 93 CM, (KAKSI ERI LEVEYTTÄ) LEVEYS 80 CM / 119,5 CM 820141 820142 820143 820144 820151 820152 820154 820155 820153 820144 Mitat LxSxK 80x40x93 cm. 820141 Avohylly. 419 € 820142 Avohylly yhdellä jakajalla. 463 € 820143 Avohylly- laatikosto 6. 615 € 820144 Laatikosto 12. 795 € Mitat LxSxK 119,5x40x93 cm. 820151 Avohylly yhdellä jakajalla. 552 € 820152 Avohylly kahdella jakajalla. 596 € 820153 Avohylly- laatikosto 6. 750 € 820154 Avohylly- laatikosto 12. 899 € 820155 Laatikosto 18. 1150 € Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 71
Sivu 72


SÄILYTYSKALUSTEET - HABA, GROW UPP H440300 SÄILYTYS H440620 H098068 Discovery Rooms! Grow Upp sarjan kalusteiden periaatteena on luoda lapsille ympäristö, joka houkuttelee lasta kehittymään ja oppimaan. Käytännössä kaluste rohkaisee lasta tekemään omia luovia ratkaisuja kalusteen käytöstä leikin lomassa. Kaluste myös tukee lapsen luonnollista uteliaisuutta ja rohkaisee omatoimisuuteen. Grow Upp- kalusteet mukailevat luonnon monimuotoisuutta niin muodoissa kuin myös värityksessä, joka on hillityn luonnollista. Grow Upp kuvasto on täynnä ainutlaatuisia ratkaisuja- pyydä kuvasto Tevellasta! 72 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 73


SÄILYTYSKALUSTEET - HABA, GROW UP HUOM! Kaikki hyllyköt toimitetaan koivun värisinä! Vihreä tai muu tehosteväri hinnoitellaan erikseen! GROW- UPP SUUNNIKKAAN MUOTOISET HYLLYKÖT Koivuvaneria. Sivut saatavilla maalattuina lisähintaan (värit: valkoinen, vaaleansininen, vaaleanvihreä). Kulmat turvallisesti pyöristetyt. Alla neljä erikokoista yksikköä. H440105 H440106 H440100 H440110 Kapeat ja matalat LxSxK 64x52x70 cm: H440105 Suunnikashyllykkö, oranssi akryylitausta. 472 € H440106 Suunnikashyllykkö, vihreä akryylitausta. 472 € H440100 Suunnikashyllykkö, avohylly. Ilman taustalevyä. 499 € H440110 Suunnikashyllykkö, luonnon tutkinta. Kuvan laatikko tilataan erikseen. 562 € H440115 Suunnikaslaatikko akryylietulevyllä. Soveltuu kapeisiin hyllyköihin. Laatikon ulkomitat LxSxK 24/53x14/42x14 cm. 153 € H440405 H440406 H440400 H440420 Kapeat ja korkeat LxSxK 64x52x94 cm: H440405 Suunnikashyllykkö, oranssi akryylitausta. 528 € H440406 Suunnikashyllykkö, vihreä akryylitausta. 528 € H440400 Suunnikashyllykkö, avohylly. Ilman taustalevyä. 612 € H440420 Suunnikashyllykkö, peilit. 5 peiliä, turvalasia. 843 € H440200 H440500 H440510 UUTUUS H025436 UUTUUS H440700 H440600 KEINONAHKAN VÄRIVAIHTOEHDOT H440210 H440502 H440530 H025443 UUTUUS UUTUUS H098066 H440215 H440520 H440710 H440205 H440505 H440115 H098060 H098050 UUTUUS H440610 UUTUUS H098067 UUTUUS H440630 H098105 Leveät ja matalat LxSxK 85x52x70 cm: H440200 Suunnikashyllykkö, avoin. 471 € H440210 Suunnikashyllykkö, lehtiverhoilla. Lehtiverhot sekä edessä että takana. Verhot 100 % polyesteriä, osittain vaahtomuovitäytteellä. Ovat irrotettavissa pesua varten. 561 € H440215 Suunnikashyllykkö, lattiapeilillä. Peili turvalasia. 561 € H440205 Suunnikashyllykkö, oranssi akryylitausta. 542 € H440206 Suunnikashyllykkö, vihreä akryylitausta. 542 € Lisäosat hyllyköihin LxSxK 85x52x70 cm. Lisäosia voidaan käyttää hyllykön päällä (huomioiden hyllykön koko!) tai erikseen. H440710 Lisäosa lajittelutarjotin Mandala. Voidaan käyttää esim. luonnonmateriaalien lajittelussa. LxSxK 72,7x37x7 cm. 210 € H440700 Lisäosa pentatoninen kielisoitin. Soittimessa 6 kieltä pentatonisella asteikolla. Soittimen ääni kaikuu kauniisti hyllykön rungossa. LxSxK 72,7x37x8,5 cm. 299 € H025443 Lisäosa leikkimaisema. Mielikuvitus on leikin rajana, lisäosaa voidaan käyttää autotallina, nukkekotina, navettana… LxSxK 72,7x37x45 cm. 280 € H025436 Lisäosa keittiö. Lisäosa koostuu erillisestä levystä jossa on vesihana, tiskiallas sekä keittolevy. Keittolevy vaihtaa väriä punaisesta valkoiseen kun sitä kääntää (päällä/ pois). Mukana toimituksessa on irrotettavat etuverhot hyllykköön (100 % polyesteri). LxSxK 72,7x45,4x23,6 cm, verhot LxK 72x62,5 cm. 387 € H098050 Patja leveisiin (85 cm) Grow Upp hyllyköihin. LxSxK 47/75,5x38,5x4 cm. Laadukasta ja helposti puhtaana pidettävää keinonahkaa, alla liukueste. Värivaihtoehdot alla. 167 € Leveät ja korkeat LxSxK 85x52x94 cm: H440500 Suunnikashyllykkö, avoin. 513 € H440502 Suunnikashyllykkö, avohylly. 668 € H440520 Suunnikashyllykkö, peilit. 2 peiliä sivuilla, peilit turvalasia. 699 € H440505 Suunnikashyllykkö, oranssi akryylitausta. 643 € H440506 Suunnikashyllykkö, vihreä akryylitausta. 643 € H440510 Suunnikashyllykkö, lehtiverhoilla. Lehtiverhot sekä edessä että takana. Verhot 100 % polyesteriä, osittain vaahtomuovitäytteellä. Ovat irrotettavissa pesua varten. 618 € H440530 Suunnikashyllykkö, sensoverhoilla. Verhoissa erilaisia yksityiskohtia; kelloja, jyviä, rapisevaa foliopaperia, peilejä... 698 € H440300 Luola. LxSxK 97x62x70 cm. Etusarjan korkeus on noin 18 cm. Verho sisältyy toimitukseen, patja on tilattava erikseen! 699 € H098060 Patja luolaan. LxSxK 93x49x5 cm. Laadukasta ja helposti puhtaana pidettävää keinonahkaa. Värivaihtoehdot alla. 134 € H440620 Penkki- hyllykkö. LxSxK 97x55x94 cm. Istuinosan korkeus 32 cm. Patja on tilattava erikseen! 561 € H098068 Patja penkki- hyllykölle. LxSxK 93x59x7,5 cm. Laadukasta ja helposti puhtaana pidettävää keinonahkaa, alla liukueste. Värivaihtoehdot alla. 267 € H440610 Piilosoppi. Hyllykön taustalevyssä on kaksi kurkistusreikää ja etupuoli on puolittain avoin. LxSxK 97x55x94 cm. Istuinkorkeus 32 cm. Patja on tilattava erikseen! 799 € H098067 Patja piilosoppiin. LxSxK 93x35x4 cm. Laadukasta ja helposti puhtaana pidettävää keinonahkaa, alla liukueste. Värivaihtoehdot alla. 117 € H440600 Kiipeilyhyllykkö. Molemmilla puolilla hyllykköä on kiipeämiseen houkuttelevat askelmat. Patjaa voidaan käyttää liukuna (huom. patja tilataan erikseen!). Hyllykön alla on ryömimis- tai säilytystilaa. LxSxK 64x100x109 cm. Istuinkorkeus 40 cm. 843 € H098066 Patja kiipeilyhyllykköön. Mitat kokoon taitettuna/ auki LxSxK 60x52,5/106x6/3 cm. Laadukasta ja helposti puhtaana pidettävää keinonahkaa, alla liukueste. Värivaihtoehdot alla. 234 € H440630 Kulmaluola kurkistusikkunalla ja verhoilla. Kulmaluolaa ei tarvitse sijoittaa nurkkaan vaan soveltuu missä vain huonetilaa käytettäväksi. Luolan keskivaiheilla on kurkistusikkuna. Molemmilla luolan suilla on irrotettavat verhot. Hyllykkö toimitetaan osittain osina. LxSxK 111x111x102 cm. Patja on tilattava erikseen! 1365 € H098105 Patja kulmaluolaan. LxSxK 103x103x2 cm. Laadukasta ja helposti puhtaana pidettävää keinonahkaa, alla liukueste. Värivaihtoehdot alla. 168 € SÄILYTYS K051 K101 K202 K200 K001 K004 K204 K203 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 73
Sivu 74


SÄILYTYSKALUSTEET - HABA, MOVE UPP TAKUU 3 VUOTTA H435305 H432006 H439005 SÄILYTYS HUOM! Muistakaa ilmoittaa värivalintanne! H439005 H432305 H433003 H439845 H439850 H439855 H439840 H433105 H433305 H433012 H436006 OVIEN VÄRIVAIHTOEHDOT: INFO! Akryylivärit s.76 WEIS GELB MAIS ORAN ROT HEGR GRUN P657 HBLA BLAU 74 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 75


SÄILYTYSKALUSTEET - HABA, MOVE UPP TAKUU 3 VUOTTA H436006 H439125 Move- Upp sarjan hyllyköt luovat monimuotoisuudellaan erilaisiin tiloihin sopivia säilytys- ja tilanjakajaratkaisuja! Materiaalina on ensiluokkainen koivuvaneri ja kalusteiden alla on huippulaadukkaat pyörät- yksi pyörä kestää jopa 100 kg painon! Malliston säilytyskalusteet on osittain tilattavissa myös joko sokkelilla tai metallijaloin. Hyllyköistä voi luoda vaikka minkälaisia kokonaisuuksia ja ne soveltuvat mainiosti tilanjakajiksi! MATALAT HYLLYKÖT K.44 cm (pyörien kanssa 56,5 cm). Hyllyköiden syvyys 38 cm: H439005 Matala neljännesympyrä tilanjakaja. Ilman metalliosaa. Ulkosäde 100,8 cm, sisäsäde 62,7 cm. 836 € H432006 Matala avohylly, 6 irtolaatikkoa. Leveys 92,5 cm. Laatikon sisämitat LxSxK 27x33x14 cm. 890 € H432305 Matala hyllykkö liukuovella. Leveys 92,5 cm. Hyllykössä yksi välihylly. Liukuoven väri valittavissa, katso värimallit sivun 74 alalaidassa. 844 € H439840 Matala neljännesympyrä tilanjakaja. Sisäkaarre akryylia. Ulkosäde 100,8 cm, sisäsäde 62,7 cm. Hyllytasot ovat kiinteitä. Muista valita akryyliväri! 852 € H439845 Matala neljännesympyrä tilanjakaja. Ulkokaarre akryylia. Ulkosäde 100,8 cm, sisäsäde 62,7 cm. Hyllytasot ovat kiinteitä. Muista valita akryyliväri! 881 € H439850 Matala neljännesympyrä tilanjakaja. Sisäkaarre lävistettyä metallia. Ulkosäde 100,8 cm, sisäsäde 62,7 cm. Hyllytasot ovat kiinteitä. Muista valita metalliosan väri! 999 € H439855 Matala neljännesympyrä tilanjakaja. Ulkokaarre lävistettyä metallia. Ulkosäde 100,8 cm, sisäsäde 62,7 cm. Hyllytasot ovat kiinteitä. Muista valita metalliosan väri! 1050 € SÄILYTYS H433018 H439125 KESKIKORKEAT HYLLYKÖT K.79 cm (pyörien kanssa 91,5 cm). Hyllyköiden syvyys 38 cm: H433003 Keskikorkuinen avohylly puolitaustalla. Hyllykössä kolme siirreltävää välihyllyä. Leveys 92,5 cm. 730 € H433105 Keskikorkuinen hyllykkö tuplaovilla. Kaapissa on kaksi välihyllyä. Oven väri on valittavissa, katso värimallit sivun 74 alalaidassa! Leveys 92,5 cm. 985 € H433012 Keskikorkuinen avohylly ja 12 isoa laatikkoa. Hyllykössä on kolme välihyllyä ja 12 puista irtolaatikkoa (sisämitat LxSxK 27x33x14 cm). Leveys 92,5 cm. 1480 € H433305 Keskikorkuinen hyllykkö liukuovella. Hyllykössä on kolme välihyllyä ja liukuovi. Liukuoven väri on valittavissa, katso värimallit sivun 74 alalaidassa! Leveys 92,5 cm. 1115 € Keskikorkuinen hyllykkö akryylitaustalla. Hyllykössä on kolme siirreltävää välihyllyä. Taustalevy akryylia, kolme eri värivaihtoehtoa! Leveys 92,5 cm. H433016 Keltainen akryylitausta. 790 € H433017 Sininen akryylitausta. 790 € H433018 Oranssi akryylitausta. 790 € H439205 H439105 RAL3000 METALLIOSIEN VÄRIT: RAL3000 Punainen RAL1028 Keltainen RAL5017 Sininen RAL9006 Hopea H439225 Keskikorkea neljännesympyrä tilanjakaja. Sisäkaarre akryylia. Ulkosäde 100,8 cm, sisäsäde 62,7 cm. Hyllytasot ovat kiinteitä. Muista valita akryyliväri! 1250 € H439125 Keskikorkea neljännesympyrä tilanjakaja. Ulkokaarre akryylia. Ulkosäde 100,8 cm, sisäsäde 62,7 cm. Hyllytasot ovat kiinteitä. Muista valita akryyliväri! 1290 € H439205 Keskikorkea neljännesympyrä tilanjakaja. Sisäkaarre lävistettyä metallia. Ulkosäde 100,8 cm, sisäsäde 62,7 cm. Hyllytasot ovat kiinteitä. Muista valita metalliosan väri! 1350 € H439105 Keskikorkea neljännesympyrä tilanjakaja. Ulkokaarre lävistettyä metallia. Ulkosäde 100,8 cm, sisäsäde 62,7 cm. Hyllytasot ovat kiinteitä. Muista valita metalliosan väri! 1380 € H436006 Keskikorkuinen hyllykkö värikkäällä taustalla. Tilanjakajaksi sopivassa hyllykössä avautuu 4 lokeroa yhteen ja 4 lokeroa toiseen suuntaan. Taustalevy pirteän väristä akryylia! Leveys 125 cm. 1090 € Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 75
Sivu 76


SÄILYTYSKALUSTEET - HABA TAKUU 3 VUOTTA H122190 SÄILYTYS H122150 H122160 H122151 H122161 RUDOLFO- SARJA on muunneltavuutensa ansiosta jokaiseen tilaan sopiva hyllykköjärjestelmä. Värikkyyttä ei järjestelmästä puutu ja juuri värikkäiden taustalevyjensä ansiosta hyllyköt tulevatkin parhaiten oikeuksiinsa tilanjakajina! Materiaali: 17 mm koivuvaneria. Lokeron korkeus 41,8 cm. Hyllytasoja ja akryylitaustoja voi kokonaisuuksiinkin tilata erikseen lisää! Hyllytasoja voi siirrellä 3,2 cm välein. Toimitetaan koottavina osina. H122152 H122162 H122153 H122163 H122150 Perushyllykkö k.50 cm. LxS 45,2x35 cm. Akryyliväri valittavissa! 219 € H122160 Perushyllykön jatko-osa k.50 cm. LxSxK 43,5x35x50 cm. Akryyliväri valittavissa! 196 € H122151 Perushyllykkö k.95 cm. LxS 45,2x35 cm. Yksi akryylitausta sis. hintaan, väri valittavissa! 321 € H122161 Perushyllykön jatko-osa, k.95 cm. LxS 43,5x35 cm. Yksi akryylitausta sis. hintaan, väri valittavissa! 248 € H122152 Perushyllykkö k.140 cm. LxS 45,2x35 cm. Yksi akryylitausta sis. hintaan, väri valittavissa! 370 € H122162 Perushyllykön jatko-osa, k.140 cm. LxS 43,5x35 cm. Yksi akryylitausta sis. hintaan, väri valittavissa! 294 € H122153 Perushyllykkö k.180 cm. LxS 45,2x35 cm. Yksi akryylitausta sis. hintaan, väri valittavissa! 465 € H122163 Perushyllykön jatko-osa, k.180 cm. LxS 43,5x35 cm. Yksi akryylitausta sis. hintaan, väri valittavissa! 349 € H122175 Akryylitaustalevy. Väri valittavissa, 5 eri vaihtoehtoa. Koko 41,5x41,5 cm. Paksuus 3 mm. 51 € HEGR GELB ORAN ROT BLAU H122165 H122166 H122167 H122168 JATKO-OSAT 45° KULMASSA Yhdisteltävissä perushyllyköihin tai niiden jatkoosiin. Ulkosäde 102 cm, sisäsäde 70 cm, syvyys 35 cm. H122165 Perushyllykön jatko-osa k.50 cm. 322 € H122166 Perushyllykön jatko-osa k.95 cm. 435 € H122167 Perushyllykön jatko-osa k.140 cm. 580 € H122168 Perushyllykön jatko-osa k.180 cm. 655 € 76 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 77


SÄILYTYSKALUSTEET - HABA TAKUU 3 VUOTTA H122189 H122180 H122185 H122181 H122183 H122187 RUDOLFO VALMIITA KOKONAISUUKSIA taustalevyjen värit kuten kuvissa (ei valintamahdollisuutta)! H122180 Haba Rudolfo hyllykkökokonaisuus 1. LxSxK 88,7x35x50 cm. Yhteensä 2 taustalevyä. 415 € H122181 Haba Rudolfo hyllykkökokonaisuus 2. LxSxK 88,7x35x95 cm. Yhteensä 3 taustalevyä. 565 € H122183 Haba Rudolfo hyllykkökokonaisuus 3. LxSxK 212x35x95 cm. Yhteensä 4 taustalevyä. 1495 € H122185 Haba Rudolfo hyllykkökokonaisuus 5. LxSxK 175,7x35x140 cm. Yhteensä 4 taustalevyä. 1150 € H122187 Haba Rudolfo hyllykkökokonaisuus 7. LxSxK 175,7x35x180 cm. Yhteensä 6 taustalevyä. 1560 € H122189 Haba Rudolfo hyllykkökokonaisuus 9. LxSxK 219,2x35x140 cm. Yhteensä 4 taustalevyä. Kuva sivulla 77. 1298 € H122190 Haba Rudolfo hyllykkökokonaisuus 10. LxSxK 175,7x35x180 cm. Yhteensä 5 taustalevyä. Kuva sivulla 76. 1230 € TURVALLISET HABA SÄILYTYSKALUSTEET PÄIVÄKODIN PIENIMMILLE! Nämä koivuvaneriset kalusteet on suunniteltu kaikkein pienimpien lasten käyttöön; reunat on turvallisesti pyöristetty ja kalusteiden korkeus on tarkoin suunniteltu sekä konttaavia että juuri kävelemään oppivia lapsia ajatellen. Päädyissä olevat otereiät avustavat motorisia taitoja harjoittelevia lapsia. H457163 Puoliavonainen tilanjakaja. Sekä leikkiin että säilytykseen kehitelty tilanjakaja. Hyllykköä voi käyttää vaikka istuimena. LxSxK 92,7x41x39,8 cm. 287 € H457162 Leikkihyllykkö. Hyllykössä yksi kiinteä välihylly sekä laatikkomainen säilytystila joka soveltuu esim. palikoiden säilytykseen tai miksei nuken sängyksi! LxSxK 64x41x39,8 cm. 235 € SÄILYTYS H457163 H457162 H457160 H457160 Tilanjakaja ilman peiliä. LxSxK 92,7x41x59,5 cm. Hyllykössä yksi kiinteä hyllytaso. 375 € H457161 Tilanjakaja peilillä. LxSxK 92,7x41x59,5 cm. Hyllykössä yksi kiinteä hyllytaso. Peili on turvalasia. 465 € H457161 H128710 H128700 Palikkalaatikot soveltuvat hyvin myös mm. kirjojen säilytykseen. Toimituksessa on mukana pyörät, jotka jäävät asennettuina sokkelin alle piiloon. Näin ollen pienet sormet eivät ole vaarassa jäädä väliin. Pyöriä ei ole pakko asentaa. LxSxK 54x38x30 cm. H128700 Palikkalaatikko ilman jakajaa. 242 € H128710 Palikkalaatikko jakajalla. 274 € Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 77
Sivu 78


SÄILYTYSKALUSTEET - HABA, FORMINANT TAKUU 3 VUOTTA SÄILYTYS H509700 Forminant sarja on erittäin muunneltava koska siitä voidaan rakentaa kokonaisuuksia erilaisista osista ja moduuleista. Hyllyköitä voidaan suunnitella tilan- ja käyttötarpeen mukaan. Alla muutamia esimerkkikokonaisuuksia ja niiden hintoja. Materiaalina on kestävä pyökkivaneri. Forminant sarjan hyllyköt toimitetaan osina joten esim. hyllytasot voidaan säätää juuri halutulle korkeudelle! Kattorakenteisiin ja laatikoiden sekä ovien etuosiin voidaan valita mieluinen väri alla olevasta värikartasta! Kysy lisää mahdollisia kokoonpanoja Tevellasta! ESIMERKKIKOKOONPANOJA: H509700 Forminant hyllykkökokonaisuus 1. Tilantarve kuvan kokonaisuudella 204,4/308,4x64,5/107,8 cm. Hyllyköiden syvyys on 39,4 cm, kaariosan 42,5 cm. Kuvassa olevat kangaslaatikot tilataan erikseen omilla tuotenumeroillaan (kuvaston sivulla 75). Vihreän värin tilalle voidaan valita toinen tehosteväri alla olevista vaihtoehdoista. 2590 € H509620 Forminant hyllykkökokonaisuus 21. Tilantarve LxK 151,8x165,9 cm. Hyllyköiden syvyys 39,4 cm, katto-osien 49,5 cm. Toimitukseen kuuluvat kuvassa olevat irtolaatikot ja pyörällinen säilytyslaatikko. Vihreän värin tilalle voidaan valita toinen tehosteväri alla olevista vaihtoehdoista. 1950 € H509620 H509611 H509611 Forminant hyllykkökokonaisuus 12. Tilantarve LxK 234,6x172,8 cm. Hyllyköiden syvyys 39,4 cm, kaariosien 42,5 cm. Toimitukseen kuuluvat kuvassa olevat irtolaatikot. Valkoisen värin tilalle voidaan valita toinen tehosteväri alla olevista vaihtoehdoista. 2495 € H509601 Forminant hyllykkökokonaisuus 2. Tilantarve LxK 151,8x94 cm. Hyllyköiden syvyys 39,4 cm, katto-osan 49,5 cm. Toimitukseen kuuluvat kuvassa olevat irtolaatikot ja pyörällinen säilytyslaatikko. Valkoisen värin tilalle voidaan valita toinen tehosteväri alla olevista vaihtoehdoista. 1250 € H509601 VÄRIVAIHTOEHDOT: H509612 H509609 H509612 Forminant hyllykkökokonaisuus 13. Tilantarve LxK 110,4x165,9 cm. Hyllyköiden syvyys 39,4 cm, katto-osan 49,5 cm. Toimitukseen kuuluu kuvassa oleva pyörällinen säilytyslaatikko. 1050 € H509609 Forminant hyllykkökokonaisuus 10. Tilantarve LxK 186,8x106,3 cm. Hyllyköiden syvyys 39,4 cm, katto-osan 49,5 cm. Toimitukseen kuuluvat kuvassa olevat irtolaatikot. Sinisen värin tilalle voidaan valita toinen tehosteväri alla olevista vaihtoehdoista. 1490 € WEIS GELB MAIS ORAN ROT HEGR GRUN P657 HBLA BLAU 78 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 79


SÄILYTYSKALUSTEET - HABA, FORMINANT INFO! Tevellan kuvastossa on esillä vain osa Forminant hyllyköistä- pyydä oma Haba kalustekuvasto Tevellasta! TAKUU 3 VUOTTA H508808 H508803 Forminant korkeat hyllyköt osittaisella akryylitaustalla. Hyllykössä neljä siirreltävää ja yksi kiinteä hyllytaso. Kahden ylimmän hyllyn tausta läpikuultavaa akryylia. Pyökkivaneria, LxSxK 65x39,4x122 cm. 575 € H508802 Kirkas akryylitausta. H508803 Keltainen akryylitausta. H508804 Oranssi akryylitausta. H508805 Punainen akryylitausta. Forminant korkeat kaapit osittaisella akryylitaustalla. Alaosassa kaappi, ylhäällä kaksi avohyllyä, joissa tausta läpikuultavaa akryylia. Kolme siirreltävää hyllyä jotka voidaan sijoitta joko kaappiin tai avohyllyosaan. Pyökkivaneria, LxSxK 65x39,4x122 cm. 780 € H508806 Kirkas akryylitausta. H508807 Keltainen akryylitausta. H508808 Oranssi akryylitausta. H508809 Punainen akryylitausta. TAKUU 3 VUOTTA MATALAT HYLLYKÖT LXSXK 100X39,4X64,5 CM: SÄILYTYS H508106 H508105 H508106 Forminant hyllykkö kuudella laatikolla. Hyllykössä kuusi tilavaa, akryylilasi- päätyistä laatikkoa. Vihreän tilalle voidaan valita toinen tehosteväri alla olevista vaihtoehdoista. Pyökkivaneria, LxSxK 100x39,4x64,5 cm. 1050 € H508105 Forminant kahteen suuntaan avoin hyllykkö, matala. Hyllykössä yhdeksän lokeroa, joista 5 auki yhteen ja 4 toiseen suuntaan. Vihreän värin tilalle voidaan valita toinen tehosteväri alla olevista vaihtoehdoista. Pyökkivaneria, LxSxK 100x39,4x64,5 cm. 675 € H508103 Forminant kaappi liukuovilla. Kaapissa yksi välihylly. Vihreän värin tilalle voidaan valita toinen tehosteväri alla olevista vaihtoehdoista. Lukko saatavana lisävarusteena. Pyökkivaneria, LxSxK 100x39,4x64,5 cm. 555 € VÄRIVAIHTOEHDOT: H508103 H508420 H508403 H509570 H509571 KESKIKORKEAT HYLLYKÖT LXSXK 100X39,4X83,6 CM: H508403 Forminant avohylly, kuusi hyllytasoa. Hyllykössä viisi siirrettävää hyllytasoa. Pyökkivaneria, LxSxK 100x39,4x83,6 cm. 463 € H508420 Forminant hyllykkö kahdella vetolaatikolla. Hyllykössä on vetolaatikoiden lisäksi yksi kiinteä ja kolme siirreltävää välihyllyä. Laatikoiden etulevy voidaan valita myös värillisenä, värivaihtoehdot alla. Pyökkivaneria, LxSxK 100x39,4x 83,6 cm. 775 € H508418 Forminant kahteen suuntaan avoin hyllykkö, keskikorkea. Hyllykössä yhdeksän lokeroa, joista 5 auki yhteen ja 4 toiseen suuntaan. Vihreän värin tilalle voidaan valita toinen tehosteväri alla olevista vaihtoehdoista. Pyökkivaneria, LxSxK 100x39,4x 83,6 cm. 699 € H509570 Lisäosa 1 Forminant hyllykköjen päälle. Lisäosassa neljä säädettävää välihyllyä, teline siveltimille ja saksille sekä yksi pitkä välihylly esim. papereille. Voidaan asentaa esimerkiksi tällä sivulla olevien hyllykköjen päälle. Pyökkivaneria, LxSxK 100x39,4x 29,5 cm. 410 € H509571 Lisäosa 2 Forminant hyllykköjen päälle. Lisäosassa neljä välihyllyä esim. kirjoille tai lehdille. Pyökkivaneria, LxSxK 100x39,4x23 cm. 290 € WEIS GELB MAIS ORAN ROT HEGR GRUN P657 HBLA BLAU Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 79
Sivu 80


SÄILYTYSKALUSTEET - HABA , FORMINANT TAKUU 3 VUOTTA H508050 H508051 Haba tilanjakajahyllyköt. Tilanjakajat soveltuvat erinomaisesti pienten lasten leikkitilan rajaajiksi. Tilaa löytyy riittävästi lelujen tai kirjojen säilyttämiseen. Tason päällä on helppo rakennella kun palikat eivät tipahda lattialle. Saatavana kokonaan pyökkisenä tai niin, että taustana on peili. Hyllyköissä on kaksi välihyllyä. Saatavana kaksi eri leveyttä, materiaalina pyökkivaneri. H508050 Tilanjakaja ilman peiliä. LxSxK 65x39,4x64,5 cm. 345 € H508051 Tilanjakaja peilillä. Peilit turvalasia. LxSxK 65x39,4x64,5 cm. 445 € H508160 Tilanjakaja ilman peiliä. LxSxK 100x39,4x64,5 cm. 399 € H508161 Tilanjakaja peilillä. Peilit turvalasia. LxSxK 100x39,4x64,5 cm. 485 € TAKUU 3 VUOTTA TAKUU 3 VUOTTA SÄILYTYS H124610 Kokoontaitettava kaappi, 2-osainen. Vähän tilaa vievä, erittäin kätevä säilytyskaappi. Kaapissa yhteensä kuusi säädettävää hyllytasoa. Lukitseminen ja avaaminen on erittäin helppoa, kaappi on mahdollista lukita myös riippulukolla. Pyökkivaneria. Mitat suljettuna LxSxK 84x80x83 cm, avattuna 166x40x83 cm. Kuvan muovilaatikot eivät sisälly hintaan. 785 € Suljettuna H508601 H508600 Forminant huoneenjakaja ilman laatikoita. Pyökkivaneria, LxSxK 140x39,4x83,6 cm. 765 € H508601 Forminant huoneenjakaja laatikoilla. Pyökkivaneria, LxSxK 140x39,4x83,6 cm. Laatikot voidaan valita myös värillisenä, katso värit viereiseltä sivulta. 1115 € TAKUU 3 VUOTTA +2x = H820160 H820165 H820160 Monikäyttövaunu. Pyökkisessä vaunussa on tilaa niin kirjoille kuin askarteluvälineillekin. LxSxK 74x39,4x63,9 cm. Saksien ja siveltimien teline on irrotettavissa. Vaunuun on mahdollista tilata irrotettavat lisäosat H820165 yhteen tai molempiin päätyihin. 455 € H820165 Lisäosa monikäyttövaunuun. Myyntiyksikkö 1 kpl. Pyökkivaneria. LxSxK 20x36x58,6 cm. 245 € 80 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 81


SÄILYTYSKALUSTEET - HABA , FORMINANT TAKUU 3 VUOTTA TAKUU 3 VUOTTA H125587 Haba palikkavaunu. Kätevä vaunu palikoiden säilyttämiseen tai lajitteluun. Korkeutensa puolesta sopii hyvin myös pienille lapsille. Kuusi lokerikkoa ja neljä pyörää. Pyökkiä. LxSxK 81,2x54x22,8 cm. 210 € H125586 Haba studiovaunu. Studiovaunussa kaikki askartelutarvikkeet ovat käsien ulottuvilla. Kaikille välineille löytyy oma paikkansa. Vaunussa on kolme irtolaatikkoa (29,5x35x7 cm) ja teline saksille ja siveltimille. Ylätason lokeroita voi oman mielensä mukaan pienentää tai suurentaa. Kahdelle alimmalle tasolle mahtuu A3 arkki kokonaisena. Vaunun kääntöpuolella on kahden alimman tason lisäksi viisi pientä lokeroa (2 kpl syvyys 21 cm ja 3 kpl syvyys 35 cm). Materiaali: pyökkivaneria. Mitat LxSxK 81x60x76 cm. Pyöristä kaksi ovat lukittavia. 850 € TAKUU 3 VUOTTA SÄILYTYS H051183 H051187 H051181 H051185 H120973 Muovilaatikot tilataan erikseen H120979 Muovilaatikot tilataan erikseen Rakentelukeskus - neljä eri mallia ja kolme eri korkeutta! Materiaalivaunu ja leikki/rakentelupöytä yhdessä ja samassa tuotteessa! Reunallinen pöytätaso on suunniteltu erityisesti rakennuspalikoilla ja muilla rakennusvälineillä leikkimiseen. Reuna on 4 cm korkea. Taso on ääntä vaimentavaa linoleumia. Laatikot tilataan erikseen omilla tuotenumeroillaan! Neljä pyörää, joista kaksi on lukittavia. Vaunut ovat pyökkivaneria. H120977 H120974 H120977 Rakentelukeskus, matala. LxSxK 120x80x36,6 cm. Kaksi lokeroa laatikoita varten. 810 € H120974 Rakentelukeskus, pieni. LxSxK 82x48x52,5 cm. Kaksi lokeroa laatikoita varten. 430 € H120973 Rakentelukeskus. LxSxK 82x82x52,5 cm. Neljä lokeroa laatikoita varten. 695 € H120979 Rakentelukeskus, korkea. LxSxK 82x82x87,6 cm. Neljä lokeroa laatikoita varten. 838 € H120973 H120979 H051172 H051174 Matala muovilaatikko, LxSxK 28,6x39,7x7,5 cm. Saatavana eri värejä. 12,50 € H051183 Läpinäkyvä muovilaatikko, matala. H051181 Sininen muovilaatikko, matala. H051171 Oranssi muovilaatikko, matala. H051180 Punainen muovilaatikko, matala. H051172 Vaaleanvihreä muovilaatikko, matala. Syvä muovilaatikko, LxSxK 28,6x39,7x15 cm. Saatavana eri värejä. 19 € H051187 Läpinäkyvä muovilaatikko, syvä. H051185 Sininen muovilaatikko, syvä. H051173 Oranssi muovilaatikko, syvä. H051184 Punainen muovilaatikko, syvä. H051174 Vaaleanvihreä laatikko, syvä. Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 81
Sivu 82


SÄILYTYSKALUSTEET - HABA TAKUU 3 VUOTTA TAKUU 3 VUOTTA H457067 Haba pyörällinen lelulaatikko. Tilava koivuvanerinen lelulaatikko, jossa kätevät otereiät liikuttelemista varten. Laatikon alla neljä lukittavaa pyörää. LxSxK 50x40x43 cm. 275 € H129519 Kartonkiteline Viuhka. 4 lokeroa, joihin voi sijoittaa kartonkia tai paperia max. koko 50x70 cm. LxSxK 84x16x58 cm. Koivuvaneria. 399 € TAKUU 3 VUOTTA SÄILYTYS H470720 Haba askarteluvaunu. Suureen, monipuoliseen vaunuun mahtuu kaikki askarteluvälineet; pullovärit, siveltimet, kynät, kartongit… Alimmalle hyllytasolle mahtuu jopa A2- koon kartongit! Vaunussa on myös pystysuoria kartonkilokerikkoja, joihin mahtuu kartonkikoko A3. Vaunun päällä on 8 säilytyslokeroa säädettävillä väliseinillä. Muoviset säilytyslaatikot ovat lisävarusteita, jotka tilataan erikseen omilla tuotenumeroillaan. Vaunussa on neljä erittäin kestävää pyörää, joista kaksi lukittavissa. Vaunu on koivuvaneria. LxSxK 110x60x84,7 cm. 1250 € H051172 H051181 Matala muovilaatikko, LxSxK 28,6x39,7x7,5 cm. Saatavana eri värejä. 12,50 € H051183 Läpinäkyvä muovilaatikko, matala. H051181 Sininen muovilaatikko, matala. H051171 Oranssi muovilaatikko, matala. H051180 Punainen muovilaatikko, matala. H051172 Vaaleanvihreä muovilaatikko, matala. HUOM! H051183 Muovilaatikot tilataan erikseen! H051171 H051180 Syvä muovilaatikko, LxSxK 28,6x39,7x15 cm. Saatavana eri värejä. 19 € H051187 Läpinäkyvä muovilaatikko, syvä. H051185 Sininen muovilaatikko, syvä. H051173 Oranssi muovilaatikko, syvä. H051184 Punainen muovilaatikko, syvä. H051174 Vaaleanvihreä muovilaatikko, syvä. TAKUU 3 VUOTTA H051171 H470721 Haba tarvikevaunu. Tässä vaunussa kaikki tarvikkeet pysyvät näkyvillä ja käyttövalmiudessa! Vaunussa neljä läpi vaunun menevää, max. A3- arkille sopivaa, hyllytasoa, kiskot kuudelle matalalle muovilaatikolle (muovilaatikot tilattava erikseen omilla tuotenumeroillaan!) sekä vaunun toisella puolella neljä kapeampaa hyllytasoa. Vaunun päällä on 6 säilytyslokeroa säädettävillä väliseinillä. Vaunussa on neljä erittäin kestävää pyörää, joista kaksi lukittavissa. Vaunu on koivuvaneria. LxSxK 70x60x81,5 cm. 890 € Matala muovilaatikko, LxSxK 28,6x39,7x7,5 cm. Saatavana eri värejä. 12,50 € H051183 Läpinäkyvä muovilaatikko, matala. H051181 Sininen muovilaatikko, matala. H051171 Oranssi muovilaatikko, matala. H051180 Punainen muovilaatikko, matala. H051172 Vaaleanvihreä muovilaatikko, matala. HUOM! Muovilaatikot tilataan erikseen! Syvä muovilaatikko, LxSxK 28,6x39,7x15 cm. Saatavana eri värejä. 19 € H051187 Läpinäkyvä muovilaatikko, syvä. H051185 Sininen muovilaatikko, syvä. H051173 Oranssi muovilaatikko, syvä. H051184 Punainen muovilaatikko, syvä. H051174 Vaaleanvihreä muovilaatikko, syvä. 82 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 83


SÄILYTYSKALUSTEET - HABA TAKUU 3 VUOTTA H051196 H051198 H051197 H051169 Haba taiteilijan vaunuissa tarvikkeet ovat aina käden ulottuvilla. Yhdellä sivulla on akryylihyllytasoja (matalammassa kaksi, korkeammassa kolme) ja toisella sivulla on hyllytaso sekä tilaa muovilaatikoille (matalammassa kahdelle, korkeammassa kolmelle. Tilattava erikseen!). Lisäksi vaunun päällä on laidallista säilytystilaa. Vaunu on koivuvaneria, alla neljä pyörää joista kaksi on lukittavia. H470711 Haba taiteilijan vaunu, matala. LxSxK 58,6x51,4x67 cm. 645 € H470712 Haba taiteilijan vaunu, korkea. LxSxK 58,6x51,4x86 cm. 715 € H470711 H470711 H470712 Muovilaatikko LxSxK 45,7x48,2x8,4 cm. Sisämitat 40x42x8,4 cm (A3- arkille sopiva). 26 € H051196 Punainen H051198 Keltainen. H051197 Sininen. H051169 Vihreä. TAKUU 3 VUOTTA Kuvan lisätaso ei ole saatavana Lisävaruste H473310 H456100 Haba monitoimivaunu. Monikäyttöinen vaunu, joka sopii esimerkiksi soitinten säilyttämiseen. Toimitukseen kuuluu rungon lisäksi pyörät, joista kaksi on lukittavia, 2 siirreltävää hyllytasoa, 4 siirreltävää välilevyä sekä työntöaisat. Kuvassa vaunun päällä oleva taso ei ole saatavilla. Koivuvaneria, mitat LxSxK 100x48x110 cm. 885 € H473310 Nuppi. Monitoimivaunun taustalevyyn kiinnitettävä nuppi, johon saa kätevästi esimerkiksi soittimia roikkumaan. Koivua / metallia. 1 kpl. 25 € H473323 Hyllytaso. Monitoimivaunun taustapuolelle asennettavaksi soveltuva hyllytaso, jossa akryylireuna. Hyllytason pituus 92,7 cm. 34 € SÄILYTYS TAKUU 3 VUOTTA H457002 Haba musiikkivaunu. Kahden laajennushyllyn ja yhden avoimen hyllyn ansiosta vaunussa on tilaa pienille ja suurille soittimille. Vaunun yläosassa on 2,5 cm korkuinen reunus joka estää soittimien putoamisen hyllyltä. Vaunun takalevy on läpinäkyvää akryylia. Vaunun toisessa päädyssä on erityinen vakosametista tehty pidike kitaralle tai kosketinsoittimelle. Vaunussa on neljä lukittavaa pyörää. Koivuvaneria. LxSxK 120x48x85 cm. 1195 € Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 83
Sivu 84


Aktiviteetit Aktiivinen oppimisympäristö muuntuu kalusteilla toimintaan houkuttelevaksi ...
Sivu 85


VALOPÖYDÄT JA -KEHYKSET 260170 260171 260170 260171 JonEly tuoteperhe koostuu opettavaisista, laadukkaista ja aisteja stimuloivista tuotteista. Jokainen tuote testataan erityislasten käytössä ennen tuotantoon viemistä. Tuotteet valmistetaan pitkälti käsityönä, ekologisesti, ja kaikki tuotteet ovat CE- merkittyjä! Valopöytä on monikäyttöinen ja aisteja stimuloiva. • Käyttötarkoitus: esim. leikkimiseen, opetukseen ja terapiatarkoitukseen. • Valaistus ledeillä, 16 eri väriä. • 4 eri valonvaihto- ohjelmaa (kaukosäädin). • Käyttöidea 1: kaada lasille terapiahiekkaa tai luonnonmateriaaleja kuten erilaisia jauhoja tai herneitä. Materiaaleja voi tunnustella käsin tai jaloin ja hiekkaan voi piirtää kuvioita sormilla, pensseleillä, tikuilla tai puhaltaa pillillä. • Käyttöidea 2: anna lasten piirtää lasille sormiväreillä tai tussilla (vesiliukoisella), valon värejä vaihtamalla vaihtaa myös maalattu kohta sävyä! • Käyttöidea 3: anna lasten luoda omannäköinen leikkialusta erilaisilla teemoilla, esim. maatila. 260170 Magic valopöytä, pyöreä. Valopöydän voi asettaa pöydälle, tuolille tai maahan. Liikuttelu on helppoa, paino vain n. 2 kg. Koko: Ø 47 cm, korkeus 15 cm. Koivuvaneria, lasi ekologista turvalasia. Lasi on hyvin kestävää, kantaa (tasolle tasaisesti jakautuneena) jopa 60 kg! 250 € 260171 Magic valopöytä, suorakulmio. LxSxK 84x70x18 cm. Koivuvaneria, lasi ekologista turvalasia. Pöytää ympyröi puinen reunus, jolla voi säilyttää tarvikkeita. Lasi on hyvin kestävää, kantaa (tasolle tasaisesti jakautuneena) jopa 70 kg! 379 € AKTIVITEETIT 531176 Valopöytä LED. Pöydälle asetettava valopaneeli, jonka avulla voi tutkia karttoja, kuvia, kasveja ja värejä. LED-tekniikan ansiosta erittäin ohut! Liukuesteet paneelin pohjassa pitävät sen tukevasti paikallaan. Antaa erittäin tasaisen ja kirkkaan valon. Paneeli on helposti siirrettävissä eri paikkoihin, sillä se painaa vain 3 kg. Verkkolaite 12 V mukana. Koko 65x47,7x1 cm. 249 € Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 85
Sivu 86


AKTIVITEETTIHYLLYKÖT - HABA, MOVE UPP TAKUU 3 VUOTTA TAKUU 3 VUOTTA Haban Move-Upp ”Learn by doing” eli ”opi tekemällä”- hyllykkösarjasta ei puutu mielikuvitusta! Sarja on kehitelty houkuttelemaan lapsia luoviin leikkeihin sekä oppimiseen. Sarjaan kuuluu hyllyköitä eri korkeuksilla ja taustoilla sekä eri jalustavaihtoehdoilla. Hyllyköissä on kiinteästi asennettuna kaksi muovipidikettä monipuolisia lisäosia varten. Lisäosia voidaan tarvittaessa vaihtaa kesken päivän jolloin tarvitaan vain yksi hyllykkö joka toimii tilanteessa kuin tilanteessa! Sarjan kalusteet ovat koivuvaneria. H432500-P H432500-J AKTIVITEETIT HYLLYKKÖRUNGOT: Matala hyllykkö. Taustalevyllisen koivuvanerisen hyllykön mitat LxSxK 92,5x38x44,5 cm. H432500-J Matala hyllykkö metallijaloin. 425 € H432500-P Matala hyllykkö pyörillä. Hyllykössä neljä lukittavaa pyörää. 510 € H432511-P H432510-J H432600 Taustalevyllinen hyllykkö, eri taustavaihtoehtoja. Taustalevyllisen koivuvanerisen hyllykön mitat LxSxK 92,5x38x65,5 cm. Yksi välihylly. H432510-J Hyllykkö koivuvaneritaustalla, metallijaloin. 490 € H432510-P Hyllykkö koivuvaneritaustalla, pyörillä. Hyllykössä neljä lukittavaa pyörää. 575 € H432541-J Hyllykkö peilitaustalla, metallijaloin. 545 € H432541-P Hyllykkö peilitaustalla, pyörillä. Hyllykössä neljä lukittavaa pyörää. 625 € H432540-J Hyllykkö valkotaulutaustalla, metallijaloin. 575 € H432540-P Hyllykkö valkotaulutaustalla, pyörillä. Hyllykössä neljä lukittavaa pyörää. 650 € H432606 H432601 Hyllykkö, jossa taustalevy puoleenväliin. Taustalevyllisen koivuvanerisen hyllykön mitat LxSxK 92,5x38x65,5 cm. Yksi välihylly. H432511-J Hyllykkö puolitaustalla, metallijaloin. 475 € H432511-P Hyllykkö puolitaustalla, pyörillä. Hyllykössä neljä lukittavaa pyörää. 565 € HYLLYKKÖALUSTAT, JOITA VOIDAAN KÄYTTÄÄ YHDESSÄ LISÄOSIEN KANSSA: H432500-P + H432652 Kuvan kangaslaatikot sivulla 87. H432608 H432638 H432601 Vitriini. Akryylilasikannella. Esim. erilaisten projektitöiden esillepanoon. KxS 8,5x37,5 cm. 255 € H432648 Valopöytä. Akryylilasikannella. Sis. virtajohto ja pistoke (220 V). KxS 8,5x37,5 cm. 420 € H432600 Vesi- ja hiekka- allas. Sininen allas vesi- tai hiekkaleikkejä varten. KxS 10x39,5 cm. 210 € H432606 Kirjalokerikko. Kolme lokeroa esimerkiksi kirjojen säilytystä varten. Väliseinät (2 kpl) ovat siirreltäviä. KxS 17x37,5 cm. 290 € H432608 Leikkikeittiö. Leikkikeittiö, jossa tiskiallas hanalla sekä kaksi keittolevyä. KxS 7,5x37,5 cm. Hanan korkeus 10 cm. 260 € H432638 Muotolajittelu. Neliö, kolmio, ympyrä, suorakulmio. Jokaiselle erimuotoiselle palikalle löytyy oma kolonsa. Tässä lisäosassa on kaksi eri lajittelualustaa sekä 16 kpl geometristä puupalikkaa. Lisäosan pohja on verhoiltu, näin se kestää kolhuja paremmin ja eristää samalla tehokkaasti ääntä. KxS 13x37,5 cm. 520 € 86 Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi
Sivu 87


AKTIVITEETTIHYLLYKÖT - HABA, MOVE UPP H432633 H432639 H432635 H432632 H473763 H432612 H432650 H432641 H432500-P + H432639 H432644 H432651 H432652 H471580 H471581 H471582 H471583 LISÄOSAT HYLLYKÖIHIN: H432633 Verhot. Koti- tai roolileikkeihin. Lisäosassa liikuteltavat verhot ja päällä on hyllytaso. KxS 77x15 cm. 290 € H432639 Musiikki. Musiikkilisäosassa on 7 kpl ääniputkea, joita voidaan soittaa mukana olevalla rumpupalikalla. Ne voidaan myös irrottaa ja tuottaa ääntä lyömällä kaksi putkea yhteen. Lisäosan päällä on 8 kpl erisävelistä soittokelloa sekä koukkuja soitinten säilytystä varten. KxS 70x25 cm. 460 € H432635 Pieni koristeltava kaari. Kaaren avulla voidaan yhdistellä kaksi hyllykköosaa kauniiksi tilanjakajaksi, kaari muodostaa oviaukon. KxS 86x17 cm. 199 € H432632 Keittiön ikkuna. Osa voidaan asettaa esim. leikkikeittiön kanssa samaan yksikköön. Seinän reikiin sopii hyllykköosa H473763. KxS 77x6 cm. 285 € H432650 Peili- valkotaulu. Toinen puoli valkotaulua, toisella puolella peili, neljä puista nuppia ja kapea hyllytaso. 350 € H432612 Maatila. Lisäosaa voidaan käyttää molemminpuolisesti joten se soveltuu samanaikaisesti monen lapsen käyttöön. KxS 35x20 cm. 245 € H432641 Motoriikka. Lisäosassa on tuntoaistia stimuloivia yksityiskohtia sekä erilaisia keskittymiskykyä ja motorisia taitoja harjoittavia pujottelutehtäviä. KxS 38x7,5 cm. 335 € H432644 Autotalli. Lisäosaa voidaan käyttää molemminpuolisesti joten se soveltuu samanaikaisesti monen lapsen käyttöön. KxS 39x30 cm. 490 € H432652 Linnake. Lisäosaa voidaan käyttää molemminpuolisesti: KxS 53,5x39 cm. 460 € H432651 Kuularata. Neljä puista kuulaa. Alalokerossa on korkkipohja. KxS 33,2x12,5 cm. 195 € LISÄTARVIKKEET: H473763 Seinähylly. Soveltuu liitettäväksi keittiön ikkuna- osaan (H432632). LxSxK 28x11x11 cm. 99 € H102966 Kukkaköynnös. Paketissa 4 kpl n. 175 cm pitkiä kukkaköynnöksiä. 95 € AKTIVITEETIT H102966 Haba kangaslaatikot ovat kestäviä ja värikkäitä. Sivuissa ja pohjassa on laatikkoa tukevoittavat muoviosat. Kahdella sivulla on laatikon siirtelyä helpottavat kahvat. Laatikko voidaan taittaa kasaan jos sitä ei tarvita. Kangas kestävää ”reppukangasta” (100 % polyester). LxSxK 29x33x15 cm. H471580 Kangaslaatikko, punainen. 28 € H471581 Kangaslaatikko, sininen. 28 € H471582 Kangaslaatikko, keltainen. 28 € H471583 Kangaslaatikko, vihreä. 28 € Hinnat alv. 0 %, hintoihin lisätään arvonlisävero | www.tevella.fi 87
Sivu 88


MAALAUSTELIN